Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2017.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

MULESOFT, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-5158650

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, California 94108

(415) 229-2009

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Greg Schott

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, California 94108

(415) 229-2009

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jon Avina, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Rob Horton, Esq.

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, California 94108

(415) 229-2009

 

Richard A. Kline, Esq.

Anthony J. McCusker, Esq.

Andrew T. Hill, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

135 Commonwealth Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-3100

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer          Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.000025 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the Registrant.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Subject To Completion. Dated , 2017. Shares MuleSoft, Inc. Class A Common Stock This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of MuleSoft, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We intend to apply to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MULE”. Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Risk Factors” on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the Class A common stock. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Per Share Total Initial public offering price $ $ Underwriting discount(1) $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to MuleSoft $ $ (1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional shares of Class A common stock from MuleSoft at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on , 2017. Goldman, Sachs & Co. J.P. Morgan BofA Merrill Lynch Allen & Company LLC Barclays Jefferies Canaccord Genuity Piper Jaffray William Blair Prospectus dated , 2017


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

 

MuleSoft®
Connect anything. Change everything.
Strong customer base > 1,000 customers
Robust customer retention 117% dollar-based net retention
Rapid growth 70% revenue growth
Significant scale $188M revenue
Efficient model -1.4% operating cash flow margin
All data is as of or for the year ended December 31, 2016.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     43  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     45  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     46  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     47  

CAPITALIZATION

     48  

DILUTION

     51  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     54  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     57  

BUSINESS

     83  

MANAGEMENT

     102  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     112  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     127  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     133  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     136  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     142  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     145  

UNDERWRITING

     149  

LEGAL MATTERS

     156  

EXPERTS

     156  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     156  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                 , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “MuleSoft,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to MuleSoft, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

MULESOFT, INC.

Our mission is to help organizations change and innovate faster by making it easy to connect the world’s applications, data, and devices.

We are entering a new era of business where competitive advantage is no longer primarily determined by the physical assets organizations own and control, but rather by how they connect and orchestrate a multitude of physical and technology assets. Winning organizations are “composable enterprises” that can quickly and effectively adopt new technologies and rapidly connect these assets to drive competitive advantage.

The convergence of major technology forces such as mobile, cloud, big data, and Internet of Things, or IoT, is driving the shift to composability and placing unrelenting demands on IT as it attempts to connect these increasingly distributed new technologies. This strains legacy IT infrastructures that are built on heavy and hardwired architectures and creates a bottleneck to transformation.

We are enabling a fundamental shift in organizations’ technology operating models and self-serve innovation by developers across the organization. Our customers use our Anypoint Platform to connect their applications, data, and devices into an “application network” in which these IT assets are pluggable using application programming interfaces, or APIs, instead of glued together with custom integration code. The application network becomes an infrastructure of discoverable building blocks that can be used and reused to rapidly compose applications. Anypoint Platform is a single, unified platform that allows organizations to easily build and rapidly scale application networks.

Anypoint Platform enables our customers to change and innovate faster by resolving the IT bottleneck. It speeds innovation by empowering developers to experiment and prototype new solutions, and freeing IT from writing manual integrations. Our platform connects and exposes existing IT investments as nodes on the application network for continued reuse, which can dramatically increase the longevity of, and return on, these assets. Application networks built on Anypoint Platform increase in value as new nodes are added, resulting in network effects that drive increasing speed and agility and lower costs.

A Customer Journey with Anypoint Platform

Each of our customers takes a different journey in building an application network with Anypoint Platform. For example, a large organization may begin with a single integration project, such as composing a customer profile web app for its sales team to better engage with its customers. This app

 



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

would require real-time data feeds from various back-end applications, including order data from an on-premises eCommerce system, billing data from SAP, and customer data from Salesforce. With Anypoint Platform, our customer exposes this data as discoverable and consumable APIs and then combines those APIs to compose a “single view of the customer.” This single view itself can then become a consumable API. All four of these APIs are building blocks that are accessible as nodes on a nascent application network.

 

 

 

LOGO

Next, the same organization may want to build a new product recommendation mobile app that requires the same order, billing, and customer data. In this case, the mobile app developer can use Anypoint Platform to discover and reuse the previously built single view of the customer API. She now has access to all of that information without depending on the IT organization or writing a single line of code. The developer can focus her energy on adding value to the app by using an API for product catalog data and an API for web clickstream data that tracks customer interest and intent. She can then combine these new APIs with the previously-created single view of a customer API to compose the new product recommendation mobile app. By having the existing APIs available on the application network, the barriers to creating a new app and the time to realizing value are dramatically reduced.

 

 

LOGO

As more applications are built and added, the application network organically expands, increasing an organization’s delivery speed. Every incremental project builds on what has been built before. Applications that are plugged into the network are now accessible and reusable by any developer with

 



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

access to the network. The organization can more easily change any app or system without breaking or impacting other applications running on the application network.

Our Opportunity

We estimate our current market opportunity to be $29 billion. We calculate our market opportunity by identifying the number of companies worldwide across all industries based on certain independent industry data from the S&P CapIQ database, segmented by cohorts based on annual revenue. We then multiply the number of companies worldwide in each cohort by our average annual contract value of subscription and support contracts per cohort. See the section titled “Business—Our Opportunity.”

We are disrupting large, existing markets. Forrester estimates that $32 billion will be spent in 2017 on the integration software market. Separately, Forrester estimates an additional $394 billion will be spent in 2017 on systems integration project work, which does not include the spending on custom-coded integrations by internal development teams. As the market for application networks continues to develop, we believe there is an opportunity to convert a meaningful portion of this spend to a software-based approach.

See the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The market for application networks and our platform is new and unproven” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all” for certain risks related to our market opportunity.

Our Customers

We currently have over 1,000 customers located in over 60 countries across every major industry, including 30 customers with over $1.0 million in annual contract value of subscription and support contracts. Although our platform can be adopted by organizations of nearly any size, we focus our sales efforts on the largest global organizations. Our direct sales force targets CIOs, IT architects, and other business leaders, who are driving digital transformation in their organizations. We also partner with systems integrators and independent software vendors, which enhances our sales leverage by sourcing new prospects and providing systems integration services on implementations of our platform.

Financial Overview

We have grown rapidly in recent periods. Our revenue for 2014, 2015, and 2016 was $57.6 million, $110.3 million, and $187.7 million, respectively, representing a growth rate of 91% and 70%, respectively. We incurred net losses of $47.8 million, $65.4 million, and $49.6 million in 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

    We have a history of losses, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability;

 



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to continue to grow and to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, increase our revenue, improve our results of operations, maintain high levels of service, or adequately address competitive challenges;

 

    We currently derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from Anypoint Platform, and any failure of this platform to satisfy customer demands or to achieve increased market acceptance would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects;

 

    Our business and results of operations depend substantially on our customers renewing their subscriptions with us and expanding their use of our platform. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of our platform would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition;

 

    If we were unable to attract new customers in a manner that is cost-effective and assures customer success, we would not be able to grow our business, which would adversely affect our results of operations, and financial condition;

 

    We face a number of risks in our strategy to target larger organizations for sales of our platform, and if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected;

 

    Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition;

 

    Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our platform could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects; and

 

    The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control. Upon the completion of this offering, outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and outstanding shares of Class B common stock held by our directors, executive officers, and each of our stockholders who owns greater than five percent of our outstanding capital stock, will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California 94108, and our telephone number is (415) 229-2009. Our website address is www.mulesoft.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only. We were incorporated in the state of Delaware in April 2006 as Azechi, Inc., and in July 2006, we changed our name to MuleSource, Inc. In August 2009, we changed our name to MuleSoft, Inc.

The MuleSoft design logo, “MuleSoft” and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of MuleSoft, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—We are an ‘emerging growth company,’ and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors” for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares
 

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
 

 

Voting rights

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters that are subject to a stockholder vote.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

“MULE”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and excludes:

 

    21,915,624 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.54 per share;

 

    532,746 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $12.53 per share;

 

    42,312 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, granted after December 31, 2016;

 

    19,640 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $0.76375 per share; and

 

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2017 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

3,183,229 shares of our Class A common stock that will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness, which shares are currently

 



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 575,058 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock and the vesting of RSUs granted after December 31, 2016), at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 Plan; and

 

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2017 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder, and our 2017 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the authorization of our Class A common stock and the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of an outstanding warrant to purchase 19,640 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 19,640 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants or settlement of outstanding RSUs subsequent to December 31, 2016; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A common stock from us.

 



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     

Revenue:

     

Subscription and support

  $ 48,436      $ 88,096      $ 152,843   

Professional services and other

    9,181        22,156        34,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    57,617        110,252        187,747   

Cost of revenue:

     

Subscription and support (1)

    5,304        7,525        13,722   

Professional services and other (1)

    11,509        24,645        35,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    16,813        32,170        49,063   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    40,804        78,082        138,684   

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development (1)

    17,046        24,725        32,862   

Sales and marketing (1)

    58,676        93,057        122,630   

General and administrative (1)

    11,911        24,368        31,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    87,633        142,150        187,069   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (46,829     (64,068     (48,385

Interest income

    49        220        465   

Other expense, net

    (248     (729     (340
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (47,028     (64,577     (48,260

Provision for income taxes

    728        862        1,339   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (59,035
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (3.07   $ (3.57   $ (2.73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

    15,531,314        18,324,048        21,623,610   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

      $ (0.45 )  
     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

        110,919,770   
     

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense and other compensation expense related to our 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
         2014              2015              2016      

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

   $ 26       $ 146       $ 255   

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

     76         324         675   

Research and development

     238         2,506         2,831   

Sales and marketing

     569         4,891         8,619   

General and administrative

     520         4,542         4,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based and other compensation expense

   $ 1,429       $ 12,409       $ 16,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further information about the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer.

 

(2)   See Notes 2, 11, and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash, cash equivalents, and investments

   $ 102,613       $                    $                

Working capital

     33,550         

Total assets

     202,938         

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     135,614         

Convertible preferred stock

     255,946         

Total stockholders’ equity

     40,103         

 

(1)   Reflects the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering.
(2)   Reflects the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (1) above and the sale and issuance of              shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $          million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $        million, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Key Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Customers (as of end of period)

     590        839        1,071   

Average subscription and support revenue per customer (in thousands)

   $ 82      $ 105      $ 143   

Dollar-based net retention rate

     110     121     117

For a discussion of our key metrics, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Free Cash Flow and Free Cash Flow Margin

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. Free cash flow margin is calculated as free cash flow divided by total revenue. We believe that free cash flow and free cash flow margin are useful indicators of liquidity that provide information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from our core operations that, after the purchases of property and

 



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

equipment, can be used for strategic initiatives, including investing in our business and making strategic acquisitions. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using free cash flow and free cash flow margin as financial measures.

Our free cash flows and free cash flow margins were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Free cash flow (in thousands)

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 

The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow margin to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (39,647   $ (47,134   $ (2,702

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,106     (1,506     (4,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities (as a percentage of revenue)

     (68.8 )%      (42.7 )%      (1.4 )% 

Less: Purchases of property and equipment (as a percentage of revenue)

     (3.7 )%      (1.4 )%      (2.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. Any of the following risks could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects, and could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

We have incurred net losses in each period since our inception, including net losses of $47.8 million, $65.4 million, and $49.6 million for 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $236.2 million as of December 31, 2016. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly as we increase our sales and marketing efforts, continue to invest heavily in research and development, and expand our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses related to being a public company. While our revenue has grown in recent years, if our revenue declines or fails to grow at a rate faster than these increases in our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability in future periods. As a result, we may continue to generate losses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain profitability.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to continue to grow and to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, increase our revenue, improve our results of operations, maintain high levels of service, or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our business, operations, and employee headcount. For 2014, 2015, and 2016, our revenue was $57.6 million, $110.3 million, and $187.7 million, respectively, representing a 91% and 70% growth rate, respectively. We have also significantly increased the size of our customer base from 590 customers as of December 31, 2014 to over 1,000 customers today, and we grew from 444 employees as of December 31, 2014 to 841 employees as of December 31, 2016. We expect to continue to expand our operations and employee headcount in the near term. Our success will depend in part on our ability to continue to grow and to manage this growth effectively.

Our recent growth has placed, and future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational, and financial infrastructure. We will need to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures to manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, which will require significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources. If we fail to implement these infrastructure improvements effectively, our ability to ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies will be impaired. Further, if we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, the quality of our platform and services could suffer, and we may not be able to adequately address competitive challenges. This could impair our ability to attract new customers,

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

retain existing customers and expand their use of our platform, all of which would adversely affect our brand, overall business, results of operations and financial condition.

We currently derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from Anypoint Platform, and any failure of this platform to satisfy customer demands or to achieve increased market acceptance would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

We derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from subscriptions for, and services related to, Anypoint Platform. Demand for Anypoint Platform is affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including increased market acceptance of our platform by existing customers and potential new customers, the extension of our platform for new use cases, the timing of development and release of new products by our competitors and additional capabilities and functionality by us, technological change, and growth or contraction of the market in which we compete. In addition, we cannot assure you that our platform and future enhancements to our platform will be able to address future advances in technology or requirements of existing customers or potential new customers. For example, our platform may not be able to be used to build application networks that can scale with the massive proliferation of applications, data, and devices that reside on-premises and in the cloud. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of our platform, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.

We began selling Anypoint Platform in 2014. Due to our limited experience selling the platform, it may be difficult to forecast our future results of operations and subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including the pace and degree of customer adoption of our platform. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies operating in new or developing markets. If our assumptions regarding these uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations and financial condition could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

The market for application networks and our platform is new and unproven.

We introduced Anypoint Platform in 2014 to address the developing need to connect applications, data and devices within and between the organization and its external ecosystems. While we believe that, over time, the concept of an application network will become fundamental to an organization’s core operations, the market for application networks is largely unproven and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    organizations may determine that they only need point-to-point products to address their software integration needs;

 

    organizations may decide that the investments needed to construct an application network are too significant or that such investments are better spent on other strategic initiatives within the organization; and

 

    organizations may not understand the benefits that can be achieved with an application network.

Moreover, even if the market for application networks develops, we may not be able to differentiate the benefits of Anypoint Platform from other products that may be developed to address the demand for application networks. Our ability to successfully market and sell Anypoint Platform will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    our ability to support our customers as they build application networks that increase the speed at which they operate and innovate;

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    our ability to include technologies for the broadening diversity of use cases and respond to the rapid evolution of new technologies;

 

    our ability to design and engineer our platform for ease-of-use across an organization; and

 

    our ability to enable customers to successfully adopt and deploy our platform in their organizations.

 

The market for application networks and our platform is still new, and therefore, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of this market, whether and how rapidly customers will adopt our platform, whether we will be able to retain such customers and expand their usage of our platform, and the impact of competitive products and services. If the market for application networks and Anypoint Platform does not achieve significant growth or there is a reduction in demand for solutions in our market for any reason, it could result in reduced customer adoption of our platform, decreased customer retention, or weaker customer expansion with respect to the use of our platform, any of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our business and results of operations depend substantially on our customers renewing their subscriptions with us and expanding their use of our platform. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of our platform would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Subscriptions to our platform are term-based and are typically one year in duration. In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us when the existing subscription term expires. While our customers are not entitled to maintain the applications developed using Anypoint Platform after the termination of a subscription, they have no obligation to renew their subscriptions upon expiration. Based on our relatively limited experience selling and marketing Anypoint Platform, we may not be able to accurately predict customer renewal rates. In addition, the growth of our business depends in part on our customers expanding their use of our platform. We utilize our dollar-based net retention rate to measure our ability to retain customers and expand their use of our platform. Although our dollar-based net retention rate has historically been strong, some of our customers have elected not to renew their subscriptions with us in the past for a variety of reasons, including as a result of changes in their strategic IT priorities. Our dollar-based net retention rate may also decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of other factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our platform, the increase in the contract value of subscription and support contracts from new customers, the effectiveness of our customer support services, our pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, global economic conditions, and the other risk factors included herein. As a result, we cannot assure you that customers will renew subscriptions or increase their usage of our platform. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions or renew on less favorable terms, or if we are unable to expand our customers’ use of our platform, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

If we were unable to attract new customers in a manner that is cost-effective and assures customer success, we would not be able to grow our business, which would adversely affect our results of operations, and financial condition.

In order to grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers in a cost-effective manner and enable such customers to realize the benefits associated with an application network. We may not be able to attract new customers to our platform for a variety of reasons, including as a result of their use of traditional approaches to technology integration, such as manual project-by-project integrations and the use of legacy point-to-point software integration products, their internal timing,

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

budget or structural constraints that hinder their ability to build application networks, or the pricing of our platform compared to products and services offered by our competitors. After a customer makes a purchasing decision, we often must also help them successfully deploying our platform in their organization, a process that can last several months.

Even if we do attract customers, the cost of new customer acquisition or ongoing customer support may prove so high as to prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. For example, in 2014, 2015, and 2016, total sales and marketing expense represented 102%, 84%, and 65% of revenue, respectively. We intend to continue to hire additional sales personnel, increase our marketing activities to help educate the market about the benefits of application networks and our platform, grow our domestic and international operations, and build brand awareness. We also intend to continue to cultivate the MuleSoft developer community and our partner ecosystem of systems integrators, or SIs, and independent software vendors, or ISVs. If the costs of these sales and marketing efforts increase dramatically, if we do not experience a substantial increase in leverage from our partner ecosystem, or if our sales and marketing efforts do not result in substantial increases in revenue, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, we expect to continue to invest in our professional services organization to accelerate our customers’ ability to adopt our platform and ultimately create and expand the size of their application network over time. We cannot assure you that any of these investments will lead to the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers.

We face a number of risks in our strategy to target larger organizations for sales of our platform, and if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are increasingly focusing our sales and marketing efforts on larger organizations. As a result, we face a number of risks with respect to this strategy. For example, we expect to incur higher costs and longer sales cycles for larger organizations, and we may be less effective at predicting when we will complete these sales. In this market segment, the decision to invest in our platform may require a greater number of product evaluations and multiple approvals within a potential customer’s organization, which may require us to invest more time educating these potential customers. In addition, larger organizations may demand more features and professional services. As a result, these sales opportunities would likely lengthen our typical sales cycle and may require us to devote greater research and development, sales, support, and professional services resources to individual customers. This could strain our resources and result in increased costs. Moreover, larger customers may demand discounts in pricing, which could lower the amount of revenue we generate from any particular subscription. If an expected transaction is delayed until a subsequent period, or if we are unable to close one or more expected significant transactions with larger customers or potential new customers in a particular period, our results of operations for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected. Our investments in marketing and selling to large organizations may not be successful, which could harm our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing customers and new customers to access our platform, particularly our cloud-based deployments, at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors or capacity constraints. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance as our platform becomes more complex. If our platform is unavailable or if our customers are unable to access features of our platform within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business would be negatively affected. In addition, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Therefore, in the event of any of the factors described above or other failures, customer data and other important information may be permanently lost.

We outsource our cloud infrastructure to Amazon Web Services, or AWS, which hosts our platform. Our customers need to be able to access our platform at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance. AWS runs its own platform that we access, and we are, therefore, vulnerable to service interruptions at AWS. We have experienced, and expect that in the future we may experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions and capacity constraints. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. In addition, if our security, or that of AWS, is compromised, our platform is unavailable or our customers are unable to use our platform within a reasonable amount of time or at all, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within a period of time acceptable to our customers. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our platform performance, especially during peak usage times, as the features of our platform become more complex and the usage of our platform increases. Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation, cause customers to stop using our platform, impair our ability to increase revenue from existing customers, impair our ability to grow our customer base, subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements and otherwise harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

To the extent that we do not effectively anticipate capacity demands, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. Moreover, our customer agreements include warranties and service level agreements that obligate us to provide future credits for customers of our cloud offerings in the event of a significant disruption in our platform. Any unscheduled downtime that exceeds such service level commitments could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business, and reputation, which in turn could harm our ability to acquire new customers and expand relationships with existing customers.

Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our platform could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our platform is deployed in a wide variety of technology environments, both on-premises and in the cloud. Increasingly, our platform has been deployed in large scale, complex technology environments, and we believe our future success will depend on our ability to increase sales of our platform for use in such deployments. We must often assist our customers in achieving successful implementations of our platform, which we do through our professional services organization. The time required to implement our platform can range from three months for smaller deployments to six months or more for larger deployments. If our customers are unable to implement our platform successfully, or unable to do so in a timely manner, customer perceptions of our platform may be harmed, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may choose to cease usage of our platform or not to expand their use of our platform. Our customers and third-party partners may need training in the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from our platform to maximize its benefits. If our platform is not effectively implemented or used correctly or as intended, or if we fail to adequately

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our platform, our customers may not be able to build application networks or otherwise achieve satisfactory outcomes. This could result in negative publicity and legal claims against us, which may cause us to generate fewer sales to new customers and reductions in renewals or expansions of the use of our platform with existing customers, any of which would harm our business and results of operations.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to private or proprietary data is otherwise obtained, our platform may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our platform, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Because our platform allows customers to store and transmit data, there exists an inherent risk that an unauthorized third party could conduct a security breach, resulting in the loss of this data, which could lead to litigation, indemnity obligations, and other liability. While we have taken steps to protect the confidential information to which we have access, we do not have the ability to monitor or review the content that our customers store or transmit through our platform. Therefore, if customers use our software for the transmission or storage of personally identifiable information and our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could incur significant liability. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our ability to attract new customers and increase engagement by existing customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, thereby adversely affecting our financial results.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations and changing customer needs, requirements or preferences, our products may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is relatively new and subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and changing regulations, as well as changing customer needs, requirements and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. If we were unable to enhance our platform or develop new solutions that keep pace with rapid technological and industry change, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products and services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete effectively. For example, Anypoint Platform was architected to connect and orchestrate applications, data and devices through the use of APIs. If new technologies emerge that displace the use of APIs, we may not be able to adapt our platform to such new technologies on a timely basis.

Our success also depends on the interoperability of our platform with third-party applications, data and devices that we have not developed and do not control. Any changes in such applications, data or devices that degrade the functionality of our platform or give preferential treatment to competitive software could adversely affect the adoption and usage of our platform. We may not be successful in adapting our platform to operate effectively with these applications, data, or devices. If it is difficult for our customers to access and use our platform, or if our platform cannot connect a broadening range of applications, data and devices, then our customer growth and retention may be harmed, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our future quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

Our results of operations, including our revenue, operating expenses and cash flows have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and may continue to fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, may be difficult to predict and may or may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Some of the factors that may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

    the mix of revenue and associated costs attributable to subscriptions and support and professional services, which may impact our gross margins and operating income;

 

    our ability to attract new customers;

 

    our ability to retain customers and expand their usage of our platform, particularly for our largest customers;

 

    delays in closing sales, including the timing of renewals, which may result in revenue being pushed into the next quarter, particularly because a large portion of our sales occur toward the end of each quarter;

 

    the timing of revenue recognition;

 

    the mix of revenue attributable to larger transactions as opposed to smaller transactions;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their purchasing decisions;

 

    potential customers opting for alternative products, including developing their own in-house solutions;

 

    our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

    the timing and success of new products, features and services by us and our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners;

 

    significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our platform;

 

    the collectability of receivables from customers and resellers, which may be hindered or delayed if these customers or resellers experience financial distress;

 

    general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

    sales tax and other tax determinations by authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business;

 

    the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and

 

    fluctuations in stock-based compensation expense.

The occurrence of one or more of the foregoing and other factors may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. We also intend to continue to invest significantly to grow our business in the near future rather than optimizing for profitability or cash flows. Accordingly, our results of operations in any one quarter may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Additionally, if our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

We believe that we are the pioneer in the market for application networks because we provide the only complete offering for building application networks. However, there are many other companies addressing various aspects of this market. As a result, the competitive landscape is fragmented, intense and characterized by rapid changes in technology, customer requirements, and industry standards and by frequent new product introductions and improvements. We are likely to face continued challenges from current competitors, which include:

 

    manual integration efforts, which are either conducted in-house or through custom integration services providers;

 

    legacy integration software vendors such as IBM, Oracle, and TIBCO; and

 

    smaller specialized companies such as Apigee (recently acquired by Google), which are focused on various niches in integration and API management.

Many of our principal competitors have substantially longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, marketing or other resources, stronger brand and customer recognition, larger intellectual property portfolios and broader global distribution and presence. Our competitors may be able to offer products or functionality similar to ours at a more attractive price than we can by integrating or bundling such products with their other product offerings. Acquisitions and consolidation in our industry may provide our competitors even more resources or may increase the likelihood of our competitors offering bundled or integrated products with which we cannot effectively compete. In addition, we face potential competition from participants in adjacent markets that may enter our markets by leveraging related technologies and partnering with or acquiring other companies, or providing alternative approaches to provide similar results, particularly as organizations are increasingly choosing to deploy applications on cloud platforms such as those offered by AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform. New innovative start-ups and existing large companies that are making significant investments in research and development could also launch new products and services, delivered either on-premises or in the cloud, that we do not offer and that could gain market acceptance quickly. If we were unable to anticipate or react to these competitive challenges, our competitive position would weaken, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our software could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our platform is complex, and therefore, undetected errors, failures or bugs may occur. Our platform may be used in IT environments with different operating systems, system management software, applications, devices, databases and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of our platform or other aspects of the IT environment into which it is deployed. Despite testing by us, errors, failures or bugs may not be found until our platform is used by our customers. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our products could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform, weakening of our competitive position, claims by customers for losses sustained by them or failure to meet the stated service level commitments in our customer agreements. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend significant additional resources in order to help correct the problem. We have experienced from time to time errors, failures and bugs in our platform that have resulted in customer downtime. While we were able to remedy these situations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to mitigate future errors, failures or bugs in a quick or cost-effective manner. Any errors, failures or bugs in our platform could impair our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers or expand their use of our platform, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons, which would adversely affect our results of operations. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense.

The timing of our sales and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our platform before a sale. We are often required to spend significant time and resources to better educate and familiarize potential customers with the value proposition of our platform. Customers often view the subscription to our platform as a strategic decision and significant investment and, as a result, frequently require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our platform prior to entering into or expanding a subscription. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing and contract negotiation activities, which may not result in a sale. Additional factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

    the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

    lengthy purchasing approval processes;

 

    the evaluation of competing products during the purchasing process;

 

    announcements or planned introductions of new products, features or functionality by us or our competitors; and

 

    evolving functionality demands.

As we have focused our business on selling into larger customer accounts, we have experienced an increase in our average sales cycle from two to three quarters. As a result, it is difficult to predict whether and when a sale will be completed, and when revenue from a sale will be recognized. If our sales cycles continue to lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We recognize a majority of our revenue over the term of our customer contracts. Consequently, increases or decreases in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations and may be difficult to discern.

We recognize subscription revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their subscriptions and a substantial majority of our revenue is derived from subscriptions that have terms of at least one year. As a result, a portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on the revenue that we recognize for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of customer expansion or retention, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred,

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

while revenue is recognized over the life of the subscription agreement. As a result, growth in the number of customers could continue to result in our recognition of higher costs and lower revenue in the earlier periods of our subscription agreements. Finally, our subscription-based revenue model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers and significant increases in the size of subscriptions with existing customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

If we do not effectively expand our sales and marketing organization, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers.

Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our platform will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities. We are substantially dependent on our direct sales force and our online marketing efforts to obtain new customers. We plan to continue to expand our sales and marketing organization both domestically and internationally. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require, particularly as we continue to target larger organizations. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of experienced sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new sales segments and territories. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Because of our limited operating history, we cannot predict whether, or to what extent, our sales will increase as we expand our sales and marketing organization or how long it will take for sales personnel to become productive. Our business and results of operations will be harmed if the expansion of our sales and marketing organization does not generate a significant increase in revenue.

We depend on highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain, train and motivate our personnel, we may not be able to effectively grow our business and improve our results of operations.

We depend on highly skilled personnel, including our senior management, to grow and operate our business. Our future success will depend upon our continued ability to identify and hire skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, product managers and sales and marketing personnel, which will require significant time, expense and attention. We have aggressive hiring objectives across the organization, which we may not be able to achieve. In addition to hiring new employees, we must continue to focus on training, motivating, and retaining our best employees, substantially all of whom are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time. Many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our Class A common stock in the public markets after this offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Conversely, employees may be more likely to leave us if the exercise prices of the stock options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our Class A common stock. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments. If we are not able to fulfill our hiring objectives and retain employees, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives would be adversely impacted, and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, which could harm our business.

We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a key contributor to our success. Since December 31, 2014, we have increased the size of our workforce by over 390 employees, and we expect to continue to hire aggressively as we expand. If we do not continue to maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we may be unable to foster the innovation, creativity, and teamwork we believe we need to support our growth. Moreover, many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our Class A common stock in the public markets after this offering, which could lead to disparities of wealth among our employees that adversely affects relations among employees and our culture in general. Our substantial anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.

If we were not able to introduce new features, solutions or services successfully and to make enhancements to our platform or services, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our platform and to introduce new features, solutions, and services. To grow our business and remain competitive, we must enhance our platform and develop features and solutions that reflect the constantly evolving nature of technology and our customers’ needs. The success of these and any other enhancements or developments depend on several factors, including timely introduction and completion, sufficient demand and cost effectiveness. In addition, because our platform is designed to operate with a variety of systems, applications, data and devices, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our platform to keep pace with changes in such systems. We may not be successful in developing these modifications and enhancements. Furthermore, the addition of features and solutions to our platform will increase our research and development expenses. Any new features or solutions that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate sufficient revenue to justify the related expenses. It is difficult to predict customer adoption of new features or solutions. Such uncertainty limits our ability to forecast our future results of operations and subjects us to a number of challenges, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. If we cannot address such uncertainties successfully and are unable to successfully develop new features or solutions, enhance our platform or otherwise overcome technological challenges and competing technologies, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. We also offer professional services for the implementation of, and training on, our platform and must continually adapt to assist our customers in deploying our platform and building an application network in accordance with their specific IT strategy. If we cannot introduce new services or enhance our existing services to keep pace with changes in our customers’ deployment strategies, we may not be able to attract new customers, retain existing customers and expand their use of our platform, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from professional services, which carry a lower gross margin than our subscription and support revenue.

We generally offer professional services associated with implementing our platform and training customers on the use of our platform, and our professional services carry a significantly lower gross margin than subscriptions for our platform. We price our professional services to be attractive to customers because we believe that our professional services help ensure customer success on our platform, which assists us in retaining customers and expanding our relationships with them. Further,

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we generally recognize revenue from professional services as such services are rendered. Costs associated with maintaining a professional services organization are fixed while professional services revenue is dependent on the amount of work actually billed to customers in a period, the combination of which may result in variability in our gross profit. In addition, the timing of the recognition of professional services revenue is dependent on several factors outside our control. If a customer deploys our platform and utilizes our services more slowly than we expect, we may not be able to recognize the related revenue as quickly as we anticipated, which may adversely affecting our gross profit and other results of operations. We also work with SIs to provide our customers with professional services associated with implementing our platform, and we plan to continue to expand these partner relationships to supplement our own resources. If we are not able to adequately grow these channel partner relationships, we will continue to directly provide a significant majority of these services to our customers.

Any failure to offer high-quality customer support may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

We typically bundle customer support with subscriptions for our platform. In deploying and using our platform, our customers typically require the assistance of our support teams to resolve complex technical and operational issues. We may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our customer support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our results of operations. We may also be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support. Our sales are highly dependent on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality product support, could adversely affect our reputation, and our ability to sell subscriptions to our platform to existing customers and new customers.

Future changes in market conditions or customer demand could require changes to our prices or pricing model, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We price subscriptions to our platform based on the amount of computing capacity on which our customers run our software, as well as the tier of support services, and subscriptions to our platform are typically one year in duration. We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices and pricing model for our platform and services. As the market for our platform matures, or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. For example, from time to time, customers request pricing that dynamically scales up or down based on actual usage, which is different than our 12-month capacity-based pricing. If this customer demand becomes more prevalent, we may be forced to adjust our pricing model. Any future changes in our pricing model could result in decreased revenue or interfere with the predictability of our business. Moreover, larger organizations, which are a primary focus of our sales efforts, may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a pioneer and leader in the market for application networks is critical to our relationship with our existing customers and partners and our ability to attract new customers and partners. The successful promotion of our brand attributes will

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality features and solutions for our platform and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competitive products and services. Our brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our platform, as well as products and services of our competitors, and perception of our platform in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ products and services, our brand may be adversely affected. Additionally, the performance of our channel partners may affect our brand and reputation if customers do not have a positive experience with our partners’ services. The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets, and as more sales are generated through our channel partners. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors, and we could lose customers or fail to attract potential customers, all of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and growth depend in part on the success of our relationships with our channel partners.

In addition to our direct sales force, we use SIs and value added resellers, or VARs. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales through our channel network, particularly internationally. We expect that sales through channel partners will continue to grow for the foreseeable future.

Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning our channel partners may offer customers the products of several different companies, including products that compete with our platform. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell subscriptions to our platform, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own products or those of our competitors, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell subscriptions to our platform may be adversely affected. Our channel partners may cease marketing our platform with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. The loss of a substantial number of our channel partners, our possible inability to replace them, or the failure to recruit additional channel partners could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend in part on our ecosystem of SIs and developers to create solutions that will work in conjunction with our platform.

We depend in part on our partner ecosystem of SIs and developers to create solutions that will work in conjunction with our platform. This presents certain risks to our business, including:

 

    we cannot provide any assurance that these solutions meet the same quality standards that we apply to our own development efforts, and to the extent that they contain bugs or defects, they may create disruptions in our customers’ use of our services or negatively affect our brand;

 

    we do not typically provide technical support for solutions developed by our partner ecosystem, and customers may be left without support and potentially cease using our services if these SIs and developers do not provide adequate support for those solutions; and

 

    these SIs and developers may not possess the appropriate intellectual property rights to develop and share their solutions.

Many of these risks are not within our control to prevent, and our brand may be damaged if these solutions do not perform to our customers’ satisfaction and that dissatisfaction is attributed to us, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements are subject to the tax laws of various jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes, which would harm our results of operations.

Based on our current corporate structure, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing. The relevant taxing authorities may determine that the manner in which we operate our business does not achieve the intended tax consequences. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, and interest and penalties. Such authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries. Any increase in the amount of taxes we pay or that are imposed on us could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our business and results of operations.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting or defending our intellectual property rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could reduce the value of our platform and brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property rights. We currently have one issued patent and three patent applications, which may not result in issued patents. We primarily rely on copyright, trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or other contractual arrangements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to set-up, monitor and enforce such rights. Litigation brought to enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, which may result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and effective intellectual property protection and mechanisms may not be available in those jurisdictions. We may need to expend additional resources to defend our intellectual property in these countries, and our inability to do so could impair our business or adversely affect our international expansion. Even if we are able to secure our intellectual property rights, there can be no assurances that such rights will provide us with competitive advantages or distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which may be costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have in the past and may in the future be subject to notices that claim we have misappropriated, misused or infringed the intellectual property rights of our competitors or other third parties, including patent holding companies whose sole business is to assert such claims. To the extent we increase our visibility in the market, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

property infringement claims. Additionally, we do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have.

Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming and expensive and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any aspect of our business that may ultimately be determined to infringe on the intellectual property rights of another party, we could be forced to limit or stop sales of subscriptions to our platform and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our technology incorporates “open source” software, and we license some of our software through open source projects, which could negatively affect our ability to sell our platform and subject us to possible litigation.

Some aspects of our platform are built using open source software, and we intend to continue to use open source software in the future. From time to time, we contribute software source code to open source projects under open source licenses or release internal software projects under open source licenses, and anticipate doing so in the future. The terms of certain open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to monetize our platform. Additionally, we may from time to time face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. Additionally, because any software source code we contribute to open source projects is publicly available, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to such software source code may be limited or lost entirely, and we may be unable to prevent our competitors or others from using such contributed software source code. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We use third-party licensed software in or with our platform, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our platform incorporates certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tools in the future. Such third-party companies may discontinue their products, go out of business or otherwise cease to make support available for such third-party software. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our platform with new third-party software may require significant work and substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, to the extent that our platform depends upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in such third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our platform, delay new feature introductions, result in a failure of our platform and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties. In the event that we are not able to maintain our licenses to third-party software, or cannot obtain licenses to new software as needed to enhance our platform, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with customers and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our platform, services or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability for which we would be responsible, and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we normally contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other existing customers and new customers and harm our business and results of operations.

Our international sales and international operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we derived approximately 36%, 37%, and 38% of our revenue from customers located outside the United States. We are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. We currently have a significant portion of our research and development personnel in Argentina and have a significant portion of our sales personnel and customer support operations in Europe, Asia, Australia and South America. However, our sales organization outside the United States is smaller than our sales organization in the United States, and we rely more on resellers for non-U.S. sales. Our ability to convince customers to adopt our platform and to expand usage of our platform often requires our direct engagement with customers. To the extent we are unable to engage with non-U.S. customers, we may struggle to grow sales in international markets.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including:

 

    political and economic uncertainty in the locations in which we operate, particularly in Argentina, where we have a development center, including the potential for significant inflation, labor unrest and currency devaluation;

 

    increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having operations in multiple jurisdictions;

 

    greater challenges in hiring, training, motivating, and retaining high-quality personnel;

 

    increased difficulties in maintaining our unique corporate culture as we continue to expand globally;

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    reliance on channel partners;

 

    longer sales cycle and more time required to educate customers on the benefits of our platform outside of the United States;

 

    more challenges in enabling our sales force to reach larger organizations outside of the United States;

 

    longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, especially in emerging markets;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell subscriptions to our software in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

    heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact results of operations and result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements and irregularities in our consolidated financial statements;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly in Argentina, and the related effect on our results of operations;

 

    difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from or converting currencies in certain countries;

 

    the need for localized software and licensing programs;

 

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing intellectual property and contract rights abroad;

 

    compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions and overlapping of different tax regimes including withholding obligations; and

 

    difficulties associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English.

Any of the above risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our revenue from customers outside of the United States or increase our operating costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and laws as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have adverse effects on our business. In many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, channel partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, channel partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines, penalties or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our software and services and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A significant number of our research and development employees are located in Argentina and any favorable or unfavorable developments in Argentina could have an impact on our results of operations.

A significant number of our research and development employees are located in Argentina, and therefore, a portion of our operating expenses are denominated in Argentine pesos. As of December 31, 2016, we had a total of 156 employees located in Argentina, of which 106 were engaged in research and development activities. If the peso strengthens against the U.S. dollar, it could have a negative impact on our results of operations as it would increase our operating expenses. Our business activities in Argentina also subject us to risks associated with changes in and interpretations of Argentine law, including laws related to employment, the protection and ownership of intellectual property and U.S. ownership of Argentine operations. Furthermore, if we had to scale down or close our Argentine operations, there would be significant time and cost required to relocate those operations elsewhere, which could have an adverse impact on our overall cost structure.

The Argentine government has historically exercised significant influence over the country’s economy. Additionally, the country’s legal and regulatory frameworks have at times suffered radical changes, due to political influence and significant political uncertainties. In the past, government policies in Argentina included expropriation, nationalization, forced renegotiation or modification of existing contracts, suspension of the enforcement of creditors’ rights, new taxation policies, including royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims, and changes in laws and policies affecting foreign trade and investment. Such policies could destabilize the country and adversely affect our business and operating expenses.

In addition, Argentina has experienced labor unrest over wages and benefits paid to workers. In the past, the Argentine government has passed laws, regulations, and decrees requiring companies in the private sector to maintain minimum wage levels and provide specified benefits to employees and may do so again in the future. Employers have also experienced significant pressure from their employees and labor organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. Any disruptions, labor unrest, or increased personnel-related expenses in Argentina could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating expenses.

If currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future, our financial results, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected.

As we continue to expand our international operations, we become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Our sales contracts are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars, and therefore the majority of our revenue are not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our platform and services to our customers outside of the United States, adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition. We incur expenses for employee compensation and other operating expenses at our non-U.S. locations in the local currency. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, such as the Argentine peso, could result in the dollar equivalent of such expenses being higher. This could have a negative impact on our reported results of operations. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies, and any such strategies, such as forward contracts, options and foreign exchange swaps related to transaction exposures that we may implement in the future to mitigate this risk may not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for integration software and services generally and for our platform in particular. Current or future economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial and credit market fluctuations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in business investments, including spending on information technology, and negatively affect the growth of our business. To the extent our platform is perceived by customers and potential customers as discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, customers may choose to develop in-house software as an alternative to using our platform. Moreover, competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our platform. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or markets in which we operate do not improve, or worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our platform is subject to export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities and also require authorization for the export of encryption items. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our platform or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our platform in those countries. Although we take precautions to prevent our platform from being provided or deployed in violation of such laws, our platform may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws, despite the precautions we take. For example, in September 2016, we filed a voluntary self-disclosure regarding our past failure to seek and receive an export license prior to distribution of encrypted software. In response to this voluntary self-disclosure, we received a written warning from the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security. If we fail to comply with these laws, we and our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export privileges, monetary penalties, and, in extreme cases, imprisonment of responsible employees for knowing and willful violations of these laws. We may also be adversely affected through penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, or otherwise.

Changes in our platform, or changes in export, sanctions and import laws, may delay the introduction and sale of subscriptions to our platform in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our platform or, in some cases, prevent the provision of our platform to certain countries, governments, persons or entities altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform, or in our decreased ability to export or sell subscriptions to our platform to existing customers or potential new customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell subscriptions to our platform could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in various jurisdictions both domestic and abroad. We leverage third parties, including channel partners, to sell subscriptions to our platform and conduct our business abroad. We and our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, channel partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedure to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Any violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions, or suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and prospects.

If we were not able to satisfy data protection, security, privacy and other government-and industry-specific requirements, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

Personal privacy has become a significant issue in the United States and in many other countries where we offer our platform. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. In the United States, these include rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) of 1996 and state breach notification laws. Internationally, many of the jurisdictions in which we operate have established their own data security and privacy legal framework with which we or our customers must comply, including the Data Protection Directive established in the European Union.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us. Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our software. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our software, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales and adversely affect our business, results of operation, and financial condition.

Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of,

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and reduce the overall demand for, our software. Privacy concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform particularly in certain industries and foreign countries.

The nature of our business requires the application of complex revenue and expense recognition rules and the current legislative and regulatory environment affecting GAAP is uncertain. Significant changes in current principles could affect our consolidated financial statements going forward and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our results of operations.

The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. In addition, many companies’ accounting disclosures are being subjected to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could impact our financial statements. For example, in May 2014, FASB issued new accounting guidance on revenue recognition, Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), that becomes effective for us beginning January 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.

We have not yet selected a transition method and continue to evaluate the impact that this guidance will have on our financial condition and results of operations. Regardless of the transition method, the application of this new guidance could have an adverse effect on our net income or loss. Changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward are difficult to predict and could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, were we to change our critical accounting estimates, including the timing of recognition of license revenue and other revenue sources, our results of operations could be significantly impacted.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations and could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Our business depends, in part, on sales to the public sector, and significant changes in the contracting or fiscal policies of the public sector could have an adverse effect on our business.

We derive a portion of our revenue from sales of subscriptions to our platform and related services to federal, state, local and foreign governments, and we believe that the success and growth of our business will continue to depend in part on our successful procurement of government contracts. Factors that could impede our ability to maintain or increase the amount of revenue derived from government contracts, include:

 

    changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

 

    decreases in available government funding;

 

    changes in government programs or applicable requirements;

 

    the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations; and

 

    potential delays or changes in the government appropriations or other funding authorization processes.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could cause governments and governmental agencies to delay or refrain from purchasing subscriptions to our platform and related services in the future or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain of our results of operations and financial metrics may be difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

Although we have not historically experienced significant seasonality with respect to our revenue throughout the year, we have seen seasonality in our sales cycle as a large percentage of our customers make their purchases late in the fourth quarter of a given year and pay us in the first quarter of the subsequent year. We may be affected by seasonal trends in the future, particularly as our business matures. Such seasonality may result from a number of factors, including a slowdown in our customers’ procurement process during certain times of the year, both domestically and internationally, and customers choosing to spend remaining budgets shortly before the end of their fiscal years. These effects may become more pronounced as we target larger organizations, and their larger budgets for sales of our platform. Additionally, this seasonality may be reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes may not be immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the applicable subscription agreement. To the extent we experience this seasonality, it may cause fluctuations in our results of operations and financial metrics, and make forecasting our future results of operations and financial metrics more difficult.

We may require additional capital to support our operations or the growth of our business, and we cannot be certain that this capital will be available on reasonable terms when required, or at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings and payments by our customers for use of our platform and services. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business.

In the future, we may require additional capital to support such activities or to respond to other business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, or unforeseen circumstances. Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor and lender demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets and other factors. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Any debt financing that we may secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we were unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our financial results.

We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use, value added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, the application of federal, state, local and international tax laws to solutions provided digitally are continuously evolving. Income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ordinances could be enacted or amended at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, which could increase our taxes and ultimately result in a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2016, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, for Federal, California and other state income tax purposes of approximately $181.9 million, $56.9 million, and $59.0 million, respectively, which may be available to offset tax income in the future. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We have undergone ownership changes in the past, which has resulted in some limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

We may acquire or invest in companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our platform and services and grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may choose to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

    an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by stockholders and third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

    we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

    an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;

 

    an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

    we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

 

    our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    if we incur debt to fund any acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business financial maintenance covenants; and

 

    if we issue a significant amount of equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease.

The occurrence of any of these risks could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend and rely upon software-as-a-service, or SaaS, technologies from third parties to operate our business, and interruptions or performance problems with these technologies may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We rely on hosted SaaS applications from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including enterprise resource planning, order management, billing, cybersecurity, project management, and accounting and reporting all financial activity. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our platform and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as power disruptions, computer viruses, data security breaches or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, occurring at our headquarters, at one of our other facilities or where a business partner is located could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, if a natural disaster or man-made problem were to affect datacenters used by AWS, this could adversely affect the ability of our customers to use our platform. In addition, natural disasters and acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses, national economies or the world economy as a whole. We also rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and enterprise applications and internal technology systems for our engineering, sales and marketing and operations activities. Although we maintain incident management and disaster response plans, in the event of a major disruption caused by a natural disaster or man-made problem, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our development activities, lengthy interruptions in service, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, computer malware, viruses and computer hacking, fraudulent use attempts and phishing attacks have become more prevalent in our industry, have occurred on our platform in the past and may occur on our platform in the future. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our platform and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our users may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and outstanding shares of Class B common stock held by our directors, executive officers, and each of our stockholders who owns greater than five percent of our outstanding capital stock, will represent approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, after the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even when the shares of Class B common stock represent a small minority of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These holders of our Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for tax or estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Messrs. Schott and Mason retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could control a significant portion of the voting power of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. As a board member, Mr. Schott owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As stockholders, Messrs. Schott and Mason are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

There has been no prior public trading market for our Class A common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MULE.” However, there has been no prior public trading market for our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our Class A common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares of our Class A common stock.

The trading price of our Class A common stock could be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our Class A common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common stock include the following:

 

    announcements of new products or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in how customers perceive the benefits of our platform;

 

    departures of key personnel;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

    sales of large blocks of our Class A common stock;

 

    actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    whether our results of operations meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    changes in actual or future expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    general economic conditions and trends;

 

    major catastrophic events in our domestic and foreign markets; and

 

    “flash crashes,” “freeze flashes” or other glitches that disrupt trading on the securities exchange on which we are listed.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations or financial condition. The trading price of our Class A common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the trading price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If securities analysts or industry analysts were to downgrade our stock, publish negative research or reports or fail to publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our stock or publish negative research or reports, cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $        per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” below.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could reduce the price that our Class A common stock might otherwise attain.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our capital stock as of December 31, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately                  shares of capital stock outstanding. All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” we, our executive officers, directors and holders of a substantially majority of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, our executive officers, directors and holders of all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without our consent, they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will agree that, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we will not release any of the securities subject to these market standoff agreements. When the lock-up period in the lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may release all or some portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements or market standoff agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the securities subject to, the lock-up agreements or market standoff agreements, could cause our stock price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016, holders of up to approximately 86,767,415 shares (including 19,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that was outstanding as of December 31, 2016), or     % of our capital stock after the completion of this offering, will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of capital stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our stock incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our Class A common stock to decline.

Management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital and increase our visibility in the marketplace. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including headcount expansion and operating infrastructure development, research and development activities, sales and marketing activities, general and

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

administrative activities, working capital and capital expenditures. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Class A common stock if the market price of our Class A common stock increases.

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws will contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

    the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

    the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the management of our business (including our classified board structure) or certain provisions of our amended and restated bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

   

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and

 

    the authorization of two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a specified period of time.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers, including larger organizations;

 

    our ability to deepen our relationships with existing customers;

 

    our expectations regarding our customer growth rate;

 

    our business plan and beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

    trends associated with our industry and potential market, including the adoption of application networks;

 

    benefits associated with use of our platform and services;

 

    our ability to develop or acquire new products and services, improve our platform and services and increase the value of our platform and services, including through the principle of declarative modularity;

 

    our ability to compete successfully against current and future competitors;

 

    the network effects associated with our business;

 

    our ability to further develop strategic relationships;

 

    our ability to achieve positive returns on investments;

 

    our plans to further invest in and grow our business, and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to increase our revenue, our revenue growth rate and gross margin;

 

    our future financial performance, including trends in revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, income taxes, billings, customers, and dollar-based net retention rate;

 

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents and cash generated from operations to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements;

 

    our ability to attract, train, and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain and benefit from our corporate culture;

 

    our ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate companies and assets;

 

    our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property and not infringe upon others’ intellectual property; and

 

    our anticipated uses of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of these independent industry publications is provided below:

 

    S&P CapIQ database accessed on February 15, 2017.

 

    Forrester Research, Inc., The Global Tech Market Outlook For 2017 To 2018 , January 9, 2017.

 

    Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Internet of Things – Endpoints and Associated Services, Worldwide, 2015 , October 29, 2015.

 

    EMC Digital Universe Study, with data and analysis by International Data Corporation, The Digital Universe of Opportunities , April 2014.

The Gartner Report described herein, or the Gartner Report, represents research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $        million, or approximately $        million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds to us from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not expect to pay any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and investments and capitalization as of December 31, 2016 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock, and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on December 31, 2016; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of                  shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (In thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents, and investments

   $ 102,613       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000025 par value per share—90,296,190 shares authorized, 86,030,961 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 255,946       

Preferred stock, $0.000025 par value per share—no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           

Common stock, $0.000025 par value per share—144,000,000 shares authorized, 26,960,616 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1       

Class A common stock, $0.000025 par value per share—no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           

Class B common stock, $0.000025 par value per share—no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 112,991,577 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           

Additional paid-in capital

     22,241       

Accumulated deficit

     (236,230     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,855     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     40,103       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 40,103       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and investments, total

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization and shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 would be $         million, $          million, $        million and                  shares, respectively.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and exclude the following:

 

    21,915,624 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.54 per share;

 

    532,746 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $12.53 per share;

 

    42,312 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after December 31, 2016;

 

    19,640 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $0.76375 per share; and

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    3,183,229 shares of our Class A common stock that will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness, which shares are currently reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 575,058 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock and the vesting of RSUs granted after December 31, 2016), at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 Plan; and

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2017 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder, and our 2017 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 was $35.5 million, or $1.32 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 was $         million, or $         per share, based on the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock, which conversion and reclassification will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of                  shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been $        million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2016

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after the completion of this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $        , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by $        , assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by $        per share, assuming

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after the completion of this offering would be $        per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering would be $        per share.

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock, which conversion and reclassification will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (ii) the sale by us of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between the existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                            $               

Investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

        100   $        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by investors purchasing shares in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock were exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and the investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering would own     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of as of December 31, 2016, and excludes:

 

    21,915,624 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.54 per share;

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    532,746 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $12.53 per share;

 

    42,312 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after December 31, 2016;

 

    19,640 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, with an exercise price of $0.76375 per share; and

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    3,183,229 shares of our Class A common stock that will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness, which shares are currently reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 575,058 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock and the vesting of RSUs granted after December 31, 2016), at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 Plan; and

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2017 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder, and our 2017 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our Class B common stock or convertible preferred stock are exercised, outstanding RSUs vest, or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
    (In thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

 

Revenue:

   

Subscription and support

  $ 48,436      $ 88,096      $ 152,843   

Professional services and other

    9,181        22,156        34,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    57,617        110,252        187,747   

Cost of revenue:

     

Subscription and support (1)

    5,304        7,525        13,722   

Professional services and other (1)

    11,509        24,645        35,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    16,813        32,170        49,063   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    40,804        78,082        138,684   

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development (1)

    17,046        24,725        32,862   

Sales and marketing (1)

    58,676        93,057        122,630   

General and administrative (1)

    11,911        24,368        31,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    87,633        142,150        187,069   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (46,829     (64,068     (48,385

Interest income

    49        220        465   

Other expense, net

    (248     (729     (340
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (47,028     (64,577     (48,260

Provision for income taxes

    728        862        1,339   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (59,035
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (3.07   $ (3.57   $ (2.73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

    15,531,314        18,324,048        21,623,610   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

      $ (0.45
     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

        110,919,770   
     

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense and other compensation expense related to the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2015              2016      

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

   $ 26      $ 146      $ 255  

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

     76        324        675  

Research and development

     238        2,506        2,831  

Sales and marketing

     569        4,891        8,619  

General and administrative

     520        4,542        4,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based and other compensation expense

   $ 1,429      $ 12,409      $ 16,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further information about the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer.

 

(2)   See Notes 2, 11, and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,  
       2014          2015          2016    
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash, cash equivalents, and investments

   $ 50,097      $ 110,618      $ 102,613  

Working capital

     21,708        37,234        33,550  

Total assets

     83,583        174,049        202,938  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     46,927        82,522        135,614  

Convertible preferred stock

     130,577        256,903        255,946  

Total stockholders’ equity

     22,991        72,670        40,103  

Key Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,  
       2014         2015         2016    

Customers (as of end of period)

     590       839       1,071  

Average subscription and support revenue per customer (in thousands)

   $ 82     $ 105     $ 143  

Dollar-based net retention rate

     110     121     117

For a discussion of our key metrics, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Free Cash Flow and Free Cash Flow Margin

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. Free cash flow margin is calculated as free cash flow divided by total revenue. We believe that free cash flow and free cash flow margin are useful indicators of liquidity that provide information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from our core operations that, after the purchases of property and equipment, can be used for strategic initiatives, including investing in our business and making

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

strategic acquisitions. See the section titled “—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using free cash flow and free cash flow margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow margin to net cash (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Our free cash flows and free cash flow margins were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Free cash flow (in thousands)

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our use of free cash flow and free cash flow margin has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. First, free cash flow is not a substitute for net cash (used in) provided by operating activities. Second, other companies may calculate free cash flow, free cash flow margin or similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of free cash flow and free cash flow margin as a tool for comparison. Additionally, the utility of free cash flow as a measure of our financial performance and liquidity is further limited as it does not represent the total increase or decrease in our cash balance for a given period. Because of these and other limitations, you should consider free cash flow and free cash flow margin along with our GAAP financial results.

The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow margin to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (39,647   $ (47,134   $ (2,702

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,106     (1,506     (4,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities (as a percentage of revenue)

     (68.8 )%      (42.7 )%      (1.4 )% 

Less: Purchases of property and equipment (as a percentage of revenue)

     (3.7 )%      (1.4 )%      (2.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Overview

We are enabling a fundamental shift in organizations’ technology operating models by equipping them to create composable, agile infrastructures. Our customers use our Anypoint Platform to connect their applications, data, and devices into an application network where IT assets are pluggable instead of glued together with custom integration code. The application network enables a self-serve infrastructure through discoverable building blocks, or nodes, that can be used and reused to rapidly compose applications. As a result, the IT organization delivers projects faster and lines of business are able to innovate and respond more rapidly. With an application network built with Anypoint Platform, organizations can transform into composable enterprises.

We were incorporated in 2006. Our founder, Ross Mason, created Mule, the technology at the core of our platform, to address the frustrations of manually connecting disparate systems and applications. Mule took its name from Ross’s desire to take the “donkey work” out of legacy approaches to technology integration, and Mule remains the core runtime engine of our platform to this day.

Our earliest enterprise solution, built on Mule, enabled customers to integrate their on-premises back-end systems across a broad range of use cases. Since 2006, we have invested substantially in making it easier for developers to rapidly build integrations, introducing capabilities such as graphical tooling for designing integration flows, a rich library of out-of-the-box connectors, and a simplified data query language coupled with graphical data-mapping for data integration. In parallel, we have also invested heavily to build an enterprise-grade platform with high availability, security, and management capabilities.

In 2011, anticipating that the adoption of SaaS and cloud platforms was reaching an inflection point, we introduced CloudHub, a multi-tenant iPaaS. CloudHub is built on the core Mule runtime engine and enables our customers to connect applications, data, and devices entirely within our cloud environment. In 2013, as the number of public and private APIs accelerated to make data available to a broad range of applications and devices, we launched an API management solution, which introduced full-lifecycle API management to complement our existing integration capabilities and helped our customers drive discovery and reuse of their IT assets.

In 2014, we introduced Anypoint Platform, which brought all of our core capabilities together. Anypoint Platform is a hybrid integration platform that supports any integration use case, including on-premises integration, cloud-based integration, and full-lifecycle API management. Our customers began deploying Anypoint Platform in a more strategic fashion, not just solving tactical integration problems but rather driving consumability and reuse of their IT investments through API-led

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

connectivity. In 2015, we introduced Anypoint Exchange to further help our customers drive discoverability and reuse of IT assets, so that they can more rapidly compose new applications across their organizations. The emphasis on discoverability and consumability of IT assets enabled our customers to adopt a new technology operating model and increase the agility of their businesses by building application networks.

As we have broadened the functionality of our platform, we have become a more strategic partner for our customers. Consequently, the average annual contract value of subscription and support contracts, or ACV, with new customers has increased from approximately $77,000 in 2014 to $117,000 in 2015 to $169,000 in 2016. For multi-year subscription and support contracts, the ACV is determined by dividing the total contract value of such contracts by the number of years in the subscription period.

We generate revenue primarily from sales of software subscriptions to our platform. Our subscription pricing is based primarily on the amount of computing capacity on which our customers run our software. We offer the same capacity-based pricing model regardless of whether customers choose to deploy our platform on-premises or in the cloud. Our subscriptions are term-based, and we recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. The substantial majority of our subscription and support revenue is derived from subscriptions that are one year in duration and invoiced upfront, although a growing number of our customers are entering into multi-year subscriptions. When we enter into a multi-year subscription, we typically invoice the customer on an annual basis.

We also generate revenue from professional services, which consist primarily of fees associated with consulting and training services. Revenue derived from professional services is generally recognized as the services are rendered. We will continue to invest in our professional services organization because we believe it plays an important role in accelerating our customers’ realization of the benefits of the platform, which helps to drive customer retention and expansion. A significant percentage of our customers purchase our professional services when they enter into new or expanded subscriptions.

We currently have over 1,000 customers located in over 60 countries across every major industry, including 30 customers with over $1.0 million in ACV. Our customers include Citrix, The Coca-Cola Company, Dixons Carphone, McDonald’s, Office Depot Europe B.V., Salesforce, ServiceNow, Spotify, State of Colorado, Toyota Motor Corporation Australia, and Unilever. We sell to organizations worldwide primarily through our direct sales efforts. Although our platform can be adopted by organizations of nearly any size, we focus our sales efforts on the largest global organizations. Our sales efforts are targeted towards CIOs, chief IT architects, and line of business leaders, who are driving digital transformation. We also partner with SIs that enhance our sales leverage by sourcing new prospects and providing systems integration services on implementations of our platform.

Historically, customers have expanded their spend with us over time as they realize the benefits of speed and innovation that come with our platform. Our customers expand the use of our platform in two ways. First, they deploy additional capacity as the usage of applications built on our platform increases. Second, as they address additional use cases with their application network, their usage of our platform further increases. The expanded use of our platform by our customers is evidenced by our high dollar-based net retention rate. In addition, we have grown the number of our customers with over $1.0 million in ACV from five as of December 31, 2014 to 30 as of December 31, 2016.

We have grown rapidly in recent periods. Our revenue for 2014, 2015, and 2016 was $57.6 million, $110.3 million, and $187.7 million, respectively, representing a growth rate of 91% and 70%,

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

respectively. We incurred net losses of $47.8 million, $65.4 million, and $49.6 million in 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

We believe the market for our platform is large and growing. While organizations currently invest significant resources in manual integration services and integration software, the market for platforms that enable application networks is relatively new. The growth of our customer base and market adoption of our platform is affected in part by the pace at which organizations, particularly large organizations, seek to digitally transform their technology operating models from the legacy approach of custom, point-to-point integrations to the development of application networks. We have made substantial investments in developing our platform, expanding our sales, services, and marketing capabilities, and providing general and administrative resources to support our growth. Specifically, we have increased our headcount from 444 employees as of December 31, 2014 to 841 employees as of December 31, 2016. We intend to continue to invest heavily to grow our business to take advantage of our expansive market opportunity rather than optimizing for profitability or cash flow in the near future.

Key Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. We believe the following metrics are useful in evaluating our business.

Customers .    We believe that the number of customers is a key metric because our ability to attract new customers and grow our customer base helps drive our success and is an important contributor to the growth in our revenue. We have successfully demonstrated a history of growing both our customer base and spend per customer through increased use of our platform. As our sales force continues to focus on selling Anypoint Platform to large organizations, we expect the rate of increase in customer growth to decline, but we expect our sales model will drive higher average subscription and support revenue per customer.

We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of parties or organizations that have entered into a subscription contract with us for which the term has not ended, or with which we are negotiating a renewal contract. Each party with which we have entered into a subscription contract is considered a unique customer, and in some cases, there may be more than one customer within a single organization. Although customers can elect not to renew their subscriptions by providing prior written notice to us, our subscription contracts typically have automatic renewal provisions that become effective on the expiration of a subscription contract. To the extent that we are negotiating a renewal with a customer after the expiration of the subscription contract, we continue to count such organization as a customer for a period of four months if we are actively in discussion with such organization for a new subscription contract or a contract renewal, or until such organization notifies us that it is not renewing its subscription contract, if earlier.

The following table sets forth the number of customers:

 

     As of December 31,  
             2014                      2015                      2016          

Customers

     590         839         1,071   

Average Subscription and Support Revenue per Customer.     We believe that average subscription and support revenue per customer is a key metric because it is a reflection of our customers’ growing commitment to our platform and our sales force’s productivity.

We define average subscription and support revenue per customer as subscription and support revenue for a trailing 12-month period divided by the number of customers as of the end of the period.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the average subscription and support revenue per customer:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2014                      2015                      2016          
     (In thousands)  

Average subscription and support revenue per customer

   $ 82       $ 105       $ 143   

Dollar-Based Net Retention Rate.     We believe that dollar-based net retention rate is a key metric to measure the long-term value of our customer relationships and is driven by our ability to retain and expand the subscription and support revenue generated from our existing customers. Our dollar-based net retention rate compares our subscription and support revenue from the same set of customers across comparable periods.

We calculate our dollar-based net retention rate for all periods on a trailing four-quarter basis. To calculate our dollar-based net retention rate, we first calculate the subscription and support revenue in one quarter from a cohort of customers that were customers at the beginning of the same quarter in the prior fiscal year, or Cohort Customers. We repeat this calculation for each quarter in the trailing four-quarter period. The numerator for dollar-based net retention rate is the sum of subscription and support revenue from Cohort Customers for the four most recent quarters, or Numerator Period, and the denominator is the sum of subscription and support revenue from Cohort Customers for the four quarters preceding the Numerator Period.

Dollar-based net retention rate is the quotient obtained by dividing the numerator by the denominator. Our dollar-based net retention rate may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our platform, the increase in the contract value of subscription and support contracts from new customers, and the other risk factors included in this prospectus.

The following table sets forth the dollar-based net retention rates:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Dollar-based net retention rate

     110     121     117

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Free Cash Flow and Free Cash Flow Margins

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. Free cash flow margin is calculated as free cash flow divided by total revenue. We believe that free cash flow and free cash flow margin are useful indicators of liquidity that provide information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from our core operations that, after the purchases of property and equipment, can be used for strategic initiatives, including investing in our business and making strategic acquisitions. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using free cash flow and free cash flow margin as financial measures.

Our free cash flows and free cash flow margins were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Free cash flow (in thousands)

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow margin to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (39,647   $ (47,134   $ (2,702

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,106     (1,506     (4,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (41,753   $ (48,640   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities (as a percentage of revenue)

     (68.8 )%      (42.7 )%      (1.4 )% 

Less: Purchases of property and equipment (as a percentage of revenue)

     (3.7 )%      (1.4 )%      (2.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow margin

     (72.5 )%      (44.1 )%      (3.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cohort Analysis

We have a history of attracting new customers and expanding their annual spend with us over time by deploying additional capacity and addressing additional use cases for their application networks. Specifically, the chart below illustrates the total ACV from each cohort over the fiscal years presented. Each cohort represents customers who made their initial purchase from us in a given fiscal year. For example, the fiscal year 2012 cohort represents all customers who made their initial purchase from us between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012. The fiscal year 2012 cohort increased their ACV from $4.5 million in fiscal year 2012 to $11.2 million in fiscal year 2016, representing a multiple of 2.5x and a compound annual growth rate in excess of 25%.

In addition, the ACV from customers that represented more than $1.0 million in ACV in 2016 has increased to an average of 6.0x the ACV of such customers’ initial purchases made in 2012 or later.

 

LOGO

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue.     We generate revenue from the following sources: (i) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud-hosted software and from term-based licenses of our software and support services; and (ii) professional services and other, which consists primarily of fees associated with consulting and training services related to the implementation and configuration of our platform.

We recognize subscription and support revenue from our cloud-hosted software ratably over the term of the arrangement. Term-based licenses are sold with support services and are recognized ratably over the life of the license or support period. Our subscriptions are typically one year in duration, although a growing number of our customers are entering into multi-year subscriptions. We generally invoice our customers in annual installments at the beginning of each year in the subscription period. Amounts that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized ratably over the subscription period.

Professional services and other revenue is generally recognized as the services are rendered for time-and-material contracts or on a proportional performance basis for fixed-price contracts. Revenue from professional services sold exclusively with term-based licenses is recognized over the term of the subscription. We will continue to invest in our professional services because we believe that it plays an important role in enabling our customers to achieve success on our platform and accelerate their realization of its benefits, which helps to drive retention of, and expansion with, our customers.

Cost of Revenue.     Cost of revenue for subscription and support consists primarily of cloud-hosting costs and personnel-related costs of our customer support organization, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, commissions, and other compensation related to the equity transactions described below, as well as contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party software royalties, and allocated overhead.

Cost of revenue for professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs of our consulting and training departments, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, commissions, and other compensation related to the equity transactions described below, as well as contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, and allocated overhead.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     Gross profit, or total revenue less total cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including the mix among our subscription and support and professional services and other revenue, the costs associated with third-party hosting services for our cloud-based subscriptions, and the extent to which we expand our customer support and professional services organizations. Our gross margin on subscription and support revenue is significantly higher than our gross margin on professional services and other revenue. We expect our gross margin will fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these various factors.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. The most significant component of each of our operating expense categories is personnel-related costs, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, and other compensation related to the equity transactions described below, and with respect to sales and marketing, sales commissions and incentives.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for the design and development of our platform and technologies, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party web services, consulting services, costs associated

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

with our company-wide meeting, and allocated overhead. We expense research and development expenses as they are incurred. Historically, a significant percentage of our research and development has been conducted by our personnel in Argentina, which has provided a substantial cost-advantage in research and development expenses. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and may increase as a percentage of our total revenue over time, as we expand our research and development team to develop new products and product enhancements.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing employees, marketing programs including trade shows, costs associated with our company-wide meeting, and allocated overhead. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period as we hire additional sales and marketing personnel, increase our marketing activities, grow our domestic and international operations, and build brand awareness.

General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for executive, finance, legal, human resources, and administrative personnel, as well as professional fees for external legal, accounting, recruiting and other consulting services, costs associated with our company-wide meeting, and allocated overhead. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. We also expect to increase the size of our general and administrative function to support the growth of our business. As a result, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars but may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period.

Interest Income. Interest income consists primarily of income earned on our cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities.

Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net consists primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the impact of transactions denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currencies of our legal entities. As we have expanded our international operations, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased, and we expect this to continue.

Income Tax Expense. Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. As we have expanded our international operations, we have incurred increased foreign tax expense, and we expect this to continue. We have a full valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development for our operations in the United States. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future. We also have deferred tax assets or liabilities in certain of our foreign subsidiaries including in the United Kingdom, Argentina and Australia.

Equity Transactions. In the third quarter of 2015, following our Series G convertible preferred stock financing, we repurchased shares from certain of our eligible employees and board members (the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase). A total of 2,224,222 shares of common stock were tendered for a total purchase price of $25.0 million. The price paid up to the fair value of our common stock, totaling $15.9 million, was accounted for as a reduction to equity. The premium that we paid over the fair value of the shares, totaling $9.1 million, was recorded as other compensation expense.

In the third quarter of 2016, certain of our eligible employees, board members and funds affiliated with board members sold shares to third party investors (the 2016 Tender Offer). A total of

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4,346,203 shares of common stock were tendered for a total purchase price of $61.6 million. The premium over the fair value of the shares of common stock that was paid by third parties to eligible employees and board members, totaling $9.9 million, was recorded as other compensation expense. The excess of the sale price of the shares of convertible preferred stock sold by funds affiliated with board members over the fair value of our common stock, totaling $9.4 million, was recorded as a deemed dividend within additional paid-in capital.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

    

Subscription and support

   $ 48,436      $ 88,096      $ 152,843   

Professional services and other

     9,181        22,156        34,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     57,617        110,252        187,747   

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription and support (1)(2)

     5,304        7,525        13,722   

Professional services and other (1)(2)

     11,509        24,645        35,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     16,813        32,170        49,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     40,804        78,082        138,684   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)(2)

     17,046        24,725        32,862   

Sales and marketing (1)(2)

     58,676        93,057        122,630   

General and administrative (1)(2)

     11,911        24,368        31,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,633        142,150        187,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (46,829     (64,068     (48,385

Interest income

     49        220        465   

Other expense, net

     (248     (729     (340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (47,028     (64,577     (48,260

Provision for income taxes

     728        862        1,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

   $ 26       $ 83       $ 231   

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

     76         262         567   

Research and development

     238         579         1,677   

Sales and marketing

     569         1,548         2,691   

General and administrative

     520         846         1,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,429       $ 3,318       $ 6,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)   Includes other compensation expense related to the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer as follows (in thousands):

 

                             
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
                      

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

   $       $ 63       $ 24   

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

             62         108   

Research and development

             1,927         1,154   

Sales and marketing

             3,343         5,928   

General and administrative

             3,696         2,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other compensation expense

   $       $ 9,091       $ 9,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods presented as a percentage of total revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2014         2015         2016    

Consolidated Statements of Operations, as a percentage of revenue:

      

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     84     80     81

Professional services and other

     16        20        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100   

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     9        7        7   

Professional services and other

     20        22        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29        29        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     71        71        74   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     30        22        18   

Sales and marketing

     102        84        65   

General and administrative

     21        22        17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     152        129        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (81     (58     (26

Interest income

                     

Other expense, net

            (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (82     (59     (26

Provision for income taxes

     1        1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (83 )%      (59 )%      (26 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
     2015      2016      Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and support

   $ 88,096       $ 152,843       $ 64,747         73

Professional services and other

     22,156         34,904         12,748         58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 110,252       $ 187,747       $ 77,495         70
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Subscription and support revenue increased by $64.7 million, or 73%, to $152.8 million during 2016, from $88.1 million during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to the expanded use of our platform by existing customers. In addition, to a lesser extent, the increase in revenue was attributable to the increase in customers from 839 as of December 31, 2015 to 1,071 as of December 31, 2016.

Professional services and other revenue increased by $12.7 million, or 58%, to $34.9 million during 2016, from $22.2 million during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in consulting services to support our larger customer base.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2015     2016     Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and support

   $ 7,525      $ 13,722      $ 6,197         82

Professional services and other

     24,645        35,341        10,696         43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 32,170      $ 49,063      $ 16,893         53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Subscription and support gross margin

     91     91     

Professional services and other gross margin

     (11 )%      (1 )%      

Gross margin

     71     74     

Cost of revenue for subscription and support increased by $6.2 million, or 82%, to $13.7 million during 2016, from $7.5 million during 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.2 million in third-party cloud-hosting costs, an increase of $1.5 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in headcount, as well as an increase of $1.4 million in contractor costs and an increase of $0.3 million in royalty costs.

Cost of revenue for professional services and other increased by $10.7 million, or 43%, to $35.3 million during 2016, from $24.6 million during 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $5.8 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount, as well as an increase of $2.9 million in contractor costs to supplement our staffing and an increase in travel costs of $1.0 million.

Gross margin improved during 2016, as we experienced increased leverage from our professional services organization and, to a lesser extent, an increase in subscription and support revenue, which carries a higher gross margin than professional services.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2016      Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 24,725       $ 32,862       $ 8,137         33

Sales and marketing

     93,057         122,630         29,573         32

General and administrative

     24,368         31,577         7,209         30
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 142,150       $ 187,069       $ 44,919         32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased by $8.1 million, or 33%, to $32.9 million during 2016, from $24.7 million during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $4.7 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount. These costs included an increase of $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense offset by a reduction of $0.8 million in other compensation expense from the equity transactions described above. In addition, there was also an increase of $1.5 million in third-party cloud-hosting costs for internal use, an increase of $0.6 million in outside contractor costs, and $0.4 million in costs incurred for the company-wide meeting held in February 2016.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $29.6 million, or 32%, to $122.6 million during 2016 from $93.1 million during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $22.2 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount, including an increase of $8.2 million in commissions. These costs included an increase of $2.6 million in other compensation expense from the equity transactions described above and an increase of $1.1 million in stock-based compensation expense. In addition, there was also an increase of $3.2 million in marketing costs related to advertising, and domestic and international tradeshows, $1.4 million in travel and entertainment costs, and $1.0 million in costs incurred for the company-wide meeting held in 2016.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $7.2 million, or 30%, to $31.6 million during 2016 from $24.4 million during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $3.2 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount. These costs included an increase of $0.5 million in stock-based compensation expense offset by a $1.0 million reduction in other compensation expense from the equity transactions described above. The increase was also attributable to an increase of $1.0 million in professional services for legal and accounting services, $0.9 million in recruiting costs as we hired additional staff to support our growth, $0.5 million in costs incurred for the company-wide meeting held in 2016, and an increase of $0.4 million in software subscription costs for our operations.

Interest Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
       2015          2016        Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentage)  

Interest income

   $ 220       $ 465       $ 245         111

Interest income was $0.5 million in 2016 compared to $0.2 million in 2015. The increase was primarily related to an increase in our invested funds due to the proceeds from the Series G preferred stock financing completed in May 2015.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
       2015          2016        Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentage)  

Other expense, net

   $ (729    $ (340    $ 389         53

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other expense, net was $0.3 million in 2016 compared to $0.7 million in 2015. The change was primarily related to foreign currency fluctuations.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2016      Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentage)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 862       $ 1,339       $ 477         55

Provision for income taxes for each period was primarily attributable to foreign taxes incurred by certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and foreign withholding taxes. In 2015, we sold the non-U.S. rights to certain intellectual property to one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. The resulting tax gain in our U.S. entity was offset by current year net operating losses and thus resulted in no current tax liability. Further, this transaction had no net impact on our 2015 deferred taxes or effective tax rate given our full valuation allowance on the net operating losses used to offset the gain. Our decision to move certain intellectual property outside of the United States is not expected to materially impact our effective tax rate for the foreseeable future as we continue to generate net operating losses in the United States and the non-U.S. subsidiary to which we sold certain intellectual property.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and support

   $ 48,436       $ 88,096       $ 39,660         82

Professional services and other

     9,181         22,156         12,975         141
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 57,617       $ 110,252       $ 52,635         91
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription and support revenue increased by $39.7 million, or 82%, to $88.1 million during 2015, from $48.4 million during 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the expanded use of our platform by existing customers. This dynamic is reflected in our dollar-based net retention rate of 121% as of December 31, 2015. In addition, to a lesser extent, the increase in revenue was attributable to the increase in customers from 590 as of December 31, 2014 to 839 as of December 31, 2015. The increase in subscription and support revenue was also attributable to growth in the average subscription and support revenue per customer from approximately $82,000 for 2014 to approximately $105,000 for 2015.

Professional services and other revenue increased by $13.0 million, or 141%, to $22.2 million during 2015, from $9.2 million during 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in consulting services to support our larger customer base.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2014     2015     Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and support

   $ 5,304     $ 7,525     $ 2,221        42

Professional services and other

     11,509       24,645       13,136        114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 16,813     $ 32,170     $ 15,357        91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subscription and support gross margin

     89     91     

Professional services and other gross margin

     (25 )%      (11 )%      

Gross margin

     71     71     

Cost of revenue for subscription and support increased by $2.2 million, or 42%, to $7.5 million during 2015, from $5.3 million during 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.5 million in third-party cloud-hosting costs and an increase of $0.6 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in headcount.

Cost of revenue for professional services and other increased by $13.1 million, or 114%, to $24.6 million during 2015 from $11.5 million during 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.6 million in contractor costs to supplement our staffing and an increase of $5.4 million in personnel-related costs, primarily due to an increase in headcount to support the growth in our operations.

Professional services and other gross margin improved to (11)% from (25)% as we experienced increased leverage from our professional services organization.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 17,046      $ 24,725      $ 7,679        45

Sales and marketing

     58,676        93,057        34,381        59

General and administrative

     11,911        24,368        12,457        105
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 87,633      $ 142,150      $ 54,517        62
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased by $7.7 million, or 45%, to $24.7 million during 2015 from $17.0 million during 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $7.2 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount. These costs included an increase of $1.9 million in other compensation expense as a result of the equity transactions described above and an increase of $0.3 million in stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $34.4 million, or 59%, to $93.1 million during 2015 from $58.7 million during 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $31.5 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount. These costs included an increase of $3.3 million in other compensation expense as a result of the equity transactions described

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

above and an increase of $1.0 million in stock-based compensation expense. In addition, marketing programs and advertising expense increased $1.4 million from the previous year due to increased marketing costs for advertising and domestic and international trade shows. Software applications costs increased by $1.2 million due to support for the growth of the sales and marketing team.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $12.5 million or 105%, to $24.4 million during 2015 from $11.9 million during 2014. The increase was attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $7.0 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount. These costs included an increase of $3.7 million in other compensation expense as a result of the equity transactions described above and an increase of $0.3 million in stock-based compensation expense. There was also an increase of $1.9 million in recruiting costs as we continued to hire more personnel to meet our growth needs, an increase of $1.4 million in professional services fees primarily related to an increase in legal and accounting fees, and an increase of $0.7 million in software subscription costs for our operations. In addition, the 2014 expense benefited from a $1.4 million reversal of a sales tax accrual.

Interest Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
       2014          2015        Amount      %  
     (In thousands, except percentage)  

Interest income

   $ 49       $ 220       $ 171         349

Interest income was $0.2 million in 2015 compared to $49,000 in 2014. The change was primarily related to the increase in invested funds related to proceeds from the Series G preferred stock financing completed in May 2015.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
       2014         2015       Amount     %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Other expense, net

   $ (248   $ (729   $ (481     (194 )% 

Other expense, net was $0.7 million during 2015 compared to $0.2 million during 2014. The change was primarily related to foreign currency fluctuations.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
       2014          2015          Amount          %    
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 728       $ 862       $ 134         18

Provision for income taxes for each period was primarily attributable to foreign taxes incurred by certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and foreign withholding taxes. In 2015, we sold the non-U.S. rights to certain intellectual property to one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. The resulting tax gain in our U.S. entity was offset by current year net operating losses and thus resulted in no current tax liability. Further, this

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transaction had no net impact on our 2015 deferred taxes or effective tax rate given our full valuation allowance on the net operating losses used to offset the gain. Our decision to move certain intellectual property outside of the United States is not expected to materially impact our effective tax rate for the foreseeable future as we continue to generate net operating losses in the United States and the non-U.S. subsidiary to which we sold certain intellectual property.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our total revenue for each quarter presented. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    Sept. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sept. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
 
    (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

               

Revenue:

               

Subscription and support

  $ 16,377     $ 20,097     $ 24,048     $ 27,574     $ 31,251     $ 35,649     $ 40,937     $ 45,006  

Professional services and other

    3,749       5,807       5,978       6,622       7,780       8,345       8,432       10,347  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    20,126       25,904       30,026       34,196       39,031       43,994       49,369       55,353  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue: (1)(2)

               

Subscription and support

    1,603       1,624       2,143       2,155       2,580       3,371       3,589       4,182  

Professional services and other

    4,904       6,690       6,625       6,426       7,172       8,461       8,756       10,952  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    6,507       8,314       8,768       8,581       9,752       11,832       12,345       15,134  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Gross profit     13,619       17,590       21,258       25,615       29,279       32,162       37,024       40,219  

Operating expenses: (1)(2)

               

Research and development

    4,310       5,362       8,531       6,522       6,860       7,332       8,701       9,969  

Sales and marketing

    17,654       21,825       26,486       27,092       23,705       29,815       33,920       35,190  

General and administrative

    4,335       4,068       9,244       6,721       7,283       6,843       9,555       7,896  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,299       31,255       44,261       40,335       37,848       43,990       52,176       53,055  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12,680     (13,665     (23,003     (14,720     (8,569     (11,828     (15,152     (12,836

Interest income

    4       9       92       115       97       107       110       151  

Other income (expense), net

    (73     (181     (272     (203     1       (107     (242     8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (12,749     (13,837     (23,183     (14,808     (8,471     (11,828     (15,284     (12,677

Provision for income taxes

    201       211       414       36       280       268       377       414  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (12,950   $ (14,048   $ (23,597   $ (14,844   $ (8,751   $ (12,096   $ (15,661   $ (13,091
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    Sept. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sept. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
 

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

  $ 9     $ 20     $ 27     $ 27     $ 33     $ 55     $ 53     $ 90  

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

    37       64       71       90       92       119       168       188  

Research and development

    89       131       160       199       209       329       514       625  

Sales and marketing

    228       382       463       475       508       586       753       844  

General and administrative

    167       187       231       261       200       327       402       457  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 530     $ 784     $ 952     $ 1,052     $ 1,042     $ 1,416     $ 1,890     $ 2,204  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(2) Includes other compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    Sept. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sept. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
 

Cost of revenue—subscription and support

  $       —     $       —     $       63     $       —     $       —     $       —     $       24     $       —  

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

                62                         108        

Research and development

                1,927                         1,154        

Sales and marketing

                3,343                         5,928        

General and administrative

                3,696                         2,734        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other compensation expense

  $     $     $  9,091     $     $     $     $  9,948     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    Sept. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sept. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of revenue:

               

Revenue:

               

Subscription and support

    81     78     80     81     80     81     83     81

Professional services and other

    19        22        20        19        20        19        17        19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Subscription and support

    8        6        7        6        7        8        7        8   

Professional services and other

    24        26        22        19        18        19        18        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    32        32        29        25        25        27        25        27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    68        68        71        75        75        73        75        73   

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    21        21        28        19        18        17        18        18   

Sales and marketing

    88        84        88        79        61        68        69        64   

General and administrative

    22        16        31        20        19        16        19        14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    131        121        147        118        97        100        106        96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (63     (53     (77     (43     (22     (27     (31     (23

Interest income

                                                       

Other income (expense), net

           (1)        (1)        (1)                               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (63     (53     (77     (43     (22     (27     (31     (23

Provision for income taxes

    1        1        1               1        1        1        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (64 )%      (54 )%      (79 )%      (43 )%      (22 )%      (27 )%      (32 )%      (24 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Mar. 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    Sept. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sept. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
 

Customers (1)

    655        716        758        839        892        946        994        1,071   

Average subscription and support revenue per customer (in thousands) (1)

  $ 83      $ 89      $ 99      $ 105      $ 115      $ 125      $ 136      $ 143   

Dollar-based net retention rate (1)

    106     112     116     121     125     122     120     117

 

(1)   See the section titled “—Key Metrics” for additional information about our key metrics.

Quarterly Trends in Revenue

Our quarterly revenue increased in each period presented primarily due to an increase in the sales of subscriptions to our platform and related sales of professional services, both domestic and international, as a result of the expanding breadth and functionality of our platform, increasing brand awareness, and the success of our sales efforts with existing customers and new customers. We recognize revenue from subscription fees ratably over the term of the contract. Therefore, changes in our sales activity in a period may not be apparent as a change to our revenue until future periods.

Quarterly Trends in Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses have generally increased sequentially as a result of our growth, primarily related to increased personnel-related costs to support our expanded operations and our continued investment in our platform and services. We experienced significant increases in operating expenses in the third quarter of 2015 as a result of the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and in the third quarter of 2016 as a result of the 2016 Tender Offer. We also experienced increases in operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2015 primarily as a result of year-end sales commissions. In the first quarter of 2016, we also experienced an increase in expenses associated with our company-wide meeting.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been the net proceeds we received through private sales of equity securities, as well as payments received from customers using our platform and services. As of December 31, 2016, we had cash, cash equivalents, and investments totaling $102.6 million, which were held for working capital purposes. Our cash equivalents are comprised primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, and our investments are comprised of marketable securities such as corporate bonds, foreign bonds and U.S. Treasury securities. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents, and investments will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. We plan to continue to finance our operations from customers paying for our platform and services and through the proceeds of this offering.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
                    

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (39,647   $ (47,134   $ (2,702

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (2,150     (95,279     19,358  

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     50,963       112,463       (336

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (300     (322     (1,044
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,866     $ (30,272   $ 15,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During 2016, cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million, which consisted of a net loss of $49.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $19.2 million and a net change of $27.7 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of other compensation expense related to the 2016 Tender Offer of $9.9 million, stock based-based compensation of $6.6 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million, amortization of investment premiums of $0.6 million, and provision for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $51.9 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support services, an increase in accrued compensation of $4.7 million due to higher commissions payable at year end, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2.2 million due to an increase in operating expenses and timing of payments and an increase in other liabilities of $1.1 million due to an increase in deferred rent, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $25.1 million due to the timing of receipts of payments from customers and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $6.8 million due to payments for software subscriptions to our cloud infrastructure provider.

During 2015, cash used in operating activities was $47.1 million, which consisted of a net loss of $65.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.3 million and a change of $13.0 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $3.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.2 million, amortization of investment premiums of $0.6 million, and a loss on disposal of property and equipment for $0.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $35.6 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support, an increase in accrued compensation and related expenses of

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$5.0 million due to an increase in headcount and revenue in 2015, and an increase in accrued expenses of $1.6 million, partially offset by an increase in trade receivables of $21.1 million due to an increase in the number of customers invoiced during the period, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $6.5 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $1.3 million due to the timing of invoices from vendors and related payments.

During 2014, cash used in operating activities was $39.6 million, which consisted of a net loss of $47.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.6 million and a change of $5.5 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $1.4 million and depreciation and amortization of $1.1 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $19.4 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support, an increase in accrued compensation and related expenses of $2.2 million due to an increase in headcount and an increase in commissions due to revenue growth, an increase in accounts payable of $1.2 million due to timing of payments, and an increase in accrued expenses of $0.7 million due to an increase in operating expenses for the year. These changes are partially offset by an increase in trade receivables of $16.0 million due to the timing of billings and related cash received, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.1 million.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

During 2016, cash provided by investing activities was $19.4 million, primarily consisting of sales and maturities of investments of $64.2 million and a decrease in restricted cash of $1.9 million primarily due to a release of collateral for letters of credit servicing our leases, partially offset by purchases of investments of $41.2 million, purchases of property and equipment of $4.5 million, consisting primarily of leasehold improvements and, to a lesser extent, the purchase of computers for personnel, and $1.0 million used for the acquisition of Express Service Gateway (ESG).

During 2015, cash used in investing activities was $95.3 million, primarily consisting of purchases of investments of $106.2 million, an increase in restricted cash of $2.0 million mainly related to collateral for letters of credit securing our leases, and purchases of property and equipment of $1.5 million. These outflows were partially offset by sales and maturities of investments of $14.5 million.

During 2014, cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million, primarily consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During 2016, cash used in financing activities was $0.3 million consisting of $3.2 million in cash used for the repurchase of common stock and $1.7 million in payments of deferred offering costs partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options of $4.3 million and $0.3 million of tax benefits from employee stock plans.

During 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $112.5 million consisting of net proceeds of $126.3 million from the issuance of Series G preferred stock, proceeds of $1.9 million from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and warrants and $0.2 million of tax benefits from employee stock plans, partially offset by $15.9 million for the repurchase of common stock.

During 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $51.0 million consisting of net proceeds of $50.4 million from the issuance of Series F preferred stock, proceeds of $0.5 million from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options and $0.1 million of tax benefits from employee stock plans.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
     Total  

Operating leases

   $ 4,251      $ 7,263      $ 6,056      $       —      $ 17,570  

Purchase obligations (1)

     1,350        7,650        —                 9,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,601      $ 14,913      $ 6,056      $      $ 26,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Purchase obligations represent total future minimum payments under our contract with our cloud infrastructure provider.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily in interest rates and currency exchange rate fluctuations and to a lesser extent inflation.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $50.1 million, $19.8 million, and $35.1 million as of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits and money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce our future interest income.

We did not have any current investments in marketable securities as of December 31, 2014. We had current investments in marketable securities of $57.4 million and $63.4 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. This objective is accomplished by making investments consisting only of corporate bonds and U.S. Treasury securities. During 2014, 2015, and 2016, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements for 2014, 2015, and 2016.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our cash and cash equivalents included $1.7 million, $3.3 million, and $6.4 million, respectively, held by our foreign subsidiaries, of which $0.5 million, $0.8 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, was denominated in Argentine pesos, $0.8 million, $2.0 million, and $2.7 million, respectively, was denominated in U.K. pounds sterling, and $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $1.4 million was denominated in Australian dollars as of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Substantially all of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations,

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which are primarily in the United States and Argentina, Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements for 2014, 2015, and 2016. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in 2014, 2015, and 2016, because our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars and our operating expenses that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars have not been subject to material currency inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the following sources: (i) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud hosted software and from term-based licenses of our software and support services; and (ii) professional services and other, which consists primarily of fees associated with consulting and training services related to the implementation and configuration of our platform.

On sales through our channel partners, we recognize revenue on a “sell in” basis as our contractual relationships with our channel partners do not depend on the sale of our products and services to their customers and payment from the channel partner is not contingent on receiving payment from the end customer. The contractual relationships with our channel partners do not allow returns, rebates, or price concessions.

We recognize revenue net of sales taxes and other applicable taxes when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or service has been performed, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.

When arrangements involve multiple elements that qualify as separate units of accounting, we allocate revenue to each deliverable based upon its relative selling price. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy, in order of priority: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; (ii) third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available; or (iii) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price is available.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Software licenses are sold with support services and are recognized ratably over the life of the license or support period. Software licenses are generally offered with one-year terms. The base license subscription generally entitles the end user to the technology itself and post-contract customer support consisting of a specified level of customer support, bug fixes, functionality enhancements to the technology, and upgrades to new versions of the technologies, each on a when-and-if available basis, during the term of the subscription. For multiple-element arrangements that include only software licenses and software related post-contract support, and professional services, we allocate and defer revenue for each undelivered element of these arrangements based on vendor-specific objective evidence or VSOE. As we have not yet established VSOE of fair value for our software licenses and support, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a ratable basis over the term of the subscription product with which it is bundled.

Professional services and other revenue is comprised of revenue earned for consulting services and training and is generally recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts or on a proportional performance basis for fixed price contracts. The majority of our professional services contracts are on a time and materials basis.

For multiple-element arrangements containing cloud hosted subscription and non-software services, we: (i) determine whether each element constitutes a separate unit of accounting; (ii) determine the fair value of each element using the selling price hierarchy of VSOE of selling price, TPE of selling price or BESP, as applicable; and (iii) allocate the total non-contingent fee to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price method. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within our control. As we have been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of our arrangements, we determine BESP by considering overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, our price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales, and contract prices. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, the pricing practices may be modified in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, including BESP, and therefore, the allocation of the selling price to an element. The consideration allocated to subscription and support is recognized as revenue over the contract period commencing when the subscription service is made available to the customer. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue using the proportional performance method or as services are delivered for time and material contracts. The total arrangement fee for a multiple element arrangement is allocated based on the relative BESP of each element. However, since the professional services are generally completed prior to completion of delivery of subscription and support services, the revenue recognized for professional services in a given reporting period does not include fees subject to delivery of subscription and support services. This results in the recognition of revenue for professional services that is generally no greater than the contractual fees for those professional services.

We classify reimbursements received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses as a component of revenue.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to service providers based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period).

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Our assumptions are as follows:

 

    Expected volatility .    As we have not been a public company and do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock is estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

 

    Risk-free interest rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

    Expected dividend yield .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends to common stockholders and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

    Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we base our expected term for awards issued to employees or members of our board of directors on the simplified method, which represents the average period from vesting to the expiration of the stock option.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our equity awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and forfeiture rates used for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included:

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

    our historical and expected operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions;

 

    the hiring of key personnel;

 

    our stage of development and business strategy;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, in light of the then-prevailing market conditions;

 

    the lack of an active public market for our common and preferred stock;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded peer companies;

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase, 2016 Tender Offer and other third-party sales and repurchases of our capital stock; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In determining the fair value of our common stock, we estimated the enterprise value of our business primarily using the market approach and to a lesser extent, the income approach. Under the income approach, forecast cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses determine discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by our management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at our estimated weighted average cost of capital to estimate our enterprise value. Under the market approach, a group of guideline publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as us is selected, and valuation multiples based on the guideline public companies’ financial information and market data are calculated. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to our historical and forecasted revenue results. The estimated enterprise value is then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, and the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, or the hybrid method. The hybrid method applied the PWERM utilizing the probability of two exit scenarios, going public or being acquired, and the OPM was used in the remaining private scenario.

For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million, $3.3 million, and $6.6 million for 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of December 31, 2016 was $         million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Income Taxes

We are subject to federal, state, and local taxes in the United States as well as in other tax jurisdictions or countries in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to current federal and state income tax in the United States.

We account for uncertain tax positions based on those positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We determine if the amount of available support indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. We then measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

As of December 31, 2016, we had total gross deferred tax assets of approximately $58.0 million, primarily comprised of our net operating loss carryforwards. We have a full valuation allowance for net

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development for our operations in the United States, and we have deferred tax assets or liabilities in certain of our foreign subsidiaries, including the United Kingdom, Argentina and Australia. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the periods in which the adjustment is determined to be required.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Internal Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance on determining whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. We have adopted this standard as of January 1, 2016 and the impact of its adoption on our consolidated financial statements was not material.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic   606) (ASU 2014-09) which amended the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This standard establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently in the process of assessing the adoption methodology, which allows the amendment to be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented, or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02), which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The new standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 , Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share   -Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies the accounting and reporting of share-based payment transactions, including adjustments to how excess tax benefits

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and a Company’s payments for tax withholdings should be classified. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. We have not adopted the ASU for 2016. It is not expected that the adoption will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . ASU 2016-15 identifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The standard should be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash . ASU 2016-18 requires that the statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. This standard should be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to help organizations change and innovate faster by making it easy to connect the world’s applications, data, and devices.

We are entering a new era of business with the rise of the composable enterprise. Competitive advantage is no longer primarily determined by the physical assets organizations own and control, but rather by how they connect and orchestrate a multitude of physical and technology assets, employees, customers, and suppliers. In this new era, winning organizations are composable enterprises that can quickly and effectively adopt new technologies and rapidly connect these assets to drive competitive advantage. To become composable enterprises, organizations must redefine their technology operating models by migrating from heavy and hardwired architectures to a lighter, more agile approach, using building blocks that can be rapidly connected to compose more innovative applications.

The convergence of major technology forces, such as mobile, social, SaaS, cloud, big data, and IoT, is driving the shift to composability and creating disruption across almost every industry. Organizations are investing heavily in these new technologies to create differentiated customer experiences, new revenue channels, and entirely new business models. This is creating a massive need to connect these increasingly distributed new technologies. For example, a new mobile banking app will not only draw data from existing customer and financial systems but also from payments engines, location-based services, mobile security services, and dozens of other systems and data sources. Similarly, in healthcare, patient outcomes depend on real-time connectivity to patient profiles and portals, electronic medical record systems, prescription records, wearable devices, laboratory data, and mobile wellness applications.

These new technology trends are placing unrelenting demands on a legacy technology operating model that already has limited capacity to deliver new projects. IT organizations have typically delivered one-off custom projects built with tightly coupled point-to-point connections that are inflexible, costly, difficult to manage, and unable to be reused and adapted to ever-changing business requirements. As a result, technology infrastructure has become the bottleneck to transformation rather than the enabler.

We are enabling a fundamental shift in organizations’ technology operating models by equipping them to create composable, agile infrastructures. Composability is a design principle that involves assembling, combining, and orchestrating IT assets as components to create new or modified applications. Our customers use our Anypoint Platform to connect their applications, data, and devices into an “application network” where systems are pluggable instead of glued together with custom integration code. The application network enables a self-serve infrastructure through discoverable building blocks, or nodes, that can be used and reused to rapidly compose applications. With an application network built with Anypoint Platform, organizations can transform into composable enterprises.

Anypoint Platform enables our customers to change and innovate faster by resolving the IT bottleneck. It speeds innovation by empowering developers to experiment and prototype new solutions, and freeing IT from writing manual integrations. Our platform does not require customers to uninstall or replace any existing IT investments. Instead, customers can connect existing investments as nodes on the application network for continued reuse, which can dramatically increase the longevity of, and return on, these assets. Our flexible architecture and universal connectivity are designed to ensure that, as new technologies are developed, organizations can easily integrate those new technologies

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

into their application networks, which protects our customers from technology obsolescence and competitive disruption. The application network increases in value as new nodes are added. Each node is reusable for new services applications, resulting in network effects that drive speed and agility and lower costs.

Anypoint Platform is a single, unified platform that includes the key technology components required for IT architects, developers, and systems administrators to easily build and rapidly scale their application networks. It includes a universal connectivity model, end-to-end API lifecycle capabilities, a resilient and scalable runtime engine, enterprise-grade governance and security, and a collaborative engagement exchange for self-serve discovery and reuse of IT assets. Anypoint Platform facilitates continual change and seamlessly connects and orchestrates an ever-increasing volume of applications, data, and devices, whether they are owned and on-premises, provided by partners, or delivered as cloud services. Built for ease of use in a hybrid-cloud environment, our platform offers our customers the same capabilities whether deployed on-premises or in the cloud.

We currently have over 1,000 customers located in over 60 countries across every major industry, including 30 customers with over $1.0 million in annual contract value of subscription and support contracts, or ACV. For multi-year subscription and support contracts, the ACV is determined by dividing the total contract value of such contracts by the number of years in the subscription period. Our customers include Citrix, The Coca-Cola Company, Dixons Carphone, McDonald’s, Office Depot Europe B.V., Salesforce, ServiceNow, Spotify, State of Colorado, Toyota Motor Corporation Australia, and Unilever. Although our platform can be adopted by organizations of nearly any size, we focus our sales efforts on the largest global organizations. Our direct sales force targets CIOs, IT architects, and other business leaders, who are driving digital transformation in their organizations. We also partner with SIs and ISVs, which enhances our sales leverage by sourcing new prospects and providing systems integration services on implementations of our platform.

We have grown rapidly in recent periods. Our revenue for 2014, 2015, and 2016 was $57.6 million, $110.3 million, and $187.7 million, respectively, representing a growth rate of 91% and 70%, respectively. We incurred net losses of $47.8 million, $65.4 million, and $49.6 million in 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

Industry Background

The Rise of the Composable Enterprise

The way organizations succeed is fundamentally different than the way they achieved success a generation ago. Organizations are no longer defined primarily by the physical assets they own and control. Today, they are defined primarily by how they connect and orchestrate a multitude of physical assets, employees, customers, suppliers, software, infrastructure, and devices. For example, manufacturers no longer achieve success on how effectively they vertically integrate to build products, but rather by connecting global partners and orchestrating the assembly of best-of-breed components across global supply chains. Similarly, retailers no longer achieve success based on the reach of their physical stores, but rather by composing a rich multi-channel experience through the integration of data and campaign experiences across their customers’ purchase lifecycles.

In today’s world, organizations no longer compete primarily on how they physically build and scale, but rather on how quickly and effectively they connect applications, data, and devices to compose their businesses. Organizations that adapt to become composable will innovate faster, consequently delivering better customer experiences and building superior products. Those that do not will fall behind. Organizations will win or lose based on the speed at which they can compose and recompose their businesses to serve their customers and outpace their competition.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Increasing Demands on IT Require a New Operating Model

The convergence of major technology forces, such as mobile, social, SaaS, cloud, big data, and IoT, is driving the shift to composability. In just 15 years, the number of SaaS applications has grown to over 3,000. IDC estimates that data will grow exponentially from 4.4 zettabytes in 2013 to 44 zettabytes by 2020, and Gartner estimates that the number of connected devices will grow from 4.9 billion in 2015 to 20.8 billion in 2020. These trends are creating massive disruption across almost every industry. To capitalize on the opportunity, organizations are investing heavily to incorporate these new technologies to create differentiated customer experiences, new revenue channels, and entirely new business models. Business leaders are placing unrelenting demands on their IT organizations, asking them to adopt new technologies at a rapid pace and further complicating an already brittle and complex IT infrastructure.

This disruption significantly strains the legacy technology operating model, in which the IT organization was responsible for designing, building, and delivering complete technology solutions on a project-by-project basis. These one-off custom projects were often built with tightly coupled point-to-point connections that are inflexible, costly, difficult to manage, and unable to be reused and adapted to ever-changing business requirements. In addition, these projects often took months or years to deliver.

With the convergence of new technology forces, the IT organization is often becoming a bottleneck as it can no longer keep up with demands placed on it to deliver new projects to the business. To solve this problem, the IT organization must change its focus from delivering discrete projects to delivering self-serve, reusable building blocks that developers across the organization can leverage to rapidly compose and deliver new applications. We believe a fundamental shift to a new technology operating model is required to enable a composable enterprise.

APIs are a Key Enabler of the New Technology Operating Model

The modern API is a key enabler of the new technology operating model. An API makes application functions and data available through a standardized interface. This means that developers no longer need to learn the inner workings of the underlying IT asset to extract, utilize, and reuse data and services from that asset. These standardized interfaces make it easier to consume data.

Google Maps is a powerful example of APIs enabling the consumption and reuse of a valuable technology asset. By publishing an API for its mapping service, Google has exposed mapping data that developers can access and use in their applications. Whether a ride sharing company mapping a driver’s proximity to a rider or a local business recommendation app directing consumers to the locations of nearby businesses, any organization can now use Google maps in its new applications without spending years creating their own digital maps or understanding the underlying technology.

APIs alone are insufficient to create the building blocks that power the new technology operating model. These building blocks require strong connectivity to the underlying systems and applications. In addition, they need to be orchestrated to compose applications that perform useful business functions. As these building blocks are connected, an application network is created, which provides the basis for the composable enterprise.

Composable Enterprises Require Application Networks

An application network connects applications, data, and devices within and between an organization and its external ecosystems using APIs. Instead of connecting applications through point-to-point connections or isolated architectures, the application network combines the power of APIs with

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

connectivity, orchestration, discoverability, and governance to form a network of self-serve programmable building blocks. This radically changes the technology operating model by unlocking valuable internal and third-party IT assets to quickly build new applications. We believe that, over time, an application network will become fundamental to an organization’s core operations, much like Internet service.

With an application network, anyone in the extended enterprise can use its building blocks to access data and compose new applications, which themselves then become discoverable and reusable on the network. An organization can plug a broad range of IT assets into its application network, including internal on-premises applications; third-party services from SaaS companies such as Salesforce and Workday and from cloud platform companies such as AWS; and a myriad of devices. Once connected, these assets become nodes on the application network that can be integrated with other nodes to compose new applications. Each new node added to the application network will increase the value of the network, since the data and capabilities of that node are discoverable and consumable by any developer with access to the network. Each new dollar spent on IT becomes a dollar invested in a reusable asset, not a sunk IT cost.

Limitations of Traditional Approaches

Historically, organizations have relied on four primary approaches to address the various technology integration challenges they faced. These approaches were not designed to build application networks, nor can they evolve to address today’s challenges. The existing approaches include:

 

    Manual and custom-coded project-based integrations.     The oldest and still most pervasive approach is to custom-code integrations on a project-by-project basis. While this initially may be the path of least resistance, the aggregation of many custom-coded integrations eventually results in a brittle tangle of code, commonly referred to as “spaghetti code.” This becomes exceptionally expensive and time consuming to maintain and change, as swapping one component may initiate a cascade of unintended consequences. The result is that developers are forced to spend a large amount of their time duplicating integration work, rather than innovating. The morass of custom code also inhibits governance, management and visibility into data flows, making it difficult to monitor and secure.

 

    Legacy software integration products.     Legacy software integration products were built to provide an IT-centric integration hub to connect an organization’s on-premises IT assets. With the exponential growth of new technologies, such as SaaS applications, microservices and IoT devices, organizations may need to integrate tens of thousands of assets, both on-premises and in the cloud. These monolithic integration hubs have failed to adapt to rapidly changing technologies, which are largely cloud-based.

 

    Point-to-point SaaS integration products.     This class of integration products offers developers graphical tools and pre-built connectors to integrate SaaS applications. While this approach can enable rapid and lower-cost integrations for simple scenarios, it results in point-to-point connections and siloed project-by-project integrations that are uncoordinated and not reusable or pluggable into other assets or a network of assets. Over time, these products add complexity and lack centralized visibility and governance.

 

    API management products. These products focus narrowly on managing, securing, and analyzing traffic to APIs. They do not include connectivity or orchestration capabilities, which leaves fundamental gaps in the implementation of new APIs and composition of APIs to form application networks.

These approaches were mostly designed to address the problems of the legacy technology operating model and are slow, expensive, brittle, not reusable, and siloed. None of these approaches

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fully address the speed, flexibility, reusability, and composability required for an organization to become a composable enterprise.

Our Opportunity

We estimate our current market opportunity to be $29 billion. We calculate our market opportunity by identifying the number of companies worldwide across all industries that have at least $50 million of annual revenue based on certain independent industry data from the S&P CapIQ database. We then segment these companies into three separate cohorts based on the amount of their annual revenue: companies that have annual revenue greater than $2.5 billion, companies that have annual revenue between $150 million and $2.5 billion, and companies that have annual revenue between $50 million and $150 million. We then multiply the number of companies worldwide in each cohort by our average ACV per cohort.

Our average ACV per cohort is defined as the average, by cohort, of our ACV for 2016 from those customers that (i) were customers as of December 31, 2016, (ii) were included in the independent industry data, and (iii) generated greater than $50,000 of ACV.

We are disrupting large, existing markets. Forrester estimates that $32 billion will be spent in 2017 on the integration software market. Separately, Forrester estimates an additional $394 billion will be spent in 2017 on systems integration project work, which does not include the spending on custom-coded integrations by internal development teams. As the market for application networks continues to develop, we believe there is an opportunity to convert a meaningful portion of this spend to a software-based approach.

Our Solution: Anypoint Platform

We enable our customers to change and innovate faster by making it easy for them to connect their applications, data, and devices into application networks. Anypoint Platform powers our customers’ application networks and allows them to transform into composable enterprises so they can innovate faster, deliver differentiated customer experiences, build superior products, and execute their digital strategies.

Anypoint Platform is a single, unified platform that includes the key technology components required for IT architects, developers and systems administrators to easily build and rapidly scale their application networks. It includes a universal connectivity model, end-to-end API lifecycle capabilities, a resilient and scalable runtime engine, enterprise-grade governance and security, and a collaborative engagement exchange for self-service discovery and reuse of IT assets.

Unlike traditional approaches, Anypoint Platform was architected to seamlessly connect and orchestrate an ever-increasing volume of applications, data, and devices, whether they are owned and on-premises, provided by partners, or delivered as cloud services. Built for ease of use in a hybrid-cloud environment, our platform offers our customers the same capabilities whether deployed on-premises or in the cloud.

Each of our customers takes a different journey to build an application network with Anypoint Platform. For example, a large organization may begin with a single integration project, such as composing a customer profile web app for its sales team to better engage with its customers. This app would require real-time data feeds from various back-end applications, including order data from an on-premises eCommerce system, billing data from an enterprise resource planning system such as SAP,

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and customer data from a cloud sales automation system such as Salesforce. With Anypoint Platform, our customers expose this data as discoverable and consumable APIs that are managed, controlled, and secured. Our customers can then use Anypoint Platform to combine those APIs to compose a “single view of the customer.” This single view itself can then become a consumable API. All four of these APIs are now discoverable and self-serve building blocks that are accessible as nodes on a nascent application network.

 

LOGO

Next, the same organization may want to build a new product recommendation mobile app that requires the same order, billing, and customer data. In this case, the mobile app developer can use Anypoint Platform to discover and reuse the previously built single view of the customer API, as she now has access to all of that rich information without having to requisition and wait for the IT organization, understand the underlying systems, or write a single line of code. The developer can focus her energy on adding value to the app by exposing new APIs, such as an API for product catalog data and an API for web clickstream data, such as from Adobe, that tracks customer interest and intent. She can then combine these new APIs with the previously-created single view of a customer API to compose the new product recommendation mobile app. By having the existing APIs available on the application network, the barriers to creating a new app and the time to realizing value are dramatically reduced.

 

LOGO

As more applications are built and added, the application network expands organically, increasing an organization’s delivery speed. Every incremental project builds on what has been built before. Organizations can add a multitude of nodes to the network, connecting and orchestrating on-premises systems, SaaS and cloud applications, and APIs from third-parties, such as those for communications,

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

payments, mapping, and supply chain. The IT organization maintains visibility and control of the application network even as the network continues to expand and becomes increasingly distributed. This allows the IT organization to monitor and optimize performance.

Applications that are plugged into the network are now accessible and reusable by any developer with access to the network. The organization can more easily change any app or system, such as upgrading its ERP solution or onboarding new shipping and fulfillment vendors, without impacting other applications running on the application network. In this way, the organization becomes more agile as it can swap, recycle, and recompose IT assets without breaking the network or any existing applications and nodes.

The result is a composable enterprise that empowers the business to focus on innovation and respond to customer needs and competitive challenges.

 

LOGO

Anypoint Platform combines five technology elements that are critical for building an application network:

 

    End-to-End API Lifecycle Capabilities .     Modern APIs must be built as products and designed for broad consumption by a diverse audience of developers and IT professionals. Anypoint Platform supports the full API product lifecycle, including the design, implementation, deployment, management, versioning, and retirement of APIs. Furthermore, Anypoint Platform takes a “design-first” approach to the API lifecycle, enabling elegant API design that significantly improves consumption, driving more reuse of those APIs and accelerating innovation.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Universal Connectivity Model.     APIs are only as valuable as the data that feeds them. In the typical enterprise, data comes from an increasing number of sources, such as on-premises applications, SaaS and cloud applications, custom data stores, devices, and external third-parties, such as partners, vendors, and customers. Anypoint Platform has a universal connectivity model that allows customers to easily connect and extract all types of data from any source, over any protocol. Anypoint Platform includes a library of more than 120 out-of-the-box connectors to easily connect existing applications and protocols. For any protocol where an out-of-the-box connector does not exist, Anypoint Platform can accommodate a custom connector built using software code that can connect that data to the rest of the application network.

 

    Resilient and Scalable Runtime Engine.     Application network nodes are designed to be reused many times across multiple applications. As a result, the uptime, availability, and performance of these nodes are paramount. At the core of Anypoint Platform is a scalable, high-performing, and resilient engine that runs the application network nodes and orchestrates the information flows across the application network. The runtime engine was built for hybrid environments, allowing nodes to be deployed flexibly on-premises or in the cloud.

 

    Enterprise-Grade Governance and Security .    IT assets need to be available across an application network in a well-governed highly secure infrastructure. Application network nodes built using Anypoint Platform are automatically registered when they are deployed onto the network, giving the IT organization full visibility into its application network, including performance and uptime, as well as control, such as access management and capacity changes. In addition, because access to any given system is through standardized, managed APIs, rather than through a myriad of custom-developed access points, the network can be more easily secured.

 

    Collaborative Engagement Exchange .    The discovery and consumption of technology assets by developers within the organization is a central tenet of the new technology operating model. Anypoint Platform includes a collaborative engagement exchange that makes it simple to publish and discover APIs, connectors, integration templates, and other assets for easy consumption and reuse.

Benefits of Our Solution

Our platform helps our customers build application networks to become composable enterprises and achieve a new technology operating model. With our platform, customers can:

Increase Business Agility

Our platform enables our customers to increase the speed at which they innovate and operate. With Anypoint Platform, customers can create an agile organization where IT assets can be swapped, recycled, composed, and recomposed without breaking the application network or any of its existing applications and nodes. As more applications are built and more nodes added, each additional application becomes easier and faster to build. As a result, organizations are able to rapidly adapt to new technologies and shifting customer demands, develop new business models, and respond to competitive threats.

Increase Innovation

Our platform allows our customers to innovate continuously by changing their operating model from sole reliance on a centralized IT organization to self-serve innovation by developers across the business. This approach reduces the time developers and IT personnel need to spend manually

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

integrating IT assets, freeing them to spend time innovating by experimenting and prototyping new solutions quickly.

Extend the Useful Life of IT Investments

Our customers can use our platform to dramatically increase the longevity of and return on new and legacy IT assets, turning IT costs into reusable, longer-term investments. Anypoint Platform does not require customers to uninstall or replace any existing IT investments. Instead, organizations can add them to their application network in which their data is exposed and discoverable. Organizations can then leverage the valuable data and business logic in these assets more broadly and across a wider array of applications.

Future-Proof the Enterprise

With our platform, customers can more easily capitalize on new innovations such as container technology, microservices, IoT, and hybrid cloud, without requiring them to replace, rebuild, or re-platform. As customers move to the cloud and deploy their applications on cloud platforms such as AWS, both the application network and its nodes and endpoints can flexibly span across environments including on-premises datacenters, cloud environments, and third-party SaaS applications.

In addition, organizations that build an application network on our platform are more readily equipped to adapt to new technologies and applications. For example, customers are increasingly experimenting with smarter applications that incorporate artificial intelligence, or AI. Rather than every organization building its own AI solutions, our customers are able to access third-party best-of-breed AI functionality as nodes on their application network to rapidly compose new intelligent applications.

Accelerate Business Value through Network Effects

Our customers’ application networks can dramatically increase in value as additional nodes are added to the network. An application network can be as simple as two nodes that enable two on-premises applications to share information or as broad as thousands of nodes spanning a global extended enterprise of on-premises and cloud-based applications, data, and devices. Importantly, each new node added to the application network will increase the value of the network since the data and capabilities of that node are made discoverable and consumable by any developer with access to the network. Each node is reusable for new services and applications, resulting in network effects that drive speed, agility, and lower cost.

Our Customers

We currently have over 1,000 customers located in over 60 countries across every major industry, including 30 customers with over $1.0 million in ACV. No single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue for 2014, 2015, and 2016. Our platform has been adopted across many vertical markets, including education, financial services, healthcare, retail and consumer goods, the public sector, and technology. For example, based on market capitalization as set forth in independent industry data, our customers include:

 

    five of the top 10 global banks;

 

    three of the top 10 global auto companies;

 

    four of the top 10 global consumer packaged goods companies;

 

    three of the top 10 global healthcare sector companies; and

 

    six of the 10 largest U.S. federal agencies.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies are representative examples of how our customers have benefitted from our platform.

McDonald’s

Customer since 2015

McDonald’s is one of the world’s largest restaurant chains with approximately 36,000 locations in 119 countries. As McDonald’s continues their evolution to become a modern and progressive burger company, it is implementing a digital transformation of its global business to deepen customer engagement, improve customer experience, and attract new, young, and repeat customers.

McDonald’s is currently building an application network utilizing the Anypoint Platform, replacing a number of disparate API management and legacy software integration products. McDonald’s application network connects its proprietary e-commerce systems and other back-end databases to create a set of reusable APIs for orders, nutrition, customer, location, and offers. These APIs can be used to rapidly compose customer-facing applications for mobile, social, web, and restaurant-based kiosks. For example, using Anypoint Platform, McDonald’s enabled its mobile app to enhance the customer’s experience by offering location-based alerts with promotional offers, menu information, and a restaurant locator.

With Anypoint Platform, McDonald’s is realizing internal IT efficiencies by reusing applications and APIs, which allows it to drive new digital project initiatives faster than they did before.

Unilever

Customer since 2014

Unilever is one of the largest consumer packaged goods companies in the world, with a presence in 190 countries and 2 billion consumers using their products every day. In recent years, Unilever sought to develop a new set of business and technology capabilities that would support business growth and improved business performance. To accomplish this, IT needed to shift to a new operating model that can deliver projects quickly, without teams duplicating work and creating unmanageable custom code.

Partnering with MuleSoft, Unilever developed reusable APIs that underpin core business processes and connect various applications and multiple digital asset management systems. Unilever teams self-serve reusable and composable APIs to access valuable data more easily than before to build directly to consumer applications. Unilever is delivering on the vision of a new IT operating model with Anypoint Platform, enabling the entire organization to achieve self-reliance in project delivery.

As a result, Unilever is able to unlock improved growth and business value.

Bank of America

Customer since 2013

Bank of America has global technology operations with thousands of application integrations built using a variety of custom code and tools. As the bank’s IT environment has continued to grow, it has become complex and expensive to maintain, creating a need to standardize new and existing integrations. Bank of America required a solution to address its application integration needs and deliver IT at the speed and scale it needed across the organization.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In 2014, Bank of America deployed its first MuleSoft solution to support its efforts to build an application network connecting across multiple lines of business through reusable API assets. MuleSoft helped the bank simplify its IT footprint, enable federated development teams, shorten development cycles, and streamline management of integrations across the bank.

Salesforce

Customer since 2013

Salesforce is a leading provider of enterprise cloud computing solutions with a focus on customer relationship management, or CRM. Salesforce IT identified an opportunity to increase operational efficiency by enabling a new IT operating model, in which IT would package up data assets as reusable services and enable self-service for anyone in the company, which reduced dependencies on the IT project teams.

With MuleSoft, Salesforce opened up access to its systems with integration services, providing secure access to those services across the company. For example, Salesforce has streamlined its employee lifecycle management from hire to retire via a single integration service, which provides employee records in a canonical form by connecting data from Workday, Concur, and Sierraview with Anypoint Platform. By democratizing access to core systems data in a secure manner, Salesforce is accelerating project delivery time and providing faster and better services to employees.

ServiceNow

Customer since 2015

ServiceNow is a cloud computing company addressing service management for departments across the enterprise. ServiceNow has grown rapidly in recent years, driving growth at scale internally by scaling headcount and externally by continuing ServiceNow’s evolution from an application to a platform company. ServiceNow’s leadership team saw technology as a critical enabler of this growth, identifying automation of internal processes, for example, employee on-boarding and increasing field sales productivity, as initiatives of strategic importance. These initiatives reflected a broader increase in demand on the IT function, with the number of projects that IT was asked to deliver and IT costs increasing year over year.

ServiceNow saw that existing approaches to IT were neither sufficient nor sustainable. ServiceNow selected MuleSoft to build an application network that connects its internal and customer-facing applications (financials, MDM, HR, etc.) managed by ServiceNow IT and its homegrown CRM system based on their own ServiceNow instance. With MuleSoft, data now flows seamlessly across systems. For example, ServiceNow leveraged MuleSoft’s platform to implement system APIs to facilitate a master data management (MDM) initiative. The system APIs from MuleSoft enable data flowing in real-time from MDM, SAP, and a homegrown CRM system based on their own ServiceNow instance. These system APIs can be reused in the future across different connectivity use cases associated to the key systems, thereby enabling a reduction in ongoing development and maintenance costs.

Spotify

Customer since 2015

Spotify is the world’s most popular digital music streaming service with over 100 million active users in 60 countries. As the company grew and introduced its service into new markets, Spotify realized that improving internal connectivity would benefit business processes and create a more agile

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and responsive organization. With Anypoint Platform, Spotify is rolling out an application network and deploying microservices to streamline the integration of existing systems such as data warehouses with company ERP infrastructure layers.

Dixons Carphone

Customer since 2014

Dixons Carphone is Europe’s leading electronics and telecommunications retailer with over 2,300 locations across nine countries. Facing competition from pure-play e-commerce vendors, Dixons Carphone sought to differentiate itself by rolling out a unique in-store experience through a digital sales platform. It needed to drive consistent sales execution globally and gain deeper insight into sales associates’ performance.

Using MuleSoft’s Anypoint Platform, Dixons Carphone developed honeyBee, a digital platform to help the customer navigate through a consistent journey alongside a sales associate, from exploring different purchasing options and comparing products, to receiving a recommendation based on their stated preferences. Today, when a customer meets with a Dixons Carphone associate in the store, they can learn about the exact solutions and products that will meet their specific needs right in that interaction. Dixons Carphone associates carry a tablet which helps them in their discussion during the customer’s buying journey. For example, the associate can now describe, in great detail, the plans from various mobile service providers for any mobile device in the store to match the specific needs of the particular customer. The platform also provides real-time journey analytics which Dixons Carphone uses to improve sales conversion, resulting in an increase in in-store sales.

To effectively scale the system globally, Dixons Carphone built reusable API assets to be leveraged across the organization. Dixons Carphone is able to launch applications significantly faster. For example, rather than building country-specific implementations, the honeyBee platform uses the same set of integration logic to activate a new customer’s cell phone wherever they may be, with local customizations only as needed.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

Extend Our Technology Leadership

We have a strong history of innovation. We intend to continue to invest in our platform and new features and technologies that drive more robust developer engagement, increase consumption and reuse of IT assets, and extend the reach of Anypoint Platform. We also intend to invest in technology areas that leverage the strategic position of the application network to expand our market opportunity. For example, we are making substantial investments in analytics and API security.

Drive New Customer Acquisition

We currently have over 1,000 customers, which we believe represents only a fraction of our total addressable customer base. We have expanded our platform to address a broader range of use cases, which has enabled us to become a more strategic partner to our customers. Consequently, the average ACV with new customers has increased from approximately $77,000 in 2014 to $117,000 in 2015 to $169,000 in 2016. We plan to continue to invest in research and development, and sales and marketing to grow our customer base.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Expand Existing Customer Relationships

Our platform approach creates a sustainable land and expand business model. Over time our customers expand the use of our platform in two ways. First, they deploy additional capacity as the usage of applications built on our platform increases. Second, as they address additional use cases with their application network, their usage of our platform further increases. Our customers’ expanded use of our platform is evidenced by our high dollar-based net retention rate.

Cultivate Our Developer Community

We have attracted a growing community of over 175,000 developers. We believe that our engagement of developers increases our brand awareness and helps us target new customer opportunities. Our developer community is passionate about the capabilities of our platform to deliver the benefits of the application network, leading them to recommend our platform to others within their organizations and outside their organizations. We have critical mass and traction within the developer community, and we plan to expand our developer relations function to continue to cultivate our developer community.

Extend Our Partner Ecosystem

We have an extensive partner ecosystem of SIs and VARs. Our partner ecosystem provides us with significant synergies including lead generation, new customer acquisition, accelerated deployment, and customer support. We intend to continue to develop and enhance these relationships to expand our market presence and drive channel leverage, and we expect to invest in new distribution channels and technology partners to continue to expand our distribution footprint.

Continue to Expand Internationally

Our platform addresses customer pain points that lack geographic borders. We have made substantial investments in building our global sales and marketing, service delivery, and customer support capabilities. In 2016, 38% of our revenue was generated outside of the United States, and we intend to continue to drive adoption of our platform globally.

Our Technology

We architected Anypoint Platform around a software design principle we have championed called “declarative modularity.” In this approach, components, or modules, of the system are built with contract-based interfaces, where interaction with the modules follows prescribed rules and outputs from that module carrying predictable properties and outcomes. Each module is built by declaring a single well-defined goal rather than being built as a programming construct that carries out a specific series of steps. In this approach, complex problems are broken down into simpler modules that are loosely coupled, which optimizes for change rather than just solving the original problem. Declarative modularity maintains the overall simplicity of the system even as the use cases become more complex over time, and the modules themselves can evolve without central coordination, driven by teams working independently. As long as the interfaces follow declaratively modular principles, changes to any of the modules will still yield predictable results based on the intent of each component.

The core integration engine of Anypoint Platform was built with a declaratively modular architecture, reducing the complex problem of integration to a small number of standardized building blocks that can be combined and orchestrated to solve any integration use case. Furthermore, declarative modularity allows our customers to deploy multiple integration use cases as a distributed network of containers rather than as a single complex hub. This results in a highly performant, massively scalable, yet easily managed architecture.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The declaratively modular architecture of the core engine allows the surrounding tools and modules to be loosely coupled as well, and therefore, they can be updated or changed without impacting or redesigning any of the other modules. As a result, we have been able to confidently drive multiple innovations on Anypoint Platform in parallel without fear of interference across the modules and their development teams. For example, declarative modularity has enabled us to decouple the core runtime engine, management, and design from infrastructural modules. This has allowed us to adapt the platform to run flexibly in on-premises datacenters, virtualized and private-cloud environments, multiple public clouds, and hybrid environments. It is also the basis of our universal connectivity model: connectivity to a new application or protocol simply means creating a module that “speaks the right language” and plugging it into the platform. Finally, the declarative modularity of the core runtime engine has enabled us to continually improve the surrounding developer tooling, make the user experience ever easier and more powerful over time, including two-way graphical editing, a new domain-specific language, or DSL, for data integration called DataWeave, and seamless integration with popular third-party development tools such as Eclipse, Maven, and Jenkins.

With declarative modularity, we are able to continually evolve our platform to deliver increasing value to our customers. We believe this design principal provides us with a competitive advantage and enables us to innovate faster than our competitors.

Key modules of Anypoint Platform include:

 

 

LOGO

Anypoint Design Center

Anypoint Design Center provides intuitive, low-friction development tools that make it easy to design and test APIs, implement integration flows, and build connectors. The following are the core components of Anypoint Design Center:

 

    Anypoint API Designer enables developers to create and share API designs by leveraging the widely used RESTful API Modeling Language, or RAML, which optimizes for ease of consumption. Anypoint API Designer’s features allow API developers and prospective consumers to iterate and improve the API design without having to implement the API.

 

   

Anypoint Studio is a unified graphical design environment with a user-friendly drag-and-drop interface for implementing and composing the API building blocks for the application network. It

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

features two-way graphical to XML configuration; visual debugging capabilities; and integration with the most popular open source development tools (e.g., Eclipse, Maven, Ant, SVN, Git, Jenkins). Anypoint Studio includes:

 

    DataWeave, a simple, powerful tool to query and transform a wide variety of data formats (e.g., JSON, EDI, XML, COBOL Copybook). With DataWeave, users can do real-time integration, batch tasks such as data ingestion or synchronization, and filter, aggregate, and sort data to manage big data use cases.

 

    DataSense, a capability that aids in the discovery of the metadata of third-party APIs to simplify data integration of those applications.

 

    APIKit, a toolkit that facilitates API implementation using the RAML and WSDL programming standards.

 

    MUnit, our application testing framework that provides support to unit and integration testing on API building blocks.

 

    Connector DevKit is a software development kit with code templates and automatically generated test cases that enables users to build and package their own reusable connectors for any applications that do not already have Anypoint Connectors available out of the box.

Anypoint Management Center

Anypoint Management Center provides a set of management capabilities accessible through a single interface, with real-time visibility into and control over API building blocks on the application network. The following are the core components of the Management Center:

 

    Anypoint Runtime Manager provides a single interface for managing and monitoring deployments in the cloud, on-premises, or in hybrid environments. With Runtime Manager, users can deploy applications, upgrade to new versions of those applications, group servers into clusters, view performance metrics across environments, and connect to third party monitoring and operations tools already in use by the customer.

 

    Anypoint API Manager provides a single interface to manage API users, monitor API traffic, and secure APIs by provisioning access and enforcing policies. Users can manage existing APIs or new APIs that are developed on Anypoint Platform.

 

    Anypoint Analytics enables users to track key metrics on API usage, traffic volume and performance across the application network, as well as gain visibility into business transactions flowing across the network. Armed with this insight, customers can understand usage patterns, improve application network performance, and continually improve the quality of the nodes themselves.

Anypoint Exchange

Anypoint Exchange is the engagement and collaboration exchange for developers both within and outside the enterprise and serves as the primary place for discovery and reuse of API-enabled IT assets. It houses the complete listing of connectors, templates, examples, and APIs available to users of the platform, as well as internal collaboration artifacts such as connectivity assets, documentation and ideas. Users can collaborate on Anypoint Exchange to provide feedback and drive continual improvement of the nodes, as well as contribute new assets to the application network for further reuse.

Mule Runtime Engine

Mule is the runtime engine at the core of Anypoint Platform, combining real-time application integration and orchestration with robust data integration capabilities, both real-time and batch. Mule

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

can be deployed as an on-premises integration engine, hybrid iPaaS, or API gateway. It is light enough to run on a laptop, but scales to support millions of transactions across an organization’s application network.

Anypoint Connectors

As part of Anypoint Platform’s universal connectivity model, Anypoint Connectors provide a catalog of more than 120 pre-built and packaged connectors to easily connect existing applications and protocols. In addition, Anypoint Platform’s universal connectivity model provides quick connectivity to almost anything, including thousands of APIs as well as other protocols and all types of data formats. Developers can also build their own connectors using the connector DevKit, as well as use connectors that have been built and shared by other developers.

Runtime Services

We provide a range of platform services to speed, scale, and secure Anypoint Platform:

 

    Anypoint MQ is the cloud-based multi-tenant messaging service for Anypoint Platform. It performs advanced asynchronous messaging scenarios such as queueing and publish-subscribe as a hosted and managed cloud service.

 

    Anypoint Fabric is designed to provide application uptime and zero message loss for integrations and APIs, whether on-premises or in the cloud. An in-memory data grid enables sharing of workloads between application instances while maintaining the state of information, as well as allowing for vertical or horizontal scalability.

 

    Anypoint Enterprise Security blocks unauthorized access to systems, prevents exposure of sensitive data, and prevents attacks through proactive threat management and integration. Organizations can restrict data access based on client IP addresses through simple drag-and-drop interfaces to apply policies and filters. Access credentials, confidential messages, and data can be encrypted and protected with digital signatures. Our platform utilizes federated identity to protect access to APIs and endpoints.

 

    Anypoint Virtual Private Cloud securely connects corporate data centers and on-premises applications to the cloud as though they were all part of a single private network. Networks can be secured at the hardware or software levels with industry-standard encryption procedures. Organizations can create tiered security levels within the cloud, create a secure connection between data centers and the cloud via a virtual private cloud gateway, and create secure connections with other clouds and cloud services.

Multi-Modal Deployment

Anypoint Platform was built with the hybrid cloud in mind. Our platform includes multi-modal deployment capabilities, enabling our customers to flexibly deploy nodes on-premises, in our public cloud, in their own cloud, or in some combination. For customers who opt to leverage the public cloud option, CloudHub is the platform-as-a-service, or PaaS, component of Anypoint Platform, providing a managed, multi-tenant, globally available, and secure cloud platform for integration. With CloudHub, customers have no hardware to acquire, operate, or manage, and we manage operations and maintenance. As our customers’ cloud strategies evolve, their application networks built on Anypoint Platform can evolve with them without needing to rewrite their existing applications.

Competition

We believe that we are the pioneer in the market for application networks because we provide the only complete offering for building application networks. However, there are many other companies

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

addressing various aspects of this market. As a result, the competitive landscape is fragmented and evolving. We compete against in-house or custom development efforts and a variety of legacy integration software vendors, such as IBM, Oracle, and TIBCO. We also compete with smaller specialized companies, such as Apigee, which was acquired by Google. Larger and more established companies may offer integration and API solutions that directly compete with us. Smaller companies could also launch competing or new products and services.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market are:

 

    product features and functionality;

 

    ease of deployment and use;

 

    deployment options and flexibility;

 

    professional services and customer support;

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

    total cost of ownership;

 

    global reach; and

 

    capability for customization, configurability, integration, security, scalability, and reliability.

We believe we compete favorably on the basis of the above factors. Some of our competitors have advantages over us, such as greater financial, technical, marketing, research and development or other resources, stronger brand and business user recognition, larger installed customer bases, larger intellectual property portfolios, and broader global distribution and presence.

Geographic Information

For a description of our revenue and long-lived assets by geographic location, see Note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had a total of 841 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees and are proud to have been recognized among Glassdoor’s 2015 Employees’ Choice Awards for Best Small and Medium Companies to Work For, and as one of the Bay Area News Group’s Top Workplaces for three consecutive years.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters occupy approximately 41,500 square feet in San Francisco, California under a lease that expires in August 2021. As of December 31, 2016, we also lease offices for sales and marketing in the following U.S. cities: Alpharetta (GA), Chicago (IL), New York (NY), and Vienna (VA). Additionally we lease international offices for sales and marketing in the following locations: Hong Kong, London, the Netherlands, Singapore, Sweden, and Sydney. We have development centers in Buenos Aires, Chicago (IL), and San Francisco (CA). While we believe our facilities are sufficient and suitable for the operations of our business today, we are closely monitoring the need to add new facilities and grow our existing facilities as we add employees and expand into additional markets.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Regulatory Environment

We are subject to a number of U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations that involve matters central to our business. These laws and regulations may involve privacy, data protection, intellectual property, competition, consumer protection, export control, taxation or other subjects. Many of the laws and regulations to which we are subject are still evolving and being tested in courts and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations often are uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate. Because global laws and regulations have continued to develop and evolve rapidly, it is possible that we may not be, or may not have been, compliant with each such applicable law or regulation.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Sales & Marketing

Our go-to-market approach is driven by the strength and innovation of Anypoint Platform, as well as user demand. We offer Anypoint Platform on a subscription basis. The breadth of our platform allows us to market to every level of an organization. We can engage developers on day-to-day frustrations and the CIO on large, strategic transformations. Anypoint Platform can be used for stand-alone integration projects and for large, transformative efforts. Even where customers engage us for smaller projects, they typically grow their usage of our platform for their existing use cases, expand to use additional elements of our platform, and apply them to new use cases. We support that process by proactively guiding our customers to realize other use cases that are more strategic and transformative in nature than the initial proposed use case. Our platform has natural network effects that help it spread through word-of-mouth across teams and departments.

Our marketing efforts focus on driving customer success, generating broader awareness, and cultivating our developer community and partner ecosystem of SIs and VARs, which are important lead generation channels for us. We invest in brand and product promotion and demand generation through direct marketing and advertising. We also leverage insights gathered from our customers and partners to improve our targeting and ultimately the return-on-investment from our marketing activities.

As of December 31, 2016, we had 401 employees in our sales and marketing organizations.

Research & Development

We have a proven research and development culture that rapidly and consistently delivers high-quality products. Our research and development organization is primarily responsible for design, development, testing, and delivery of our products and platform.

As a company, we invest substantial resources in research and development to drive core technology innovation and bring new products to market. As of December 31, 2016, we had 177 employees involved in research and development activities, including 106 employees in Argentina.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.

As of December 31, 2016, in the United States, we had one issued patent, which expires in 2034, and had three patent applications pending. In addition, we have registered “MuleSoft” as a trademark in the United States, Argentina, Canada, Hong Kong, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, and the European Union. We cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Furthermore, even if a patent issues, we cannot assure you that such patent will be adequate to protect our business. We also license software from third parties for integration into our solutions, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. Despite our efforts to protect our technology and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights, licenses and confidentiality agreements, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and other technology. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in our markets have extensive patent portfolios and are regularly involved in litigation. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these leading companies, may assert patent, copyright, trade secret, and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our customers. Our standard license and other agreements may obligate us to indemnify our channel partners and customers against such claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party could prevent us from continuing to offer our solution or performing certain services, require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing solutions, or force us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights, royalties or other fees. Competitors may also be more likely to claim that our solutions infringe their proprietary rights and seek an injunction against us from continuing to offer our platform. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2016:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Greg Schott

     52      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Mark Dao

     44      Chief Product Officer

Rob Horton

     45      Senior Vice President, People Ops, General Counsel and Secretary

Matt Langdon

     44      Chief Financial Officer

Simon Parmett

     52      President

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Mark Burton (1)

     59      Director

Michael Capellas (2)(3)

     62      Director

Steven Collins (2)

     52      Director

Gary Little (1)

     58      Director

Ravi Mhatre (3)

     49      Director

Ann Winblad (2)(3)

     66      Director

 

(1)   Member of our compensation committee.
(2)   Member of our audit committee.
(3)   Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Greg Schott .    Mr. Schott has served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2009 and as a member of our board of directors since March 2009. Mr. Schott served as our President from March 2009 to November 2016. Mr. Schott holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from North Carolina State University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Mr. Schott was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he provides as our Chief Executive Officer, as well as his experience with technology companies.

Mark Dao .    Mr. Dao has served as our Chief Product Officer since January 2016. From May 2011 to January 2016, Mr. Dao served as Senior Vice President, Engineering at Ariba Inc., or Ariba, a provider of cloud-based collaborative commerce applications that was acquired in October 2012 by SAP SE, an enterprise-applications software company. From October 2008 to May 2011, Mr. Dao served as Senior Director Network Engineering at Ariba. Mr. Dao holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University and an M.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Rob Horton .    Mr. Horton has served as our Senior Vice President, People Ops since November 2015 and as our General Counsel and Secretary since August 2013. From February 2012 to July 2013, Mr. Horton served as General Counsel at Infoblox Inc., a computer networking company. From February 2005 to January 2012, Mr. Horton served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel at BigBand Networks, Inc., a video networking technology provider. Mr. Horton holds a B.A. in History from the University of Notre Dame and a J.D. from Northwestern University.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Matt Langdon .    Mr. Langdon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2014. From June 2013 to May 2014, Mr. Langdon served as Chief Financial Officer of TIBCO Software Inc., a provider of infrastructure and business intelligence software. From November 2012 to June 2013, Mr. Langdon served as Senior Vice President, Strategic Operations of TIBCO. From January 2008 to November 2012, Mr. Langdon served as Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations of TIBCO. Mr. Langdon holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University.

Simon Parmett .    Mr. Parmett has served as our President since November 2016. Mr. Parmett served as our Senior Vice President, Global Field Operations from March 2011 to November 2016. Mr. Parmett previously served as General Manager of the APAC PLM Business Unit at Oracle Corporation, a global computer technology company. Mr. Parmett holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth College.

Non-Employee Directors

Mark Burton .     Mr. Burton has served on our board of directors since January 2009. Over the past eight years, Mr. Burton has served as an independent director and advisor for several other privately held software companies. From October 2016 to February 2017, Mr. Burton served as Executive Chairman of Datameer Inc., a big data analytics company. From February 2009 to October 2015, Mr. Burton served as Executive Chairman at Zend Technologies Ltd., an internet infrastructure software company that was acquired by Rogue Wave Software, Inc., a software development company, in October 2015. Mr. Burton holds a B.S. in Business Administration with a Concentration in Finance from San Jose State University.

Mr. Burton was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as an advisor to technology companies.

Michael Capellas .    Mr. Capellas has served on our board of directors since June 2015. Since November 2012, Mr. Capellas has served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Capellas Strategic Partners, a strategic technology advisory firm. Mr. Capellas served as Chairman of the board of directors from January 2011 to November 2012, and as Chief Executive Officer from May 2010 to September 2011, of VCE Company, LLC, a joint venture formed between Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, a networking equipment company, and EMC Corporation, a computer data storage company. Mr. Capellas currently serves on the boards of directors of Cisco and Flextronics International Ltd., an international supply chain solutions company. Mr. Capellas holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Kent State University.

Mr. Capellas was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in executive roles and his background of leading global organizations in the technology industry.

Steven Collins.      Mr. Collins has served on our board of directors since July 2014. From June 2011 to February 2014, Mr. Collins served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ExactTarget, Inc., a cross-channel digital marketing company that was acquired by salesforce.com, inc., a cloud computing company, in July 2013. Mr. Collins previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of NAVTEQ Corporation, a digital mapping company. Mr. Collins currently serves on the boards of directors of Shopify Inc., an e-commerce software company, and Instructure, Inc., a learning management software company. Mr. Collins holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Iowa State University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Collins is a Certified Public Accountant.

Mr. Collins was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his software industry experience, including his experience in finance.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gary Little .    Mr. Little has served on our board of directors since August 2006. Since 1997, Mr. Little has served as a Partner of Morgenthaler Ventures, a venture capital fund. Since September 2013, Mr. Little has also served as a General Partner of Canvas Ventures, an early-stage venture capital fund. Mr. Little currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Little holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

Mr. Little was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his business and venture capital expertise and extensive experience serving on the boards of directors of technology companies.

Ravi Mhatre .    Mr. Mhatre has served on our board of directors since May 2007. Mr. Mhatre co-founded Lightspeed Venture Partners, a global technology venture capital firm, and has served as managing director of Lightspeed Venture Partners since August 1999. Mr. Mhatre currently serves on the boards of directors of Nutanix, Inc., an enterprise cloud platform company, and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Mhatre holds a B.A. in Economics, a B.S. in Electrical Engineering, and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Mr. Mhatre was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant corporate finance and business expertise and his experience serving on the boards of directors of various technology companies.

Ann Winblad .    Ms. Winblad has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Ms. Winblad co-founded Hummer Winblad Venture Partners, a venture capital fund focused on software investing, and has served as its Managing Director since September 1989. Ms. Winblad currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Ms. Winblad holds a B.A. in Mathematics and Business Administration from the College of St. Catherine, now known as St. Catherine University, and an M.A. in Education with a focus on International Economics from the University of St. Thomas.

Ms. Winblad was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience serving on the boards of directors of software companies and her venture capital expertise.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of seven directors, six of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of the New York Stock Exchange. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

    Greg Schott was elected as the designee reserved for the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Mark Burton was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our common stock;

 

    Ann Winblad and Gary Little were elected as the designees of holders of our Series A preferred stock;

 

    Ravi Mhatre was elected as the designee of holders of our Series B preferred stock; and

 

    Steven Collins and Michael Capellas were elected as the independent designees by our board of directors.

The provisions of our amended and restated voting agreement relating to the election of our directors will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our current board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    The Class I directors will be Greg Schott, Gary Little, and Ann Winblad, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

 

    The Class II directors will be Michael Capellas and Ravi Mhatre, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and

 

    The Class III directors will be Mark Burton and Steven Collins, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations,

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Burton, Capellas, Collins, Little and Mhatre and Ms. Winblad has relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence and eligibility to serve on the committees of our board of directors, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the sections titled “—Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors should serve as our Lead Independent Director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Mr. Schott is our Chairman and is not an “independent” director as defined in the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, our board of directors has appointed Michael Capellas to serve as our Lead Independent Director. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. Capellas will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Capellas and Collins and Ms. Winblad, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Collins serves as the chair of our audit committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the rules of the SEC, and satisfies the financial expertise requirements under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    reviewing related party transactions; and

 

    approving or, as required, pre-approving, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Burton and Little, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Little serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

    reviewing, approving and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and

 

    establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Capellas and Mhatre and Ms. Winblad, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Mhatre serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Gary Little, a member of our compensation committee, is a Partner at Morgenthaler Ventures. During February 2013, in connection with our Series E convertible preferred stock financing, we sold 441,551 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock to Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of $1,378,460. In March 2014, in connection with our Series F convertible preferred stock financing, we sold 153,045 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock to Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of $999,996. In May 2015, in connection with our Series G convertible preferred stock financing, we sold 8,906 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock to Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of $99,990. The sales of our convertible preferred stock to Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. were made on substantially the same terms and conditions as all other sales of our convertible preferred stock by us in such financings. Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. is also party to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement.

In April 2013, following the closing of our Series E convertible preferred stock financing, we used a portion of the proceeds received from the financing to repurchase an aggregate of 2,051,353 shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders, including 98,920 shares held by Mark Burton, a member of our compensation committee. From June 2015 to July 2015, following the closing of our Series G convertible preferred stock financing, we used a portion of the proceeds received from the financing to conduct a tender offer to repurchase an aggregate of 2,224,222 shares of our common stock from certain of our employees and board members, including 86,879 shares held by Mr. Burton and 17,197 shares held by Mr. Burton’s daughter, who served as our employee through September 2016. In July 2016, we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that certain holders of our capital stock and third parties proposed to commence. An aggregate of 4,346,203 shares of our capital stock, including 74,037 shares held by Mr. Burton, 19,518 shares held by Mr. Burton’s daughter and 2,115,655 shares held by Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., were tendered pursuant to the tender offer. We have also waived our right of first refusal in connection with the sale of certain shares of our capital stock by Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P.

Mr. Burton’s daughter was employed by us as our Director of Marketing Programs through September 2016. She earned $145,197, $167,500, $162,500, and $103,769 in annual salary and other cash compensation during 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively. She also received options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock and 14,000 shares of common stock during 2013 and 2015, respectively, and benefits consistent with other employees serving in the same capacity.

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further description of these transactions.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive, and did not receive in 2016, any cash compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to each of our directors who was not serving as an executive officer in 2016.

 

Name

   Option
Awards (1)
     All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Mark Burton (2)

   $ 67,145      $ 14,400 (3)     $ 81,545  

Michael Capellas (4)

                   

Steven Collins (5)

                   

Gary Little

                   

Ravi Mhatre

                   

Ann Winblad

                   

 

(1)   The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options granted to the directors in 2016, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Other than as set forth in the footnotes below, our non-employee directors did not hold any equity awards as of December 31, 2016.
(2)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Burton held options to purchase a total of 337,486 shares of our Class B common stock, which consisted of: (i) an option to purchase 67,722 shares, 1/48 of which vested on March 13, 2013, and 1/48 of which vest monthly thereafter, subject to his continued service to us through each such date; (ii) an option to purchase 10,000 shares, 1/48 of which vested on March 3, 2015, and 1/48 of which vest monthly thereafter, subject to his continued service to us through each such date; provided, however, in the event that there is a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, then vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will accelerate and become vested immediately prior to such change of control; (iii) an option to purchase 25,000 shares, 1/48 of which vested on August 1, 2016, and 1/48 of which vest monthly thereafter, subject to his continued service to us through each such date; provided, however, in the event that there is a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, then vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will accelerate and become vested immediately prior to such change of control; and (iv) options to purchase 234,764 shares, which are fully vested.
(3)   The amount reported includes $14,400 in payments for advisory services rendered to us by Mr. Burton. Such advisory arrangement with Mr. Burton ended in November 2016.
(4)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Capellas held an option to purchase a total of 141,542 shares of our Class B common stock. 25% of the shares vested on June 3, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to his continued service to us through each such date; provided, however, in the event that there is a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, and provided Mr. Capellas executes a general release at the time of the change of control, then vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will accelerate and become vested immediately prior to such change of control.
(5)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Collins held an option to purchase a total of 138,542 shares of our Class B common stock. 25% of the shares vested on July 15, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to his continued service to us through each such date; provided, however, in the event that there is a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, then vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will accelerate and become vested immediately prior to such change of control.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2016, Mr. Schott was our employee. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about his compensation.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

In January 2017, our board of directors adopted our Outside Director Compensation Policy. Members of our board of directors who are not our employees are eligible to receive compensation under our Outside Director Compensation Policy. Our Outside Director Compensation Policy is effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under our Outside Director Compensation Policy, after the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards as described below. Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the discretion to amend or terminate our Outside Director Compensation Policy at any time, provided that no such amendment or termination can materially impair the rights of a non-employee director with respect to compensation that already has been paid or awarded, unless mutually agreed to by the non-employee director and us.

Cash Compensation .    Under our Outside Director Compensation Policy, all non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

 

    $30,000 per year for service as a board member

 

    $15,000 (in cash and/or equity) per year additionally for service as non-executive chairman of the board or lead director

 

    $20,000 per year additionally for service as chair of the audit committee

 

    $8,000 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member other than chair

 

    $7,500 per year additionally for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

 

    $4,000 per year additionally for service as a nominating and corporate governance committee member other than chair

 

    $12,000 per year additionally for service as chair of the compensation committee

 

    $5,000 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member other than chair

All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

Equity Compensation .    Following the completion of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of restricted stock units will be made to our non-employee directors under our Outside Director Compensation Policy as follows:

 

    Initial Award .    Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and following the first annual meeting of our stockholders, or annual meeting, will be granted a restricted stock unit award, or the Initial Award, which grant will be effective on the date on which such individual first becomes a non-employee director, whether through election by our stockholders or appointment by our board of directors to fill a vacancy, having a value (as described below) of $175,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is (a) 12 minus (b) the number of full months between the date of our last annual meeting and the date the individual becomes a non-employee director, and the denominator of which is 12 (with the result rounded down to the nearest whole share). A director who is an employee who ceases to be an employee, but who remains as a director, will not receive an Initial Award.

 

    Annual Awards.     On the date of each annual meeting beginning with the first annual meeting following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each non-employee director automatically will be granted a restricted stock unit award having a value (as described below) equal to $175,000 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), or the Annual Award; provided that any non-employee director who is not continuing as a director following the applicable annual meeting will not receive an Annual Award with respect to such annual meeting.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each non-employee director who holds equity awards granted prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or Pre-IPO Awards, that remain unvested on the annual meeting date, the value of the Annual Award granted to such non-employee director with respect to the annual meeting will be calculated by subtracting the Pre-IPO Award Value from $175,000. If the Pre-IPO Award Value is equal to or greater than $175,000, the non-employee director will not receive an Annual Award with respect to such annual meeting. For purposes of our Outside Director Compensation Policy, Pre-IPO Award Value means the intrinsic value of shares subject to a Pre-IPO Award that are scheduled to vest during the 12-month period following the date of the annual meeting at which the Annual Award is to be granted, or the Vesting Shares, with such intrinsic value equal to the difference between the value of the Vesting Shares less the applicable exercise price of the Vesting Shares, if any. The value of the Vesting Shares will equal the average fair market value (as defined in our 2017 Plan) of one share of our Class A common stock for the 20 consecutive market trading days ending on the 5 th market trading day prior to the date of the annual meeting.

 

    For purposes of our Outside Director Compensation Policy, value will equal the product of (i) the average fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock for the 20 consecutive market trading days ending on the 5 th market trading day prior to the grant date of the award and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to the award, as applicable.

 

    Subject to the terms of the Outside Director Compensation Policy, each Initial Award and Annual Award will vest as to 100% of the shares subject thereto upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or the day prior to our next annual meeting occurring after the grant date, subject to the individual’s continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.

 

    In the event of a change in control (as defined in our 2017 Plan), each Initial Award or Annual Award will fully vest, provided that the non-employee director continues to serve as a director through such date.

Non-employee directors also are eligible to receive all types of equity awards (except incentive stock options) under our 2017 Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary awards not covered under our Outside Director Compensation Policy.

Pursuant to the terms of our Outside Director Compensation Policy, no non-employee director may be issued in any fiscal year, cash payments (including the fees set forth in the Outside Director Compensation Policy) with a value greater than $175,000, provided that such limit will be $250,000 with respect to any non-employee director who serves in the capacity of non-executive chair of the board, lead director and/or audit committee chair at any time during the fiscal year. No non-employee director may be granted, in any fiscal year, equity awards with a grant date value greater than $600,000, increased to $900,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service. Any awards or other compensation granted to an individual for his or her services as an employee or consultant other than a non-employee director will be excluded for purposes of these limitations.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2016, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2016. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation

($) (2)
    Total
($)
 

Greg Schott

    2016       350,000                   (3)             350,000  

Chief Executive Officer

    2015       350,000             1,871,424       137,750 (4)       3,081,855       5,441,029  

Simon Parmett

    2016       300,000             1,435,224       278,722             2,013,946  

President

    2015       300,000       25,000 (5)       334,920       380,293 (6)       507,000       1,547,213  

Mark Dao

    2016       306,667             2,591,410       (3)             2,898,077  

Chief Product Officer

             

 

(1)   The amounts disclosed represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during 2015 and 2016 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions.
(2)   The amounts disclosed represent the difference between the fair market value of shares of our common stock sold by each named executive officer in the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and the repurchase price we paid to each named executive officer, net of the option exercise price. Participation in the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase was generally available to our employees and board members, subject to certain restrictions and conditions such as a minimum employment period of one year. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Equity Financings and Repurchases” for additional information.
(3)   As of the date hereof, we are unable to definitively calculate the amounts earned in 2016 under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. We anticipate that these amounts will be determined by March 2017.
(4)   The amount disclosed represents the amount earned in 2015 under our 2015 Executive Bonus Program.
(5)   The amount disclosed represents a discretionary bonus awarded for Mr. Parmett’s performance. The discretionary bonus was not paid in accordance with any formal plan document.
(6)   The amount disclosed represents commissions paid to Mr. Parmett in 2015 pursuant to his commission program.

Executive Officer Employment Letters

Greg Schott

We entered into an executive employment letter dated February 17, 2017 with Greg Schott, our Chief Executive Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Schott may have concerning his employment relationship with us, except that Mr. Schott’s equity awards will continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). Mr. Schott’s current annual base salary is $350,000.

Simon Parmett

We entered into an executive employment letter dated February 17, 2017 with Simon Parmett, our President. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Parmett may have concerning his employment relationship with us, except that Mr. Parmett’s equity awards will continue to be governed

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). Mr. Parmett’s current annual base salary is $300,000.

Mark Dao

We entered into an executive employment letter dated February 17, 2017 with Mark Dao, our Chief Product Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Dao may have concerning his employment relationship with us, except that Mr. Dao’s equity awards will continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). Mr. Dao’s current annual base salary is $320,000.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We have adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. See the section titled “—Executive Incentive Compensation Plan” for a description of this plan.

2016 Performance Targets under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

We provided Messrs. Schott and Dao with an opportunity to receive formula-based non-equity incentive payments under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan based on both company performance and individual performance in 2016. The payments were based on a 2016 target incentive amount for Messrs. Schott and Dao of $150,000 and $80,000, respectively.

The aggregate bonus pool was funded on a scale according to company performance against pre-determined growth goals. The bonus pool was to be funded upon achievement of over 80% performance against such goals, scaled to 50% of the target incentive amount upon achievement of 90% performance, 100% of the target incentive amount upon achievement of 100% performance, and a maximum funding of 200% of the target incentive amount upon achievement of 120% performance. The annual company performance goals related to company product, positioning, customer outcome, culture, and business results.

Once the size of the bonus pool and, therefore, the maximum potential bonus payable to each participant was established, the individual performance component determined the portion of the maximum potential bonus actually paid to participants. The individual performance component was based on individual goals which, for Mr. Schott, included goals related to company product, positioning, customer outcome, culture, and business results. Mr. Dao’s individual goals included product development, growth of product team, and product roadmap. The level of attainment of the individual goals was assessed on our standard rating system. The aggregate amount of bonus payments made to Messrs. Schott and Dao for 2016 is set forth in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

We provided Mr. Parmett with an opportunity to receive formula-based commission payments under a commission program under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. The commission payments were based off of a 2016 target commission amount of $250,000.

Mr. Parmett’s commission program provided for the payment of commissions to Mr. Parmett based on the achievement of goals relating to new customer engagements, renewals, and services. Each goal had a minimum threshold that needed to be exceeded in order to receive any payments relating to the goal and each goal had a maximum payment for achievement in excess of the target goal. In determining Mr. Parmett’s payout under his commission program, our board of directors did not

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exercise any discretion and paid Mr. Parmett commissions based on actual achievement of the goals set forth in the Plan. The aggregate amount of commissions paid to Mr. Parmett for 2016 is set forth in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in 2016.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options and stock awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016:

 

    Option Awards  

Name

  Grant Date (1)(2)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Greg Schott

    9/13/2012 (3)       443,408             0.2625       9/13/2022  
    12/24/2013 (4)       412,958       180,793       0.68       12/24/2023  
    2/3/2015 (5)       285,000       1,235,000       2.60       2/3/2025  

Simon Parmett

    3/20/2013 (6)       226,200       25,000       0.68       3/20/2023  
    2/3/2015 (7)       118,750       181,250       2.60       2/3/2025  
    6/16/2016 (8)(9)       0       284,375       7.28       6/16/2026  
    6/16/2016 (8)(10)       26,041       223,959       7.28       6/16/2026  

Mark Dao

    5/4/2016 (8)(11)(12)             1,004,890       7.06       5/4/2026  

 

(1)   Unless otherwise noted, each outstanding equity award was granted pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan.
(2)   In the event that there is a change of control, as defined in each named executive officer’s award agreement, and on or within 12 months following the date of such change of control, either the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause, as defined in the award agreement, or the named executive officer resigns from his employment with good reason, as defined in the award agreement, and provided the named executive officer executes a general release at the time of his termination of employment, then vesting with respect to 50% of the unvested shares subject to each option will accelerate and become vested upon such termination.
(3)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on April 1, 2012 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(4)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on January 24, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(5)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on April 1, 2016 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(6)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on April 20, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(7)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on June 1, 2015 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(8)   This outstanding equity award was granted pursuant to our 2016 Plan.
(9)   One thirty-ninth of the shares subject to the option vest on May 1, 2017, and one thirty-ninth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(10)   One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on August 1, 2016, and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(11)   One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vested on January 16, 2017, and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(12)  

In addition to the acceleration provision in footnote (2) above, in the event the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause, as defined in the award agreement, not in conjunction with a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, and before the date that is 12 months following the named executive officer’s vesting

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  commencement date, as defined in the award agreement, and provided the named executive officer executes a general release at the time of his termination of employment, then the vesting schedule of the option shall be the following upon such termination without cause: One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 16, 2016, and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

In January 2017, we adopted a Severance Policy applicable to our named executive officers and certain other key employees that superseded all previous severance arrangements we had entered into with these eligible employees prior to the Severance Policy becoming effective (except that the individuals’ equity awards will continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents, including any accelerated vesting provisions). Under our Severance Policy, if any eligible employee is terminated by us other than for cause, as defined in the Severance Policy, death or disability, as defined in the Severance Policy, or if the eligible employee terminates his or her employment with us due to a constructive termination, as defined in the Severance Policy, the eligible employee will be entitled to receive severance benefits as exclusively provided for under the Severance Policy. Upon the occurrence of such an event, an eligible employee would be entitled to the following if such eligible employee timely signs and does not revoke a separation agreement and release of claims: (i) a lump-sum cash severance payment equal to the eligible employee’s rate of pay multiplied by a severance multiple, and (ii) a lump-sum cash payment equal to $1,000 (which will be paid regardless of whether the eligible employee elects COBRA continuation coverage and can be used for any purpose by the eligible employee). The rate of pay for an eligible employee equals the value of one-week of the eligible employee’s base salary. The severance multiple equals four plus the eligible employee’s length of service. For purposes of the Severance Policy, length of service means the eligible employee’s number of completed years of continuous service with us beginning with the eligible employee’s most recent hire date through the date of the qualifying termination, with any partial year of service rounded up to the next full year of service. In the event any of the amounts provided for under the Severance Policy or otherwise payable to an eligible employee would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the eligible employee would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to the eligible employee.

In addition, each of our named executive officers’ equity awards continues to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents, including any accelerated vesting provisions. In the event that there is a change of control, as defined in each named executive officer’s award agreement, and on or within 12 months following the date of such change of control, either the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause, as defined in the award agreement, or the named executive officer resigns for his employment with good reason, as defined in the award agreement, and provided the named executive officer executes a general release at the time of his termination of employment, then vesting with respect to 50% of the unvested shares subject to each award will accelerate and become vested upon such termination. In addition, in the event Mr. Dao is terminated without cause, as defined in the award agreement, not in conjunction with a change of control, as defined in the award agreement, and before the date that is 12 months following Mr. Dao’s vesting commencement date, as defined in the award agreement, and provided that Mr. Dao executes a general release at the time of his termination of employment, then the vesting schedule of his May 2016 option shall be the following upon such termination without cause: One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 16, 2016, and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For purposes of our equity award agreements with our named executive officers, “cause” means generally:

 

    continued refusal or failure to perform duties reasonably expected of the executive in connection with his arrangement to provide services to us or any parent, subsidiary, or successor, as applicable (provided that the executive is given 10 days written notice and opportunity to cure);

 

    unprofessional, unethical, or fraudulent conduct or conduct that discredits us or any parent, subsidiary, or successor, as applicable, or is detrimental to our or any parent’s, subsidiary’s, or successor’s, as applicable, reputation, character, or standing;

 

    dishonest conduct, or a deliberate attempt to do any injury to us or any parent, subsidiary, or successor, as applicable;

 

    a material breach of any employment agreement between the executive and us or any parent, subsidiary, or successor, as applicable; or

 

    a criminal act which would reflect badly on us or any parent, subsidiary, or successor, as applicable.

For purposes of our equity award agreements with our named executive officers, “good reason” means generally resignation within 30 days following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without the executive’s written consent:

 

    a material reduction of the executive’s duties, position, or responsibilities, or removal from such position and responsibilities, either of which results in a material diminution thereof, unless the executive is provided with a comparable position and unless such reduction is solely by virtue of our company being acquired;

 

    a material reduction in the executive’s annual base salary (provided that a reduction in annual base salary of 10% or less in any one year will not be considered a material reduction); or

 

    a material change in the geographic location of the executive’s primary work facility or location (provided that a relocation of less than 50 miles will not be considered a material change in geographic location).

A resignation for good reason requires informing us in writing within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for good reason and a cure period of 30 days following the date we receive such notice.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2017 Plan. We expect that our 2017 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2017 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    A total of              shares of our Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2017 Plan. In addition, the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issuance under our 2017 Plan also will include (a) a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of our Class B common stock reserved but unissued under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2016 Plan, as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2016 Plan and (b) a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of our Class B common stock returned to our 2016 Plan or our 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, or 2006 Plan, as the result of expiration or termination of awards and a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of our Class B common stock previously issued pursuant to our 2016 Plan or 2006 Plan, as applicable, that are forfeited or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be added to our 2017 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is              shares). The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2017 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2018, equal to the least of:

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

                 of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2017 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2017 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2017 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2017 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration .    Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2017 Plan. The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer our 2017 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as ‘‘performance-based compensation’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more ‘‘outside directors’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2017 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2017 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2017 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2017 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise prices, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options .    Stock options may be granted under our 2017 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2017 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years,

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option generally will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

RSUs .    RSUs may be granted under our 2017 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares of our Class A common stock or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors .    Our 2017 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2017 Plan. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our outside directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2017 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our outside directors, our 2017 Plan provides that in any fiscal year, an outside director will not be granted awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $600,000, increased to $900,000 in the fiscal year that an outside director first joins our board of directors. The grant-date fair values will be determined as follows: (a) with respect to any option or stock appreciation right, grant-date fair value will be calculated in accordance with the Black-Scholes valuation methodology on the grant date of such option or stock appreciation right, and (b) with respect to any other award, grant-date fair value will equal the product of (i) the average fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock for the 20 consecutive market trading days ending on the fifth market trading day prior to the grant date of the award and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to the award, as applicable. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2017 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2017 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2017 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2017 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limit set forth in our 2017 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation .    In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2017 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2017 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels. In addition, if an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the option or stock appreciation right will become fully exercisable, for a specified period prior to the transaction, and will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. Upon a change in control, awards granted to an outside director will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amendment; Termination .    The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2017 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2017 Plan automatically will terminate in 2027, unless we terminate it sooner.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors will adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our ESPP will be effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in our ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares .    A total of              shares of our Class A common stock are available for sale under our ESPP.    The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2018, equal to the least of:

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

                % of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration .    Our compensation committee will administer our ESPP and have full but non-exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of our ESPP, as described below.

Eligibility .    Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    hold rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our Class A common stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods .    Our ESPP includes a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, as described in our ESPP. Our ESPP provides for 24 month offering periods. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after                      and                     of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after                      . Each offering period will include purchase periods, which will be a period of approximately six months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date.

Contributions .    Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions of up to      % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares of our Class A common stock during a purchase period.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exercise of Purchase Right .    Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be     % of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the last trading day prior to the first day of each offering period or on the last trading day prior to the exercise date. If the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the last trading day prior to the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the last trading day prior to the first day of each offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares of our Class A common stock on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability .    A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If our compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our ESPP provides that, in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination .    The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2037, unless we terminate it sooner.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2016, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2016 Plan. Our 2016 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     Our 2016 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2016 Plan following the completion of this offering. Our 2016 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2016, options to purchase 8,358,846 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding under our 2016 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors administers our 2016 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, our administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2016 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2016 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our Class B common stock subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. Our administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards, including the power to extend the post-

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

termination exercisability period of awards and to extend the maximum term of an option and to allow participants to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares that otherwise would be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise prices, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash and to make all other determinations our administrator deems necessary or advisable for administering the 2016 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2016 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 30 days. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class B common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class B common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares of our Class B common stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class B common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our Class B common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

Non -Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2016 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2016 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice, awards will be terminated upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or change in control, and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) awards will be terminated in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property or awards will be replaced with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. If a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right becomes fully vested and exercisable in connection with a change in control due to the successor corporation’s refusal to assume the award, the administrator will notify the applicable participant in writing or electronically that the award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan, provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant, unless mutually agreed to in writing between the participant and the administrator. As noted above, upon completion of this offering, our 2016 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2006 Stock Plan, as Amended

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2006 Plan in August 2006. Our 2006 Plan was most recently amended in May 2015. Our 2006 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

common stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     Our 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with the adoption of the 2016 Plan, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Our 2006 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2016, options to purchase 13,556,778 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2006 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2006 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2006 Plan, including but not limited to instituting an exchange program, as defined under the 2006 Plan. The administrator has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2006 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2006 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our Class B common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2006 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2006 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. Except in the case of options granted to officers, directors and consultants, options will become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five years from the date the options are granted. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 30 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Purchase Rights.     Shares of our Class B common stock may be granted under our 2006 Plan as a purchasable award. The shares may be subject to a repurchase option, whereby we may repurchase any shares that remain unvested at the time of a participant’s termination. Except with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and consultants, the repurchase option will in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of purchase. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of stock purchase rights.

Transferability of Awards.     Unless our administrator provides otherwise, our 2006 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options or stock purchase rights, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2006 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2006 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2006 Plan provides that, in the event that we are a party to a merger or change in control, outstanding options and stock purchase rights may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof. In the event the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option or stock purchase right, then such awards will terminate upon the consummation of the merger or change in control. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and vesting in connection with a change in control of any or all outstanding options and stock purchase rights, subject to conditions and to the discretion of our board of directors. If an option or stock purchase right becomes fully vested and exercisable, as applicable, in connection with a change in control due to the successor corporation’s refusal to assume the award, the administrator will notify the applicable participant in writing or electronically that the option or stock purchase right will be fully vested and exercisable, as applicable, for a period of time as determined by our administrator, contingent upon the consummation of the change in control, and the award will terminate upon expiration of such period.

Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2006 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair a participant’s rights under outstanding awards without such participant’s written consent. As noted above, our 2006 Plan has been terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

Our board of directors adopted our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or our Incentive Compensation Plan in December 2016. Our Incentive Compensation Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to employees selected by our compensation committee, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under our Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, change to recurring revenue, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee currently administers our Incentive Compensation Plan. The administrator of our Incentive Compensation Plan may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the last day of the performance period and the date the actual award is paid.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Incentive Compensation Plan.

Our board of directors and our compensation committee have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or the 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the date they meet the 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 85% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2013 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings and Repurchases

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From February 2013 through March 2013, we sold an aggregate of 11,851,905 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.12186 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $36,999,988. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series E convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (1)

     8,008,046      $ 24,999,998  

Lightspeed Venture Partners VII, L.P. (2)

     1,474,779      $ 4,604,054  

Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P. (3)

     800,804      $ 2,499,998  

Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (4)

     463,790      $ 1,447,887  

Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. (5)

     441,551      $ 1,378,460  

Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (6)

     342,614      $ 1,069,593  

 

(1)   Affiliates of New Enterprise Associates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. and NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)   Ravi Mhatre, a member of our board of directors, is the Founder and Managing Director of Lightspeed Venture Partners.
(3)   Ann Winblad, a member of our board of directors, is a Co-Founder and Managing Director at Hummer Winblad Venture Partners.
(4)   Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. and Bay Partners XI, L.P. Entities affiliated with Bay Partners together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(5)   Gary Little, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Morgenthaler Ventures.
(6)   Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

In April 2013 following the closing of our Series E convertible preferred stock financing, we used a portion of the proceeds received from the financing to repurchase shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders, including Greg Schott, our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Burton, one of our directors, and Ross Mason, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. We repurchased an aggregate of 2,051,353 shares of our common stock, including 485,165 shares, 98,920 shares and 999,158 shares held by Messrs. Schott, Burton and Mason, respectively, at a price of $3.12186 per share.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Series F Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In March 2014, we sold an aggregate of 7,736,448 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.534 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,549,951. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series F convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series F
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Lightspeed Venture Partners Select, L.P. (1)

     2,066,115      $ 13,499,995  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (2)

     2,066,114      $ 13,499,989  

Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (3)

     765,228      $ 5,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners (4)(5)

     765,227      $ 4,999,993  

Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (6)

     612,181      $ 3,999,991  

Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. (7)

     153,045      $ 999,996  

 

(1)   Ravi Mhatre, a member of our board of directors, is the Founder and Managing Director of Lightspeed Venture Partners.
(2)   Affiliates of New Enterprise Associates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are New Enterprise Associates 2013, L.P. and New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(3)   Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(4)   Affiliates of Hummer Winblad Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P. and Hummer Winblad Venture Partners VI, L.P.
(5)   Ann Winblad, a member of our board of directors, is a Co-Founder and Managing Director at Hummer Winblad Venture Partners.
(6)   Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. and Bay Partners XI, L.P. Entities affiliated with Bay Partners together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(7)   Gary Little, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Morgenthaler Ventures.

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2015, we sold an aggregate of 11,427,533 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $11.22726 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $128,299,884. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series G convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series G
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (1)

     1,514,170      $ 16,999,980  

Lightspeed Venture Partners Select, L.P. (2)

     890,689      $ 9,999,997  

Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (3)

     89,068      $ 999,990  

Entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners (4)(5)

     8,906      $ 99,990  

Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. (6)

     8,906      $ 99,990  

Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (7)

     8,906      $ 99,990  

 

(1)   Affiliates of New Enterprise Associates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P., New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., and NEA 15 Opportunity Fund, L.P. Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)   Ravi Mhatre, a member of our board of directors, is the Founder and Managing Director of Lightspeed Venture Partners.
(3)   Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. and Bay Partners XI, L.P. Entities affiliated with Bay Partners together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)   Affiliates of Hummer Winblad Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P. and Hummer Winblad Venture Partners VI, L.P.
(5)   Ann Winblad, a member of our board of directors, is a Co-Founder and Managing Director at Hummer Winblad Venture Partners.
(6)   Gary Little, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Morgenthaler Ventures.
(7)   Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

From June 2015 to July 2015, following the closing of our Series G convertible preferred stock financing, we used a portion of the proceeds received from the financing to conduct a tender offer to repurchase shares of our common stock from certain of our employees and board members. Greg Schott, Simon Parmett and Rob Horton, each of whom is one of our executive officers, Mark Burton, Ross Mason, and Mr. Burton’s daughter, who was employed by us through September 2016, sold shares of our common stock in the tender offer. Participation in the tender offer was generally available to our employees and service providers, subject to certain restrictions and conditions such as a minimum employment period of one year. We repurchased an aggregate of 2,224,222 shares of our common stock, including 754,015 shares, 148,800 shares, 49,190 shares, 86,879 shares, 200,000 shares, and 17,197 shares held by Messrs. Schott, Parmett, Horton, Burton and Mason and Mr. Burton’s daughter, respectively, pursuant to the tender offer at a price of $11.22726 per share.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bay Partners, entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners, Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates and Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P., have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bay Partners, entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners, Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates and Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P., have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to certain of our equity compensation plans and agreements, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bay Partners, entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners, Ross Mason, Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. and Greg Schott, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock that certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering. Since January 1, 2013, we have waived our right of first refusal in connection with the sale of certain shares of our capital stock in a series of

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transactions, including sales by Ross Mason, Simon Parmett, Greg Schott and Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., and purchases by entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners, New Enterprise Associates and Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P.

In addition, in July 2016, we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that certain holders of our capital stock and third parties proposed to commence. In August 2016, these parties commenced the tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our securityholders, including Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P., Ross Mason, Greg Schott, Matt Langdon, our Chief Financial Officer, Simon Parmett, Rob Horton, Mark Burton, Steven Collins, and Mr. Burton’s daughter. An aggregate of 4,346,203 shares of our capital stock, including 2,115,655 shares, 341,013 shares, 86,550 shares, 159,873 shares, 73,174 shares, 74,037 shares, 3,000 shares, 743,601 shares, and 19,518 shares held by Morgenthaler Partners VIII L.P., Messrs. Schott, Langdon, Parmett, Horton, Burton, Collins and Mason, and Mr. Burton’s daughter, respectively, were tendered at a price of $14.18 per share. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Service Arrangements

Ross Mason is employed by us as our Vice President, Product Strategy. He earned $194,500, $236,595, $257,000, and $258,500 in annual salary and other cash compensation during 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. He also received benefits consistent with other employees serving in a similar capacity.

During 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, we incurred $584,572, $689,913, $1,110,761 and $1,784,603 of expense for professional services, technical support services and other technical services provided on our behalf by Ricston Ltd. and Ricston UK Ltd. Ross Mason has a 30% equity ownership in Ricston Ltd.

During 2014, 2015 and 2016, we incurred $68,990, $107,928 and $62,990 of expense for the license of business analytics software and related training and services fees provided by Birst, Inc. Entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners have a 14% equity ownership in Birst, Inc.

During 2014, 2015, and 2016, we incurred $24,480, $62,475, and $42,500 of expense for an application delivery platform provided by NGINX, Inc. and sponsorship of NGINX, Inc.’s conference. Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates have approximately a 19% equity ownership in NGINX, Inc.

The daughter of Mark Burton was employed by us as our Director of Marketing Programs through September 2016. She earned $145,197, $167,500, $162,500 and $103,769 in annual salary and other cash compensation during 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. See the section titled “Management—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” for further information.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We intend to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we intend to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions to which we are a party, in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our capital stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. In determining whether to approve or ratify any such transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to unaffiliated third parties under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. The policy will grant standing pre-approval of certain transactions, including (i) certain compensation arrangements of executive officers, (ii) certain director compensation arrangements, (iii) transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 2% of the company’s total annual revenue, (iv) transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and (v) transactions available to all U.S. employees generally.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2016 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us, for:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, which includes 86,030,961 shares of our Class B common stock resulting from the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if this conversion and reclassification had occurred as of December 31, 2016. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on              shares of our Class A common stock and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A common stock from us in full. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o MuleSoft, Inc., 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California 94108.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
     Percent of
Total Voting
Power After the
Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent     Number      Percent     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Greg Schott (1)

     3,306,931        2.9        

Simon Parmett (2)

     789,493        *          

Rob Horton (3)

     385,588        *          

Mark Burton (4)

     337,486        *          

Michael Capellas

     58,975        *          

Steven Collins (5)

     138,542        *          

Gary Little (6)

     8,428,150        7.5          

Ravi Mhatre (7)

     19,319,523        17.1          

Ann Winblad (8)

     17,847,745        15.8          

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (9)

     51,628,925        44.4          

5% Stockholders:

             

Entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners (10)

     19,319,523        17.1          

Entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners (11)

     17,847,745        15.8          

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (12)

     16,126,198        14.3          

Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. (13)

     8,428,150        7.5          

Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (14)

     7,627,018        6.8          

Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (15)

     7,058,407        6.3          

Ross Mason (16)

     6,692,415        5.9          

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1)   Consists of (i) 2,040,433 shares held of record by Mr. Schott and (ii) 1,266,498 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, all of which are vested as of such date.
(2)   Consists of (i) 367,461 shares held of record by Mr. Parmett and (ii) 422,032 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, all of which are vested as of such date.
(3)   Consists of (i) 303,737 shares held of record by Mr. Horton and (ii) 81,851 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, all of which are vested as of such date.
(4)   Consists of 337,486 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, of which 311,652 shares are vested as of such date.
(5)   Consists of 138,542 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, of which 88,412 shares are vested as of such date.
(6)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (13) below, which are held by Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. Mr. Little is a managing member of Morgenthaler Management Partners VIII, LLC, who shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P.
(7)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (10) below, which are held by entities affiliated with Lightspeed Venture Partners (the Lightspeed Entities). Mr. Mhatre is a managing director of Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VII, Ltd. (Lightspeed UGP) and a managing member of Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner Select, Ltd. (Select UGP), and each of Lightspeed UGP and Select UGP are the general partners of the general partners of the Lightspeed Entities. Mr. Mhatre shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Lightspeed Entities.
(8)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (11) below, which are held by entities affiliated with Hummer Winblad Venture Partners (the HWVP Entities). Ms. Winblad is a managing director of the general partners of the HWVP Entities and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the HWVP Entities.
(9)   Consists of (i) 48,352,297 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors and (ii) 3,276,628 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, of which 2,923,702 shares are vested as of such date.
(10)  

Consists of (i) 15,747,715 shares held of record by Lightspeed Venture Partners VII, L.P. (Lightspeed VII) and (ii) 3,571,808 shares held of record by Lightspeed Venture Partners Select, L.P. (Lightspeed Select). Lightspeed General Partner VII, L.P. (Lightspeed GP) is the general partner of Lightspeed VII. Lightspeed UGP is the general partner of Lightspeed GP. Barry Eggers, Ravi Mhatre, Peter Nieh and Christopher Schaepe are the managing directors of Lightspeed UGP and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Lightspeed VII. Lightspeed General Partner Select, L.P. (Select GP) is the general partner of Lightspeed Select. Select UGP is the general partner of Select GP. Barry Eggers, Christopher

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Schaepe, Jeremy Liew, John Vrionis, Peter Nieh and Ravi Mhatre are the managing members of Select UGP and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Lightspeed Select. The address for these entities is 2200 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(11)   Consists of (i) 17,540,569 shares held of record by Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P. (HWVP V) and (ii) 307,176 shares held of record by Hummer Winblad Venture Partners VI, L.P. (HWVP VI). Hummer Winblad Equity Partners V, L.L.C. (HW Equity V) is the general partner of HWVP V, and Hummer Winblad Equity Partners VI, L.L.C. (HW Equity VI) is the general partner of HWVP VI. John Hummer, Mitchell Kertzman and Ann Winblad are the managing directors of HW Equity V and HW Equity VI and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by HWVP V and HWVP VI. The address for these entities is Pier 33 South, The Embarcadero, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94111.
(12)   Consists of (i) 12,679,970 shares held of record by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. (NEA 14), (ii) 2,576,939 shares held of record by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P. (NEA 15), (iii) 858,978 shares held of record by NEA 15 Opportunity Fund, L.P. (NEA OPP 15), and (iv) 10,311 shares held of record by NEA Ventures 2013, L.P. (Ven 13). NEA Partners 14, L.P. (NEA Partners 14) is the sole general partner of NEA 14. NEA 14 GP, LTD (NEA 14 LTD) is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 14. M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., Patrick J. Kerins, David M. Mott, Scott D. Sandell, Peter Sonsini, and Ravi Viswanathan are the directors of NEA 14 LTD. NEA Partners 15, L.P. (NEA Partners 15) is the sole general partner of NEA 15. NEA 15 GP, LLC (NEA 15 LLC) is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15. Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., Joshua Makower, David M. Mott, Jon Sakoda, Scott D. Sandell, Peter Sonsini, and Ravi Viswanathan are the managers (Managers) of NEA 15 LLC. The shares directly held by NEA OPP 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15-OF, L.P. (NEA Partners 15-OF), the sole general partner of NEA OPP 15, NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15-OF, and each of the Managers. The shares directly held by Ven 13 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 13. The address for each of these entities is c/o New Enterprise Associates, Inc., 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, Maryland 21093.
(13)   Morgenthaler Management Partners VIII, LLC is the sole general partner of Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. Robin Bellas, John Lutsi, Gary Morgenthaler, Bob Pavey, Gary Little, Hank Plain, Ralph Christoffersen, and Peter Taft, the managing members of Morgenthaler Management Partners VIII, LLC, together with Morgenthaler Management Partners VIII, LLC, share voting control and investment power over the shares held by Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P. The address for these entities is 3200 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, California 94028.
(14)   Sapphire Ventures (GPE) I, L.L.C. (Sapphire GPE) is the general partner of Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (Sapphire LP). Nino Marakovic, Richard Douglas Higgins, Jayendra Das, David Hartwig and Andreas Weiskam are the managing members of Sapphire GPE and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Sapphire LP. The address for each of these entities is 3408 Hillview Avenue, Building 5, Palo Alto, California 94304.
(15)   Consists of (i) 7,016,747 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI, L.P. (Bay Partners) and (ii) 41,660 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. (Bay Parallel). Bay Management Company XI, LLC (Bay Management) is the general partner of each of Bay Partners and Bay Parallel. Stuart G. Phillips is the manager of Bay Management and has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Bay Partners and Bay Parallel. The address of each of these entities and Mr. Phillips is 2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 345, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(16)   Consists of (i) 6,122,401 shares held of record by Mr. Mason and (ii) 570,014 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016, all of which are vested as of such date.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they are expected to be in effect at the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,300,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.000025 par value per share, of which:

 

    1,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

    200,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

    100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2016, there were no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by 367 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for a

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each class serving staggered three-year terms. Only one will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

All outstanding shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on the earlier of (i) the five-year anniversary of the completion of this offering or (ii) when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 15% of the total outstanding capital stock. Once transferred and converted into a share of our Class A common stock, the converted share of our Class B common stock will not be reissued. In addition, following the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock, no further shares of our Class B common stock will be issued.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our Class A common stock and Class B

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

common stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Class A common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding options under our equity compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 21,915,624 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.54 per share.

Warrant

As of December 31, 2016, we had an outstanding warrant to purchase an aggregate of 19,640 shares of our convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $0.76375 per share. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, this warrant will be converted and reclassified into a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 19,640 shares of our Class B common stock. This warrant is exercisable at any time on or before the third anniversary of the effective date of this offering.

Registration Rights

At the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or IRA, dated as of May 13, 2015. We and certain holders of our preferred stock are parties to the IRA. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire on the earlier of five years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period following the completion of this offering. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect that each stockholder that has registration rights will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and early release of certain holders in specified circumstances. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 86,747,775 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of these shares then outstanding can request that we file a registration statement to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is greater than $15,000,000. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 86,767,415 shares of our Class B common stock (including 19,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

warrant that was outstanding as of December 31, 2016) will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, all holders of these shares then outstanding can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a demand registration, (ii) a Form S-3 registration, (iii) a registration related to the offer and sale of debt securities, (iv) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or (v) a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 86,747,775 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 30% of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1,000,000. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a registration statement on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request and such registrations have been ordered or declared effective. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, may discourage takeovers, coercive of otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    the transaction was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

Board of Directors Vacancies .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

Dual Class Stock .    As described above in the section titled “—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure, which will provide our current stockholders, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Classified Board .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations .    Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Cumulative Voting .    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Directors Removed Only for Cause .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

Amendment of Charter Provisions .    Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding capital stock.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock .    Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of undesignated preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Listing

We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MULE”.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, a total of                shares of our Class A common stock and 112,991,577 shares of our Class B common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all                shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our Class A common stock purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the conditions of Rule 144 described below.

The remaining shares of our Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below, the provisions of our IRA described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the applicable conditions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, and our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements

We, our executive officers, directors and holders of a substantial majority of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is required to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. In addition, our executive officers, directors and holders of all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without our consent, they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will agree that, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we will not release any of the securities subject to these market standoff agreements. See the section titled “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

Rule 144 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144. If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144.

Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal                 shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale and notice conditions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the current public information or holding period conditions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also provides that a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period condition of Rule 144. However, all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 86,767,415 shares of our Class B common stock (including 19,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that was outstanding as of December 31, 2016) will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

Registration Statement

After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market without

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to vesting restrictions, the conditions of Rule 144 applicable to affiliates, and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances or non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below), regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or net investment income tax;

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our stock;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

    persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Except as otherwise described below in the sections on effectively connected income (in the next paragraph), and Backup Withholding and Information Reporting and FATCA, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate; additionally you will be required to update such Forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for the reduced rate; additionally you will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are includable on your U.S. income tax return and taxed to you at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits and therefore are generally exempt from the 30% gross withholding tax described above. Additionally, you may be exempt from dividend withholding tax to the extent dividends are treated as “business profits” to you under an applicable tax treaty and you meet the requirements of such treaty (including in some cases the requirement that such business profits are not attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States). In order to obtain these exemptions from withholding tax on any dividends we pay, you will be required to provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Except as otherwise described below in the section on Backup Withholding and Information Reporting and FATCA, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and maintain an office or other fixed place of business in the United States to which your gain on your stock is attributable; or

 

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates (and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate), unless otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will generally be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Federal Estate Tax

Our Class A common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entities” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes and certifies to an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our Class A common stock, and under current transition rules, are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2019. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and your country of tax residence may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional            shares from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                additional shares.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of shares made outside the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We, our executive officers, directors and holders of a substantial majority of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

date of this prospectus. The consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is required to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. In addition, our executive officers, directors and holders of all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without our consent, they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will agree that, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we will not release any of the securities subject to these market standoff agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MULE”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                 . We will agree to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $                .

We will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relative Member State”) an offer to the public of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    To fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer or shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any placement agent of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to public” in relation to our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The Class A common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients,

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment hereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The Class A common stock has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Switzerland

The Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Class A common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of our Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of our Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the “CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of our Class A common stock.

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the Class A common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Class A common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, an investment fund associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. beneficially owns 110,584 shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will be converted and reclassified into 110,584 shares of our Class B common stock upon completion of this offering and represents approximately 0.1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2016.  Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California has acted as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.mulesoft.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

MuleSoft, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MuleSoft, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MuleSoft, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

February 17, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,    

Pro Forma
as of
December 31,

 
    2015     2016     2016  
                (Unaudited)  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,825      $ 35,101     

Investments

    57,359        63,361     

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $240 and $446 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016

    47,423        72,324     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    10,022        18,854     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    134,629        189,640     

Investments, noncurrent

    33,434        4,151     

Property and equipment, net

    2,265        5,231     

Restricted cash

    2,558        671     

Goodwill

    596        787     

Intangible assets, net

    249        1,797     

Other assets

    318        661     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 174,049      $ 202,938     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 725      $ 1,879     

Accrued expenses

    6,389        7,797     

Accrued compensation and related expenses

    11,664        16,369     

Deferred revenue, current

    78,617        130,045     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    97,395        156,090     

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

    3,905        5,569     

Other liabilities

    79        1,176     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    101,379        162,835     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

     

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000025 par value; 90,296,190 shares authorized; 90,262,270 and 86,030,961 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016; aggregate liquidation preference of $259,400 and $258,443 at December 31, 2015 and 2016; no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, pro forma

    256,903        255,946      $   

Common stock, $0.000025 par value; 144,000,000 shares authorized, 18,827,795 and 26,960,616 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016; 112,991,577 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, pro forma

    1        1        3   

Additional paid-in capital

    3,390        22,241        278,185   

Accumulated deficit

    (186,631     (236,230     (236,230

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (993     (1,855     (1,855
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    72,670        40,103      $ 40,103   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 174,049      $ 202,938     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
                   

Revenue:

     

Subscription and support

  $ 48,436      $ 88,096      $ 152,843   

Professional services and other

    9,181        22,156        34,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    57,617        110,252        187,747   

Cost of revenue:

     

Subscription and support

    5,304        7,525        13,722   

Professional services and other

    11,509        24,645        35,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    16,813        32,170        49,063   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    40,804        78,082        138,684   

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

    17,046        24,725        32,862   

Sales and marketing

    58,676        93,057        122,630   

General and administrative

    11,911        24,368        31,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    87,633        142,150        187,069   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (46,829     (64,068     (48,385

Interest income

    49        220        465   

Other expense, net

    (248     (729     (340
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (47,028     (64,577     (48,260

Provision for income taxes

    728        862        1,339   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (59,035
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (3.07   $ (3.57   $ (2.73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    15,531,314        18,324,048        21,623,610   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

      $ (0.45
     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        110,919,770   
     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Net loss

   $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599

Other comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

     (208     (355     (1,112

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments

            (308     250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (208     (663     (862
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (47,964   $ (66,102   $ (50,461
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance—December 31, 2013

    71,098,289      $ 80,162        14,238,837      $ 1      $ 757      $ (62,234   $ (122   $ 18,564   

Series F financing, net of issuance costs of $135

    7,736,448        50,415                                           50,415   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                  2,594,082               469                      469   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                1,429                      1,429   

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

                                79                      79   

Other

                                (1                   (1

Net loss

                                       (47,756            (47,756

Other comprehensive loss

                                              (208     (208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2014

    78,834,737        130,577        16,832,919        1        2,733        (109,990     (330     22,991   

Series G financing, net of issuance costs of $1,974

    11,427,533        126,326                                           126,326   

Repurchase of common stock

                  (2,140,174            (4,699     (11,202            (15,901

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                  4,118,570               1,873                      1,873   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

                  16,480               11                      11   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                3,318                      3,318   

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

                                154                      154   

Net loss

                                       (65,439            (65,439

Other comprehensive loss

                                              (663     (663
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2015

    90,262,270        256,903        18,827,795        1        3,390        (186,631     (993     72,670   

Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock into common stock in 2016 Tender Offer

    (2,115,655     (479     2,115,655               479                        

Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock into common stock

    (2,115,654     (478     2,115,654               478                        

Repurchase of common stock

                  (339,285            (3,208                   (3,208

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                  4,240,797               4,281                      4,281   

Other compensation expense relating to the 2016 Tender Offer

                                9,948                      9,948   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                6,552                      6,552   

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

                                321                      321   

Net loss

                                       (49,599            (49,599

Other comprehensive loss

                                              (862     (862
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2016

    86,030,961      $ 255,946        26,960,616      $ 1      $ 22,241      $ (236,230   $ (1,855   $ 40,103   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
                    

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

   $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,429        3,318        6,552   

Other non-cash compensation related to 2016 Tender Offer

                   9,948   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,097        1,221        1,949   

Amortization of investment premiums

            562        559   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     42        (17     206   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     6        177        6   

Other

                   13   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade receivables

     (15,992     (21,143     (25,106

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,134     (6,455     (6,836

Other assets

     146        (217     (343

Accounts payable

     1,220        (1,286     1,090   

Accrued expenses

     652        1,619        1,127   

Accrued compensation and related expenses

     2,228        5,011        4,705   

Other liabilities

     (9     (80     1,096   

Deferred revenue

     19,424        35,595        51,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (39,647     (47,134     (2,702
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of investments

            (106,164     (41,214

Sales of investments

            5,000        24,536   

Maturities of investments

            9,500        39,650   

Restricted cash

     (44     (2,034     1,887   

Purchase of intangible assets

            (75       

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,106     (1,506     (4,501

Cash paid for acquisition

                   (1,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (2,150     (95,279     19,358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     50,415        126,326          

Repurchase of common shares

            (15,901     (3,208

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options and warrants

     469        1,884        4,281   

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

     79        154        321   

Payment of deferred offering costs

                   (1,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     50,963        112,463        (336
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

     (300     (322     (1,044
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     8,866        (30,272     15,276   

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of year

     41,231        50,097        19,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—End of year

   $ 50,097      $ 19,825      $ 35,101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 286      $ 895      $ 764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

      

Deemed dividends on preferred stock

   $      $      $ 9,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability for purchase of property and equipment

   $ 83      $ 72      $ 91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs in accrued expenses

   $      $      $ 266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

MuleSoft, Inc. (“we” or “our”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on April 12, 2006. We provide a single, unified platform that allows customers to connect their applications, data and devices and to enable a self-serve infrastructure through discoverable building blocks that can be used and reused to rapidly compose applications. Our customers use these building blocks to connect their SaaS applications, on-premises applications, cloud deployments, mobile devices and data into an “application network.” With an application network built with Anypoint Platform, organizations can transform into composable enterprises. We are the sole owner of the MuleSoft source code and all MuleSoft trademarks.

We have subsidiaries in Argentina, Australia, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, and the United Kingdom.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), and include our accounts and those of our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2016 presents our consolidated stockholders’ equity information assuming the conversion and reclassification of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering (IPO) for the sale of our Class A common stock, provided that the pre-money valuation of such offering is equal to at least $135.0 million and the aggregate gross proceeds to us are in excess of $50.0 million. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and assumptions for continued reasonableness. In particular, we make estimates with respect to the fair value allocation of multiple elements in revenue recognition, the uncollectible accounts receivable, valuation of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation expense and income taxes. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segments

We operate as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

maker, who is the chief executive officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. While we have offerings in multiple market segments, our business operates in one operating segment because our chief operating decision maker evaluates our financial information and resources and assesses the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the local currency. Asset and liability balances denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are based upon the exchange rate at the time of the transaction, if known, or at the average rate for the period. Differences are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Financial assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded at the exchange rate at the time of the transaction and subsequent gains and losses related to changes in the foreign currency are included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2015 and 2016 includes $2.2 million and $308,000, respectively, which is used as collateral for letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in relation to certain leases and $362,000 and $364,000, respectively, of collateral used to secure credit cards which may not be used or transferred until the restriction is released by the issuing bank. One letter of credit expired during 2016 resulting in the release of $2.0 million from restricted cash.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

 

    Level 1: Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 2: Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, as well as certain accrued liabilities, the recorded amount approximates estimated fair value due to their relatively short maturity period.

Short-term investments consist of investments in marketable equity securities that are classified as available-for-sale and recognized at fair value using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. Our trade receivables mainly result from subscription to our software products and professional services provided to our customers that are located primarily in the United States and Western Europe. We review the need for allowances for potential losses from these trade receivables. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $240,000, and $446,000, respectively. No single customer accounted for ten percent or more of trade receivables as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. No single customer accounted for ten percent or more of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016.

We are dependent upon third parties, such as Amazon Web Services, in order to meet the uptime and performance requirements of our customers.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, primarily consisting of legal, accounting, printer, and other direct fees and costs related to the proposed initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from our planned initial public offering upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2016, we capitalized $2.0 million of deferred offering costs recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets. There were no such costs capitalized as of December 31, 2015.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of three years for assets other than leasehold improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the assets; generally three years.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually or as circumstances indicate that its value may no longer be recoverable. To assess if goodwill is impaired, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, we consider it more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative impairment test. This includes a screening for impairment and, in a second step, the measuring of such impairment.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We perform our goodwill impairment test annually in the fourth fiscal quarter, and the last impairment test was completed for the year ended December 31, 2016 and it was determined that the fair value was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

The guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets requires impairment testing based on reporting units. We periodically reevaluate the business and determined that we continue to operate in one segment, which is also considered the sole reporting unit. Therefore, goodwill was tested and will continue to be tested for impairment at the consolidated level. To date, we have determined that there has been no impairment of goodwill.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Our long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. There were no impairment charges for any of the periods presented.

Software Development Costs

Development costs included in the research and development of new software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility of the product has been established. Software development costs incurred after technological feasibility has been established are capitalized up to the time the product is available for general release to customers. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no amounts capitalized as our current development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility.

We incur costs related to software acquired, developed or modified solely to meet our internal requirements. Costs incurred during the preliminary planning and evaluation stage of the project and during the post implementation operational stage are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred during the application development stage of the project are capitalized. We define the design, configuration, and coding process as the application development stage. We did not capitalize any costs related to computer software developed for internal use during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the following sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud-hosted software and from term-based licenses of our software and support services; (2) professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of fees associated with consulting and training services related to the implementation and configuration of our platform and (3) royalty revenue from customers incorporating our software in their products.

On sales through our channel partners, we recognize revenue on a “sell in” basis as our contractual relationships with our channel partners do not depend on the sale of our products and services to their

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

customers and payment from the channel partner is not contingent on receiving payment from the end customer. The contractual relationships with our channel partners do not allow returns, rebates, or price concessions.

We recognize revenue net of sales taxes and other applicable taxes when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or service has been performed, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.

Subscription Revenue from Cloud-Hosted Software

Subscription revenue from cloud-hosted software is recognized ratably over the subscription period.

Subscription and Support Revenue from Software Licenses

Software licenses for our enterprise software are sold with support services and are generally offered with one-year base subscription periods. The base license subscription generally entitles the end user to the technology itself and post-contract customer support consisting of a specified level of customer support bug fixes, functionality enhancements to the technology, and upgrades to new versions of the technologies, each on a when-and-if available basis, during the term of the subscription. Revenue is recorded ratably over the subscription term as we have not established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) for such offerings.

Professional Services and Other Revenue

Professional services and other revenue is comprised of revenue earned for consulting and training services related to the implementation and configuration of our platform and royalty revenue. Professional services revenue is generally recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, or on a proportional performance basis for fixed price contracts. The majority of our professional services contracts are on a time and materials basis and have standalone value. For professional services that are part of a multiple-element software arrangement, where VSOE of fair value does not exist for all undelivered elements, the professional services revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription.

We classify reimbursements received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses as a component of revenue.

Royalty revenue is comprised of royalty fees received from customers who have our products incorporated in their own products. Revenue is recognized when the sale to the end customer is reported to us.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

For multiple-element arrangements containing cloud hosted subscription and non-software services, we: (1) determine whether each element constitutes a separate unit of accounting; (2) determine the fair value of each element using the selling price hierarchy of VSOE of selling price, third party evidence (TPE) of selling price or best estimated selling price (BESP), as applicable; and (3) allocate the total non-contingent fee to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

price method. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within our control. As we have been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of our arrangements, we determine BESP by considering overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, our price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales, and contract prices. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, the pricing practices may be modified in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, including BESP, and therefore, the allocation of the selling price to an element. The consideration allocated to subscription and support is recognized as revenue over the contract period commencing when the subscription service is made available to the customer. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue using the proportional performance method or as services are delivered for time and material contracts. The total arrangement fee for a multiple element arrangement is allocated based on the relative BESP of each element. However, since the professional services are generally completed prior to completion of delivery of subscription and support services, the revenue recognized for professional services in a given reporting period does not include fees subject to delivery of subscription and support services. This results in the recognition of revenue for professional services that is generally no greater than the contractual fees for those professional services.

For multiple-element arrangements that include only software licenses and software related post-contract support, training, and/or consulting, we allocate and defer revenue for each undelivered element of these arrangements based on VSOE. As we have not yet established VSOE of fair value for our software licenses and support, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a ratable basis over the term of the subscription product with which it is bundled.

We have certain multiple element transactions that include both non-software and software elements. For these types of transactions, we allocate the total price to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price method described above. For non-software elements, the revenue is recognized when revenue recognition criteria are met for each element. For subscription elements, we recognize revenue over the subscription term when revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billing or payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated from subscription to our cloud hosted software, software licenses, and support as well as payments for unused training and consulting services. Software licenses and subscription to cloud hosted software, support, training, and consulting services are generally paid for in full 30 to 60 days after the invoice date.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue for subscription and support revenue consists primarily of cloud-hosting costs and personnel-related costs of our customer support organization, including salaries, commissions, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party software royalties and allocated overhead.

Cost of revenue for professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs of our professional services and training departments, including salaries, commissions,

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels and allocated overhead.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for the design and development of our platform and technologies, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party web services, consulting services, and allocated overhead.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred and are included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense was $3.6 million, $4.9 million, and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation cost for equity instruments granted to employees based upon the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant and the estimated number of shares ultimately expected to vest. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires us to estimate expected term, fair value of common stock, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. We use the simplified method in developing an estimate of the expected term of the stock options, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options. As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is based upon the average historical volatility of several publicly traded companies in our peer group over a period approximately equal to the expected term of the awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the average interest rate for U.S. Treasury instruments whose term is consistent with the expected term of the options. As we have not declared dividends for any period presented, and do not anticipate doing so in the future, the dividend yield is 0%.

Compensation cost resulting from this valuation is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee provides the requisite service in exchange for the award.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to nonemployees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The awards generally vest ratably over the time period we expect to receive services from the nonemployee. The fair values attributable to these options are amortized over the service period and the unvested portion of these options is remeasured at each vesting date.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

financial statement carrying amounts or existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of enactment. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount for which realization is more likely than not.

We measure and recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the merits of the position.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Our basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is the same as net loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated as net loss for the period plus the deemed dividend on common stock related to shares of convertible preferred stock that was sold by holders following conversion to common stock. The deemed dividend represents the excess of the sale price of the converted preferred stock over the fair value of our common stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share since the effect of potentially dilutive securities is anti-dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares to be sold and related proceeds to be received from an IPO.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been or will be incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2015-05 —Intangibles—Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance on determining whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

new standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. We have adopted this standard as of January 1, 2016 and the impact of its adoption on our consolidated financial statements was not material.

3. Investments

Marketable Securities

The following table summarizes our available-for-sale investments at December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Corporate bonds

   $ 17,471       $       —       $       (74   $ 17,397   

U.S. Treasury securities

     73,630                 (234     73,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 91,101       $       $ (308   $ 90,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Corporate bonds

   $ 24,027       $       —       $       (33   $ 23,994   

U.S. Treasury securities

     40,548                 (20     40,528   

Foreign bonds

     2,995                 (5     2,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 67,570       $       $ (58   $ 67,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The duration of the investments classified as marketable securities is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2016
 

Short-term (due in one year or less)

   $ 57,359       $ 63,361   

Long-term (due after one year)

     33,434         4,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 90,793       $ 67,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the following marketable securities were in an unrealized loss position (in thousands):

 

     Less than 12 months     Greater than 12 months      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Corporate bonds

   $ 17,397       $         (74   $         —       $         —       $ 17,397       $       (74

U.S. Treasury securities

     73,396         (234                     73,396         (234
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 90,793       $ (308   $       $       $ 90,793       $ (308
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2016, the following marketable securities were in an unrealized loss position (in thousands):

 

     Less than 12 months     Greater than 12 months     Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Corporate bonds

   $ 22,342       $ (31   $ 1,652       $         (2   $ 23,994       $       (33

U.S. Treasury securities

     38,029         (20     2,499                40,528         (20

Foreign bonds

     2,990         (5                    2,990         (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 63,361       $ (56   $ 4,151       $ (2   $ 67,512       $ (58
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We do not believe any of the unrealized losses represent an other-than-temporary impairment based on our evaluation of available evidence as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. We expect to receive the full principal and interest on all of these marketable securities.

Fair Value Measurement

The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Aggregate
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Money market

   $ 11,133       $ 11,133       $       $         —   

Corporate bonds

     17,397                 17,397           

U.S. Treasury securities

     73,396                 73,396           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 101,926       $ 11,133       $ 90,793       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Cash equivalents(1)

   $ 11,133            

Investments, current

     57,359            

Investments, noncurrent

     33,434            
  

 

 

          

Total

   $ 101,926            
  

 

 

          

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Aggregate
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Money market

   $ 3,133       $ 3,133       $       $         —   

Corporate bonds

     23,994                 23,994           

U.S. Treasury securities

     40,528                 40,528           

Foreign bonds

     2,990                 2,990           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 70,645       $ 3,133       $ 67,512       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported As:

           

Cash equivalents(1)

   $ 3,133            

Investments, current

     63,361            

Investments, noncurrent

     4,151            
  

 

 

          

Total

   $ 70,645            
  

 

 

          

 

(1) Included in “cash and cash equivalents” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, in addition to $8.7 million and $32.0 million of cash, respectively.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

The cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2016  
              

Computers and equipment

   $ 2,200      $ 3,753   

Office furniture, fixtures and equipment

     216        313   

Software

     450        457   

Leasehold improvements

     1,760        3,037   

Construction-in-progress

            1,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     4,626        9,156   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,361     (3,925
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 2,265      $ 5,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.0 million, $1.2 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In October 2016, we acquired Express Service Gateway (ESG) for $1.0 million in cash. We plan to incorporate ESG’s software into our own. The fair values assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and are considered preliminary pending finalization of the valuation analysis. Pro forma information has not been presented as the impact to our consolidated financial statements was not material.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Total cost and amortization of intangible assets comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2016  

Purchased intangibles

   $ 399      $ 2,176   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (150     (379
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $ 249      $ 1,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortization expense of the intangible assets was $55,000, $56,000, and $236,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

The total estimated future amortization expense of these intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending:

  

2017

   $ 715   

2018

     598   

2019

     283   

2020

     201   
  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $ 1,797   
  

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

As of December 31, 2016, we leased office space in the United States, Australia, Argentina, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong, the Netherlands, Sweden, and Singapore under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2021. In August 2016, we entered into a new lease agreement to rent office space in Buenos Aires, Argentina. The lease has a five year term, four months of free rent and the lease ends in July 2021.

We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the noncancelable lease period and record the difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability. Where leases contain escalation clauses, rent abatements and/or concessions, such as rent holidays and landlord or tenant incentives or allowances, we apply them in the determination of straight-line rent expense over the lease period. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 was $2.2 million, $2.9 million, and $4.4 million, respectively. In April 2016, we expanded and extended our lease at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California. Concurrently, we entered into a new lease at 160 Pine Street, San Francisco, California, which we are currently subleasing to a tenant. We provided the tenant with incentive payments totaling $435,000 which will be paid in three installments over the next 12 months. The incentive payments will be amortized over the life of the tenant’s sublease at 160 Pine Street. We have recognized sublease income of $174,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016 in other expense, net and expect to have sublease income of $307,000 for the remaining sublease period.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our future minimum lease payments are as follows as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

2017

     4,251   

2018

     3,639   

2019

     3,624   

2020

     3,706   

2021

     2,350   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 17,570   
  

 

 

 

Purchase Obligation

In October 2016, we entered into an addendum to an agreement with our cloud infrastructure provider for a two-year period ending in September 2018. In connection with the addendum, we must incur charges of at least $1.4 million each quarter and $9.0 million in each contract year. In 2016, we made an upfront payment of $9.0 million for the first year of the contract, which is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheet.

Litigation

We are involved from time to time in claims that arise in the normal course of business. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of these matters, we are not currently subject to any proceeding that we believe is required to be accrued for in our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Indemnification Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements under which we agree to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties, and other liabilities with respect to our products and services and its business. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

We include service level commitments to our cloud customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those levels. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of these commitments and we expect the time between any potential claims and issuance of the credits to be short. As a result, we have not accrued any liabilities related to these commitments in our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, we have indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7. Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Convertible
Preferred
Stock:

  

Date Issued

   Original
Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Net Proceeds
after Issuance
Costs
     Dividend
Rate Per
Share
 

Series A

   August 2006      $  0.23         17,914,408         17,914,408         $     4,050         $     4,015         $ 0.02   

Series B

   May 2007      0.76         16,400,000         16,366,080         12,500         12,420         0.06   

Series C

   March 2010      0.78         15,484,092         15,484,092         12,000         11,901         0.06   

Series D

   February 2012      1.58         9,481,804         9,481,804         15,000         14,944         0.13   

Series E

   February and March 2013      3.12         11,851,905         11,851,905         37,000         36,882         0.25   

Series F

   March 2014      6.53         7,736,448         7,736,448         50,550         50,415         0.52   

Series G

   May 2015      11.23         11,427,533         11,427,533         128,300         126,326         0.90   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
           90,296,190         90,262,270         $ 259,400         $ 256,903      
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Convertible
Preferred
Stock:

  

Date Issued

   Original
Issue
Price
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Net Proceeds
after Issuance
Costs
     Dividend
Rate Per
Share
 

Series A

   August 2006      $  0.23         17,914,408         13,683,099         $     3,093         $     3,058         $ 0.02   

Series B

   May 2007      0.76         16,400,000         16,366,080         12,500         12,420         0.06   

Series C

   March 2010      0.78         15,484,092         15,484,092         12,000         11,901         0.06   

Series D

   February 2012      1.58         9,481,804         9,481,804         15,000         14,944         0.13   

Series E

   February and March 2013      3.12         11,851,905         11,851,905         37,000         36,882         0.25   

Series F

   March 2014      6.53         7,736,448         7,736,448         50,550         50,415         0.52   

Series G

   May 2015      11.23         11,427,533         11,427,533         128,300         126,326         0.90   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
           90,296,190         86,030,961         $ 258,443         $ 255,946      
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Significant provisions of our convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock shall be convertible at the right and option of the stockholder into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price of $0.226075 for Series A preferred stock, $0.76375 for Series B preferred stock, $0.775 for Series C preferred stock, $1.581975 for Series D preferred stock, $3.12186 for Series E preferred stock, $6.534 for Series F preferred stock, and $11.22726 for Series G preferred stock (the Conversion Price). The number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock may be converted is referred to as the Conversion Rate. Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price specified for the preferred stock, the Conversion Rate shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock at the then effective Conversion Rate specified for such shares of preferred stock (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of our common stock, provided that the premoney valuation of such offering is equal to at least $135.0 million and the aggregate gross proceeds to us are in excess of $50.0 million or (ii) upon the receipt by us of a written request for such conversion from the holders of two-thirds of the preferred stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in any such request.

At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we have reserved sufficient shares of common stock for issuance upon conversion of the preferred stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation (includes a change in control), dissolution, or winding up of our company, either voluntary or involuntary, each stockholder of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of common stock, an amount per share up to the original issue price of $0.226075, $0.76375, $0.775, $1.581975, $3.12186, $6.534, and $11.22726, respectively, in addition to all declared but unpaid dividends. If the full amount is not available for distribution, amounts shall be paid out in proportion to the aggregate preferential amounts owed. After the distributions described above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of our company shall be distributed ratably among the holders of preferred stock and common stock with the shares of preferred stock being treated as if they had been converted to shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate. The aggregate distributions made with respect to any share of preferred stock shall not exceed an amount in excess of $0.678225, $2.29125, $2.325, $4.745925, $6.24372, $6.534, and $11.22726 per share for the Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock, respectively.

Voting Rights

Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock has the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could be converted and with respect to such vote, such holder will have full voting rights and powers equal to holders of common stock.

Dividends

Each stockholder of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.018075, $0.0611, $0.062, $0.12655, $0.2498, $0.5227, and $0.89818, respectively, per share per annum when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior to payment of dividends on common stock. Dividends are noncumulative, and no dividends have been declared to date.

Redemption

The Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock are not redeemable.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Warrants

On March 5, 2008, in conjunction with equipment financing, we issued a warrant in favor of Comerica Bank N.A. for 19,640 shares of Series B preferred stock at a price of $0.76375 per share. The warrant expires on the later to occur of March 5, 2018 or three years after the date of an IPO of our common stock.

On April 25, 2013, we issued a warrant in favor of Croton Partners LLC for 64,424 shares of common stock at a price of $0.68 per share in connection with the hiring of one of our executives. The warrant was exercised as of December 31, 2015.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock has the right to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors from inception through December 31, 2016.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

We have reserved the following shares of common stock for issuance in connection with:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Conversion of Series A preferred stock

     17,914,408         13,683,099   

Conversion of Series B preferred stock

     16,366,080         16,366,080   

Conversion of Series C preferred stock

     15,484,092         15,484,092   

Conversion of Series D preferred stock

     9,481,804         9,481,804   

Conversion of Series E preferred stock

     11,851,905         11,851,905   

Conversion of Series F preferred stock

     7,736,448         7,736,448   

Conversion of Series G preferred stock

     11,427,533         11,427,533   

Options issued and outstanding

     19,090,117         21,915,624   

Options available for future option grants

     5,694,999         3,758,287   

Preferred stock warrants

     19,640         19,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     115,067,026         111,724,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2015 Common Stock Repurchase

In 2015, in connection with the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, we offered to purchase from eligible stockholders shares of our common stock at a specified purchase price, in cash, without interest and less any option exercise price and applicable withholding taxes (the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase). To participate in the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase, an employee, executive, or member of our Board of Directors must have been with us for a minimum of a year, be a resident of Argentina, Australia, Germany, Singapore, the United Kingdom, or the United States, and hold shares of vested common stock and/or vested options to purchase shares of common stock. If an eligible employee participated in the offer, they could elect to sell up to 25% of their total vested holdings. If an eligible executive participated in the offer, they could elect sell up to 20% of their total vested holdings. The agreed upon purchase price was $11.23 per share, which was above the fair value price of $7.14

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

per share. The total number of repurchased shares was 2,224,222 for a total purchase price of $25.0 million. The price paid up to the fair value of our common stock of $15.9 million was accounted for as a reduction to equity. The premium that we paid over the fair value of the shares, totaling $9.1 million, was recorded as other compensation expense.

2016 Common Stock Repurchase

In 2016, we exercised our right of first refusal to repurchase 339,285 shares of our common stock from former employees for $3.7 million in cash, which included $0.5 million paid in excess of the fair value. The shares have been retired.

2016 Tender Offer

In July 2016, we announced a tender offer (2016 Tender Offer) to our employees, executives, members of the Board of Directors and preferred stockholders whereby eligible participants may sell their shares of our common stock to third party investors. The agreed-upon sale price was $14.18 per share, which was higher than the fair value of our common stock of $9.72 per share. To participate in the 2016 Tender Offer, an employee, executive, or member of the Board of Directors must have been with us for a minimum of a year, be a resident of Argentina, Australia, Germany, Hong Kong, the Netherlands, Singapore, the United Kingdom, or the United States, and hold shares of vested common stock and/or vested options to purchase shares of common stock. Preferred stockholders were also eligible to participate subject to the same criteria with the exception of the one-year service requirement. If an eligible employee participated in the offer, they could elect to sell up to 25% of their total vested holdings. If an eligible executive other than the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or founder, eligible member of the Board of Directors, or preferred stockholder participated in the offer, they could elect sell up to 20% of their total vested holdings. If the CEO or eligible founder participated in the offer, they could sell up to 10% of their total vested holdings. Any vested stock options or preferred stock sold as part of the 2016 Tender Offer were first exercised or converted into shares of our common stock based on their original terms and the common stock was subsequently sold to the investors. The total number of tendered shares was 4,346,203 for a total purchase price of $61.6 million. The premium that was paid by the third parties over the fair value of the shares, totaling $9.9 million, was recorded as other compensation expense. The excess of the sale price of the converted preferred shares over the fair value of our common stock was $9.4 million and was recorded as a deemed dividend within additional paid-in capital.

Other Compensation Expense

Other compensation expense related to the 2015 Common Stock Repurchase and 2016 Tender Offer was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $       $ 63       $ 24   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

             62         108   

Research and development

             1,927         1,154   

Sales and marketing

             3,343         5,928   

General and administrative

             3,696         2,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other compensation expense

   $       —       $ 9,091       $ 9,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8. Stock Option Plan

In August 2006, we adopted the 2006 Stock Option Plan (the 2006 Plan), which was subsequently amended. Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, our Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and restricted stock purchase awards to employees, consultants and directors. Historically, the exercise price per share of the stock options granted under the Plan has been equal to the fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The stock options which have been granted under the 2006 Plan generally vest over a period of four years and expire 10 years from the grant date. The 2006 Plan terminated in 2016 and was superseded by the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2016 Plan). No further equity awards may be granted under the 2006 Plan.

In May 2016, we adopted the 2016 Plan. Pursuant to the 2016 Plan our Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards to employees, consultants and directors. The exercise price of options granted under the 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that with respect to any participant with incentive stock options who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair value on the grant date. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years except that with respect to any participant with incentive stock options who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years. The stock options which have been granted under the 2016 Plan generally vest over a period of four years from the grant date.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, 5,694,999 and 3,758,287 shares, respectively, were available for issuance under the applicable incentive stock plan.

A summary of our stock option activity under the 2006 Plan and 2016 Plan is as follows:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
           (In thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2014

     18,340,111      $ 0.94         8.05       $ 30,436   

Prior period adjustment

     (1,462             

Granted

     6,754,311        4.50         

Exercised

     (4,209,028     0.49         

Forfeited

     (1,793,815     2.00         
  

 

 

         

Balance—December 31, 2015

     19,090,117        2.20         7.93       $ 109,369   

Granted

     8,772,082        7.84         

Exercised

     (4,249,381     1.02          $ 34,159   

Forfeited

     (1,653,393     4.16         

Cancelled

     (43,801     3.40         
  

 

 

         

Balance—December 31, 2016

     21,915,624      $ 4.54         7.85       $ 158,277   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable—December 31, 2015

     8,867,243      $ 0.91         6.97       $ 62,288   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest— December 31, 2015

     16,630,826      $ 0.90         7.83       $ 97,414   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable—December 31, 2016

     8,169,003      $ 1.94         6.28       $ 80,189   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest— December 31, 2016

     20,614,932      $ 4.44         7.80       $ 150,888   
  

 

 

         

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $4.4 million, $20.8 million, and $34.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we granted to our employees stock options to purchase 5,379,125, 6,754,311, and 8,772,082 shares of common stock, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.00, $1.89, and $3.05 per share, respectively. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2014    2015    2016
                

Fair value of common stock

   $2.21 – 2.60    $2.60 – 7.93    $7.06 – 11.76

Volatility

   40% – 46.45%    35.97% – 46.18%    34.75% – 35.86%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.7% – 2.0%    1.4% – 2.0%    1.3% – 2.2%

Expected term (in years)

   5.0 – 6.1    5.5 – 6.6    5.9 – 6.2

Expected dividends

   —%    —%    —%

Stock-based compensation expense (including expense for nonemployees) recognized was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
                      

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 26       $ 83       $ 231   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     76         262         567   

Research and development

     238         579         1,677   

Sales and marketing

     569         1,548         2,691   

General and administrative

     520         846         1,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,429       $ 3,318       $ 6,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, there was $31.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested options that is expected to vest. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

9. Geographic Information

Revenue by country from customers, based on the customer’s shipping address at the time of sale, was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  
                      

United States

   $ 37,117       $ 69,139       $ 116,193   

United Kingdom

     5,439         13,808         25,439   

Others

     15,061         27,305         46,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 57,617       $ 110,252       $ 187,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Long-lived assets by country were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  
               

United States

   $ 2,509       $ 4,974   

Argentina

     318         1,784   

Others

     283         1,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 3,110       $ 7,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for 2014, 2015, and 2016 is related to the profits generated in certain foreign jurisdictions by our consolidated subsidiaries.

The following table presents loss before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2014                 2015                 2016        

Domestic

   $ (48,899   $ (67,484   $ (41,915

Foreign

     1,871        2,907        (6,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (47,028   $ (64,577   $ (48,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2015         2016  

Current:

       

Federal

   $       $      $   

State

     13         20        14   

Foreign

     676         834        1,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     689         854        1,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

       

Federal

     19         14        14   

State

     1         1        2   

Foreign

     19         (7     (101
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

   $ 39       $ 8      $ (85
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 728       $ 862      $ 1,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory income tax rate to loss before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income tax were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015             2016      

Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.02        0.02        0.02   

Foreign taxes in excess of U.S. statutory rate

     0.12        (0.30     7.17   

Change in valuation allowance

     35.15        2.70        24.81   

Gain from intercompany sale of intellectual property

            15.80          

Uncertain tax positions

            17.46        0.87   

Nondeductible compensation

                   4.03   

Other

     0.26        (0.35     (0.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     1.55     1.33     2.77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of our deferred tax assets consist of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2016  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 741      $ 1,825   

Deferred revenue

            1,408   

Net operating loss

     40,264        48,759   

Depreciation and amortization

     143        468   

Research and development credits and other credits

     2,571        4,367   

Stock-based compensation

     415        1,170   

Others

     12        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     44,146        58,019   

Less valuation allowance

     (43,963     (57,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     183        269   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Goodwill

     (35     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (35     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 148      $ 218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On December 23, 2015, we made changes to our operating structure to align our entities with our evolving operations and business model, including transferring our non-US (excluding Canada) economic rights of our intellectual property from our U.S. parent to our subsidiary, a nonresident Singapore incorporated foreign corporation. The transfer of the intellectual property occurred between our U.S. parent and our wholly owned foreign legal entity within the consolidated group that are based in different tax jurisdictions. As the impact of the transfer was the result of an intra-entity transaction, the gain from the transfer was eliminated and not recognized in the consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. For Federal income tax purposes, we recognized a gain of $30.0 million on the transfer which reduced our net operating loss carryover in the U.S.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluate all available positive and negative evidence by considering whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be recognized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary difference, taxable income in carryback years and tax-planning strategies. We believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in the U.S. will not be realized; accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established against our U.S. deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 was an increase of $3.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, we had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards for Federal, California and other state income tax purposes of approximately $142.4 million, $49.9 million and $44.0 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in the year 2026, 2017 and 2025, respectively, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2016, we had NOL carryforwards for Federal, California and other state income tax purposes of approximately $181.9 million, $56.9 million, and $59.0 million, respectively. Of the Federal, California, and other state NOL carryforwards, $20.4 million, $4.5 million, and $8.4 million relates to windfall stock option deductions which, when we adopt ASU 2016-09, will increase our net operating loss carryforward deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2016, we had Federal and California research credit carryforward of approximately $3.3 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The Federal research credits will begin to expire in 2030 while the California research credits have no expiration date. In addition, we have California enterprise zone credits of approximately $0.7 million, which begin to expire in the year 2023 if not utilized.

Generally, utilization of the NOL carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382, which discusses limitations on NOL carryforwards and certain built-in losses following ownership changes, and Section 383, which discusses, special limitations on certain excess credits, etc., of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) of 1986, as amended and similar state provisions. Accordingly, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited as the result of such an “ownership change”. A formal Section 382 study was performed through October 31, 2015 and concluded that we have undergone two “ownership changes” on August 8, 2006 and March 23, 2010, which resulted in the loss of $0.3 million Federal and $0.3 million California NOL, respectively, before their expiration due to the limitation, which have not been included in the above NOL carryover. A formal Section 382 study was performed through October 31, 2016 and concluded that we did not experience an “ownership change” between November 1, 2015 through October 31, 2016.

We have not provided U.S. income taxes for the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in the foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2016, we have unremitted earnings from our foreign subsidiaries of $6.4 million, which would reduce our NOL carryforward if repatriated and would not impact the financial statements due to its full valuation allowance position.

We recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority, based on the technical merits. We use a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a tax reserve of $1.0 million as a reduction of the net operating loss and research credit carryover.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized benefits (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 

Beginning balance

   $ 169       $ 12,603   

Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior year

     328         531   

Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year

     12,106         513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 12,603       $ 13,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions were offset against the deferred tax assets and would not affect the income tax rate if recognized due to our being in a valuation allowance position. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within the provision for taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. We did not accrue any interest or penalties for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, nor do we have any tax positions for interest or penalties for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016. We do not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change within 12 months of December 31, 2016.

We file federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to our NOL carryforwards, our income tax returns generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. In most of our significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2011 through 2016 tax years remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.

11. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the periods presented (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  
                    

Numerator:

      

Net loss

   $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (49,599

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders from the 2016 Tender Offer

                   (9,436
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (47,756   $ (65,439   $ (59,035
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     15,531,314        18,324,048        21,623,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.07   $ (3.57   $ (2.73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MULESOFT, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  

Convertible preferred stock on an as-if converted basis

     78,834,737         90,262,270         86,030,961   

Stock options to purchase common stock

     18,340,111         19,090,117         21,915,624   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     19,640         19,640         19,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     97,194,488         109,372,027         107,966,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Pro forma net loss per share was computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of all series of convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later.

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share

   $ (49,599
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     21,623,610   

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     89,296,160   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share

     110,919,770   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.45
  

 

 

 

13. Subsequent Events

In January and February 2017, we entered into new office leases in the U.K., Singapore, Texas, and Virginia with terms ranging from one to three years. The total minimum payments for all the leases is approximately $600,000.

In February 2017, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 532,746 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $12.53 per share and an aggregate of 42,312 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of common stock.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

We are MuleSoft
Our mission is to help organizations change and innovate faster by making it easy to connect the world’s applications, data, and devices.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

MuleSoft


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon the completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,590   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

On the completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:

 

    The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

    The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

    The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

    The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

    The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

In March 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 7,736,448 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock to 14 accredited investors at a purchase price of $6.534 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,549,951.

In May 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 11,427,533 shares of its Series G convertible preferred stock to 19 accredited investors at a purchase price of $11.22726 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $128,299,884.

Option, Restricted Stock Unit, and Common Stock Issuances

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 14,314,062 shares of its common stock under its 2006 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.68 to $7.93 per share.

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 9,304,828 shares of its common stock under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $7.06 to $12.53 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant issued to three consultants an aggregate of 13,375 shares of its common stock under its 2006 Stock Plan in consideration for services rendered.

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant issued to its employees an aggregate of 42,312 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of its common stock under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

Since October 1, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 80,084 shares of its common stock to an accredited investor in connection with exercises of warrants to purchase common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.0525 to $0.68 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $17,112.72.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 17 th day of February, 2017.

 

MULESOFT, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Greg Schott

 

Greg Schott

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Greg Schott, Matt Langdon and Rob Horton and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Greg Schott    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   February 17, 2017
Greg Schott    (Principal Executive Officer)  
/s/ Matt Langdon    Chief Financial Officer   February 17, 2017
Matt Langdon    (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)  
/s/ Mark Burton    Director   February 17, 2017
Mark Burton     
/s/ Michael Capellas    Director   February 17, 2017
Michael Capellas     
/s/ Steven Collins    Director   February 17, 2017
Steven Collins     
/s/ Gary Little    Director   February 17, 2017
Gary Little     
/s/ Ravi Mhatre    Director   February 17, 2017
Ravi Mhatre     
/s/ Ann Winblad    Director   February 17, 2017
Ann Winblad     

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+*    MuleSoft, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+*    MuleSoft, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    MuleSoft, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+    MuleSoft, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+    MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.7+   

MuleSoft, Inc. Severance Policy.

10.8+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Greg Schott, dated as of February 17, 2017.
10.9+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Mark Dao, dated as of February 17, 2017.
10.10+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Rob Horton, dated as of February 17, 2017.
10.11+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Matt Langdon, dated as of February 17, 2017.
10.12+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Simon Parmett, dated as of February 17, 2017.
10.13+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Michael Capellas, dated as of June 3, 2015.
10.14+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Steven Collins, dated as of July 15, 2014.
10.15+    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Mark Burton, dated as of October 28, 2008.
10.16    Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of May 13, 2015.
10.17    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of March 5, 2008.
10.18    Lease between G&G Partners, L.P. and the Registrant, dated as of March 13, 2012, as amended.
10.19    Lease Agreement between Landmark Investors S.R.L and MuleSoft Argentina S.R.L., dated as of August 1, 2016, as amended.
10.20+    MuleSoft, Inc. Outside Director Compensation Policy.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.1

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

MULESOFT, INC.

MuleSoft, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is MuleSoft, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2006, under the name of Azechi, Inc.

B. This Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. The text of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MuleSoft, Inc. has caused this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Greg Schott, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on May 12, 2015.

 

/s/ Greg Schott

Greg Schott
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is MuleSoft, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, City of Dover, 19904, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 234,296,190, consisting of 144,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.000025 par value per share, and 90,296,190 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.000025 par value per share. 17,914,408 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 16,400,000 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” 15,484,092 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ,” 9,481,804 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ,” 11,851,905 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ,” 7,736,448 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ,” and 11,427,533 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series G Preferred Stock .”

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Conversion Price ” shall mean $0.226075 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.76375 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.775 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.581975 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.12186 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $6.534 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $11.22726 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(b) Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(c) Corporation ” shall mean MuleSoft, Inc.

 

-2-


(d) Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise (other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock), or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at cost upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class.

(e) Dividend Rate ” shall mean an annual rate of $0.018075 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0611 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.062 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock $0.12655 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.2498 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.5227 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $11.22726 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(f) Liquidation Preference ” shall mean $0.226075 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.76375 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.775 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.581975 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.12186 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $6.534 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $11.22726 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(g) Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(h) Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.226075 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.76375 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.775 for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.581975 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.12186 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $6.534 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $11.22726 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(i) Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock.

(j) Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

2. Dividends.

(a) Preferred Stock . In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of

 

-3-


Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock until all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. Payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rate specified for each series of Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year.

(b) Additional Dividends . After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be declared or paid among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4 hereof).

(c) Non-Cash Distributions . Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Consent to Certain Distributions . In accordance with Section 500 of the California Corporations Code, a distribution can be made without regard to any preferential dividends arrears amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) or any preferential rights amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchases of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Transaction (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of a

 

-4-


Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

(b) Remaining Assets . After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate distributions made pursuant to one or more subsections of this Section 3 with respect to any share of Preferred Stock shall not exceed an amount equal to (i) three times the applicable Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) two times the applicable Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series E Preferred Stock and (iii) one times the applicable Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, in each case plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

(c) Treatment of Preferred Stock in any Distribution . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, if upon any Liquidation Transaction a holder of Preferred Stock would receive a greater Distribution by converting such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock than such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) as a holder of Preferred Stock, then such holder shall not receive any amounts under such subsections as a holder of Preferred Stock, but shall be treated, for the purposes of determining such holder’s rights under Sections 3(a) or 3(b) only, as though such holder held, in addition to any shares of Common Stock then actually held by such holder, such number of shares of Common Stock that such holder would hold if such holder had then converted such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, effective immediately prior to the Liquidation Transaction, at the then applicable Conversion Rate (as defined below). For the avoidance of doubt, however, in no event shall any holder of Preferred Stock be entitled to convert its shares of Preferred Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

(d) Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 3, a “ Liquidation Transaction ” shall mean, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities

 

-5-


being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), without one or more holder’s ownership relative to the other holders increasing or decreasing materially after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (an “ Acquisition ”); (ii) a sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other conveyance of, or the grant of an irrevocable and exclusive license to, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (an “ Asset Transfer ”); or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. In the event of a Liquidation Transaction, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(a), (b) and (c) above (the “ Total Consideration ”) is placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with the applicable Liquidation Transaction (such portion of the Total Consideration, the “ Contingent Consideration ”), such Contingent Consideration will be deemed to have been paid to, and received by, the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock in accordance with Section 3(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, provided that such Contingent Consideration is held back from each stockholder’s portion of the Total Consideration on a pro rata as-converted to Common Stock basis, regardless of whether such Contingent Consideration is actually received by the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) may waive the treatment of an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer as a Liquidation Transaction (any such waiver, a “ Liquidation Preference Waiver ”).

If any such Liquidation Preference Waiver causes the holders of shares of a series of Preferred Stock to receive proceeds per share of such series that are less than the proceeds per share of such series that such holders would have received pursuant to this Article IV, Section 3(d) if such transaction were treated as a Liquidation Transaction, then such Liquidation Preference Waiver shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock. Any amendment or waiver of this second paragraph of Article IV, Section 3(d) shall require the written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock (each voting as a separate class).

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration . If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

-6-


In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

For the purposes of this subsection 3(e), “trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “closing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

4. Conversion . The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price for such series (the “ Conversion Rate ”). Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price specified for the Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the pre-money valuation of such offering is equal to at least $135,000,000 and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are in excess of $50,000,000 (before payment of underwriters commissions and expenses) (a “ Qualified Offering ”), or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of two-thirds of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in any such request (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”); provided, however , that the Series G Preferred Stock shall not automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this clause (ii) without the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

-7-


In addition to the requirements of Article IV, Section 4(b)(ii) above, if (A) a written request for conversion is made pursuant to Article IV, Section 4(b)(ii) in connection with a Liquidation Transaction and (B) such conversion would cause the holders of shares of a series of Preferred Stock to receive proceeds per share of such series that are less than the proceeds per share of such series that holders of such series would receive as holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV, Section 3 in connection with such Liquidation Transaction (without giving effect to any Liquidation Preference Waiver) (any such conversion, a “ Disfavored Conversion ”), then such Disfavored Conversion shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock. Any amendment or waiver of this second paragraph of Article IV, Section 4(b) shall require the written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock (each voting as a separate class).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall either (i) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (ii) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided , however , that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall

 

-8-


be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided , however , that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other Liquidation Transaction, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definition . For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iv), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing and acceptance of this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Filing Date ”), other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(1) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below), or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(g) or 4(h) hereof;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Offering;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of stock, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction that is not effected primarily for capital raising purposes and that is approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

-9-


(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar strategic agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

(9) shares of Common Stock, the issuance of which is approved by (i) the holders of two thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, specified for such shares of Preferred Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price specified for the Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of

 

-10-


such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(g) and 4(h) hereof), the Conversion Price specified for such shares of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price specified for such shares of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price for such shares that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price specified for such shares of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price specified for such shares of Preferred Stock which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price

 

-11-


specified for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price specified for such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of outstanding Common Stock, as well as all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

 

-12-


a) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

b) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) [This Section 4(e) is intentionally omitted.]

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of such shares of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of such shares of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(h) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above or pursuant to a Liquidation Transaction), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, each holder of the Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

-13-


(i) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Preferred Stock and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

(j) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Section 4, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, either before or after the issuance causing such adjustment.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(l) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, to receive any other right, or to exchange their shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon a reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, right or other exchange, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution, right or other exchange.

5. Voting.

(a) Restricted Class Voting . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a class on an as-converted basis.

 

-14-


(b) Preferred Stock . Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote, except as provided in Section 5(c) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate vote of the holders of Common Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded.

(c) Election of Directors . So long as at least 4,000,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series A Directors ”). So long as at least 4,000,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series B Director ” and together with the Series A Directors, the “ Preferred Directors ”). The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Common Director ”). Any additional members (the “ Additional Directors ”) of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting together as a class and on an as-converted basis.

(d) Removal . So long as the Series A Preferred Stock has rights under Section 5(c) above, each of the Series A Directors may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. So long as the Series B Preferred Stock has rights under Section 5(c) above, the Series B Director may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. The Common Director may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock, and any Additional Directors may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

(e) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock . The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(f) Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

-15-


6. Amendments and Changes.

(a) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis:

(i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(ii) authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise), or obligate itself to authorize or create, any new class or series of shares (or securities convertible into shares) having rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

(iii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a Liquidation Transaction;

(iv) redeem or repurchase any shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements with service providers giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at the lower of cost or fair market value upon termination of services);

(v) declare or pay any dividend with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(vi) effect an initial public offering of the Corporation’s stock;

(vii) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing stock or option plan or adopt any new stock or option plan;

(viii) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(ix) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or any series of Preferred Stock;

(x) acquire assets of, or any capital stock or other interest in, any entity, other than in the ordinary course of business or in a single transaction the aggregate value of which does not exceed $1 million.

(b) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a

 

-16-


majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

(c) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

(d) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 67% of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

(e) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 67% of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

(f) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 67% of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

(g) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 67% of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock.

 

-17-


(h) As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, other than a Liquidation Transaction that is subject to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof), (i) without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 67% of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, take any action that modifies the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred Stock in a manner that is materially different from a modification of the other series of Preferred Stock or increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and (ii) without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, amend Article IV, Section 3 of this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including the definitions from Article IV, Section 1 of this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for the defined terms contained therein, in a manner that adversely affects the right of the Series G Preferred Stock to receive the payments described therein in the event of a Liquidation Transaction; provided , however , that any designation or issuance of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Corporation ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series G Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, conversion, voting or dividend rights that does not otherwise directly modify the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred Stock shall not alone be deemed to adversely affect the Series G Preferred Stock.

7. Redemption . The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

8. Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Article IV to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-18-


ARTICLE VIII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

2. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

3. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE VIII, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-19-


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION OF

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF MULESOFT, INC.

MuleSoft, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the Company is MuleSoft, Inc. The Company’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2006, under the name of Azechi, Inc.

2. The Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 12, 2015. Said Restated Certificate requires correction as permitted by subsection (f) of Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The Restated Certificate is an inaccurate record of the action therein referred to, in that a scrivener’s error was made with respect to the dividend rate for the Series G Preferred Stock.

4. Article IV, Section 1(e) of the Restated Certificate is corrected to read as follows:

“(e) “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean an annual rate of $0.018075 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0611 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.062 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.12655 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.2498 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.5227 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $0.89818 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Correction to be signed by the duly authorized General Counsel of the Company this 20th day of May, 2015.

 

MULESOFT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rob Horton

  Rob Horton
  General Counsel

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

MULESOURCE, INC.

Adopted June 23, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

1.2

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

1.3

 

Special Meeting

     1   

1.4

 

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     2   

1.5

 

Quorum

     2   

1.6

 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

1.7

 

Conduct of Business

     2   

1.8

 

Voting

     2   

1.9

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3   

1.10

 

Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

     4   

1.11

 

Proxies

     5   

1.12

 

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     5   

2.1

 

Powers

     5   

2.2

 

Number of Directors

     5   

2.3

 

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     6   

2.4

 

Resignation and Vacancies

     6   

2.5

 

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     7   

2.6

 

Conduct of Business

     7   

2.7

 

Regular Meetings

     7   

2.8

 

Special Meetings; Notice

     7   

2.9

 

Quorum

     8   

2.10

 

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8   

2.11

 

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8   

2.12

 

Removal of Directors

     8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     8   

3.1

 

Committees of Directors

     8   

3.2

 

Committee Minutes

     9   

3.3

 

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     9   

3.4

 

Subcommittees

     9   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     9   

4.1

 

Officers

     9   

4.2

 

Appointment of Officers

     10   

4.3

 

Subordinate Officers

     10   

4.4

 

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10   

4.5

 

Vacancies in Offices

     10   

4.6

 

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     10   

4.7

 

Authority and Duties of Officers

     10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     10   

5.1

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     10   

5.2

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     11   

5.3

 

Successful Defense

     11   

5.4

 

Indemnification of Others

     11   

5.5

 

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     11   

5.6

 

Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

     12   

5.7

 

Determination; Claim

     12   

5.8

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     13   

5.9

 

Insurance

     13   

5.10

 

Survival

     13   

5.11

 

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     13   

5.12

 

Certain Definitions

     13   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     14   

6.1

 

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     14   

6.2

 

Special Designation on Certificates

     14   

6.3

 

Lost Certificates

     14   

6.4

 

Dividends

     15   

6.5

 

Stock Transfer Agreements

     15   

6.6

 

Registered Stockholders

     15   

6.7

 

Transfers

     15   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     15   

7.1

 

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     15   

7.2

 

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     16   

7.3

 

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     16   

7.4

 

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     17   

7.5

 

Waiver of Notice

     17   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     17   

8.1

 

Fiscal Year

     17   

8.2

 

Seal

     17   

8.3

 

Annual Report

     17   

8.4

 

Construction; Definitions

     17   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     18   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of MuleSource, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

1


1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

2


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

3


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .  In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

(iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

4


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

5


2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

6


A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business.  Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

7


2.9 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such

 

8


committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

9


4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations .  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,

 

10


administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in

 

11


advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this Article V :

(i) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (iii) as is required to be made under section 5.7 ;

(ii) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(iii) for amounts for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy or indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

(iv) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such suit, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

12


5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

 

13


ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares .  The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

14


6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings .  Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

15


7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder

 

16


who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

17


ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

18

Exhibit 10.1

MULESOFT, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of                     , and is between MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                          (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Company’s board of directors and any Approved Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors. “ Approved Directors ” means new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election or nomination by the board of directors (or, if applicable, by the Company’s stockholders) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement, except the completion of the Company’s initial public offering shall not be considered a Change in Control.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend,

 

-2-


investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

-4-


(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, except , with respect to advances of expenses made pursuant to Section 12(c) below, in which case Indemnitee makes the undertaking provided in Section 12(c) below. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

-5-


(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(a) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in a settlement to which the Company has given its prior written consent, such settlement shall be treated as a success on the merits in the settled action, suit or proceeding.

(e) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

-6-


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows, provided that a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

-7-


11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 12 months following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however,

 

-8-


that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be by clear and convincing evidence.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such advances to the extent the Indemnitee is ultimately unsuccessful in such action or arbitration.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

 

-9-


14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

16. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

17. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

18. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

19. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal,

 

-10-


then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

20. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Further, the Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

21. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

22. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

24. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-11-


25. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California 94108, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Jon Avina, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

26. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

27. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

28. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-12-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

MULESOFT, INC.

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Title )
[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, State and ZIP )

Exhibit 10.4

MULESOFT, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to, under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the


Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

-2-


Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants

 

-3-


would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

-4-


(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(bb) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(cc) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(dd) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock   Subject   to   the   Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan equals the sum of (i) any Shares that, as of the date of stockholder approval of the Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the MuleSoft, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2006 Plan that, after the date of stockholder approval of the Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2006 Plan that, after the date of stockholder approval of the Plan, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, and (iii) an additional 5,039,134 Shares authorized for issuance pursuant to the Plan, with the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) equal to 28,826,884 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Company Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company

 

-5-


or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-6-


(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s   Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which

 

-7-


Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

-8-


(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-9-


(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

-10-


(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-11-


9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section   409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-12-


12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption”), an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant, in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

-13-


(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for an Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. If an Option or Stock Appreciation Right becomes fully vested and exercisable pursuant to the above, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

-14-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by such methods as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

-15-


16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

-16-


21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . If and as required (i) pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act, if the Company is relying on the exemption from registration provided pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act with respect to the applicable Award, and/or (ii) pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act, to the extent the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, then during the period of reliance on the applicable exemption and in each case of (i) and (ii) until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act (if the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act (if the Company is relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act).

 

-17-


MULESOFT, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:   <first_name> <last_name>

Employee ID: <emp_id>

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant :

   <award_date>

Grant ID :

   <award_id>

Vesting Commencement Date :

   <vest_start_date>

Exercise Price per Share :

   <award_price>

Number of Shares Granted :

   <shares_awarded>

Type of Option :

   <award_type_code>

Expiration Date :

   <expire_Date>

Vesting Schedule:

  

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates:

<vesting_schedule>

Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one (1) year after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit   A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .


4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.


6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.


(c) Code Section 409A.  Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery . By Participant’s electronic acceptance of this Option, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, Participant consents to electronic delivery of all notifications and documents associated with the Option and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.


[Signature Page Follows]


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

MULESOFT, INC.

Robert Horton

SVP, General Counsel & Secretary


EXHIBIT A

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR GRANT ID: <award_id>

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                         ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                          shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated <award_date> (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
    

 

Address:      Print Name

 

    

 

     Title

 

    

 

     Date Received


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT:    <first_name> <last_name>
COMPANY:    MULESOFT, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK
GRANT ID:    <award_id>
AMOUNT:   
DATE:   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration


under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

<first_name> <last_name>

 

Signature

 

Date


MULESOFT, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:   <first_name> <last_name>

Employee ID: <emp_id>

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    <award_date>   
Grant ID:    <award_id>   
Vesting Commencement Date:    <vest_start_date>   
Exercise Price per Share:    <award_price>   
Number of Shares Granted:    <shares_awarded>   
Type of Option:    <award_type_code>   
Expiration Date:    <expire_Date>   
Vesting Schedule:      

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates:

<vesting_schedule>

Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one (1) year after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit   C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-2-


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

-3-


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-4-


9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery . By Participant’s electronic acceptance of this Option, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, Participant consents to electronic delivery of all notifications and documents associated with the Option and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

-5-


PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-6-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

MULESOFT, INC.

 

Robert Horton

SVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR GRANT ID: <award_id>

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated <award_date> (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-8-


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-9-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-10-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
    

 

Address:      Print Name

 

    

 

     Title

 

    

 

     Date    Received

 

-11-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT:    <first_name> <last_name>
COMPANY:    MULESOFT, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK
GRANT ID:    <award_id>
AMOUNT:   
DATE:   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at


the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

<first_name> <last_name>

 

Signature

 

Date

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

MULESOFT, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between <first_name> <last_name> (the “Purchaser”) and MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                     ,            .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number <award_id>) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated <award_date> by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase                      of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.


(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

-2-


3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences

 

-3-


to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Purchaser:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
    

 

Address:      Print Name
      

 

     Title

 

    

 

     Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, <first_name> <last_name>, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto MuleSoft, Inc.                          (            ) shares of the Common Stock of MuleSoft, Inc . standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                  to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between MuleSoft, Inc. and the undersigned dated                         ,      (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                      ,                   Signature:                                                                                              

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                          ,         

Corporate Secretary

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Dear                                 :

As Escrow Agent for both MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-2-


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER      MULESOFT, INC.

 

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Print Name

 

    

 

     Title

 

    
Residence Address     
ESCROW AGENT     

 

    
Corporate Secretary     
Dated:                                                                        

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

  TAXPAYER       SPOUSE

NAME:

 

 

       

ADDRESS:

 

 

       
 

 

       

TAX ID NO.:

 

 

       

TAXABLE YEAR:

                                

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                         ,        .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $                    .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                        .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                                  ,           

 

  Taxpayer
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.  
Dated:                                  ,           

 

  Spouse of Taxpayer


MULESOFT, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Name:   <first_name> <last_name>

Employee ID: <emp_id>

The undersigned individual (the “Participant”) has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    <award_date>   
Grant ID:    <award_id>   
Vesting Commencement Date:    <vest_start_date>   
Number of Restricted Stock Units Granted:    <shares_awarded>   

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

<vesting_schedule>

[Insert Vesting Schedule, e.g.,: Subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through such vesting dates, twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on each one (1)-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, so as to be one hundred percent (100%) vested on the date that is the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Original Vesting Schedule”), provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restricted Stock Units will not vest at all until the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (as defined below), at which time the Original Vesting Schedule will apply.

If a Liquidity Event occurs prior to the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units that would have otherwise vested on each anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date that occurred prior to the Liquidation Event will vest on the Liquidation Event, with the remaining Restricted Stock Units vesting in equal annual installments on each yearly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date following the Liquidation Event, so that the Restricted Stock Units will be one hundred percent (100%) vested on the date that is the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.

 

-1-


Example 1 : Participant is granted Restricted Stock Units covering 1,000 Shares on June 1, 2016 with a June 1, 2016 Vesting Commencement Date. A Liquidity Event occurs on December 1, 2022. On December 1, 2022, Participant, who has remained a Service Provider through that date, will vest in and receive one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units, which equals 1,000 Shares.

Example 2 : Participant is granted Restricted Stock Units covering 1,000 Shares on June 1, 2016 with a June 1, 2016 Vesting Commencement Date. A Liquidity Event occurs on December 1, 2018. On December 1, 2018, Participant, who has remained a Service Provider through that date, will vest in and receive fifty percent (50%) of the Restricted Stock Units, which equals 500 Shares. The remaining 500 Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units will then vest in two (2) equal annual installments on the next two (2) yearly anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant remaining a Service Provider through each vesting date. On June 1, 2020 (the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date) all Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units will be fully vested, provided Participant remained a Service Provider through each vesting date.

For these purposes, “Liquidity Event” will mean the earlier of (i) the expiration of the lock-up period described in Section 5 of the Award Agreement following any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or (ii) a Change in Control, in each case, that occurs within ten (10) years following the Date of Grant.

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units in Part I of this Award Agreement under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

 

-2-


3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act at the time the Restricted Stock Units are paid to Participant, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the receipt of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   A .

4. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

5. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Unit Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be bound by this Section 5.

 

-3-


6. Payment after Vesting . Subject to Section 10, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of the next paragraph, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the calendar year, or if later, the end of the Company’s tax year, in either case that includes the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the RSUs is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated RSUs will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated RSUs will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the RSUs will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the RSUs provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

7. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

8. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

9. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-4-


10. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Withholding Taxes, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (c) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (d) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such Withholding Taxes, or (e) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount of the Withholding Taxes. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Withholding Taxes hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 4 or 6, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares if such Withholding Taxes are not delivered at the time they are due.

11. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


13. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 9, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 13, any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 14 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 14, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 14 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the

 

-6-


Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 14. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 14, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

15. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

-7-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at MuleSoft, Inc., 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94108, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

17. Electronic Acceptance of Award Agreement and Electronic Delivery . By Participant’s electronic acceptance of this Award Agreement, Participant and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant Restricted Stock Units and the Award Agreement. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to electronic delivery of all notifications and documents associated with the Award and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

18. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

19. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-8-


20. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

21. Interpretation . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

22. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

23. Governing Law; Severability . This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

24. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

-9-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

MULESOFT, INC.

 

Robert Horton

SVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT:   

<first_name> <last_name>

COMPANY:   

MULESOFT, INC.

SECURITY:   

COMMON STOCK

GRANT ID:   

<award_id>

AMOUNT:   
DATE:   

In connection with the receipt of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer

 

-11-


qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

<first_name> <last_name>

 

Signature

 

Date

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.5

MULESOFT, INC

2006 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes  of   the   Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.


(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

-2-


(q) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(s) “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(t) “ Optioned   Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(u) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(v) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(w) “ Plan ” means this 2006 Stock Plan.

(x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

(y) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

(z) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

(cc) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock   Subject   to   the   Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights and sold under the Plan is 38,861,880 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-3-


If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration   of   the   Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers   of   the   Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

-4-


(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations .

(a) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

7. Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

-5-


(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the

 

-6-


Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination  of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death   of   Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

-7-


(e) Leaves of Absence .

(i) Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

(ii) A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

(iii) For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-8-


12. Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right; provided, however, that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right may be assumed or an equivalent option, stock purchase right or other security of equal value, as determined by the Board, substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control does not assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, any unexercised portion of such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the above, the Board may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and vesting in connection with a Change in Control of any or all outstanding Options and Stock Purchase Rights and shares acquired upon the exercise thereof subject to conditions and to such extent as the Board shall determine. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable pursuant to the above in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator (contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or

 

-9-


receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Nothwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Optionee, amend the Plan and any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such agreement to any Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-10-


17. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

20. Information to Optionees . The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-11-


MULESOFT, INC

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:   <first_name> <last_name>

Employee ID: <emp_id>

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant :    <award_date>
Grant ID :    <award_id>
Vesting Commencement Date :    <vest_start_date>
Exercise Price per Share :    <award_price>
Number of Shares Granted :    <shares_awarded>
Type of Option :    <award_type_code>
Expiration Date :    <expire_Date>
Vesting Schedule :   

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule, subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates:

<vesting_schedule>

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit   A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .

 

-2-


4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

-3-


7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

(c) Code Section 409A.  Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

-4-


11. Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery . Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery. By the Optionee’s electronic acceptance of this Option, the Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, the Optionee consents to electronic delivery of all notifications and documents associated with the Option and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-5-


Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

MULESOFT, INC.

Robert Horton

SVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR GRANT ID: <award_id>

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,         , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated <award_date> (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
    

 

Address:      Print Name

 

    

 

     Title

 

    

 

     Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:    <first_name> <last_name>
COMPANY:    MULESOFT, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK

GRANT ID:

  

<award_id>

AMOUNT:   
DATE:   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the


time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

<first_name> <last_name>

 

Signature

 

Date

 

-2-


MULESOFT, INC

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:   <first_name> <last_name>

Employee ID: <emp_id>

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant :    <award_date>
Grant ID :    <award_id>
Vesting Commencement Date :    <vest_start_date>
Exercise Price per Share :    <award_price>
Number of Shares Granted :    <shares_awarded>
Type of Option :    <award_type_code>
Expiration Date :    <expire_Date>
Vesting Schedule :   

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule, subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates:

<vesting_schedule>

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant in Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit   C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .


4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.


6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, and (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery. Electronic Acceptance of Agreement and Electronic Delivery. By the Optionee’s electronic acceptance of this Option, the Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, the Optionee consents to electronic delivery of all notifications and documents associated with the Option and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.


12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Exercise Price per Share represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. By signing below, the Optionee agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Optionee as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Optionee is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

MULESOFT, INC.

Robert Horton

SVP, General Counsel & Secretary


EXHIBIT A

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR GRANT ID: <award_id>

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                     shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated <award_date> (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.


9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

Signature

    

 

Signature

Address:     

 

Print Name

 

    

 

Title

 

    

 

Date Received


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:    <first_name> <last_name>
COMPANY:    MULESOFT, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK

GRANT ID:

  

<award_id>

AMOUNT:   
DATE:   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at


the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

<first_name> <last_name>

 

Signature

 

Date

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

MULESOFT, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made between <first_name> <last_name> (the “Purchaser”) and MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                         ,         .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number <award_id>) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Option Agreement dated <award_date> by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice


and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) The Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.


3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.


PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Optionee:      Accepted by:
<first_name> <last_name>      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
Address:     

 

Print Name

 

    

 

Title

 

    

 

Date Received


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, <first_name> <last_name>, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto MuleSoft, Inc .                          (            ) shares of the Common Stock of MuleSoft, Inc . standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.          herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                  to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between MuleSoft, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:              ,             Signature:                                                                                                          

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                     ,     

Corporate

Secretary

MuleSoft, Inc.

Address:                                                                  

                                                                                 

Dear _________________:

As Escrow Agent for both MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

-2-


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

-3-


PURCHASER      MULESOFT, INC.

 

Signature

    

 

By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title

 

    

 

    
Residence Address     
ESCROW AGENT     

 

    
Corporate Secretary     
Dated:                                  ,               

 

-4-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:    TAXPAYER:    SPOUSE:
ADDRESS:      
IDENTIFICATION NO.:    TAXPAYER:    SPOUSE:
TAXABLE YEAR:      

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                                  ,                .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                    .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                    .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the

Commissioner .

 

Dated:                              ,           

 

  Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                              ,           

 

  Spouse of Taxpayer


MULESOFT, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK

Name:

Address:

The undersigned individual (the “ Participant ”) has been granted a Stock Purchase Rights to receive Common Stock (the “ Stock Award ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  

Total Number of Shares of:

  

Common Stock:

  

Vesting Schedule:

   100% of the Shares will be fully vested as of the Date of Grant.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Stock . The Company hereby grants to the person named in the Notice of Grant of Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“ Participant ”) under the Plan for services performed and to be performed by Participant for the Company and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is granted, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the grant of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   A , as well as any other representations necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Administrator, to comply with Applicable Law.


3. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any Restricted Stock Award or contract to purchase, purchase any Restricted Stock Award or contract to sell, grant any Restricted Stock Award, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 3.

4. Transferability of Stock . The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

5. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company or Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“ Tax-Related Items ”), Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by him or her is and remains Participant’s responsibility and that Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Stock Award, including the grant of the Stock Award, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to the Stock Award, or the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Stock Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.


(b) Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Participant from his or her• wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, Company may, in its discretion, (1) sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Participant acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items, and/or (2) withhold in Shares, provided that Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum withholding amount. Finally, Participant will pay to Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s receipt of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. Company may refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

(c) Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6. Acknowledgements .

(a) Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan (including any applicable appendixes or sub-plans thereunder) and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Stock Award subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan (including any applicable appendixes or sub-plans thereunder) and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

(b) The Company (which may or may not be Participant’s employer) is granting the Stock Award. The Company will administer the Plan from outside Participant’s country of residence, and United States law will govern all Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan.

(c) Participant acknowledges that benefits and rights provided under the Plan are wholly discretionary and, although provided by the Company, do not constitute regular or periodic payments. Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, the benefits and rights provided under the Plan are not to be considered part of Participant’s salary or compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. Participant waives any and all rights to compensation or damages as a result of the termination of employment with the Employer for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights result or may result from:


(i) the loss or diminution in value of such rights under the Plan, or

(ii) Participant ceasing to have any rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to any rights under the Plan as a result of such termination.

(d) The grant of the Restricted Stock Award, and any future grant of Stock Awards under the Plan is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Company. Neither the grant of the Stock Award nor any future grant of a Stock Award by the Company will be deemed to create any obligation to grant any further Stock Awards, whether or not such a reservation is explicitly stated at the time of such a grant. The Company has the right, at any time to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(e) The Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be construed by Participant to constitute, part of the terms and conditions of employment, and neither the Company or the Employer will incur any liability of any kind to Participant as a result of any change or amendment, or any cancellation, of the Plan at any time.

(f) Participation in the Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be deemed by Participant to constitute, an employment or labor relationship of any kind with the Company.

(g) In the event of termination of Participant’s employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to vest in the Stock Award under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law ( e.g. , active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively employed for purposes of his or her Restricted Stock Award grant.

7. Data Privacy . By entering into this Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, and Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Stock Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“ Data ”). Participant understands that Data may be transferred to any third


parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

8. English Language . Participant has received the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other related communications, and Participant consents to having received these documents in English. If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (e) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Right of First Refusal Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 10 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the Restricted Stock Award of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 10, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 10 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 10. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 10, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.


11. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at MuleSoft, Inc., 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94108, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.


13. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares awarded under the Plan or future Shares that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

15. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

16. Interpretation . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

17. Additional Documents . Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

19. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT      MULESOFT, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Print Name

 

    

 

     Title

 

    
Residence Address     


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

     :      

COMPANY

     :      

MULESOFT, INC.

SECURITY

     :      

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

     :      

DATE

     :      

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days


thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

Exhibit 10.6

MULESOFT, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Adopted effective for calendar year 2016

1. Purposes of the Plan . The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Actual Award ” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Bonus Pool ” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” means MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i) “ Employee ” means any executive, officer, or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.


(k) “ Participant ” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(l) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(m) “ Plan ” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(n) “ Target Award ” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

(o) “ Termination of Service ” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards .

(a) Selection of Participants . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period).

(c) Bonus Pool . Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

 

-2-


(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings, (iii) business divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) change to recurring revenue, (vii) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interested, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (viii) earnings per share, (ix) net income, (x) net profit, (xi) net sales, (xii) operating cash flow, (xiii) operating expenses, (xiv) operating income, (xv) operating margin, (xvi) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvii) product defect measures, (xviii) product release timelines, (xix) productivity, (xx) profit, (xxi) return on assets, (xxii) return on capital, (xxiii) return on equity, (xxiv) return on investment, (xxv) return on sales, (xxvi) revenue, (xxvii) revenue growth, (xxviii) sales results, (xxix) sales growth, (xxx) stock price, (xxxi) time to market, (xxxii) total stockholder return, (xxxiii) working capital, and (xxxiv) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (A) in absolute terms, (B) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (C) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (D) on a per-share basis, (E) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (F) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards .

(a) Right to Receive Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment . Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event following the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award has been earned and no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award has been earned and no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.

 

-3-


It is the intent that this Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

(c) Form of Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability . If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5. Plan Administration .

(a) Committee is the Administrator . The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority . It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee . The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification . Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the

 

-4-


Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation . No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Beneficiary Designations . If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death will be paid to the Participant’s estate.

(f) Nontransferability of Awards . No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration .

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination . The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason.

 

-5-


The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b) Duration of Plan . The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter.

8. Legal Construction .

(a) Gender and Number . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law . The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan . The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions . Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.7

MULESOFT, INC.

SEVERANCE POLICY

(Adopted on January 18, 2017; effective as of January 18, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”))

This Severance Policy (the “ Policy ”) is designed to provide certain protections to a select group of employees of MuleSoft, Inc. (“ MuleSoft ” or the “ Company ”) or any of its subsidiaries if their employment is involuntarily terminated under the circumstances described in this Policy. This Policy is designed to be an “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)), and this document is both the formal plan document and the required summary plan description for this Policy.

 

  1. Eligible Employee : An individual is only eligible for protection under this Policy if he or she is an Eligible Employee and complies with its terms. An “ Eligible Employee ” is an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company who has been designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) as eligible to participate in this Policy, whether individually or by position or category of position.

 

  2. Policy Benefits : An Eligible Employee will be eligible to receive the payments and benefits under this Policy upon his or her Qualified Termination. The amount and terms of any Cash Severance (as defined below) that an Eligible Employee may receive upon his or her Qualified Termination will be calculated and paid as set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Cash Severance will be subject to the terms and conditions of any clawback policy adopted by the Company and as may be in effect from time to time. All benefits under this Policy will be subject to the Eligible Employee’s compliance with the Release Requirement (as defined below) and any timing modifications required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A.

 

  3. Salary Severance : On a Qualified Termination and subject to the provisions of Section 6 herein, an Eligible Employee will be eligible to receive a lump-sum payment of cash severance (“ Severance Benefit Payment ”) calculated based on the Eligible Employee’s Rate of Pay and years of service with the Company. An Eligible Employee’s Severance Benefit Payment will equal the Eligible Employee’s (a) Rate of Pay, multiplied by (b) the Severance Multiple.

 

  4. Additional Benefit : On a Qualified Termination and subject to the provisions of Section 6 herein, the Company will provide the Eligible Employee a taxable lump-sum cash payment in an amount equal to $1,000 (the “ Additional Payment ” and together with the Severance Benefit Payment, the “ Cash Severance ”). The Additional Payment will be made regardless of whether the Eligible Employee elects COBRA continuation coverage and can be used for any purpose by the Eligible Employee.

 

  5. Death of Eligible Employee : If the Eligible Employee dies before all payments or benefits he or she is entitled to receive under this Policy have been paid, such unpaid amounts will be paid to his or her designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to his or her personal representative in a lump-sum payment as soon as possible following his or her death.

 

  6.

Release : The Eligible Employee’s receipt of any Cash Severance upon his or Qualified Termination under this Policy is subject to the Eligible Employee signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may include an agreement not to disparage the Company, non-solicit provisions, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and such requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the Eligible Employee’s


  Qualified Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, the Eligible Employee will forfeit any right to the Cash Severance. In no event will the Cash Severance be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable. Notwithstanding any other payment schedule set forth in this Policy and except as set forth in Section 5 herein, none of the Cash Severance payable upon such Eligible Employee’s Qualified Termination under this Policy will be paid or otherwise provided prior to the Release Deadline.

 

  7. Timing of Cash Payments : Except to the extent that payments are delayed under Section 8 herein and except as set forth in Section 5 herein, the Company will pay the Eligible Employee any Cash Severance under the Policy in a lump-sum payment on the first regular payroll pay day following the Release Deadline.

 

  8. Section 409A : The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Policy or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted in accordance with this intent. No payment or benefits to be paid to an Eligible Employee, if any, under this Policy or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until such Eligible Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. If, at the time of the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment, the Eligible Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that the Eligible Employee will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following his or her termination of employment. The Company reserves the right to amend this Policy as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Eligible Employee or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax. Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Policy is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will the Company reimburse any Eligible Employee for any taxes that may be imposed on him or her as a result of Section 409A.

 

  9. Parachute Payments :

 

  a.

Reduction of Severance Benefits . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if any payment or benefit that an Eligible Employee would receive from the Company or any other party whether in connection with the provisions herein or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (b) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount. The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (x) the full amount of such Payment or (y) such lesser amount as would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the Eligible Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of


  accelerated vesting of stock awards; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Eligible Employee’s equity awards.

 

  b. Determination of Excise Tax Liability . The Company will select a professional services firm to make all of the determinations required to be made under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments. The Company will request that firm provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Eligible Employee prior to the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs if administratively feasible, or subsequent to such date if events occur that result in parachute payments to the Eligible Employee at that time. For purposes of making the calculations required under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments, the firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith determinations concerning the application of the Code. The Company and the Eligible Employee will furnish to the firm such information and documents as the firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments. The Company will bear all costs the firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by these paragraphs relating to parachute payments. Any such determination by the firm will be binding upon the Company and the Eligible Employee, and the Company will have no liability to the Eligible Employee for the determinations of the firm.

 

  10. Administration : This Policy will be administered by the Compensation Committee or its delegate (in each case, an “ Administrator ”). The Administrator will have full discretion to administer and interpret this Policy. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to this Policy and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of this Policy, or any related document, will be conclusive and binding on all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. The Administrator is the “plan administrator” of the Policy for purposes of ERISA and will be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity.

 

  11. Attorneys Fees : The Company and each Eligible Employee will bear their own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with any disputes between them.

 

  12. Exclusive Benefits : This Policy is intended to be the only agreement between the Eligible Employee and the Company regarding any severance payments or benefits to be paid to the Eligible Employee on account of a Qualified Termination. Accordingly, an Eligible Employee hereby forfeits and waives any rights to any severance benefits set forth in any employment agreement, offer letter, and/or equity award agreement, except as set forth in this Policy.

 

  13. Tax Obligations : All payments and benefits under this Policy will be paid less applicable withholding taxes. The Company is authorized to withhold from any payments or benefits all federal, state, local and/or foreign taxes required to be withheld therefrom and any other required payroll deductions. The Company will not pay any Eligible Employee’s taxes arising from or relating to any payments or benefits under this Policy. The Eligible Employee will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Policy, and the Eligible Employee will not be reimbursed by the Company for any such payments.

 

  14.

Amendment or Termination : The Compensation Committee may amend or terminate this Policy at any time without advance notice to any Eligible Employee or other individual and without regard to the effect of the amendment or termination on any Eligible Employee or on any


  other individual. Notwithstanding the preceding and subject to the provisions of Section 8 herein, any amendment to this Policy that causes an individual to cease to be an Eligible Employee will not be effective with respect to a Qualified Termination unless it is both approved by the Administrator and communicated to the affected individual(s) in writing at least 6 months prior to the effective date of the amendment or termination.

 

  15. Claims Procedure : Any Eligible Employee who believes he or she is entitled to any payment under this Policy may submit a claim in writing to the Administrator. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of this Policy on which the denial is based. The notice will also describe any additional information needed to support the claim and this Policy’s procedures for appealing the denial. The denial notice will be provided within 90 days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 90 days), written notice of the extension will be given within the initial 90-day period. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the claim.

 

  16. Appeal Procedure : If the claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or his or her authorized representative) may apply in writing to the Administrator for a review of the decision denying the claim. Review must be requested within 60 days following the date the claimant received the written notice of their claim denial or else the claimant loses the right to review. The claimant (or representative) then has the right to review and obtain copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim, upon request and at no charge, and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Administrator will provide written notice of the decision on review within 60 days after it receives a review request. If additional time (up to 60 days) is needed to review the request, the claimant (or representative) will be given written notice of the reason for the delay. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of this Policy on which the denial is based. The notice will also include a statement that the claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

  17. Successors : Any successor to the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or other transaction) will assume the obligations under this Policy and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Policy in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Policy, the term “ Company ” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which becomes bound by the terms of this Policy by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

  18. Applicable Law : The provisions of this Policy will be construed, administered, and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the internal substantive laws of the state of California (but not its conflict of laws provisions).

 

  19. Definitions : The following terms will have the following meanings for purposes of this Policy:

 

  a. Base Salary ” means the Eligible Employee’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to his or her Qualified Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation in a Constructive Termination based on a material reduction in base salary, then the Eligible Employee’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction).


  b. Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  c. Cause means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the Eligible Employee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement; (b) the Eligible Employee’s intentional misconduct; (c) the Eligible Employee’s material failure to perform his or her employment duties; (d) the Eligible Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, or any other party to whom the Eligible Employee owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (e) an act of material fraud or dishonesty against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (f) the Eligible Employee’s material violation of any policy of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or material breach of any written agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (g) the Eligible Employee’s failure to cooperate with the Company in any investigation or formal proceeding.

 

  d. COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 

  e. Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  f. Constructive Termination ” means the Eligible Employee’s termination of his or her employment in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without the Eligible Employee’s express written consent: (a) a material reduction of the Eligible Employee’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to the Eligible Employee’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (b) a material reduction by the Company in the Eligible Employee’s rate of annual base salary; provided, however, that, a reduction of annual base salary that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated employees of the Company will not constitute “ Constructive Termination ”; (c) a material change in the geographic location of the Eligible Employee’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than 35 miles from the Eligible Employee’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or (d) the failure of the Company to obtain from any successor or transferee of the Company an express written and unconditional assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Eligible Employee under this Policy. In order for the Eligible Employee’s termination of his or her employment to be for a Constructive Termination, the Eligible Employee must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “ Constructive Termination ” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “ Constructive Termination ” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of written notice (the “ Cure Period ”), such grounds must not have been cured during such time, and the Eligible Employee must terminate his or her employment within 30 days following the Cure Period.

 

  g. Disability ” means the total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code unless the Company maintains a long-term disability plan at the time of the Eligible Employee’s termination, in which case, the determination of disability under such plan also will be considered “ Disability ” for purposes of this Policy.


  h. Length of Service ” means that number equal to the Eligible Employee’s number of completed years of continuous service with the Company beginning with the Eligible Employee’s most recent hire date through the date of the Qualified Termination. Any partial year of service will be rounded up to the next full year of service. For purposes of example only, if an Eligible Employee was hired on June 1, 2014 and undergoes a Qualified Termination on September 15, 2017, the Eligible Employee’s Length of Service will be 4.

 

  i. Exchange Act ” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  j. Qualified Termination ” means a termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) other than for Cause, death, or Disability or a termination of employment by the Eligible Employee due to a Constructive Termination.

 

  k. Rate of Pay ” means the value of 1-week of the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary.

 

  l. Severance Multiple ” will equal 4 plus the Eligible Employee’s Length of Service.

 

  20. Additional Information :

 

Plan Name:    MuleSoft, Inc. Severance Policy
Plan Sponsor:    MuleSoft, Inc.
   77 Geary Street, Suite 400
   San Francisco, CA 94108
Identification Numbers:    [    ]
Plan Year:    Company’s Fiscal Year
Plan Administrator:    MuleSoft, Inc.
   Attention: Administrator of the MuleSoft, Inc. Severance Policy
   77 Geary Street, Suite 400
   San Francisco, CA 94108
Agent for Service of   
Legal Process:    MuleSoft, Inc.
   Attention: General Counsel
   77 Geary Street, Suite 400
   San Francisco, CA 94108
   Service of process may also be made upon the Plan Administrator.
Type of Plan    Severance Plan/Employee Welfare Benefit Plan
Plan Costs    The cost of the Policy is paid by the Company.


  21. Statement of ERISA Rights :

Eligible Employees have certain rights and protections under ERISA:

They may examine (without charge) all Policy documents, including any amendments and copies of all documents filed with the U.S. Department of Labor, such as the Policy’s annual report (Internal Revenue Service Form 5500). These documents are available for review in the Company’s Human Resources Department.

They may obtain copies of all Policy documents and other Policy information upon written request to the Plan Administrator. A reasonable charge may be made for such copies.

In addition to creating rights for Eligible Employees, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Policy. The people who operate the Policy (called “fiduciaries”) have a duty to do so prudently and in the interests of Eligible Employees. No one, including the Company or any other person, may fire or otherwise discriminate against an Eligible Employee in any way to prevent them from obtaining a benefit under the Policy or exercising rights under ERISA. If an Eligible Employee’s claim for a severance benefit is denied, in whole or in part, they must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. An Eligible Employee has the right to have the denial of their claim reviewed. (The claim review procedure is explained above.)

Under ERISA, there are steps Eligible Employees can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if an Eligible Employee requests materials and does not receive them within 30 days, they may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Administrator to provide the materials and to pay the Eligible Employee up to $110 a day until they receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. If an Eligible Employee has a claim which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, he or she may file suit in a state or federal court. If it should happen that an Eligible Employee is discriminated against for asserting their rights, he or she may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or may file suit in a federal court.

In any case, the court will decide who will pay court costs and legal fees. If the Eligible Employee is successful, the court may order the person sued to pay these costs and fees. If the Eligible Employee loses, the court may order the Eligible Employee to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds that the claim is frivolous.

If an Eligible Employee has any questions regarding the Policy, please contact the Plan Administrator. If an Eligible Employee has any questions about this statement or about their rights under ERISA, they may contact the nearest area office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration (formerly the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration), U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the telephone directory, or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210. An Eligible Employee may also obtain certain publications about their rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

February 13, 2017

Greg Schott

c/o MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary St. Ste. 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  Re: Employment Terms

Dear Greg:

This letter confirms the terms of your employment with MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes all prior agreements relating to the terms of your employment, except for the MuleSoft, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement dated February 13, 2009, between you and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and the existing agreements that govern your equity interests in the Company. The terms set forth below shall be effective as of February 17, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1. Title and Cash Compensation

Your title is, and shall remain, Chief Executive Officer. In such capacity, you will continue to report to the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. You will also be expected to adhere to the general policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

As of the Effective Date, your monthly base salary is $29,167 per month (or $350,000.00 on an annualized basis), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule, less deductions and withholdings.

 

2. Bonus Compensation

You are currently eligible for annual incentive compensation under the terms of the MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan” ). Your Target Award (as defined in the Plan) for 2017 is 42.86% ($150,000.00) of your base salary as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Equity Awards

You have previously been awarded various equity awards, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). The Company may grant additional equity awards to you in the future from time to time, which will be subject to the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan or arrangement in effect at the time of grant. The Compensation Committee of the Board will determine in its discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms and conditions of any such awards in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan.


Greg Schott Offer Letter

Page 2 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

You should be aware that you may incur federal and state income taxes as a result of your receipt or the vesting of any equity compensation awards and it shall be your responsibility to pay any such applicable taxes.

 

4. Severance

The Board has approved your participation in our Severance Policy (the “ Severance Policy ”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits for which you are eligible in connection with certain terminations of employment. Except as provided in Section 3 of this letter, the payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will supersede and replace any severance benefits for which you were previously eligible. As such, as of the Effective Date and subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this letter, your sole eligibility for severance benefits will be as set forth in the Severance Policy.

 

5. Other Benefits

As an employee, you will continue to be eligible for our standard employee benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs, except to the extent that this letter agreement provides you with more valuable benefits than the Company’s standard policies.

 

6. Arbitration

You and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, including but not limited to statutory claims, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, conducted by JAMS under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: http://www.jamsadr.com/rulesclauses and which will be provided to you upon request). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to an action or claim brought in court pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as amended. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all


Greg Schott Offer Letter

Page 3 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

 

7. Additional Terms

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

This agreement (together with the other agreement referenced herein) is the complete and exclusive statement of all of the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements or representations with regard to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and (except for changes reserved to the Company’s discretion herein) cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Board. Whenever possible, each provision of this agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforce ability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein. This agreement and the terms of your employment with the Company shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the State of California.

Please review these terms to make sure they are consistent with your understanding. If so, please send the original signed offer letter to Aref Wardak no later than two days after your receipt of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
MuleSoft, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Rob Horton

  Rob Horton


Greg Schott Offer Letter

Page 4 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

AGREED:
Signed:  

/s/ Greg Schott

  Greg Schott
Dated:  

2/14/2017

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

February 13, 2017

Mark Dao

c/o MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary St. Ste. 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  Re: Employment Terms

Dear Mark:

This letter confirms the terms of your employment with MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes all prior agreements relating to the terms of your employment, except for the MuleSoft, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement January 20, 2016, between you and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and the existing agreements that govern your equity interests in the Company. The terms set forth below shall be effective as of February 17, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1. Title and Cash Compensation

Your title is, and shall remain, Chief Product Officer. In such capacity, you will continue to report to the Chief Executive Officer. You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. You will also be expected to adhere to the general policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

As of the Effective Date, your monthly base salary is $26,667 per month (or $320,000.00) on an annualized basis), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule, less deductions and withholdings.

 

2. Bonus Compensation

You are currently eligible for annual incentive compensation under the terms of the MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan” ). Your Target Award (as defined in the Plan) for 2017 is 25% ($80,000.00) of your base salary as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Equity Awards

You have previously been awarded various equity awards, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). The Company may grant additional equity awards to you in the future from time to time, which will be subject to the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan or arrangement in effect at the time of grant. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) will determine in its discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms and conditions of any such awards in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan.


Mark Dao Offer Letter

Page 2 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

You should be aware that you may incur federal and state income taxes as a result of your receipt or the vesting of any equity compensation awards and it shall be your responsibility to pay any such applicable taxes.

 

4. Severance

The Board has approved your participation in our Severance Policy (the “ Severance Policy ”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits for which you are eligible in connection with certain terminations of employment. Except as provided in Section 3 of this letter, the payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will supersede and replace any severance benefits for which you were previously eligible. As such, as of the Effective Date and subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this letter, your sole eligibility for severance benefits will be as set forth in the Severance Policy.

 

5. Other Benefits

As an employee, you will continue to be eligible for our standard employee benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs, except to the extent that this letter agreement provides you with more valuable benefits than the Company’s standard policies.

 

6. Arbitration

You and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, including but not limited to statutory claims, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, conducted by JAMS under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: http://www.jamsadr.com/rulesclauses and which will be provided to you upon request). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to an action or claim brought in court pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as amended. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions


Mark Dao Offer Letter

Page 3 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

 

7. Additional Terms

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

This agreement (together with the other agreement referenced herein) is the complete and exclusive statement of all of the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements or representations with regard to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and (except for changes reserved to the Company’s discretion herein) cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Board. Whenever possible, each provision of this agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein. This agreement and the terms of your employment with the Company shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the State of California.

Please review these terms to make sure they are consistent with your understanding. If so, please send the original signed offer letter to Aref Wardak no later than two days after your receipt of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
MuleSoft, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

  Greg Schott


Mark Dao Offer Letter

Page 4 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

AGREED:  
Signed:  

/s/ Mark Dao

  Mark Dao
Dated:  

2/14/2017

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

February 13, 2017

Rob Horton

c/o MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary St. Ste. 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  Re: Employment Terms

Dear Rob:

This letter confirms the terms of your employment with MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes all prior agreements relating to the terms of your employment, except for the MuleSoft, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement dated August 1, 2013, between you and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and the existing agreements that govern your equity interests in the Company. The terms set forth below shall be effective as of February 17, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1. Title and Cash Compensation

Your title is, and shall remain, Senior Vice President, People Ops, General Counsel and Secretary. In such capacity, you will continue to report to the Chief Executive Officer. You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. You will also be expected to adhere to the general policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

As of the Effective Date, your monthly base salary is $23,985 per month (or $287,500.00 on an annualized basis), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule, less deductions and withholdings.

 

2. Bonus Compensation

You are currently eligible for annual incentive compensation under the terms of the MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan” ). Your Target Award (as defined in the Plan) for 2017 is 29.13% ($83,750.00) of your base salary as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Equity Awards

You have previously been awarded various equity awards, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). The Company may grant additional equity awards to you in the future from time to time, which will be subject to the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan or arrangement in effect at the time of grant. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) will determine in its discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms and conditions of any such awards in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan.


Rob Horton Offer Letter

Page 2 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

You should be aware that you may incur federal and state income taxes as a result of your receipt or the vesting of any equity compensation awards and it shall be your responsibility to pay any such applicable taxes.

 

4. Severance

The Board has approved your participation in our Severance Policy (the “ Severance Policy ”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits for which you are eligible in connection with certain terminations of employment. Except as provided in Section 3 of this letter, the payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will supersede and replace any severance benefits for which you were previously eligible. As such, as of the Effective Date and subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this letter, your sole eligibility for severance benefits will be as set forth in the Severance Policy.

 

5. Other Benefits

As an employee, you will continue to be eligible for our standard employee benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs, except to the extent that this letter agreement provides you with more valuable benefits than the Company’s standard policies.

 

6. Arbitration

You and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, including but not limited to statutory claims, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, conducted by JAMS under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: http://www.jamsadr.com/rulesclauses and which will be provided to you upon request). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to an action or claim brought in court pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as amended. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the


Rob Horton Offer Letter

Page 3 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

 

7. Additional Terms

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

This agreement (together with the other agreement referenced herein) is the complete and exclusive statement of all of the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements or representations with regard to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and (except for changes reserved to the Company’s discretion herein) cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Board. Whenever possible, each provision of this agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein. This agreement and the terms of your employment with the Company shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the State of California.

Please review these terms to make sure they are consistent with your understanding. If so, please send the original signed offer letter to Aref Wardak no later than two days after your receipt of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
MuleSoft, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

  Greg Schott


Rob Horton Offer Letter

Page 4 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

AGREED:  
Signed:  

/s/ Rob Horton

  Rob Horton
Dated:  

2/12/2017

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

February 13, 2017

Matt Langdon

c/o MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary St. Ste. 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  Re: Employment Terms

Dear Matt:

This letter confirms the terms of your employment with MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes all prior agreements relating to the terms of your employment, except for the MuleSoft, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement dated May 20, 2014, between you and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and the existing agreements that govern your equity interests in the Company. The terms set forth below shall be effective as of February 17, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1. Title and Cash Compensation

Your title is, and shall remain, Chief Financial Officer. In such capacity, you will continue to report to the Chief Executive Officer. You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. You will also be expected to adhere to the general policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

As of the Effective Date, your monthly base salary is $27,083 per month (or $325,000.00) on an annualized basis), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule, less deductions and withholdings.

 

2. Bonus Compensation

You are currently eligible for annual incentive compensation under the terms of the MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan” ). Your Target Award (as defined in the Plan) for 2017 is 23.08% ($75,000.00) of your base salary as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Equity Awards

You have previously been awarded various equity awards, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). The Company may grant additional equity awards to you in the future from time to time, which will be subject to the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan or arrangement in effect at the time of grant. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) will determine in its discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms and conditions of any such awards in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan.


Matt Langdon Offer Letter

Page 2 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

You should be aware that you may incur federal and state income taxes as a result of your receipt or the vesting of any equity compensation awards and it shall be your responsibility to pay any such applicable taxes.

 

4. Severance

The Board has approved your participation in our Severance Policy (the “ Severance Policy ”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits for which you are eligible in connection with certain terminations of employment. Except as provided in Section 3 of this letter, the payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will supersede and replace any severance benefits for which you were previously eligible. As such, as of the Effective Date and subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this letter, your sole eligibility for severance benefits will be as set forth in the Severance Policy.

 

5. Other Benefits

As an employee, you will continue to be eligible for our standard employee benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs, except to the extent that this letter agreement provides you with more valuable benefits than the Company’s standard policies.

 

6. Arbitration

You and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, including but not limited to statutory claims, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, conducted by JAMS under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: http://www.jamsadr.com/rulesclauses and which will be provided to you upon request). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to an action or claim brought in court pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as


Matt Langdon Offer Letter

Page 3 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

amended. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

 

7. Additional Terms

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

This agreement (together with the other agreement referenced herein) is the complete and exclusive statement of all of the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements or representations with regard to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and (except for changes reserved to the Company’s discretion herein) cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Board. Whenever possible, each provision of this agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein. This agreement and the terms of your employment with the Company shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the State of California.

Please review these terms to make sure they are consistent with your understanding. If so, please send the original signed offer letter to Aref Wardak no later than two days after your receipt of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
MuleSoft, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

  Greg Schott


Matt Langdon Offer Letter

Page 4 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

AGREED:  
Signed:  

/s/ Matt Langdon

  Matt Langdon
Dated:  

2/12/2017

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

February 13, 2017

Simon Parmett

c/o MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary St. Ste. 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  Re: Employment Terms

Dear Simon:

This letter confirms the terms of your employment with MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes all prior agreements relating to the terms of your employment, except for the MuleSoft, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement dated June 11, 2012 between you and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and the existing agreements that govern your equity interests in the Company. The terms set forth below shall be effective as of February 17, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1. Title and Cash Compensation

Your title is, and shall remain, President. In such capacity, you will continue to report to the Chief Executive Officer. You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. You will also be expected to adhere to the general policies of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

As of the Effective Date, your monthly base salary is $25,000 per month (or $300,000.00 on an annualized basis), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule, less deductions and withholdings.

 

2. Commission Compensation

You are currently eligible for annual incentive compensation under the terms of the MuleSoft, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan” ). Your Target Award (as defined in the Plan) for 2017 is $250,000.

 

3. Equity Awards

You have previously been awarded various equity awards, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements and plan documents (including any accelerated vesting provisions). The Company may grant additional equity awards to you in the future from time to time, which will be subject to the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan or arrangement in effect at the time of grant. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) will determine in its discretion whether you will be granted any such equity awards and the terms and conditions of any such awards in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan.


Simon Parmett Offer Letter

Page 2 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

You should be aware that you may incur federal and state income taxes as a result of your receipt or the vesting of any equity compensation awards and it shall be your responsibility to pay any such applicable taxes.

 

4. Severance

The Board has approved your participation in our Severance Policy (the “ Severance Policy ”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits for which you are eligible in connection with certain terminations of employment. Except as provided in Section 3 of this letter, the payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will supersede and replace any severance benefits for which you were previously eligible. As such, as of the Effective Date and subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this letter, your sole eligibility for severance benefits will be as set forth in the Severance Policy.

 

5. Other Benefits

As an employee, you will continue to be eligible for our standard employee benefits, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs, except to the extent that this letter agreement provides you with more valuable benefits than the Company’s standard policies.

 

6. Arbitration

You and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, including but not limited to statutory claims, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California, conducted by JAMS under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: http://www.jamsadr.com/rulesclauses and which will be provided to you upon request). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to an action or claim brought in court pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as


Simon Parmett Offer Letter

Page 3 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

amended. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

 

7. Additional Terms

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the terms of the Severance Policy. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

This agreement (together with the other agreement referenced herein) is the complete and exclusive statement of all of the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements or representations with regard to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and (except for changes reserved to the Company’s discretion herein) cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Board. Whenever possible, each provision of this agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein. This agreement and the terms of your employment with the Company shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the State of California.

Please review these terms to make sure they are consistent with your understanding. If so, please send the original signed offer letter to Aref Wardak no later than two days after your receipt of this letter.

 

Sincerely,
MuleSoft, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

  Greg Schott


Simon Parmett Offer Letter

Page 4 of 4

February 13, 2017

 

AGREED:  
Signed:  

/s/ Simon Parmett

  Simon Parmett
Dated:  

2/12/2017

Exhibit 10.13

June 3, 2015

Michael Capellas

Dear Michael:

I am pleased to offer you a seat on the Board of Directors of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”), where you will serve as a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. In addition, concurrent with the Company’s anticipated initial public offering, it is our expectation that you’d be appointed to serve as the lead independent director.

If you accept this offer, the Board is prepared to grant you an option to purchase 141,542 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Twenty five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing service with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing service as a member of the Board of Directors. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs.

In the event that there is a Change of Control (i.e., (i) any sale or exchange of the capital stock by the stockholders of the Company in one transaction or series of related transactions where more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company as of immediately prior to such transaction is acquired by a person or entity or group of related persons or entities; (ii) any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company where the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately before the transaction represent or are converted into less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent corporation, if the surviving entity is wholly owned by the parent) immediately after the transaction; or (iii) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company) and you execute a general release in a form provided by the Company at the time of the Change of Control, then the vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the Option or subsequently granted options will accelerate and become vested.

The Company will reimburse, on a pre-approved basis, the reasonable hotel accommodations and travel costs you incur to attend Board meetings and other events attended at the Company’s request.

You hereby agree to hold in the strictest confidence, and take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, and you will not (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than as necessary for your performance as a member of the Board, or (ii) disclose the Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of an authorized representative of Company. You agree that your obligations under this Section shall continue after the termination of your directorship. You agree that you will


not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with which you have an obligation to keep in confidence. You also agree that you will not bring onto the Company’s premises or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information, or trade secrets belonging to any third party unless disclosure to, and use by, the Company has been consented to in writing by such third party. You recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. You agree that at all times during the term of your directorship and thereafter, you owe the Company and such third parties a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to use it or to disclose it to any person, firm, corporation, or other third party except as necessary in carrying out your performance as a member of the Board consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

You represent and warrant that you have no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with the provisions of this offer letter, your obligations to the Company under this offer letter, and/or your ability to perform as a member of the Board. You will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of your directorship.

This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within the State of California by California residents, irrespective of conflict of laws rules. All compensation is subject to any applicable withholdings and payroll taxes.

We are very excited to extend you this offer and look forward to your joining our Board. Once you confirm your acceptance, your appointment as a Director will occur as promptly practicable. Please feel free to call me if you have questions.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Greg Schott

Greg Schott
Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREE AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ Michael Capellas

Michael Capellas
Date: 6-3-15

Exhibit 10.14

July 15, 2014

Steve Collins

Dear Steve:

I am pleased to offer you a seat on the Board of Directors of MuleSoft, Inc. (the “Company”), where you will serve as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

If you accept this offer, the Board is prepared to grant you an option to purchase 141,542 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Twenty five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing service with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing service as a member of the Board of Directors. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs.

In the event that there is a Change of Control (i.e., (i) any sale or exchange of the capital stock by the stockholders of the Company in one transaction or series of related transactions where more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company as of immediately prior to such transaction is acquired by a person or entity or group of related persons or entities; (ii) any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company where the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately before the transaction represent or are converted into less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent corporation, if the surviving entity is wholly owned by the parent) immediately after the transaction; or (iii) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company) and you execute a general release in a form provided by the Company at the time of the Change of Control, then the vesting with respect to 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the Option or subsequently granted options will accelerate and become vested.

The Company will reimburse, on a pre-approved basis, the reasonable hotel accommodations and travel costs you incur to attend Board meetings and other events attended at the Company’s request.

You hereby agree to hold in the strictest confidence, and take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, and you will not (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than as necessary for your performance as a member of the Board, or (ii) disclose the Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of an authorized representative of Company. You agree that your obligations under this Section shall continue after the termination of your directorship. You agree that you will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with which you have an


obligation to keep in confidence. You also agree that you will not bring onto the Company’s premises or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information, or trade secrets belonging to any third party unless disclosure to, and use by, the Company has been consented to in writing by such third party. You recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. You agree that at all times during the term of your directorship and thereafter, you owe the Company and such third parties a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to use it or to disclose it to any person, firm, corporation, or other third party except as necessary in carrying out your performance as a member of the Board consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

You represent and warrant that you have no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with the provisions of this offer letter, your obligations to the Company under this offer letter, and/or your ability to perform as a member of the Board. You will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of your directorship.

This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within the State of California by California residents, irrespective of conflict of laws rules. All compensation is subject to any applicable withholdings and payroll taxes.

We are very excited to extend you this offer and look forward to your joining our Board. Once you confirm your acceptance, your appointment as a Director will occur as promptly practicable. Please feel free to call me if you have questions.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Greg Schott
Greg Schott
Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ Steve Collins

Steve Collins
Date: 7/16/14

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO

October 28, 2008

Mark Burton

Dear Mark:

On behalf of the management team and the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Mule Source, Inc. (the “Company”), I am extremely pleased to invite you to join the Company’s Board as an independent director. Should you decide to join the Board, your relationship with the Company will be governed by the terms and conditions of this letter.

As compensation for your services to the Company, the Company will, subject to the approval of the Board, grant you a nonstatutory stock option entitling you to purchase 109,775 (0.75% of 14,636,189 diluted shares) shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option”). The exercise price per share will be equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board. The Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter, subject to your continued service on such dates, such that all shares subject to the Option shall be fully vested after 4 years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change of control (to be defined in the Option Agreement) of the Company, 100% of the shares subject to your option shall automatically vest and become immediately exercisable. The Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and a stock option agreement (the “Option Agreement”) to be executed by you and the Company, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor will the grant confer any right to continued vesting or to remain on the Board.

The Board typically meets once a month in the Silicon Valley area. I have enclosed the most recent meeting schedule for your review, and should you decide to join the Board, we will confirm whether our tentative meeting dates are compatible with your schedule. It is our hope that you will be able to attend our Board meetings in person.

Should you decide to join the Board, the Company will provide you with its standard form of indemnification agreement entered into with each of its directors and officers (the “Indemnification Agreement”) and, you will be covered under the Company’s D&O insurance policy to the same extent as the other members of the Board. In addition, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable and customary expenses, if any, that you incur in connection with your service as a Board member; provided that in an effort to carefully manage our budget, the Company requests that any Board member expense in excess of $1,000 be preapproved by the Board.


This letter, together with the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company concerning your service relationship with the Company, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning your service relationship with the Company, whether written or oral.

The terms of this letter may only be amended, canceled or discharged in writing signed by you and the Company. This letter will be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this letter will continue in full force and effect without such provision.

You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from your private attorney, have had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this letter, and are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this letter. You further acknowledge that this offer and the terms and conditions contained herein are in all respects subject to approval by the Board.

Your effective date to join the Board will be January 1, 2009.

****

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

2


To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, facsimile number (510) 225-3913 as promptly as practicable. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. We look forward to you joining our Board.

 

MULESOURCE, INC.
By:   /s/ Jim Emerich
Name:   Jim Emerich
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   October 28, 2008

Accepted and agreed:

 

Mark Burton
  /s/ Mark Burton
Signature
   
Date:

Exhibit 10.16

MULESOFT, INC.

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 13, 2015

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

       P AGE   

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

  Certain Definitions      1   

SECTION 2 REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     4   

2.1

  Requested Registration      4   

2.2

  Company Registration      6   

2.3

  Registration on Form S-3      7   

2.4

  Expenses of Registration      8   

2.5

  Registration Procedures      8   

2.6

  Indemnification      10   

2.7

  Information by Holder      12   

2.8

  Restrictions on Transfer      12   

2.9

  Rule 144 Reporting      13   

2.10

  Market Stand-Off Agreement      14   

2.11

  Delay of Registration      14   

2.12

  Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights      14   

2.13

  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      14   

2.14

  Termination of Registration Rights      15   

SECTION 3 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     15   

3.1

  Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights      15   

3.2

  Employee Option Vesting      16   

3.3

  Confidentiality      16   

3.4

  Board Meetings      16   

3.5

  Insurance      16   

3.6

  Real Property Holding Covenant      17   

3.7

  Board Approval      17   

3.8

  Termination of Covenants      17   

SECTION 4 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     18   

4.1

  Right of First Refusal to Major Holders      18   

SECTION 5 MISCELLANEOUS

     19   

5.1

  Amendment      19   

5.2

  Notices      20   

5.3

  Governing Law      20   

 

i.


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

       P AGE   

5.4

  Successors and Assigns      20   

5.5

  Entire Agreement      20   

5.6

  Delays or Omissions      21   

5.7

  Severability      21   

5.8

  Titles and Subtitles      21   

5.9

  Counterparts      21   

5.10

  Telecopy and Electronic Execution and Delivery      21   

5.11

  Jurisdiction; Venue      21   

5.12

  Further Assurances      21   

5.13

  Aggregation of Stock      21   

5.14

  Best Efforts      22   

5.15

  Attorneys’ Fees      22   

 

ii.


MULESOFT, INC.

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 13, 2015, by and among MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , certain Investors are parties to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith, among the Company and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), and it is a condition to each closing of the sale of the Series G Preferred Stock to the Investors listed on such Schedule of Investors that the Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement;

WHEREAS , certain Investors are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Prior Investors ”);

WHEREAS , the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), and the amendment and restatement of such Prior Agreement requires the affirmative vote or consent of the Company and the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities (each capitalized term as defined in the Prior Agreement); and

WHEREAS , the parties to such Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of the rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1

Definitions

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) Closing ” shall mean the date of sale of shares of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and shall include the Initial Closing and any Subsequent Closing, as applicable.

(b) Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

1.


(d) Conversion Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.

(e) Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f) Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities, any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement and any Subsequent Investor who hereafter acquires Registrable Securities in connection with any Subsequent Closing.

(g) Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(h) Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(i) Initial Closing ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Purchase Agreement.

(j) Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(k) Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty percent (30%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(l) Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto and shall include any Subsequent Investor, as applicable.

(m) Major Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

(n) New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

(o) Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(p) Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), with respect to which registration rights have been granted by the Company, including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of Preferred Stock of the Company.

(q) Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

(r) Qualified Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

(s) Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.


(t) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(u) Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(v) Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Company’s Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

(w) Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

(x) Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(y) Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(z) Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(aa) Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(bb) Series A Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

(cc) Series B Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

(dd) Series C Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

(ee) Series D Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

 

3.


(ff) Series E Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock.

(gg) Series F Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock.

(hh) Series G Preferred ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock.

(ii) Shares ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred.

(jj) Subsequent Closing ” shall mean the date of sale of Series G Preferred occurring after the Initial Closing.

(kk) Subsequent Investor ” shall mean any Investor purchasing shares of Series G Preferred in connection with any Subsequent Closing, as applicable.

(ll) Withdrawn Registration ” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4 .

Section 2

Registration Rights

2.1 Requested Registration .

(a) Request for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 :

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the three (3) year anniversary of the date hereof or (B) six (6) months following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering;

 

4.


(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any), the aggregate proceeds of which (exclusive of deduction for underwriter’s discounts and commissions related to the issuance) are not greater than $15,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv) After the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registrations have been ordered or declared effective;

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(vi) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section   2.3 hereof.

(c) Deferral . If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders, and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares . The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e) , include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders requesting registration under this Section   2.1 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) , and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.1(a) . In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 (including without limitation Other Shares), the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting, and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company

 

5.


or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10 ). The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1 , if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Other Selling Stockholders; and (iii) third, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) , then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration, the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion in the manner set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration .

(a) Company Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 , a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section   2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)( i ) . In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting

 

6.


and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 , if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting; provided that the number of shares of Registrable Securities that are entitled to be included in such registration shall not be reduced to less than thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such registration unless such registration is the Initial Public Offering, in which case all Registrable Securities may be excluded from such registration if no Other Shares are included in such registration. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. In no event shall the number of Registrable Securities underwritten in such registration be limited unless and until all shares held by persons other than Holders (excluding shares registered for the account of the Company) are completely excluded from such offering.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3 .

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration . After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3 , if the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.2(a)(i) and (ii) .

 

7.


(b) Limitations on Form S 3 Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 :

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v);

(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $l,000,000; or

(iii) If, within twelve months of such written request, the Company has already effected two (2) such registrations and such registrations have been ordered or declared effective.

(c) Deferral . The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 .

(d) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders requesting registration under this Section   2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1 .

2.4 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 or 2.3 , as the case may be, are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 , as the case may be; provided , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 , as the case may be. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 , the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

8.


(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and, following such notification, promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(g) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on a national exchange or quotation system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(i) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

(j) Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such registration statement.

 

9.


2.6 Indemnification .

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, former members, agents, partners, former partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to any registration or qualification that has been effected pursuant to this Section 2 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (joint or several) (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration or qualification, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration or qualification, and the Company will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, former members, agents, partners, former partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, members, former members, agents, partners, former partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided further that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration or qualification is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, members, agents and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse, as incurred, the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, members, agents, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

10.


(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided further that an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicting interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that no contribution by any Holder payable pursuant to this Section 2.6(d) shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions with respect to the Company or any underwriter, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section 2.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 and otherwise.

 

11.


2.7 Information by Holder . As a condition to the obligations of the Company to register securities of a Holder hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration or qualification referred to in this Section 2 .

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8 . Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section   2.8 and Section 2.10 , and (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition, and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) Such Holder shall give prompt written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall furnish the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall furnish the Company, at its expense, with (A) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (B) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Public Offering, the Company will not require the transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, but in such case, the transferee shall not be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (i) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests or to any affiliated entity, (ii) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (iii) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company or to any affiliated entity, or (iv) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR

 

12.


HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8 .

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section   2.8(c) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall promptly issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold without registration or qualification. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, unless reasonably requested by the Company’s counsel in light of the facts and circumstances of such transaction.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

13.


2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering (or such other longer period as may be requested by the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on the publication of research analyst reports, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE 472(f)(4) (or similar successor provisions), as the case may be, as well as any amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by the same restrictions. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10 . Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements (and of any similar agreements between the Company and other persons) by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.11 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to (a) a transferee or assignee of not less than 400,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) or (b) its stockholders, partners, limited partners, members, agents, affiliated entities, former partners or former members (or their estates), subsidiaries or affiliates; provided that (a) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof, the Sixth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Key Common Holders and each of the Investors (each as defined in such agreement), and applicable securities laws, (b) the Company is given prompt written notice of said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (c) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section   2.10 .

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority-in-interest of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are not subordinate to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder or that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.1 , Section 2.2 or Section 2.3

 

14.


hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such holder’s securities will not in any manner reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that is included in any such registration or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of the date set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i) or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1 , Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 .

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) as to any shares of Registrable Securities, during such period following the closing of the Initial Public Offering when such shares can be sold in any ninety (90) day period under Rule 144, or (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

Section 3

Covenants of the Company

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights .

(a) Basic Financial Information . The Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder who owns at least 2,000,000 Shares and/or shares of Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) (each, a “ Major Holder ”):

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, and statement of stockholders’ equity prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied, and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of recognized national standing selected and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Restated Certificate);

(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such month, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period;

(iii) Within five (5) days following the end of each quarter, a table reflecting the current capitalization of the Company; and

(iv) At least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the Company, a monthly operating plan for the following fiscal year.

(b) Certification . With respect to the financial statements called for in Section   3.1(a)(i) , an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer, if currently serving, and President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations for the period specified, subject to year end audit adjustments.

 

15.


(c) Inspection Rights . The Company will afford to each Major Holder and to such Holder’s accountants and counsel, reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company’s respective properties, books and records. Each such Holder shall have such other access to management and information as is necessary for it to comply with applicable laws and regulations and reporting obligations. The Company shall not be required to disclose (i) details of contracts with or work performed for specific customers and other business partners where to do so would violate confidentiality obligations to those parties or (ii) information that the Board of Directors reasonably determines to be trade secrets of the Company. Holders may exercise their rights under this Section 3.1(c) only for purposes reasonably related to their interests under this Agreement and related agreements. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by the Holders or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights without the prior written consent of the Company.

3.2 Employee Option Vesting . Except as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors, (a) Common Stock or option grants to employees shall vest as to 25% of the total grant after 12 months of employment with the Company, and the remainder will vest monthly over the following 36 months, provided that such individual continues to be an employee of or service provider to the Company on such dates, (b) to the extent any unvested Common Stock is issued pursuant to an early stock option exercise, the Company shall retain the right to repurchase any such unvested shares, at a price per share equal to the lower of the fair market value or the exercise price per share of such shares of Common Stock and (c) the Company shall have a right of first refusal on any proposed transfer of Common Stock by any employee or service provider of the Company prior to the Initial Public Offering.

3.3 Confidentiality . Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by it pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person, except (a) in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, (b) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (c) to any affiliated entity, partner, member, or wholly-owned subsidiary of such Holder, in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Holder informs such persons or entities that such information is confidential and directs such person or entity to maintain the confidentiality of such information, (d) at such time as such information enters the public domain through no fault of such Holder, (e) if such information is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality, or (f) as required under applicable law. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Holders are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises that may have products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Holders from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company.

3.4 Board Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Company shall meet on at least a monthly basis, unless otherwise approved by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

3.5 Insurance . The Company has procured and shall maintain, with sound and reputable insurers, director and officer omission liability insurance with coverage of at least $1,000,000 (or such higher amount as is determined by the Board of Directors).

 

16.


3.6 Real Property Holding Covenant . The Company shall provide prompt notice to New Enterprise Associates 14, Limited Partnership (“ NEA ”) following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(1)) on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation. In addition, upon a written request by NEA, the Company shall provide NEA with a written statement informing NEA whether NEA’s interest in the Company constitutes a United States real property interest. The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made. The Company’s written statement to NEA shall be delivered to NEA within 10 days of NEA’s written request therefor.

3.7 Board Approval . The Company shall not, without the approval of the Board of Directors (including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors, as defined in the Restated Certificate):

(a) make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless such entity is wholly-owned by the Company;

(b) make any loan or advance to any person, including any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures arising in the ordinary course of business or paid pursuant to terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee any indebtedness, except for trade accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) incur any indebtedness in excess of an aggregate of $250,000 that is not already included in a the Company’s budget, as approved by the Board of Directors, other than any trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) enter into or be party to any transaction with any director, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person, other than in the ordinary course of business in accordance with established Company practice;

(f) hire, fire, or change the compensation of the Company’s Executive Officers, including approving any options, options plans, or amendments to existing plans;

(g) sell, transfer, license, pledge or encumber technology or intellectual property, other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(h) acquire assets of, or any capital stock or other interest in, any other entity.

3.8 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 3 (other than Section 3.5) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of a Qualified Offering.

 

17.


Section 4

Right of First Refusal

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Major Holders . The Company hereby grants to each Major Holder the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a) ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Major Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by such Major Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants).

(a) New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Shares) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

(i) Shares issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Conversion Stock;

(ii) securities issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(iii) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible or exercisable securities as of the date of this Agreement;

(iv) securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on the Shares or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(f), 4(g) or 4(h) of the Restated Certificate;

(v) securities offered pursuant to a Qualified Offering;

(vi) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(vii) securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction that is not effected primarily for capital raising and that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(viii) securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(ix) securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

 

18.


(x) securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock of the Company then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Major Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type and number of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Holder shall have twenty (20) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered (the “ Initial Election Period ”) to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (each participating Major Holder, a “ Participant ”). Each Major Holder may allocate such New Securities to itself and its affiliates in its sole discretion.

(c) In the event that any Major Holders fails to fully exercise its right of first refusal, the Company shall give each fully participating Participant written notice describing the number of New Securities that were not subscribed for (the “ Unsubscribed Shares ”), and allowing each such Participant to purchase such Unsubscribed Shares on the same terms described in the initial notice. Each Participant shall have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered (the “ Second Election Period ”) to agree to purchase the Unsubscribed Shares for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 , and stating therein the quantity of Unsubscribed Shares to be purchased. Each Participant may allocate such New Securities to itself and its affiliates in its sole discretion. To the extent that there is an insufficient number of Unsubscribed Shares to permit the purchase by all Participants of their respective election amounts, the Unsubscribed Shares shall be apportioned on a pro rata basis among all participating Participants.

(d) In the event the Major Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal, including with respect to the Unsubscribed Shares, prior to the expiration of the Second Election Period, the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within thirty (30) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Major Holders’ right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Major Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) . In the event the Company has not sold within such sixty (60) day period following the Election Period, or closed within such thirty (30) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such New Securities to the Major Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1 .

(e) The right of first refusal granted under this Section 4 shall expire upon (and shall not be applicable to) a Qualified Offering.

Section 5

Miscellaneous

5.1 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided that any amendment or waiver that affects the rights or obligations of a Holder hereunder in a different manner than other Holders shall require the written consent of such Holder. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in

 

19.


accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Subject to the terms of this paragraph 5.1, each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, any Subsequent Investor may become a party to this Agreement without any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any Holder; further , immediately after any Subsequent Closing, Exhibit A will be amended to include any such Subsequent Investor. The Company will promptly furnish each to Holder copies of any such amendments to Exhibit A referred to in the preceding sentence.

5.2 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to MuleSoft, Inc., 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94108, Attn: President, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Steven E. Bochner and Jon Avina, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

5.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4 Successors and Assigns . Except as set forth herein, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned or transferred, by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign or transfer any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. The Prior Agreement is superseded by this Agreement and is of no further force or effect.

 

20.


5.6 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.8 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.10 Telecopy and Electronic Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be electronically executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such electronic execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue . With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

5.12 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.13 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

21.


5.14 Best Efforts . For the purposes of this Agreement, “best efforts” shall not be interpreted to require the Company to undertake any activity that will violate a state or federal statute, law, rule, order or regulation.

5.15 Attorneys Fees . In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

22.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

MULESOFT, INC.
a Delaware corporation

/s/ Greg Schott

Greg Schott,

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
ADAGE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP
By: Adage Capital Partners, GP, LLC, its General Partner
By: Adage Capital Advisors, LLC, its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Dan Lehan

Name:   Dan Lehan
Title:   COO

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
BAY PARTNERS XI, L.P.
By:   Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
  General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stuart G. Phillips

  Stuart G. Phillips, Manager
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
By:   Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
  General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stuart G. Phillips

  Stuart G. Phillips, Manager

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, LP
By:  

/s/ Dewey A.

Name:   Dewy A.
Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Hilton Romanski

Name:   Hilton Romanski
Title:   SVP, Corporate Development

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
HUMMER WINBLAD VENTURE PARTNERS V, L.P. , as nominee for Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P. and Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V-A, L.P.
By:   Hummer Winblad Equity Partners V, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ann Winblad

  Ann Winblad, Managing Director
HUMMER WINBLAD VENTURE PARTNERS VI, L.P.
By: Hummer Winblad Equity Partners VI, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ann Winblad

  Ann Winblad, Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS SELECT, L.P.
By: Lightspeed General Partner Select, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner Select, Ltd.
  Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ravi Mhatre

  Director
LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:   Lightspeed General Partner VII,
  L.P., its general partner
By:   Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner
  VII, Ltd., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Ravi Mhatre

  Ravi Mhatre
  Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS IV L.P.
By:   Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C.
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Ward

  Robert D. Ward,
  a managing member
MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES IV L.P.
By:   Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C.
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Ward

 

Robert D. Ward,

a managing member

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
MORGENTHALER PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
By:   Morgenthaler Management Partners VIII,
  LLC, its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott D. Walters

  Scott D. Walters (Member)

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 15, L.P.

By:

 

NEA Partners 15, L.P.

By:

 

NEA 15 GP, LLC

By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

Name:   Louis S. Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
NEA 15 OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.

By:

 

NEA Partners 15-OF, L.P.

By:

 

NEA 15 GP, LLC

By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

Name:   Louis S. Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 14, L.P.

By:

 

NEA Partners 14, L.P.

By:

 

NEA 14 GP, LTD

By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

Name:   Louis S. Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
NEA VENTURES 2013, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

Name:   Louis S. Citron
Title:   Vice-President

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
salesforce.com, inc.
By:  

/s/ John Somorjai

Name:   John Somorjai
Title:   EVP, Corporate Development & Salesforce

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SANDS CAPITAL PRIVATE GROWTH FUND, L.P.
By: Sands Capital Private Growth Fund-GP, L.P., its general partner
By: Sands Capital Private Growth Fund-GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Goodman

Name:   Jonathan Goodman
Title:   General Counsel
SANDS CAPITAL PRIVATE GROWTH FUND-MS, L.P.
By: Sands Capital Private Growth Fund-GP, L.P., its general partner
By: Sands Capital Private Growth Fund-GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Goodman

Name:   Jonathan Goodman
Title:   General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SAPPHIRE VENTURES FUND I, L.P.,
A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Sapphire Ventures (GPE) I, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
its general partner
By:  

/s/ Jayendra Das

Name:   Jayendra Das
Title:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ R. Doug Higgins

Name:   R. Doug Higgins
Title:   Managing Member

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SERVICENOW, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michale P. Scarpelli

Name:   Michael P. Scarpelli
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

Adage Capital Partners, LP

Bay Partners XI, L.P.

Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, LP

Cisco Systems, Inc.

Hummer Winblad Venture Partners V, L.P.

Hummer Winblad Venture Partners VI, L.P.

Lightspeed Venture Partners Select, L.P.

Lightspeed Venture Partners VII, L.P.

Meritech Capital Partners IV L.P.

Meritech Capital Affiliates IV L.P.

Morgenthaler Partners VIII, L.P.

NEA Ventures 2013, Limited Partnership

New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

NEA 15 Opportunity Fund, L.P.

salesforce.com, inc.

Sands Capital Private Growth Fund, L.P.

Sands Capital Private Growth Fund-MS, L.P.

Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P.

ServiceNow, Inc.


The Board of Trustees of

the Leland Stanford Junior University (DAPER I)

The Board of Trustees of

the Leland Stanford Junior University (SBST)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2006A)


SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal under the Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 13, 2015 (the “Agreement”):

 

1. Waiver of ten (10) days notice period in which to exercise right of first refusal: (please check only one)

 

  (    ) WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the 10-day notice period provided to exercise my right of first refusal granted under the Agreement.

 

  (    ) DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

 

2. Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)

 

  (    ) WAIVE in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $                 ( please provide amount ) in New Securities proposed to be issued by MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $                 in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $                 in New Securities proposed to be issued by MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $                     in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $                     in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $                 ( please provide amount ) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $                 in New Securities being offered in the financing.

Date:                         

 

 

(Print investor name)

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. MuleSoft, Inc. will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.

Exhibit 10.17

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    MULESOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    4,910
Class of Stock:    Series B Preferred Stock
Initial Exercise Price:    $3.055 per share
Issue Date:    March 5, 2008
Expiration Date:    March 5, 2018 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of MULESOURCE, INC. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Intentionally Omitted .

1.3 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.4 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.


1.5 Acquisition of the Company .

1.5.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.5.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the acquirer of the Company under the Acquisition (the “Acquirer’) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least 5 days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition; provided, however, that if the consideration payable to the Company and/or its shareholders, as applicable, under the Acquisition (the “Acquisition Consideration’) is to consist of privately traded securities, then Holder shall have the option, effective prior to the closing of the Acquisition, to put this Warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) Holder shall provide written notice of the put to the Company prior to the closing of the Acquisition;

(ii) prior to or simultaneously with the closing of the Acquisition, the Company shall pay Holder an amount equal to:

A) the value of one Share determined by dividing: (i) the total Acquisition Consideration, by (ii) the number of fully diluted shares of the Company determined immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition; multiplied by

B) the number of Shares exercisable under this Warrant; minus

C) the Warrant Price, multiplied by the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable; and

upon payment to Holder of the above amount, this Warrant shall be deemed canceled.


ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shalt be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth on Exhibit A if attached, in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit A .

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.


2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).


3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within two hundred forty (240) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B .

 

ARTICLE 4. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER.

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a View to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status . Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.

4.5 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.


ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

5.2 Legend . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided , however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time by giving the Company subsequent notice, but without the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon the exercise hereof to any person who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s board of directors after consultation with Holder, directly competes with the Company.


5.5 Market Stand-Off . Holder hereby agrees that Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the initial public offering of the Company (or such other longer period as may be requested by the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on the publication of research analyst reports, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE 472(f)(4) (or similar successor provisions), as the case may be, as well as any amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by the same restrictions. The obligations described in this Section 5.5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions until the end of such period. Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.5. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all holders of the Company’s equity securities subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

5.6 No Stockholder Rights . No Holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof; or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

5.7 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Comerica Bank c/o Comerica Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379

Detroit, MI 48226

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

MULESOURCE, INC.

Suite 1380

San Francisco, CA 94105


5.8 Amendments . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.9 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.


5.11 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

 

MULESOURCE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jim Emerich

Name:  

Jim Emerich

Title:  

CFO

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                      stock of MULESOURCE, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379

Detroit, MI 48226

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA BANK or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)


EXHIBIT A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances. The Provisions shall not be deemed in any manner to limit or restrict the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares. Any language in the Provisions that in any manner limits or restricts the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares shall not apply to this Warrant.

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.


EXHIBIT B

Registration Rights

The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” and entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and its investor(s):

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 21, 2007.

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder that is different from the impact on the other investors entitled to such rights without the consent of Holder. By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit B is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights.

Exhibit 10.18

LEASE

BETWEEN

G & G Partners, L.P.,

as Landlord,

and

MuleSoft, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant

Property Address: Grant & Geary Center, 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, CA 94108

Dated: March 13, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SCHEDULE OF INCORPORATED TERMS

     1   

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES AND TERM

     4   
1.1    Premises      4   
   1.1.1    Tenant’s Right to Use, in Common with Others, the Common Areas; Rights Reserved to Landlord      4   
   1.1.2    Intentionally Deleted      4   
1.2    Licensed Areas      4   
   1.2.1    Parking Rights      4   
1.3    Condition of Premises      4   
   1.3.1    Condition of Premises at Lease Execution      4   
   1.3.2    Acceptance of Premises      5   
   1.3.3    Tenant Work      5   
1.4    Term and Termination Date      5   
   1.4.1    Term      5   
   1.4.2    Yield Up      6   
   1.4.3    Delay in Possession      6   
1.5    Landlord’s Additional Reserved Rights      6   

ARTICLE 2 RENT AND SECURITY

     8   
2.1    Rent      8   
2.2    Components of Rent      8   
   2.2.1    Monthly Base Rent      8   
   2.2.2    Additional Rent      8   
       2.2.2.1        “Operating Expenses”      8   
       2.2.2.2        “Taxes”      9   
       2.2.2.3        Payment of Estimated Additional Rent      10   
       2.2.2.4        Reconciliation of Additional Rent      10   
       2.2.2.5        Tenant’s Audit Right      10   
2.3    Agreements Concerning Payment      11   
   2.3.1    No Accord and Satisfaction      11   
2.4    Late Payments      11   
   2.4.1    Interest; Late Charges      11   
2.5    Holdover Rent      12   
2.6    Security Deposit      12   

ARTICLE 3 TENANT’S COVENANTS

     14   
3.1    Use      14   
   3.1.1    Use and Compliance with Legal Requirements and with Rules and Regulations      14   
   3.1.2    Permitted Use      14   
   3.1.3    Floor Loading; Noise and Vibration      15   

 

i


3.2    Observe Rules and Regulations      15   
3.3    Hazardous Material      15   
3.4    Maintenance and Repair      16   
3.5    Alterations      16   
   3.5.1    Alterations Prohibited Without Landlord Consent      16   
   3.5.2    ADA Compliance      16   
3.6    Heating, Ventilation and Cooling      17   
3.7    Intentionally Deleted      17   
3.8    Assignment and Subletting      17   
   3.8.1    Landlord’s Consent Required      17   
   3.8.2    Tenant’s Request for Consent      18   
   3.8.3    Landlord’s Right to Recapture Premises      18   
   3.8.4    Profit Sharing      18   
   3.8.5    Tenant to Remain Liable      19   
   3.8.6    Attorneys Fees      19   
   3.8.7    Rights Personal to Tenant      19   
   3.8.8    Permitted Transfer to Tenant Affiliate      19   
3.9    Insurance      19   
   3.9.1    Coverages      19   
   3.9.2    General Provisions Relating to Insurance      20   
3.10    Indemnity      21   
3.11    Waiver      21   
3.12    Financial Condition and Financial Covenants      22   
3.13    Taxes on Tenant’s Personal Property      22   
3.14    Signage      22   
3.15    Intentionally Deleted      22   
3.16    Reimbursement for Costs of Repairs to the Building and/or Land      22   
3.17    Intentionally Deleted      22   
3.18    Notice of Accidents      22   

ARTICLE 4 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

     23   
4.1    Provision of Utilities      23   
   4.1.1    Electricity      23   
4.2    Cleaning/Refuse Removal Services      23   
4.3    General Building Services      23   
   4.3.1    Maintenance and Repair of Common Areas      23   
4.4    Grounds Maintenance      24   
4.5    Building Directory; Office Identification      24   
4.6    Insurance      24   
4.7    Quiet Enjoyment      24   
4.8    No Liability for Interruptions      24   
4.9    Costs and Expenses of Services      25   

ARTICLE 5 CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

     25   
5.1    Casualty      25   
   5.1.1    Landlord’s Option to Terminate and Not to Restore      25   
5.2    Condemnation      27   

 

ii


   5.2.1    Application of Condemnation Award      27   

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT

     27   
6.1    Events of Default      27   
6.2    Remedies for Default      28   
6.3    Landlord’s Right to Cure      29   
6.4    Cumulative Remedies      30   
6.5    No Waiver      30   
6.6    Default by Landlord      30   

ARTICLE 7 PROTECTION OF LENDERS

     30   
7.1    Subordination and Attornment      30   
7.2    Mortgagee Protection Clause      31   
7.3    Estoppel Certificates      31   
7.4    Intentionally Deleted      32   
7.5    Master Lease      32   

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL PROVISIONS

     32   
8.1    Tenant’s Organization and Authority      32   
8.2    Brokers      32   
8.3    Intentionally Deleted      32   
8.4    Force Majeure      33   
8.5    No Surrender      33   
8.6    Joint and Several Liability      33   
8.7    Legal Costs and Expenses      33   
8.8    Limitation of Landlord’s Liability      33   
8.9    No Recording of Lease      33   
8.10    Notices      34   
8.11    Miscellaneous      34   
   8.11.1    Entire Agreement      34   
   8.11.2    Governing Law; Severability; Rules of Construction      34   
   8.11.3    Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries      34   
   8.11.4    Survival      34   
   8.11.5    Time is of the Essence      34   
   8.11.6    Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent by Tenant to Jurisdiction and Venue      35   
8.12    OFAC Representation, Warranty and Covenant      35   
8.13    Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures      35   

APPENDIX 1.1.1 – RULES AND REGULATIONS

     A-2   

APPENDIX 1.3.3 – TENANT’S WORK AND ALTERATIONS

     A-5   

APPENDIX 1.3.3.A – WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE

     A-8   

APPENDIX 4.1 – LANDLORD’S SERVICES

     A-10   

APPENDIX 5 – COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

     A-11   

APPENDIX 6 – FORM OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT

     A-12   

 

iii


This Lease (the “ Lease ”) is made as of March 13, 2012, by and between Landlord and Tenant for space in the Building.

SCHEDULE OF INCORPORATED TERMS

The following schedule (the “ Schedule of Incorporated Terms ”) sets forth certain basic terms of this Lease. Unless otherwise defined, each term below has the meaning given to it in this Schedule of Incorporated Terms, and such meaning applies in each instance where such term appears in the body of the Lease.

PARTIES

 

Landlord :

   G & G Partners, L.P., a California limited partnership

Address of Landlord :

  

 

c/o Yale Properties USA, Inc.

6256 Greenwich Drive, Suite 550

San Diego, CA 92122

 

with a simultaneous copy to:

 

c/o Yale Properties USA, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 302

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

Tenant :

  

MuleSoft, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

Address of Tenant :

  
  

 

Prior to occupancy:

 

  

MuleSoft, Inc.

30 Maiden Lane, Suite 500

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

  

After occupancy:

 

  

MuleSoft, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

 

Broker :

  

On behalf of Landlord:

 

  

Colliers International

 

  

On behalf of Tenant:

 

  

Jones Lang LaSalle

 

1


PREMISES AND TERM

 

Premises :

 

Approximately Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Seven (12,537) rentable square feet of floor area (the “ Premises Rentable Area ”), located on the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, commonly known as Suite 200, as shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Appendix 1.1 and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Permitted Use :

 

General business office purposes and for no other purposes whatsoever.

 

Building :

 

The building commonly known as Grant & Geary Center, 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, CA 94108, containing approximately 90,205 rentable square feet of office floor area (the “ Building Rentable Area ”) located on the Land and all other improvements now or hereafter located on the Land.

 

Land:

 

The parcel of land known and numbered 50 Grant Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94108.

 

Property :

 

Collectively, the Land and the Building.

 

Term :

 

Four (4) years and three (3) months beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, as more fully set forth in Article 1 of this Lease.

 

Lease Commencement Date :

 

Sixty (60) days after the date on which the existing tenant in the Premises, Sasaki Associates, vacates the Premises.

 

Expiration Date :

  The day immediately preceding the fifty-first (51 st ) monthly anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.

 

2


 

FINANCIAL TERMS

 

Rent Commencement Date :

  Ninety (90) days after the Lease Commencement Date

Annual Base Rent :

  Shall mean the following amount for the corresponding periods:
  Period   Annual Base Rent
  Months 1-3:   $ -0-
  Months 4-15:   $539,091.00
  Months 16-27:   $551,628.00
  Months 28-39:   $564,165.00
  Months: 40-51:   $576,702.00
  The Annual Base Rent shall be payable on the first day of each calendar month in even monthly installments in an amount equal to the Monthly Base Rent.

Monthly Base Rent :

  Shall mean the following amount for the corresponding periods:

Period

  Period   Monthly Base Rent
  Months 1-3:   $ -0-
  Months 4-15:   $44,924.25
  Months 16-27:   $45,969.00
  Months 28-39:   $47,013.75
  Months: 40-51:   $48,058.50

Additional Rent :

  Commencing January 1, 2013, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses above the Base Expense Year and increases in Taxes above the Base Tax Year, as further defined and provided in Article 2.

Lease Year :

  Each successive twelve (12) month period comprising the Term, except that the first (1 st ) Lease Year of the Term may be greater than twelve (12) months and shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first (1st) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs (unless the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, in which case the first Lease Year shall end on the day before the first (1st) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date). Subsequent Lease Years shall commence on the day after the last day of the first (1 st ) Lease Year or an anniversary thereof, and shall end on each anniversary of the last day of the first (1 st ) Lease Year.

 

3


Tenant’s Proportionate Share :

  Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses is 13.90%.

Base Expense Year :

  Calendar year 2012 (i.e., January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012).

Base Tax Year :

  Calendar year 2012 (i.e., January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012).

Security Deposit :

  $179,697.00 in the form of an Irrevocable Letter of Credit as described in Section 2.6 of the Lease.

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES AND TERM

1.1 Premises . Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord, subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, for the Term, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Lease. After Landlord notifies Tenant that the existing tenant of the Premises, Sasaki Associates, Inc., has vacated the Premises on or about April 1, 2012, Tenant shall have the right, without an obligation to pay Rent hereunder, to enter the Premises for purposes of installing its data cabling, telephones, computer and furniture systems and to perform Tenant’s Work, provided that Tenant has first delivered to Landlord evidence that Tenant has in force all insurance required of Tenant under the Lease.

1.1.1 Tenant’s Right to Use, in Common with Others, the Common Areas; Rights Reserved to Landlord . During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use in common with others entitled thereto the common lobbies, hallways, stairways and elevators of the Building serving the Premises (the “ Common Areas ”), subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Appendix 1.1.1 , established by Landlord, and as amended or restated by Landlord from time to time.

1.1.2 Intentionally Deleted .

1.2 Licensed Areas .

1.2.1 Parking Rights . No Parking is available to Tenant under this Lease.

1.3 Condition of Premises .

1.3.1 Condition of Premises at Lease Execution . Landlord agrees to deliver the Premises to Tenant in its present condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units and equipment and plumbing equipment,) neat and clean and in good order and repair, provided, however, the condition of the plumbing equipment and appliances in the kitchen portion of the Premises is “as

 

4


is” with all faults. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Premises are being delivered “as is”, that Tenant has performed preliminary investigations and reviews and has concluded on its own judgment that the Premises are suitable for the purposes intended, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) from Landlord or any agent of Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord has not received any notice of violation with respect to failure of the Building or the Premises to comply with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 3.1.1). Tenant hereby confirms that it has been in discussions with the current tenant of the Premises, Sasaki Associates (“Sasaki”), for Sasaki to leave in the Premises certain furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) which belong to Sasaki. Landlord has no knowledge of what agreement, if any, Tenant and Sasaki reached regarding the FF&E. Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises from Landlord with any such items of FF&E which may be in the Premises when they are delivered.

1.3.2 Acceptance of Premises .  Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession. No agreement of Landlord to alter, remodel, decorate, clean or improve the Premises or the Property, and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or the Property or the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s proposed use thereof, have been made by or on behalf of Landlord or relied upon by Tenant. Within ten (10) days of taking physical possession of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a writing stating that the Premises have been delivered in the condition required by Section 1.3.1, or notifying Landlord of any deficiencies thereof, which shall be promptly corrected by Landlord at its sole cost and expense.

1.3.3 Tenant Work . “Tenant Work” shall mean any and all work, including, without limitation, demolition, improvements, additions and alterations, in or to the Premises performed by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises. All Tenant Work shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Appendix 1.3.3 hereto. Tenant’s Work is anticipated to include, but not be limited to:

1.3.3.1   (a) Construct four (4) small conferences rooms

(b) Electrical/data distribution

(c) New paint

1.4 Term and Termination Date .

1.4.1 Term . The Term of this Lease shall be the time period provided in the Schedule of Incorporated Terms, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date. When the Lease Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date are determined, the parties shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form of Appendix 5 attached hereto, provided, however, that failure of Tenant to confirm the same in writing shall not affect any obligation of Tenant hereunder or Landlord’s determination of such matters pursuant to this Lease.

 

5


1.4.2 Yield Up . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear, only, excepted. Landlord reserves the right either to require Tenant to remove any Alterations (excepting Tenant’s initial improvements or Tenant’s Work) (as defined in Section 3.5.1) installed in the Building by Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Installations ”), or to require Tenant to leave Tenant’s Installations on the Premises or Property, at no cost to Landlord. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove Tenant’s Installations, then such removal shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner; and, upon such removal, Tenant shall restore the Premises to its condition prior to the installation of such Tenant Installations. If Tenant does not remove such Tenant Installations and repair and restore the Premises as required hereby within ten (10) days after request to do so by Landlord, Landlord may remove, store and/or dispose of the same and restore the Premises, and deduct the cost of such removal, storage, disposal and/or restoration from the Security Deposit, with any such costs in excess thereof to be paid by the Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall also remove its furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, other items of personal property, and any and all wiring and cabling (including but not limited to telephone, fiber optic, computer, communications, and fire alarm wires and cables) from the Premises, as well as any and all risers, plenums and conduits used exclusively by Tenant in the Building. If Tenant does not remove such items prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have conveyed the same to Landlord free and clear of any and all liens and security interests without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant; or at Landlord’s sole option such items shall be deemed abandoned, in which event Landlord may cause such items to be removed and disposed of at Tenant’s expense, without notice to Tenant and without obligation to compensate Tenant, and Landlord shall, prior to returning the Security Deposit to Tenant pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, deduct the cost of such removal and disposal from the Security Deposit, with any costs thereof in excess of the Security Deposit to be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

1.4.3 Delay in Possession . If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by June 30, 2012, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or extend the Term hereof, but in such case, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to deliver written notice to Landlord by no later than July 10, 2012 electing to terminate this Lease.

1.5 Landlord s Additional Reserved Rights . Landlord may exercise the rights set forth in this Section 1.5 without notice and without liability to Tenant and the exercise of such rights shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises and shall not give rise to any claim for set-off, diminution or abatement of rent, damages or any other claim whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all the perimeter walls of the Premises except the interior surfaces thereof, any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, ducts, pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, fan rooms, electrical lines, panels or other equipment used to transmit or store electricity, water lines, storm and sanitary sewer lines, all other utility lines, installations and meters, janitorial or other service areas, and all other Building facilities to which Tenant has not been granted rights hereunder (the “ Reserved Areas and Facilities ”), and the use thereof, are

 

6


expressly excluded from the Premises and reserved to Landlord. In addition, Landlord excepts and reserves the right from time to time, (a) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate within the Premises and other parts of the Building, or either, any Reserved Areas and Facilities; and (b) to make alterations to the Building and to alter or relocate any entranceways, Common Areas or other Reserved Areas and Facilities (including, without limitation, all access driveways, walkways and parking areas, if any,) serving the Premises. Landlord further reserves the right, at any time, to lease, license, or otherwise permit the use by any party of such Reserved Areas and Facilities.

Landlord reserves the following additional rights: (a) to change the name or street address of the Building and/or the suite number of the Premises; (b) to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior or interior of the Building; (c) to make repairs, decorations, alterations improvements, replacements, or modifications, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, and for any of the purposes identified in this Section 1.5, to enter upon the Premises, temporarily close doors, corridors and other areas in the Building and interrupt or temporarily suspend services or use of Common Areas, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for overtime and similar expenses incurred if such work is done other than during ordinary business hours at Tenant’s request; (d) to retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises; (e) to grant to any person or to reserve unto itself the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building; (f) to show or inspect the Premises at reasonable times and, if vacated or abandoned, to prepare the Premises for reoccupancy; (g) to close any Common Areas to perform such acts as, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment are necessary or desirable to maintain or improve the Property; (h) to install, use and maintain in and through the Premises, pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Building, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises; (h) to subdivide or resubdivide the Property; (i) to take any other action which Landlord deems reasonable in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building; and (j) to take such other action which in Landlord’s judgment is necessary to comply with the provisions of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the title to the Property (a “ Mortgage ”).

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, in connection with any development within or adjacent to the Building, to grant easements through the Building for access and egress to and from such development and for the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement or relocation of utilities serving such development and/or the Premises and for the installation, removal, maintenance, repair and replacement of windows and walkways related to such development. Such right shall include the right to grant such easements through the Premises, provided that installations, replacements or relocations of utilities in the Premises shall, as far as practicable, be placed above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces or within perimeter walls. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any easements so granted. (Such subordination shall be self-operative, but in confirmation thereof Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever instruments may be required to acknowledge such subordination in recordable form, and if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after demand, Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to do so in Tenant’s name.) Landlord and its agents, employees, licensees and contractors shall also have the right during any construction period for any such development to enter the Premises to undertake work pursuant to any easement granted pursuant to the this paragraph; to cause or permit excavation

 

7


work; to shore up the foundations and/or walls of the Premises and Building; to erect scaffolding and protective barricades around the Premises or in other locations within or adjacent to the Building; and to do any other act necessary for the safety of the Premises or Building or the expeditious completion of such construction.

ARTICLE 2 RENT AND SECURITY

2.1 Rent . Tenant shall pay Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent and all other Rent reserved herein all in accordance with the terms of Article 2 and the definitions set out in Article 2. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Rent” means Annual Base Rent, Additional Rent, and any other sums or charges payable by Tenant (regardless of to whom payable) including, without limitation, charges for overtime services under this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, the terms “ Annual Base Rent , “ Monthly Base Rent ” and “ Additional Rent shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Schedule of Incorporated Terms.

2.2 Components of Rent . Tenant agrees to pay the following amounts in lawful currency of the United States to Landlord at Landlord s Address or at such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time without further notice, demand, deduction or setoff:

2.2.1 Monthly Base Rent . Tenant shall pay Annual Base Rent in monthly installments in the amount of the Monthly Base Rent in advance on or before the first day of each month of the Term, except that Tenant shall pay the first installment of Monthly Base Rent upon execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant.

2.2.2 Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay Additional Rent in monthly installments, as described below, in an amount equal to Tenant s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses above Operating Expenses in the Base Expense Year and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the increases in Taxes above Taxes in the Base Tax Year.

2.2.2.1 “ Operating Expenses means all expenditures, costs and disbursements (exclusive of Taxes) paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, administration, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, improvement and operation of the Land and the Building, including by way of example rather than limitation all expenditures, costs and disbursements relating to: energy and utility services including water service, sewer service, steam service, natural gas, fuel oil and electricity; janitorial service, repairs and replacements of worn, damaged or obsolete equipment and components, maintenance, service contracts, management fees, governmental permits and overhead expenses; interior and exterior landscaping, parking lots serving the Building, snow removal and trash removal; security; legal services; professional fees; audit fees; salaries, wages, fringe benefits, worker s compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes and union dues of workers and other on-site employees of Landlord; insurance premiums, fees and impositions; other items attributable to operating or maintaining any or all of the Property and contributions to reserves for any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the above listing of Operating Expenses, the following items are excluded: (a) costs of tenant alterations; (b) expenditures for capital improvements except (i) those which Landlord anticipates will have the effect of reducing current and/or future Operating Expenses or

 

8


the rate of increase in Operating Expenses, and (ii) those required by Legal Requirements or insurance requirements; (c) interest and principal payments on mortgages or any rental payments on any ground leases (but there shall be included in Operating Expenses any ground rents which reimburse the ground landlord for Taxes and Operating Expenses); (d) advertising expenses and leasing or brokerage commissions; (e) any cost or expenditure for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds or condemnation award; (f) the cost of any goods or services furnished to any other tenant in the Building which Landlord does not make generally available to tenants in the Building; (g) legal expenses incurred in connection with negotiating and securing leases; (h) expenditures made out of any reserve fund, contributions to which have previously been included in Operating Expenses; (i) the cost of any improvements or repairs of a capital nature, excepting only capital improvements that (ii) reduce other Operating Expenses or (ii) are required under any Laws first enacted after the Commencement Date, such costs to be amortized over the useful life of the improvements determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, provided that in the case of any capital improvement made to reduce other Operating Expenses, the amortization included in any year shall not exceed the actual savings achieved during the same period as a result of the making of such capital improvement; (j) costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Building and/or Common Areas to comply with handicap, life, fire, seismic and safety codes in effect prior to the Commencement Date; (k) reserves; (l) any amount paid to a related or affiliated person of Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; and (m) any cost incurred in connection with the investigation, reporting, remediation or abatement of any Hazardous Materials located (or alleged to be located) in, on, under or about the Building or Common Area and any cost incurred in connection with any governmental investigation, order, proceeding or report with respect thereto;

2.2.2.2 “ Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, betterments, excises, impositions, user fees and all other governmental charges and fees of any kind or nature, or agreed payments in lieu thereof or voluntary payments made in connection with the provision of governmental services or improvements of benefit to the Building or the Land including any so-called linkage, impact or voluntary betterment payments and all penalties and interest thereon assessed or imposed against the Premises or the Property of which the Premises are a part including, without limitation, any personal property taxes levied on personal property of Landlord or on fixtures or equipment used in connection with the Land or Building) or levied on Landlord by virtue of its ownership thereof, other than a federal or state income tax of general application. If during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of property shall be changed so that, in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of such ad valorem tax, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed on the Property or Premises or on Landlord any kind or nature of federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental capital levy, income, sales, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy, charge or fee measured by or based in whole or in part upon Building valuation, mortgage valuation, rents or any other incidents, benefits or measures of real property or real property operations, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies, charges and fees shall be included within the term Taxes. Taxes include all expenses, including fees of attorneys, appraisers and other consultants, incurred in connection with any efforts to obtain abatements or reductions or to assure maintenance of Taxes for any tax fiscal year wholly or partially included in the Term, whether or not successful and whether or not such efforts involve filing of actual abatement applications or initiation of formal proceedings.

 

9


2.2.2.3 Payment of Estimated Additional Rent . Prior to or as soon as practical after the beginning of each new calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term, Landlord may estimate the amount of Additional Rent due for such calendar year, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of such estimate on the first day of each month during such calendar year. Such estimate may be revised by Landlord no more than once per calendar year whenever it obtains information relevant to making such estimate more accurate, in which event Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a revised estimate in writing and from and after Tenant’s receipt thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of such revised estimate on the first day of each month thereafter.

2.2.2.4 Reconciliation of Additional Rent . Within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practical, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a report setting forth the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for such calendar year and a statement of the amount of Additional Rent that Tenant has paid and is payable for such calendar year ( Landlord s Statement ). Landlord’s Statement shall be in reasonable detail and certified by Landlord to be correct. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of Additional Rent due for such calendar year minus any payments of Additional Rent previously made by Tenant for such calendar year. If Tenant’s estimated payments of Additional Rent exceed the amount due Landlord for such calendar year, Landlord shall apply such excess as a credit against future installments of Additional Rent or, if the Term has expired, and provided Tenant is not then in default hereunder, Landlord shall promptly refund such excess to Tenant, in either case without interest to Tenant.

2.2.2.5 Tenant’s Audit Right . At the request of Tenant at any time within ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers Landlord’s Statement to Tenant (the “ Review Period ”), Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall have the right to examine Landlord’s books and records applicable to Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Taxes for the period covered by such Landlord’s Statement only, but provided that all books and records for the Base Expense Year and Base Tax Year shall also be provided. Such right to examine Landlord’s books and records shall be exercisable: (i) upon reasonable advance notice to Landlord and at reasonable times during Landlord’s business hours; (ii) only during the ninety (90) day period following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Statement and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) The review may only be conducted by an independent certified public accountant retained by Tenant who is not being compensated on a contingent fee basis; and (ii) Prior to reviewing any of Landlord’s books and records, Tenant and the independent certified public accountant who will perform the review shall have executed a confidentiality agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its sole and unrestrained discretion. In the event such review of Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Taxes for such period discloses that certain items were improperly included in Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Taxes and resulted in an overcharge to Tenant, then Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt from the Tenant of demand therefor, together with a copy of the results of the audit, refund to Tenant the overage. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual audit costs up to a maximum of $2,000 if the overcharge to Tenant equals or exceeds ten percent (10%) of the amount actually due. Should Tenant fail to object to any Landlord’s Statement within the applicable Review Period, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have approved such Landlord’s Statement and the reconciliation set forth therein, and Tenant expressly waives any further right to object to such Landlord’s Statement or any of the charges set forth therein or to assert any claim arising therefrom. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall pay all installments of Additional Rent as and when due.

 

10


2.3 Agreements Concerning Payment . The following provisions shall govern the payment of Rent: (i) if the Lease Commencement Date or the Expiration Date is on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Rent shall be prorated and adjusted accordingly; (ii) all Rent shall be paid to Landlord in lawful money of the United States of America, without offset, deduction, diminution, notice or demand at the address of Landlord, and the covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease; (iii) if the Building is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during the Base Year, an adjustment shall be made by Landlord in computing Operating Expenses (exclusive of Real Estate Taxes) for such year so that such Operating Expenses shall be computed as though the Building had been one hundred percent (100%) occupied throughout such year. In addition, the amount of Real Estate Taxes included in the Base Year calculation shall reflect a completed, fully improved Building, exclusive of any Proposition 8 reduction. If during all or any portion of any calendar year during the Term after the Base Year, the Building is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied by tenants, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment of Operating Expenses for such calendar year to determine the Operating Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied by tenants for the entire calendar year and the amount so determined shall be deemed to be the Operating Expenses for such calendar year; (iv) in the event of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease prior to the determination of any Additional Rent, Tenant’s agreement to pay any such sums and Landlord’s obligation to refund any such sums (provided Tenant is not in default hereunder) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease; (v) Landlord may at any time change the fiscal year of the Building; (vi) each amount owed to Landlord under this Lease for which the date of payment is not expressly fixed shall be due on the same date as Monthly Base Rent; and (vii) if Landlord fails to give Tenant an estimate of Additional Rent prior to the beginning of any calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent at the rate for the previous calendar year until Landlord delivers such estimate.

2.3.1 No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt and acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent shall be deemed to be other than part payment of the full amount then due and payable; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check, payment of Rent or other payment, be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept, but is not obligated to accept, such part payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance due and payable or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or by law. If Landlord at any time accepts Rent after it becomes due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse a subsequent delay or constitute a waiver of Landlord’s rights hereunder.

2.4 Late Payments.  

2.4.1 Interest; Late Charges . Any sum due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the prevailing prime rate of interest as published in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street Journal or as established by any successor or alternate national financial publication plus four percent (4%), but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”). In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such payment for any Rent which is paid after its due date.

 

11


2.5 Holdover Rent . If Tenant fails to yield up the Premises in accordance with the requirements of this Lease after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay use and occupancy charges during such holding over at 150% of the Rent in effect during the last month of the Term for the first thirty (30) days of the holdover and thereafter at 200% of the Rent in effect during the last month of the Term. All use and occupancy charges payable during the period of Tenant’s holding over shall be computed on a monthly basis for each month or partial month until Tenant yields up the Premises in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. Tenant shall also pay, hold harmless, indemnify and defend Landlord from and against all claims and damages, special and consequential as well as direct, sustained by reason of Tenant’s holding over. The provisions of this Section do not waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or right to regain possession by actions at law or in equity or any other rights hereunder, and any receipt of payment by Landlord shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s remaining in possession or be construed as creating or renewing any lease or right of tenancy between Landlord and Tenant.

2.6 Security Deposit .

2.6.1 Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable and renewable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) naming Landlord as beneficiary, in favor of Landlord and in the form attached hereto as Appendix 5 , or other form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with a branch located in California in the principal amount of $179,697.00 (hereinafter, the “Stated Amount”). The form and content of the Letter of Credit shall conform to International Standby Practices 1998 International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590. The Letter of Credit shall state that an authorized officer or other representative of Landlord may make demand on Landlord’s behalf for the Stated Amount, or any portion thereof, upon certifying that such sum is due and owing to Landlord under this Lease, and that the issuing bank must immediately honor such demand, without qualification or satisfaction of any conditions, except the proper identification of the party making such demand. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is freely transferable in its entirety by Landlord as beneficiary to any person or entity to whom Landlord’s leasehold interest in the Building is transferred by Landlord, and that upon receiving written notice of transfer certifying that Landlord’s leasehold interest in the Building has been transferred to such transferee, and upon presentation to the issuing bank of the original Letter of Credit together with Landlord’s payment of the issuing bank’s fee required for transfer of the Letter of Credit from Landlord to such transferee, the issuer or confirming bank will reissue the Letter of Credit naming such transferee as the beneficiary. The Letter of Credit may be re-issued or renewed provided that except as provided herein, the Letter of Credit amount shall not be reduced below the Stated Amount at any time during the Term of the Lease. Each renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall be in substantially the same form as the original Letter of Credit or such form as is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord. In the event that Tenant fails to renew or re-issue the Letter of Credit at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of

 

12


the then existing Letter of Credit, Landlord shall be entitled to make demand for the Stated Amount of said Letter of Credit and, thereafter, to hold such funds as a cash security deposit in accordance with Section 2.6.5 of the Lease. Once deposited with Landlord, the Letter of Credit (or a replacement thereof reasonably acceptable to Landlord) shall remain in effect for a period of at least sixty (60) days following the Term Expiration. Upon any Default by Tenant beyond the applicable cure period, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon all or any portion of the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, and Landlord may then hold such proceeds as a cash security deposit and/or use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds for the payment of any sum which is in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post an additional Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the Stated Amount required in this Section 2.6. Landlord shall not be required to keep any proceeds from the Letter of Credit separate from its general funds. Should Landlord transfer its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term Landlord shall deposit with the purchaser thereof the Letter of Credit and all proceeds of the Letter of Credit required under this Lease to be held by Landlord immediately prior to such transfer, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Letter of Credit and said proceeds. Any remaining proceeds of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord after expiration of the Lease Term, after any deductions described in this Section 2.6.1, shall be returned to Tenant or, if there has been an assignment of the Lease, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, after all of Tenant’s obligations have been fulfilled.

2.6.2 Provided that there has been no Default under this Lease during the first fifteen (15) months of the Term, upon written request from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant and the bank which issued the Letter of Credit to reduce the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit to $134,772.75.

2.6.3 Provided that there has been no Default under this Lease during the preceding twelve (12) months of the Term, upon written request of Tenant to Landlord after each of the second (2 nd ) and third (3 rd ) anniversaries of the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant and the bank which issued the Letter of Credit to reduce the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit on each such anniversary by $44,924.25, so that after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit will be $89,848.50 and after the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit will be $44,924.25.

2.6.4 In the event of a sale of the Building or further master leasing of the Building, of which the Premises form a part, and if Tenant is not presently in Default beyond any applicable notice, grace or cure period, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to the purchaser or new master lessee (“New Owner”) and Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the Letter of Credit; and Tenant agrees to look to the New Owner solely for the return of the Letter of Credit. It is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Letter of Credit to a New Owner.

 

13


2.6.5 If Tenant fails to timely renew the Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.6.1 of the Lease, and Landlord then draws on the Letter of Credit and holds the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as a cash security deposit, then the provisions of this Section 2.6.5 shall govern Landlord’s holding of the cash security deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the deposit separate from its general accounts. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the Term hereof, and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the deposit. In the event the deposit is held by Landlord in cash, any balance due to Tenant shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers possession of the Premises to Landlord. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of any law or regulation, now or hereafter in force, which restricts the amount or types of claim that a landlord may make upon a security deposit or imposes upon a landlord (or its successors) any obligation with respect to the handling or return of security deposits.

ARTICLE 3 TENANT’S COVENANTS

3.1 Use. 

3.1.1 Use and Compliance with Legal Requirements and with Rules and Regulations.  Tenant and its invitees shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances and regulations, rules, directives and orders (including, without limitation, building codes, zoning regulations and ordinances, environmental laws, occupational health and safety laws and the American with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (“ADA”) (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ”) and all covenants, conditions and restrictions of record applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Common Areas of the Property shall comply in all respects with Legal Requirements and with the Rules and Regulations set forth in Appendix 1.1.1 hereof, as such Rules and Regulations may be modified or restated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall not be responsible for ADA work that is required outside of the Premises unless that work is required as a result of an Alteration performed by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be responsible for any ADA work within the Premises, unless the work is required as a result of an Alteration performed by Tenant or as a result of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises beyond normal office and administrative use.

3.1.2 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or anything else herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant ever use the Premises or any part thereof, or any part of the Common Areas of the Property to conduct any auction or public or private sale. Tenant shall have the right to park and store bicycles in the Premises, subject to compliance with Legal Requirements. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless with respect to any damage caused to the Premises and common areas of the Building as a result of such bicycles being brought into the Premises.

 

14


3.1.3 Floor Loading; Noise and Vibration . Tenant shall not place any excessive load upon any floor of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe in a reasonable manner the weight and position of all batteries or other heavy installations or equipment which Tenant wishes to place in the Premises so as to properly distribute the weight thereof. Machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause unreasonable noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any leased or licensed space to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants, occupants or licensees in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such unreasonable noise or vibration. If, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the noise or vibration from any such equipment will cause harm to the Building structure or systems, or disturb Landlord or any other tenant, occupant or licensee of the Building, Landlord may require Tenant to remove or discontinue the use of any such equipment.

3.2 Observe Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe and comply with and shall cause its invitees, licensees, customers, employees, contractors and agents to observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations set forth on Appendix 1.1.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference and with such modifications, restatements and additions thereto as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord shall not be liable for failure of any person to obey such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be obligated to enforce such Rules and Regulations against any person, and the failure of Landlord to enforce any such Rules and Regulations shall not constitute a waiver thereof or relieve Tenant from compliance therewith.

3.3 Hazardous Material . For purposes of this Lease “ Hazardous Material ” means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive material, oil, toxic substance, material or waste or related materials, including any material or substance included in the definition of “ hazardous wastes ”, “ hazardous materials ” or “ toxic substances ”, now or hereafter regulated under any Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, petroleum-based products, paints, solvents, lead cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, medical waste, polychlorinated biphenyls, and similar compounds. “ Hazardous Material ” shall also include, without limitation, any materials or substances which could trigger any employee “right to know” requirements or for which any regulatory or other governmental body has adopted any requirements for the preparation or distribution of a material safety data sheet. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, produced, stored, generated, used, discharged or disposed of in, on, under or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord and then only in compliance with all applicable environmental Legal Requirements. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Tenant shall be permitted to store de minimus amounts of standard office supplies and cleaning products in the Premises for use in the Premises, provided Tenant complies in all respects with all applicable environmental Legal Requirements. Tenant shall execute such affidavits, representations and certifications from time to time as may be requested by Landlord concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence or absence of Hazardous Material in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Property. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, costs and attorney’s fees) arising from any breach of this Section 3.3. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations in this Section 3.3 shall be in addition to all other indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations contained in this Lease.

 

15


3.4 Maintenance and Repair . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain and keep the Premises, including all plate glass, interior windows, doors, existing tenant improvements, all Alterations (as defined in Section 3.5) to the Premises, all fixtures and all Building systems located within the Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units and equipment and plumbing equipment) neat and clean and in good order and repair at all times during the Term. If any portion of the Premises or any system or equipment in the Premises which Tenant is obligated to repair cannot be fully repaired, Tenant will promptly replace such portion of the Premises, system or equipment.

If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Section 3.4 within ten (10) days’ after receipt of written notice from Landlord requiring such performance by Tenant, then Landlord may perform such obligations and Tenant will pay as additional Rent to Landlord the cost of such performance, including an amount sufficient to reimburse Landlord for overhead and supervision, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor. For purposes of performing such obligations, or to inspect the Premises, Landlord may enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in cases of actual or suspected emergency, in which case no prior notice will be required) without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage incurred as a result of such entry (except if directly due to or as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, provided, however, Landlord shall have no liability for any special or consequential damages suffered either by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant); Landlord will take reasonable steps in connection with such entry to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s business or its use of the Premises.

3.5 Alterations. 

3.5.1 Alterations Prohibited Without Landlord Consent . Tenant shall not make any replacement, alteration, improvement or addition to or removal from (collectively an “Alteration”) the Premises unless Tenant complies with all of the terms and conditions of Appendix 1.3.3. All Alterations, whether temporary or permanent in character, unless otherwise specified, made by Landlord or Tenant in or upon the Premises (excepting only Tenants furniture, removable equipment and removable trade fixtures) shall become Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, without compensation to Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove such Alteration at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with Section 1.4.2 of this Lease, provided Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove the Alteration at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, at the time consent to the Alteration is given to Tenant by Landlord.

3.5.2 ADA Compliance.  Tenant acknowledges that the Premises may constitute a place of public accommodation or a commercial facility under Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) and that the ADA is applicable to both an owner and a lessee of a place of public accommodation or commercial facility. Tenant further acknowledges that under the ADA, any structural alteration to the Premises must comply with accessibility standards set forth in the rules promulgated by the Department of Justice at 28 C.F.R. 36.101 et. seq . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event Tenant makes any structural alteration to the Premises which would require compliance with Title III of the ADA and the

 

16


accessibility standards promulgated by the Department of Justice, Tenant agrees to design and build such structural alterations so as to comply with the ADA and the accessibility standards. Any repairs, alterations or other improvements required by governmental authority to be performed in the Premises which result from the particular type of use of the Premises by Tenant or Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant, shall be performed by Tenant at its expense. Any other work which is required by governmental authority shall be done at the expense of Landlord. However, Landlord’s obligation to comply with applicable Laws is subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.2 of the Lease, which permit Landlord to pass through to tenants of the Building on an amortized basis the cost of complying with certain governmental requirements.

3.6 Heating, Ventilation and Cooling . If Tenant installs any machines, equipment or devices in or about the Premises that do not constitute customary office equipment and such machines, equipment or devices cause the temperature in any part of the Premises to exceed (other than to a de minimus extent) the temperature the Building’s mechanical system would be able to maintain in the Premises were it not for such machines, equipment or devices, then Landlord reserves the right to install, upon prior notice to Tenant, supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building, and Tenant will pay to Landlord all reasonable costs of installing, operating and maintaining such supplementary units.

3.7 Intentionally Deleted. 

3.8 Assignment and Subletting. 

3.8.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Except as provided in Section 3.8.8, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord: (i) assign, convey, mortgage or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law; or (ii) permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any person other than Tenant and its employees. Any such transfer, sublease or use described in the preceding sentence (herein referred to as a “ Transfer ”, which term shall include any reassignment of Lease after any initial assignment of this Lease by the original Tenant named herein, or any subsequent reassignment and any assignment of any sublease with respect to all or any portion of the Premises and any sub-subleasing of any portion of the Premises previously subleased) occurring without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be void and of no effect. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any future Transfer. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer or acceptance of rent from any party other than Tenant shall not release Tenant from any covenant or obligation under this Lease. Landlord may require as a condition to its consent to any assignment of this Lease, or to any subletting of the Premises, that the assignee or sublessee execute an instrument in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in which such assignee or sublessee assumes the obligations of Tenant hereunder. For the purposes of this paragraph, the transfer or disposition (whether direct or indirect) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock of Tenant, or the merger, consolidation or reorganization of such Tenant, shall be considered a Transfer.

 

17


3.8.2 Tenant’s Request for Consent.  If Tenant intends to effect a Transfer of the Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, a written request for Landlord’s consent which includes a detailed description of the proposed transferee’s business, character and financial references, financial statements of such transferee showing a current, tangible net worth (excluding goodwill) at least equal to the tangible net worth (excluding goodwill) of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease, whichever is greater, as of the date of this Lease and as of the date of the request for Landlord’s consent, a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease and such other information as Landlord may require concerning the proposed Transfer and the proposed transferee. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 3.8.3 hereof, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to any assignment or sublease and shall respond to Tenant’s request within thirty (30) days after receipt of all required information from Tenant. Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent if, in the judgment of Landlord: (i) the transferee, assignee or subtenant is of a character or engaged in a business which is not in keeping with the standards or criteria used by Landlord in leasing the Building; (ii) both at the time approval of the Transfer is sought and immediately after the Transfer, the transferee’s, assignee’s or subtenant’s net worth is not sufficient or commensurate with the obligations of the Lease; (iii) the transferee’s (assignee’s or subtenant’s) intended use of the Premises or any portion thereof is in violation of the terms of this Lease or the lease of any other tenant in the Building; (iv) the transferee, assignee or subtenant is a tenant or occupant of the Building; (v) the rent to be charged the transferee, assignee or subtenant is less than seventy-five percent (75%) the Rent due under this Lease; (vi) Landlord’s consent to the Transfer would violate any provisions of any Mortgage, or (vii) Landlord has other space available in the Building which, in Landlord’s sole and unrestrained judgment, could accommodate the transferee, assignee or subtenant. If Landlord wrongfully withholds its consent to any Transfer, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy therefor shall be to seek specific performance of Landlord’s obligation to consent to such Transfer.

3.8.3 Landlord’s Right to Recapture Premises . Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease as to that portion of the Premises covered by any proposed Transfer. Landlord must, if at all, exercise such option to terminate by giving notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after the date on which Tenant has furnished to Landlord all of the items required under Section 3.8.2 hereof. If Landlord exercises such option to terminate, Landlord shall be entitled to recover possession of, and Tenant shall surrender such portion of, the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer (with appropriate demising partitions erected by Landlord at the expense of Tenant) on the effective date of the proposed Transfer. In the event Landlord exercises such option to terminate, this Lease shall terminate solely with respect to that portion of the Premises recaptured and Landlord shall have the right to enter into a lease with the proposed transferee or any other person or entity without any liability to Tenant on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.8.3, provided that Tenant complies with the other provisions of Section 3.8 of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to sublet up to three (3) individual offices in the Premises without being subject to the Landlord’s right of recapture with respect to such offices.

3.8.4 Profit Sharing . If Landlord consents to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on a monthly basis, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which the monthly rent and other consideration payable by the transferee exceeds the difference between (a) the sum of the Monthly Rent and the monthly installment of Additional Rent paid by Tenant hereunder and allocable to the portion of the Premises so transferred and (b) the lesser of (i) the actual bona fide costs or expenses incurred by Tenant arising out of such Transfer, amortized

 

18


monthly on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable sublease or assignment and (ii) normal market costs of effecting subleases or assignments, for the portion of the Premises so transferred, amortized monthly on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable sublease or assignment. Such rent shall be paid as and when received by Tenant.

3.8.5 Tenant to Remain Liable . In no event shall any Transfer (whether or not approved by Landlord or permitted hereunder) release or relieve Tenant from its obligations to fully observe or perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed (including liability arising during any renewal term of this Lease or with respect to any expansion space included in the Premises). It is agreed that the liabilities and obligations of Tenant hereunder are enforceable either before, simultaneously with or after proceeding against any assignee, sublessee, licensee, sublicensee or other transferee of Tenant.

3.8.6 Attorneys Fees . Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand, as additional Rent, any attorney’s fees and expenses, not to exceed $2,500, incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to such Transfer.

3.8.7 Rights Personal to Tenant . Any and all rights of Tenant under this Section 3.8 shall be personal to Tenant and an Affiliate.

3.8.8 Permitted Transfer to Tenant Affiliate . Tenant shall have the right, without prior notice to or the consent of Landlord, to assign Tenant’s interest in the Lease, or sublease all or a portion of the Premises, to any person, corporation or other entity (collectively, an “Affiliate”) which (i) is a parent, subsidiary or commonly controlled affiliate of Tenant; (ii) merges or enters into any similar business combination with Tenant; (iii) acquires control of Tenant; (iv) acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant at the Premises; or (v) results from any corporate reorganization, including a so-called spin-off, of Tenant (“Permitted Transfer”). The term “controlled” or “control” as used in this paragraph means ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or other majority equity and control interest if the entity is not a corporation. In no event shall Landlord be entitled to recapture all or any portion of the Premises, nor shall Tenant be obligated to pay any “excess” or “bonus” rent to Landlord in connection with a Permitted Transfer. Within five (5) business days after the effective date of a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the facts constituting the Permitted Transfer and the name of the assignee or sublessee.

3.9 Insurance .

3.9.1 Coverages . Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain at all times during the Term the following insurance policies: (i) all risk or equivalent special form coverage insuring the full replacement cost (without deduction for depreciation) of all tenant improvements, alterations to the Premises, windows, doors and sky-lights, and all other property owned or used by Tenant and located in the Premises or on the Property in any Licensed Areas, if any, as well as against sprinkler damage, vandalism, and malicious mischief. Any proceeds from such insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property damaged or destroyed, unless this Lease is terminated under an applicable provision of this Lease or unless otherwise required by a the holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument (a “ Mortgagee ”); (ii) commercial general liability insurance and contractual liability insurance, with limits not less

 

19


than $3,000,000.00 combined single limit for personal injury, sickness or death or for damage to or destruction of property for any one occurrence, $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate. The liability insurance obtained under this Section 3.9.1 shall be primary and shall insure Tenant’s indemnity, hold harmless and defense obligations under this Lease; (iii) Worker’s Compensation Insurance (including Employer’s Liability Insurance) in the statutory amount covering all employees of Tenant employed or performing services at the Premises, in order to provide the statutory benefits required by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located; (iv) Automobile Liability Insurance, including but not limited to passenger liability, on all owned, nonowned, and hired vehicles used in connection with the Premises, with a combined single limit per occurrence of not less than $1,000,000.00 per vehicle for injuries or death of one or more persons or loss or damage to property; and (v) Business Interruption Insurance providing in the event of damage or destruction of the Premises an amount sufficient to sustain Tenant measured by: (a) the net profit that would have been realized had Tenant’s business continued; and (b) such fixed charges and expenses as must necessarily continue during a total or partial suspension of business to the extent to which they would have been incurred had no business interruption occurred, including, but not limited to, interest on indebtedness of Tenant, salaries of executives, foremen, and other employees under contract, charges under non-cancelable contracts, charges for advertising, legal or other professional services, taxes and rents that may still continue, trade association dues, insurance premiums, and depreciation.

The amount and coverage of such insurance shall not limit Tenant’s liability, nor relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease.

3.9.2 General Provisions Relating to Insurance . The form of all such policies and deductibles thereunder shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval. All such policies shall be issued by insurers reasonably acceptable to Landlord, with a Best Rating of “A” or better or a FPR of 7 or better, each as established by A.M. Best Company, and licensed to do business in the State of California and shall contain a waiver of any rights of subrogation thereunder. In addition, the General Liability policy shall name Landlord, any Mortgagee and their respective agents, and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds, shall require at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the first named insured of termination or modification and shall be primary and not contributory. In the event any such policy required of Tenant hereunder is cancelled or modified, within three (3) business days’ of Tenant’s receipt of notice of such cancellation or modification Tenant shall give notice of such cancellation or modification to Landlord. Tenant shall, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and within fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, deliver to Landlord either a duplicate original of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder or Evidence of Insurance (in form ACORD 27 or its equivalent) for each such policy evidencing the foregoing insurance or renewal thereof, as the case may be. Thereafter, within fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord either a duplicate original of each such policy or a certificate of insurance (provided the same sets forth all limits of coverage and deductibles as required hereunder) or other evidence of insurance acceptable to Landlord evidencing the renewal of the insurance required hereunder. If Tenant fails to insure or maintain any insurance (or provide satisfactory proof thereof) as required hereunder, Landlord may, upon 24 hours written notice to Tenant, effect such insurance. In such event, Tenant, shall, on demand, pay Landlord 110% of all premiums and expenses paid by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

20


Landlord and Tenant shall each obtain from their respective insurers under all casualty insurance policies covering any part of the Building, the Premises, or the contents therein, a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer of one party might have against the other party, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

3.10 Indemnity . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its property manager and their respective agents and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), for injuries to any persons and damage to or theft or misappropriation or loss of property occurring in or about the Building or the Land and arising from the use or occupancy of the Premises or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises, the Building or the Land (including, without limitation, any alteration by Tenant) or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease or due to any other act or omission of Tenant, its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents. If any such proceeding or action is filed against Landlord or any such indemnified party, Tenant agrees to defend Landlord and such party in such action and/or proceeding at Tenant’s sole cost by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request. In no event shall Tenant be required to indemnify Landlord, nor shall Landlord be released from liability, for any claims, damages, liabilities, or costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or in connection with the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees or from a breach of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease. Tenant’s indemnity obligations under the Lease are subject to the waiver of subrogation contained in the Lease.

3.11 Waiver . Tenant hereby releases Landlord, its property manager and their respective agents and employees from, and waives all claims for, damage or injury to person or property and loss of business sustained by Tenant and any party claiming by, through or under Tenant and resulting from the Building or the Premises or any part thereof or any equipment therein becoming in disrepair, or resulting from any accident in or about the Building. This paragraph shall apply particularly, but not exclusively, to flooding, damage caused by Building equipment and apparatus, water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors, excessive noise or vibration or the bursting or leaking of pipes, plumbing fixtures or sprinkler devices. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant waives all claims and rights of recovery against Landlord, its property manager and their respective agents and employees for any loss or damage to any property of Tenant and any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, which loss or damage is insured against, or required to be insured against, by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof, whether or not such loss or damage is due to the fault or negligence of Landlord, its property manager or their respective agents or employees, and regardless of the amount of insurance proceeds collected or collectible under any insurance policies in effect.

 

21


3.12 Financial Condition and Financial Covenants . Tenant acknowledges that the financial capability of Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder is material to Landlord and that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for its belief, based on its review of Tenant’s financial statements, that Tenant is capable of performing such financial obligations. Tenant hereby represents, warrants and certifies to Landlord that its financial statements and all related documents and information previously furnished to Landlord were at the time given true and correct in all material respects and that there have been no material subsequent changes thereto as of the date of this Lease. At any time during the Term, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord Tenant’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes) or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements and other financial documentation delivered to Landlord that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except (i) to Landlord’s lenders or prospective purchasers of the Property or any portion thereof, (ii) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and/or (iii) if required by court order.

3.13 Taxes on Tenant’s Personal Property . Tenant shall pay, as and when due, any and all taxes, impositions, assessments, and all other fees and charges of any kind or nature, or agreed payments in lieu thereof, and all penalties and interest thereon, assessed or imposed against any of Tenant’s property. Tenant shall use its best efforts to have its personal property taxed separately from the Property. Upon request by Landlord from time to time, Tenant shall deliver evidence of Tenant’s compliance with the covenants in this Section 3.13. If any of Tenant’s personal property is separately assessed and taxed with the Property, Tenant will pay Landlord the taxes for such personal property within ten (10) days from the date Tenant receives a written statement from Landlord for such personal property taxes.

3.14 Signage . Except for signs which are located wholly within the interior of the Premises and which are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, no signs shall be placed, erected, maintained or painted by Tenant at any place upon the Premises or the Property, except with Landlord s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At no cost to Tenant, Landlord shall provide building standard directory signage for Tenant in the 77 Geary Street elevator lobby of the Building. In addition, Tenant shall be permitted at its own cost to install a sign adjacent to the entry of the Premises, subject to Landlord s criteria and prior reasonable written approval.

3.15 Intentionally Deleted .

3.16 Reimbursement for Costs of Repairs to the Building and/or Land . In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 3.15, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any repairs to the Building or the Land necessitated by the acts or omissions of Tenant, its invitees, licensees, customers, employees, contractors and agents within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor.

3.17 Intentionally Deleted .

3.18 Notice of Accidents . Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, promptly after Tenant learns thereof, of any accident, emergency, fire or other casualty and all damages to or defects in the Premises, the Building or the Building systems, for the repair of which Landlord might be responsible or which constitutes Landlord’s property. Such notice shall be given by facsimile or personal delivery to the address of Landlord then in effect for notices.

 

22


ARTICLE 4 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

4.1 Provision of Utilities . Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities described in this Section 4.1 and in Appendix 4.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Landlord’s Services ”), subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth in this Section 4.1 and in Appendix 4.1 hereto.

4.1.1 Electricity . Landlord will arrange for electric service to be available at the Premises for Tenant’s reasonable uses for lighting, electrical appliances and Tenant’s equipment. Tenant may not use any electrical appliances or equipment which, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, might overload the electrical risers, panels, switches, wiring or other electrical equipment or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants of the Building.

If Tenant requires electric current, water or any other utilities in excess of the amounts available to the Premises, such excess electric, water or other utility requirements will be supplied only with Landlord’s consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, provided the Building systems are capable of providing such additional service(s). If Landlord grants such consent, Tenant will pay all costs of meter service and installation of facilities or professional services necessary to measure and/or furnish the required excess capacity. Tenant will also pay the entire cost at the then prevailing rate of such additional service.

4.2 Cleaning/Refuse Removal Services . Landlord shall provide daily reasonable janitorial service to the Common Areas. Landlord shall provide for removal of reasonable amounts of Tenant’s refuse from the Premises on all normal business days, and Landlord shall wash and clean the windows in the Premises with reasonable frequency.

4.3 General Building Services .

4.3.1 Maintenance and Repair of Common Areas . Subject to the provisions of Article 5 (Casualty and Condemnation) Landlord shall reasonably maintain the foundations, exterior walls, masonry, structural floors, and roof, the portions of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems serving the Common Areas of the Building, if any, (excluding those nonstandard portions of the Building systems located within a tenant’s premises and which serve only a particular tenant’s premises), and elevators of the Building insofar as such elements affect the Premises; but in no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair or maintain interior glass, interior windows, skylights, or doors of the Premises (whether interior or exterior), which shall be Tenant’s responsibility, nor shall Landlord be obligated to repair or maintain any Alterations installed by or on behalf of Tenant or to repair or restore any damage to the Common Areas caused by any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Landlord shall provide the services identified on Appendix 4.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

23


Landlord may perform any maintenance or make any repairs to the Building as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary for the safety, operation or preservation of the Building, or as Landlord may be required or requested to do by any governmental authority or by the order or decree of any court or by any other proper authority. Landlord shall operate the Building in a manner consistent with comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building and shall maintain the Common Areas, the Building shell and core areas, and the Building systems (including elements of such systems located in the Premises), in good condition and repair and in compliance with Legal Requirements.

4.4 Grounds Maintenance . Subject to the provisions of Article 5 (Casualty and Condemnation) Landlord shall reasonably maintain the grounds adjacent to the Building.

4.5 Building Directory ; Office Identification. At no cost to Tenant, Landlord will place Tenant’s name and suite number on the Building-standard directory in the 77 Geary Street elevator lobby of the Building. In accordance with Section 3.14 of the Lease, Tenant shall be permitted at its own cost to install a sign adjacent to the entry of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s criteria and prior reasonable written approval.

4.6 Insurance . Landlord shall take out and maintain in force throughout the Term, with a company or companies authorized to do business in the State of California, (i) casualty insurance on the Building in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Building (exclusive of foundations), covering all risks of direct physical loss or damage and so-called “extended coverage” risks, and (ii) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building in such amounts as Landlord may from time to time deem necessary or desirable. Any insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder may be maintained in the form of a blanket policy covering the Building as well as other properties owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord so long as the blanket policy does not reduce the limits or diminish the coverage required herein.

4.7 Quiet Enjoyment . As long as no Default exists, Tenant shall peacefully and quietly have and enjoy the Premises for the Term, free from interference by Landlord, subject in all respects to the provisions of this Lease.

4.8 No Liability for Interruptions . Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement, diminution or reduction of Rent by reason of Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the services referred to in this Article 4 or the Appendices referred to in Article 4 when such failure is caused by force majeure, accident, breakage, repairs, riots, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s immediate control or for stoppages or interruptions of any such services for the purpose of making necessary repairs or improvements. Failure, disruption, stoppage or interruption, suspension or curtailment of any such service shall not be construed as an actual or constructive eviction or as a partial eviction of Tenant, or release Tenant from the prompt and punctual performance by Tenant of the covenants contained herein.

Further, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation, if any, to furnish heat, electricity, air conditioning and/or water to the Premises shall be subject to and limited by all Legal Requirements affecting the supply, distribution, availability, conservation or consumption of energy, including, but not limited to,

 

24


heat, electricity, gas, oil and/or water. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord must abide by all such Legal Requirements and, in so doing, Landlord shall not be in default in any manner whatsoever under the terms of this Lease, and Landlord’s compliance therewith shall not affect in any manner whatsoever Tenant’s obligation to pay the full Rent reserved in this Lease, as and when payable pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, or Tenant’s obligation to perform any and all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord have any liability for, and in no event shall Tenant have the right to claim damages, offset, diminution or a reduction or abatement of Rent, or that its possession or enjoyment has been disturbed or that it has been constructively evicted, nor may Tenant terminate this Lease, as a result of any diminution, reduction or loss of light, air, heat or view or as a result of any noise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.8, if utility service to the Premises is interrupted due solely to the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees and such interruption in service prevents Tenant from operating its business in the Premises and Tenant does not operate its business in the Premises for more than three (3) consecutive business days, then commencing with expiration of such three (3) consecutive business day period and continuing until utility service is restored to the point where Tenant can again operate its business in the Premises, Base Rent shall be abated as Tenant’s sole remedy.

4.9 Costs and Expenses of Services . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with furnishing the services referred to in this Article 4 and the Appendices referred to herein, shall be included as part of Operating Expenses.

ARTICLE 5 CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

5.1 Casualty .

5.1.1 Landlord’s Option to Terminate and Not to Restore . If a fire or other casualty in the Premises occurs, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to Landlord. The following provisions shall then apply:

 

  (a) If the damage is limited solely to the Premises and the Premises can, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be made tenantable with all damage repaired within six (6) months from the date of damage or destruction, then Landlord shall diligently rebuild the same. If Landlord rebuilds the Premises, Tenant shall repair and restore Tenant’s Work and Alterations or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may repair and rebuild the Tenant’s Work and Alterations, at Tenant’s expense.

 

  (b)

If portions of the Building outside the boundaries of the Premises are damaged or destroyed (whether or not the Premises are also damaged or destroyed) and the Premises and the Building can, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, both be made tenantable with all damage repaired within six (6) months from the date of damage or destruction, and

 

25


  provided that Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such reconstruction is economically feasible within such period if not fully covered by insurance, then Landlord shall be obligated to repair such damage; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore Tenant’s Work or Alterations unless Landlord elects to do so at Tenant’s expense as provided in Section 5.1(a).

 

  (c) If neither Section 5.1(a) nor 5.1(b) above applies, Landlord shall notify Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of such damage and destruction and either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days after the date of such notice; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to elect to reconstruct the Building and the Premises, in which event Landlord shall notify Tenant within said sixty (60) day period and Tenant shall thereupon have no right to terminate this Lease. In the event Landlord elects to reconstruct the Building and the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.1(c), Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore Tenant’s Work or Alterations unless Landlord elects to do so at Tenant’s expense as provided in Section 5.1(a).

 

  (d) During any period when Tenant’s use of the Premises is significantly affected by damage or destruction, Rent shall abate proportionately until such time as the Premises are made tenantable as reasonably determined by Landlord, and no portion of the Rent so abated shall be subject to subsequent recapture; provided, however, that there shall be no such abatement except to the extent that the amount thereof is compensated for and recoverable from the proceeds of rental loss or business interruption insurance maintained by Landlord with respect to this Lease, the Building or the Premises.

 

  (e) The proceeds from any insurance paid by reason of damage to or destruction of the Building or any part thereof, or any other element, component or property insured by Landlord shall belong to and be paid to Landlord subject to the rights of any mortgagee of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the beneficiary of any deed of trust that constitutes an encumbrance thereon. If this Lease is terminated by either party as a consequence of a casualty in accordance with any of the provisions of this Section 5.1, all proceeds of insurance required to be maintained either by Landlord or Tenant shall be paid to Landlord subject to the rights of any mortgagee of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the beneficiary of any deed of trust that constitutes an encumbrance thereon; provided, however, that Tenant shall be paid all proceeds of insurance payable in connection with Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other items of personal property of Tenant. If Tenant has failed to maintain any policy of insurance required under this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand an amount equal to proceeds which Landlord reasonably concludes would have been available for the repair and reconstruction from such policies had Tenant maintained all of the required policies of insurance.

 

26


  (f) If the Premises, or any part thereof, or any portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s use of the Premises, are damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, or any extension thereof, Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the casualty.

 

  (g) Except to the extent expressly provided in this Lease, nothing contained in this Lease shall relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord or to its insurance carriers that Tenant may have under law or under the provisions of this Lease in connection with any damage to the Premises or the Building by fire or other casualty.

5.2 Condemnation . If the Premises or the Building is rendered untenantable by reason of a condemnation (or by a deed given in lieu thereof), then either party may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after such condemnation, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date of such condemnation. If this Lease so terminates, Rent shall be paid through and apportioned as of the date of such condemnation. If such condemnation does not render the Premises or the Building untenantable, this Lease shall continue in effect and Landlord shall promptly restore the portion not condemned to the extent reasonably possible to the condition existing prior to the condemnation. In such event, Landlord shall not be required to expend an amount in excess of the proceeds received by Landlord from the condemning authority.

5.2.1 Application of Condemnation Award . Landlord reserves all rights, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s rights, if any, in and to compensation for any condemnation (except for any awards payable directly to Tenant for moving and relocation expenses or for Tenant’s furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment which are not part of the Premises provided such awards do not reduce any award to Landlord), and Tenant shall make no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for compensation (except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence) for termination of Tenant’s leasehold interest under this Lease or interference with Tenant’s business.

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT

6.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an event of default (a “Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

 

  i. Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due and such failure to pay is not cured within five (5) days from the date due;

 

  ii. Tenant violates Section 3.8 (Assignment and Subletting);

 

27


  iii. the leasehold interest of Tenant is levied upon or attached under process of law;

 

  iv. Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease dies or dissolves;

 

  v. Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises;

 

  vi. (a) if a receiver or custodian is appointed for any or all of Tenant’s property or assets, or if there is instituted a foreclosure action on any of Tenant’s property; or (b) if Tenant files a voluntary petition under 11 U.S.C. Article 101 et seq., as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or under the insolvency laws of any jurisdiction (the “Insolvency Laws”); or (c) if there is filed an involuntary petition against Tenant as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws, which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of filing; or (d) if Tenant makes or consents to an assignment of its assets, in whole or in part, for the benefit of creditors, or a common law composition of creditors; or (e) if Tenant generally is not paying its debts as its debts become due; or

 

  vii. Tenant fails to perform or observe any other covenant or obligation of Tenant set forth in this Lease and such failure is not cured within ten (10) days (or immediately if the failure involves a hazardous condition, imminent risk of harm to any person or property, or illegal conduct) after notice from Landlord.

6.2 Remedies for Default .

 

  (a) Remedies Upon Default.

 

  (1) Termination . If a Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right, with or without notice or demand, immediately (after expiration of the applicable grace periods specified herein) to terminate this Lease, and at any time thereafter recover possession of the Premises or any part thereof and expel and remove therefrom Tenant and any other person occupying the same, by any lawful means, and again repossess and enjoy the Premises without prejudice to any of the remedies that Landlord may have under this Lease, or at law or equity by reason of Tenant’s default or of such termination.

 

  (2) Continuation After Default . Even though Tenant has breached this Lease and/or abandoned the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession hereof, and Landlord may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including (but without limitation) the right to recover Rent as it becomes due. Landlord has the remedy described in Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code (Landlord may continue the Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Acts of maintenance, preservation or efforts to lease the Premises or the appointment of receiver upon application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute an election to terminate Tenant’s right to possession.

 

28


  (b) Damages Upon Termination . Should Landlord terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions hereof, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies of a landlord provided by Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Upon such termination, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled under applicable law, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (i) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent and other amounts which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in (i) and (ii) shall be computed with interest at eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the highest lawful rate, whichever is the lower. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in (iii) shall be computed by discounting such amount at the “discount rate” of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco in effect as of time of award plus one percent (1%) and, where rental value is a material issue, shall be based upon competent appraisal evidence.

 

  (c) Computation Of Rent For Purposes Of Default . For purposes of computing unpaid Rent that would have accrued and become payable under this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Article 2, unpaid Rent shall consist of the sum of:

 

  (1) the total Monthly Base Rent for the balance of the Term, plus

 

  (2) the total Additional Rent for the balance of the Term.

6.3 Landlord’s Right to Cure . Landlord may, but shall not be obligated, to perform any obligation of Tenant under this Lease; and, if Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses paid by Landlord in performing such obligation, together with interest at the Default Rate, shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

 

29


6.4 Cumulative Remedies . Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease: (i) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law and/or in equity, (ii) shall be cumulative, except to die extent they are mutually exclusive, and (iii) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future, except if such remedies are mutually exclusive.

6.5 No Waiver . No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after termination of this Lease or after the service of any notice or after the commencing of any suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises shall renew, reinstate, continue or extend the Term or affect any such notice or suit. No waiver of any default of Tenant shall be implied from any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or be repeated, and no express waiver shall affect any default other than the default specified in the express waiver and then only for the time and to the extent therein stated. No consent or waiver, by Landlord to or of any breach of any agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty.

6.6 Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, and specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion.

ARTICLE 7 PROTECTION OF LENDERS

7.1 Subordination and Attornment . Tenant covenants and agrees that this Lease is subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease and/or security agreement which may now or hereafter encumber the Building, the Land, the Premises or any interest of Landlord therein and/or the contents of the Building and to any advances made on the security thereof and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination need be required by any owner or holder of any such ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or security agreement. In confirmation of such subordination, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute promptly any appropriate certificate or instrument that Landlord may request, and Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute any such certificate or instrument for and on behalf of Tenant. In the event of the enforcement by any ground landlord, mortgagee, or holder of any security agreement (“ Successor Landlord ”) of the remedies provided for by law or by such ground lease, mortgage, or security agreement, Tenant will automatically become the tenant of such Successor Landlord without any change in the terms or other provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that such Successor Landlord or successor in interest shall not be bound by (a) any payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent for more than one (1) month in advance except prepayments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, (b) any amendment or modification of

 

30


this Lease, or any waiver of the terms of this Lease, made without the written consent of such Successor Landlord, (c) any offset right that Tenant may have against any former Landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as the result of any breach by a former Landlord that occurred before the date of attornment; (d) any obligation (i) to pay Tenant any sum(s) that any former Landlord owed to Tenant unless such sums, if any, shall have actually been delivered to Successor Landlord by way of an assumption of escrow accounts or otherwise; (ii) with respect to any security deposited with a former Landlord, unless such security was actually delivered to such Successor Landlord; (iii) to commence or complete any initial construction of improvements in the Premises or any expansion or rehabilitation of existing improvements thereon; (iv) to reconstruct or repair improvements following a fire, casualty or condemnation; or (v) arising from representations and warranties related to a former Landlord; or (e) any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of this Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between former Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of this Lease or consented to in writing by Successor Landlord. Upon request by such Successor Landlord, whether before or after the enforcement of its remedies, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming and evidencing the attornment herein set forth, and Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing, acknowledging and delivering any such instruments and certificates. This Lease is further subject to and subordinate to all matters of record.

7.2 Mortgagee Protection Clause . Tenant will give the owners or holders of any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or security agreement (“ Lienholder ”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default Tenant serves on Landlord, provided that Landlord or Lienholder previously notified Tenant (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases or otherwise) of the address of Lienholder. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then Tenant will provide written notice of such failure to Lienholder and Lienholder will have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure the default. Lienholder shall have no obligation to cure (and shall have no liability or obligation for not curing) any breach or default by Landlord, except to the extent that Lienholder agrees or undertakes otherwise in writing. If the default cannot be cured within the additional thirty (30) day period, then Lienholder will have such additional time as may be necessary to effect the cure if, within the thirty (30) day period, Lienholder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the cure (including without limitation commencing foreclosure proceedings if necessary to effect the cure).

7.3 Estoppel Certificates . Tenant agrees that, from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a written certificate certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (b) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (c) that Tenant is in possession of the Premises, if that is the case; (d) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (e) that Tenant has no off-sets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any off-sets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof); and (f) such additional matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, it being agreed that such

 

31


certificate may be relied upon by Landlord, any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or other person having or acquiring an interest in the Building. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver any such certificate within ten (10) days after request, Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver such certificate in Tenant’s name.

7.4 Intentionally Deleted .

7.5 Master Lease . Landlord is the tenant under that certain master lease agreement (“ Master Lease ”) dated May 17, 1979 with Geary-Market Investment Co., Ltd., as owner and landlord (“ Master Landlord ”), covering the Building of which the Premises form a part. This Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder are subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that none of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease are in violation of the Master Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that, to its actual knowledge, Landlord is not in default of the Master Lease as of the date of this Lease.

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Tenant’s Organization and Authority . In the event Tenant is a corporation (including any form of professional association), partnership (general or limited), or other form of organization other than an individual (each such entity is individually referred to herein as an “ Organizational Entity ”), then Tenant hereby covenants, warrants and represents: (1) that the individual executing this Lease is duly authorized to execute and/or attest and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the organizational documents of Tenant, (2) that this Lease is binding upon Tenant, (3) that Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the state of its organization, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises is located, and (4) that the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant will not result in any breach of, or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement or other contract or instrument to which Tenant is a party or by which Tenant may be bound. If Tenant is an Organizational Entity, upon request, Tenant will, prior to the Lease Commencement Date, deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of an appropriate resolution or consent of Tenant’s board of directors or other appropriate governing body of Tenant authorizing or ratifying the execution and delivery of this Lease, which resolution or consent will be duly certified to Landlord’s satisfaction by an appropriate individual with authority to certify such documents, such as the secretary or assistant secretary or the managing general partner of tenant.

8.2 Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has dealt only with the brokers named in the Schedule of Incorporated Terms (collectively, the “Brokers”) in connection with this Lease and that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no other broker negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its asset manager, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any claims for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the broker identified as Landlord’s Broker in the Schedule of Incorporated Terms, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Lease.

8.3 Intentionally Deleted .

 

32


8.4 Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder and Tenant shall not be excused from performing any of its obligations hereunder if Landlord is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder due to acts of God, imminent occurrences of acts of God, strikes, sabotage, accidents, acts of war or tenor, fire and casualty, legal requirements (to the extent they are not customary or require a longer than usual time period in which to comply), government restrictions or controls on construction (to the extent such restrictions or controls are not customary or require a longer than usual time period in which to comply), insurance reimbursement problems or delays, emergencies, shortages or inability to obtain labor, materials or equipment, energy shortage, the failure of the applicable governmental authority to timely issue building permits, to conduct inspections, or to issue a certificate of occupancy, or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

8.5 No Surrender . Neither the delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof, nor the termination or expiration of any sublease or assignment or all or any portion of the Premises, nor the abandonment or the Premises shall operate as a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of surrender of the Premises, absent the explicit written agreement of the Landlord to same.

8.6 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

8.7 Legal Costs and Expenses . The prevailing party shall pay to the other all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with a default hereunder or in enforcing this Lease or incurred as a result of any litigation as a result of this Lease.

8.8 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability . Landlord shall have the right in its sole and unrestrained discretion, to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations in and to this Lease and/or the Building or Property. The word “ Landlord ” is used in this Lease to include the Landlord named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of whom shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, authorities and privileges as it would have had it originally signed this Lease as Landlord. Any such person, whether or not named herein, shall have no liability hereunder after it ceases to hold title to the Premises except for obligations which may have theretofore accrued. Neither Landlord nor any principal, member, officer, employee or partner of Landlord nor any owner of the Property, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this Lease or the Premises, and neither Landlord, nor any parent or affiliate company, nor any principal, employee, officer, member, or partner of Landlord shall have any personal liability to Tenant for any liability of or claim against Landlord under this Lease beyond the equity of the Landlord in the Building and the Land.

8.9 No Recording of Lease . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any notice or memorandum thereof.

 

33


8.10 Notices . All notices and demands to be given by one party to the other party under this Lease shall be given in writing, mailed or delivered to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, at the address of each party set forth in the Schedule or at such other address as either party may hereafter designate. Notices shall be delivered by hand or by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by a nationally recognized overnight air courier service. Notices shall be considered to have been given upon the earlier to occur of actual receipt or refusal to accept delivery thereof.

8.11 Miscellaneous .

8.11.1 Entire Agreement . This Lease, and the Appendices attached hereto which are hereby made a part of this Lease, represent the complete agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord has made no representations or warranties except as expressly set forth in this Lease. No modification or amendment of or waiver under this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

8.11.2 Governing Law; Severability; Rules of Construction . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be declared invalid or unenforceable by the final ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction having final review, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease and their application to persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall continue to be enforced and recognized as valid agreements of the parties, and in the place of such invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be substituted a like, but valid and enforceable provision which comports to the findings of the aforesaid court and most nearly accomplishes the original intention of the parties. The titles of the several Articles and Sections contained herein are for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing this Lease. Each and every covenant of Tenant in this Lease shall be both a covenant and a condition to the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. No covenant of Landlord in this Lease shall be a condition to the performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. The obligations and covenants of Tenant under this Lease shall be independent of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease shall relieve Tenant from performing its obligations or covenants under this Lease or permit Tenant to terminate, or be deemed a termination of, this Lease.

8.11.3 Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries . Subject to Section 3.8 of this Lease, each provision of this Lease shall extend to, bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns; and all references herein to Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to include all such parties. The provisions of this Lease shall not inure to the benefit of or be relied upon by any other parties.

8.11.4 Survival . All representations and warranties of Tenant, Tenant’s indemnities, hold harmless and defense obligations and Tenant’s obligations to pay Additional Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.11.5 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

 

34


8.11.6 Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent by Tenant to Jurisdiction and Venue . Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either Landlord or Tenant against the other in connection with this Lease. Tenant consents to the exercise of personal jurisdiction over it by the courts of the State of California, including any Federal court sitting in such jurisdiction, and agrees that venue shall be proper in San Francisco County or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, in addition to any other court where venue may be proper.

8.12 OFAC Representation, Warranty and Covenant .

8.12.1 Representation, Warranty and Covenant . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that:

(A) Tenant and its principals are not acting, and will not act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control;

(B) Tenant and its principals are not engaged, and will not engage, in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating, and will not instigate or facilitate, this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation; and

(C) Tenant acknowledges that the breach of this representation, warranty and covenant by Tenant shall be an immediate Event of Default under this Lease without cure.

8.12.2 Indemnification . Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representation, warranty and covenant.

8.13 Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures . This Lease may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Lease shall be treated as originals.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

35


Executed as of the date first above written by Landlord and Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:
G&G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By:   Grant Geary, Inc.,
  a California corporation,
  its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Robert Mashaal

  Name:   Robert Mashaal
  Title:   President
TENANT:
MULESOFT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

Printed Name:  

Greg Schott

Title:  

CEO

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)
By:  

/s/ Michael DiFilippo

Printed Name:  

Michael DiFilippo

Title:  

CFO

  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)


LOGO


APPENDIX 1.1.1 – RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways of the Building shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways are not for the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation, and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

2. No tenant shall cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

 

3. Landlord will furnish each Tenant free of charge with two keys to each door lock in its Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys. No Tenant shall alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or any bolt on any door of its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, and each Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock. Each Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy shall deliver to Landlord all keys to doors in the Building which shall have been furnished to Tenant. In the event said key(s) are not returned to Landlord at the termination of the Lease, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord any costs incurred to replace lock(s) and all key(s) issued to said door.

 

4. Landlord shall designate how all office equipment, furniture, appliances and other large objects or property (“Equipment”) shall be moved in or out of the Building. The persons employed to move such Equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all Equipment brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such Equipment from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such Equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

5. No Tenant shall use or keep in its Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than limited quantities thereof reasonably necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment, or, without Landlord’s prior written approval, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not use or keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in its Premises, or permit or suffer its Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to tenant or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

 

A-2


6. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building any person who, in Landlord’s sole opinion, has no legitimate business in the Building. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate, including closing doors.

 

7. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, hangings or decorations shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with any window of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and such items shall be installed as instructed by Landlord.

 

8. No Tenant shall obtain for use in its Premises, ice, drinking water, food, beverage, towel or other similar services, except at such Reasonable hours and under such reasonable regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.

 

9. Each Tenant shall see that the doors of its Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities are shut off before tenant or tenant’s employees leave its Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness in this regard tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord. All tenants shall keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

 

10. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, washbowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

11. No Tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

12. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of any Building, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or other such material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. No other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by any tenant into the Building or kept in or about its Premises.

 

13. Each Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the downtown San Francisco area, without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

 

A-3


14. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

15. The requirements of the tenants will be attended to only upon application by telephone or in person at the office of Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

16. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

 

17. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of Premises in the Building.

 

18. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building, and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

19. Landlord reserves all control over any roof-deck, terrace or other outdoor area which may be contained in the Building, and regardless of whether such area is open to all tenants, the Building in common or to any tenant exclusively, Landlord reserves the right to prohibit any use of such areas that are deemed by Landlord, in its sole judgment, to be not in the best interest of the Building, the Tenants or their employees.

 

A-4


APPENDIX 1.3.3 – TENANT’S WORK AND ALTERATIONS

1. Tenant’s Work and Alterations . Tenant shall not perform any Alterations (which term shall include “ Tenant Work ”) until Tenant has received Landlord’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) of such Alterations. Whenever Tenant seeks to obtain Landlord’s approval of any Alteration, Tenant shall, prior to commencing such Alteration, submit to Landlord detailed drawings and specifications (“ Construction Documents ”) (which shall be permit-ready if required by Landlord) prepared and stamped by an architect or engineer (either such professional, “ Tenant’s Architect ”) registered in the State of California (and in connection with Tenant Work, approved by Landlord). The Construction Documents, to the extent applicable to the specific Alteration proposed by Tenant, shall set forth in detail the requirements for construction of the Alterations (including all architectural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and structural drawings and detailed specifications), shall be fully coordinated with one another and with field conditions as they exist in the Premises and elsewhere in the Building, and shall show all work necessary to complete the Alterations including all cutting, fitting, and patching and all connections to the mechanical and electrical systems and components of the Building. Submission of the Construction Documents to Landlord for approval shall be deemed a warranty by Tenant and Tenant’s Architect, jointly and severally, that all Alterations described in the Construction Documents (i) comply with all applicable laws, regulations, building codes, and the highest design standards, (ii) do not in any manner affect any structural component of the Building (including, without limitation, exterior walls, exterior windows, core walls, roofs or floor slabs), (iii) are in all respects compatible with the electrical and mechanical components and systems of the Building, (iv) do not affect any space in the Building other than the Premises (including the exterior of the Building), (v) do not affect the exterior of the Building; (vi) conform to floor loading limits, and (vi) with respect to all materials, equipment and special designs, processes, or products, do not infringe on any patent or other proprietary rights of others. Landlord’s approval of Construction Documents shall signify only Landlord’s consent to the Alterations shown thereon and shall not result in any responsibility of Landlord concerning compliance of the Alterations with laws, regulations, or codes, or coordination of any aspect of the Alterations with any other aspect of the Alterations or any component or system of the Building, or the feasibility of constructing the Alterations without damage or harm to the Building, all of which shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

Landlord shall approve or disapprove the Construction Documents within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt thereof. If Landlord disapproves the Construction Documents, Landlord shall specify the reasons for such disapproval, and Tenant shall re-submit revised Construction Documents to Landlord for approval (to be granted or withheld within five (5) business days of receipt thereof). Landlord may withhold its consent to any Alteration that (i) does not comport with the guaranty of Tenant and Tenant’s Architect set forth above; (ii) may exceed the capacity of or adversely affect the capacity, maintenance, operating costs or integrity of the Building or its structures or systems, (iii) violates any agreement which affects the Property or binds Landlord, (iv) may diminish the value of the Premises for any general purpose office use, (v) may require any unusual expense to re-adapt the Premises for any general purpose office use, (v) is of a

 

A-5


nature and quality inconsistent with the overall objectives of Landlord for the Building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable but subjective discretion; and/or (vi) is not approved by the holder of any Mortgage superior to the Lease or the lessor under any ground lease or other lease superior to the Lease at the time the work is proposed. In addition, with respect to any floor not occupied entirely by Tenant, Tenant shall neither propose nor effect any Alterations consisting of improvements, additions, or alterations to the entranceway to the Premises or any adjoining elevator lobby, corridor, or common areas. If, after the Construction Documents have been approved by Landlord, Tenant requests any changes or substitutions to the Construction Documents during construction, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s written approval of such change(s).

2. Commencement of Construction . After Landlord has approved the Construction Documents and prior to commencement of construction, Tenant’s Architect shall submit the Construction Documents to the appropriate governmental agencies for plan checking and the issuance of a building permit, and once received, Tenant shall deliver the following items to Landlord: (a) a request for approval of the person or entity (including any employee or agent of Tenant) performing any Alterations (“ Tenant Contractor ”); (b) the names, addresses and copies of contracts for all contractors; (c) at Landlord’s election, all necessary governmental permits, licenses and approvals evidencing compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements; (d) certificates of insurance, issued by a responsible insurance company qualified to do business in the State of California and reasonably approved by Landlord (a “ Qualified Insurance Company ”), evidencing the insurance required by Appendix 1.3.3.A hereto, naming Landlord and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds; and (e) all other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request in connection with the construction of any Alteration. Landlord shall have the right to waive any of the requirements in this Appendix 1.3.3 in its sole discretion. In the event that during the Term of this Lease Tenant elects to perform future Alterations, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s standard charges for review of all such items and supervision of the Alteration, at the rate of five percent (5%) of the total “hard” costs of such Alterations, which shall exclude “soft” costs such as architecture, engineering and project management fees.

3. Construction . All Alterations shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the approved Construction Documents, and shall meet or exceed the standards for construction and quality of materials established by Landlord for the Building. Once commenced, each Alteration shall be diligently prosecuted to completion by Tenant. In addition, all Alterations shall be performed at Tenant’s sole risk and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, and all regulations and requirements of Landlord’s and Tenant’s insurers. In performing any Alteration, each Tenant Contractor shall comply with Landlord’s requirements relating to the time and methods for such work, use of delivery elevators and other building facilities; and each Tenant Contractor shall not interfere or disrupt any other tenant or other person using the Building. Each Tenant Contractor shall in all events work on the Premises without causing labor disharmony, coordination difficulties, or delay or impair any guaranties, warranties or obligations of any contractors of Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all costs and expenses of Building services and facilities associated with any Alteration, including use of the freight elevator, sprinkler shutdown, debris removal and all other costing

 

A-6


charges associated with any Alteration. If any Tenant Contractor uses any Building services or facilities, such Contractor, jointly and severally with Tenant, shall agree to reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof based on Landlord’s schedule of charges established from time to time (and if no such charges have been established, then based on Landlord’s reasonable charge established at the time). Each Tenant Contractor shall, by entry into the Building, be deemed to have agreed to indemnify and hold Landlord and its partners, affiliates, officers, agents, servants and employees and Landlord’s management, leasing and development agents and Landlord’s mortgagee(s) (the “ Indemnitees ”), harmless from any claim, loss or expense arising in whole or in part out of any act or omission committed by such person while in the Building or on the Property, to the same extent as Tenant has so agreed in this Lease, the indemnities of Tenant and each Tenant Contractor to be joint and several. Upon completion of any Alterations Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and Landlord’s property manager copies of the final Construction Documents and any and all other project drawings in the form of a CAD disk.

4. Payment for Alterations . Tenant shall pay directly to Tenant’s Contractor all costs of any Alterations in strict accordance with the terms of its contract with Tenant’s Contractor and shall keep the Property free of liens for labor or materials. If any such lien shall exist, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after the filing of such lien, (or such shorter period if required by the terms of any Mortgage) have such lien released of record, which may include bonding around the lien. If Tenant fails to have such lien so released of record, Landlord, without investigating the validity of such lien, may pay or discharge the same; and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord or the Mortgagee, as applicable, upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord or the Mortgagee, including expenses and attorneys’ fees. Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord against liability for any mechanics’ and other liens filed in connection with the costs of any and all Alterations, including the liens of any chattel mortgages, security agreements or financing statements upon any materials or fixtures installed in and constituting part of the Premises. Finally, upon completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord with sworn contractor’s acknowledgements of payment in full and final waivers of lien in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord covering all labor and materials included in such Alteration.

 

A-7


APPENDIX 1.3.3.A – WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE

Indemnification

Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims for bodily injury and property damage that may arise from Tenant’s or any Tenant Contractor’s performance of any Alterations as defined in Section 3.5.1 of this Lease and/or Tenant Work as defined in Section 1.3.3 of this Lease.

Tenant’s Liability Insurance

Tenant shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect Tenant from the claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from any Tenant Work whether such Tenant Work be completed by Tenant or by any Tenant Contractor or by any person directly or indirectly employed by Tenant or any Tenant Contractor, or by any person for whose acts Tenant or any Tenant Contractor may be liable:

1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Tenant Work to be performed.

2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of employees under any applicable employer’s liability law.

3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, or death of any person other than Tenant’s or Tenant Contractor’s employees.

4. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Tenant or Tenant Contractor or (b) by any other person.

5. Claims for damages, other than to the Tenant Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use therefrom.

6. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.

Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include premises/operations (including explosion, collapse and underground coverage if such Tenant Work involves any underground work), elevators, independent contractors, completed operations, and blanket contractual liability on all written contracts, all including broad form property damage coverage.

Tenant’s Commercial General, Automobile, Employers and Umbrella Liability Insurance shall be written for not less than limits of liability as follows:

 

A-8


a.    Commercial General Liability   
  

Bodily Injury and Property Damage

Occurrence/Aggregate

  

$3,000,000/$5,000,000

b.    Comprehensive Automobile Liability   
   Bodily Injury and Property Damage   

$1,000,000 Each Person

      $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

 

c.    Employers Liability   
   Each Accident    $500,000
   Disease - Policy Limit    $500,000
   Disease - Each Employee    $500,000

All Tenant Contractors shall carry the same coverages and limits as specified above, unless different limits are specifically negotiated with Landlord. The foregoing policies shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or not renewed until at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Landlord. Certificates of Insurance showing such coverages to be in force shall be filed with the Landlord prior to the commencement of any Tenant Work. Coverage for Completed Operations must be maintained for three years following completion of the work and certificates evidencing this coverage must be provided to the Landlord.

The minimum A.M. Best’s rating of each insurer shall be “A” or better or a FPR of 7 or better. Landlord shall be named as an Additional Insured under Tenant’s Commercial General and Umbrella Liability Insurance policies.

Tenant’s and each Tenant Contractor’s responsibilities include:

 

    insuring all materials, on an All Risks basis for the full replacement cost, in transit and until delivered to the project site;

 

    insuring all tools and equipment used in the installation process;

 

    assuming costs within the deductible(s) if a property loss is caused by the Tenant’s or any Tenant Contractor’s failure to take reasonable steps to prevent the loss;

 

    protecting the site to prevent both natural and man-caused (i.e., arson, theft, vandalism) losses.

Property Insurance Loss Adjustment

Any insured loss shall be adjusted with the Landlord and made payable to the Landlord, subject to any applicable mortgagee clause.

 

A-9


APPENDIX 4.1 – LANDLORD’S SERVICES

 

I. WATER .

Cold water at temperatures supplied by the City of San Francisco water mains for lavatory, toilet and other approved purposes and hot water for lavatory purposes only from regular Building supply at prevailing temperatures; provided, however, if Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose (e.g., kitchen purposes, shower facilities, etc.) other than lavatory and toilet purposes, Landlord may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install a meter or meters to measure the water so supplied, in which case Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, reimburse Landlord for the cost of the water (including heating and cooling thereof) consumed in such areas and the sewer use charges resulting therefrom. Landlord does not provide hot and cold potable water to the Premises.

 

II. SECURITY .

Tenant shall have access to the Premises only through an entrance or entrances designated by Landlord from time to time on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week basis. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all security within the Premises. As of the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord will provide commercially reasonable Building security, as deemed necessary by Landlord. As of the date of this Lease, there is a security attendant in the Grant Avenue lobby of the Building Monday through Friday from 4:00 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. the next day and on Saturday and Sunday twenty-four (24) hours a day.

If Landlord adopts a building pass system, Landlord shall furnish passes (with the cost of said passes to be paid for by Tenant) to persons for whom Tenant requests the same in writing, and Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion from the Building of any person except for Landlord or all persons for whom Landlord is responsible.

 

III. HEATING VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING .

A. Landlord shall provide space heating and cooling to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven days a week.

B. The air conditioning system is based upon an occupancy of not more than one person per 150 square feet of usable floor area, and upon a combined lighting and standard electrical load not to exceed 4.5 watts per square foot of useable area. In the event Tenant exceeds this condition or introduces onto the Premises equipment which overloads system, and/or in any other way causes the system not adequately to perform its proper functions, supplementary systems, may at Landlord’s option be provided by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

IV.     ADDITIONAL SERVICES . Should Tenant request, and should Landlord agree, to provide any services other than those specified in this Lease or at times other than those specified herein, all costs therefor shall be paid by Tenant within five (5) days of the date of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

 

A-10


APPENDIX 5 – COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

LANDLORD:   

G & G Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership.

TENANT:    MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation
LEASE DATE AND PREMISES:    Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated                     , 2012, by and between Landlord and Tenant regarding approximately 12,537 rentable square feet of floor area on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building known as The Grant & Geary Center, located at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Premises ”).

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Lease Commencement Date is        , 2012, the Rent Commencement Date is         , 2012, and the Expiration Date is         , 201    . Tenant further acknowledges that it has accepted the Premises on the Lease Commencement Date and that the Premises are in the condition specified in Section 1.3 of the Lease. All capitalized terms used in this paragraph and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Memorandum effective as of the          day of         , 2012.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
MULESOFT, INC.,     G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware corporation     a California limited partnership
      By:    Grant Geary, Inc.,
By:  

 

       a California corporation,
Name:  

 

       its general partner
Its:  

 

      
  (President, CEO or Vice-President)     By:   

 

         Robert Mashaal, President
By:  

 

      
Name:  

 

      
Its:  

 

      
  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)       

 

A-11


APPENDIX 6 – FORM OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT

G & G Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership

c/o Yale Properties USA, Inc.

6256 Greenwich Drive, Suite 550

San Diego, CA 92122

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We,                     (the “Issuing Bank”), hereby establish in your favor, for the account of MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Applicant”), our Irrevocable Letter of Credit and authorize you to draw on us at sight the aggregate amount of One Hundred Seventy-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-Seven Dollars ($179,697.00) (the “Stated Amount”).

Funds under this Letter of Credit shall be available from the Issuing Bank at our branch located at                     , California to G & G Partners, L.P., a California limited partnership (the “Beneficiary”), as follows:

Any and all of the sums hereunder may be drawn down at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof by Beneficiary when accompanied by this Letter of Credit and a written certification signed by an authorized signatory of Beneficiary certifying that such sums are due and owing to Beneficiary by Applicant under the provisions of that certain Lease dated                     , 2012 (the “Lease”) by and between Beneficiary, as Landlord, and Applicant, as Tenant, together with a certification by any such individual representing that such individual is authorized by Beneficiary to take such action on behalf of Beneficiary. The sums drawn by Beneficiary under this Letter of Credit shall be payable upon demand without necessity of notice to the Applicant. Partial drawings shall be permitted.

The amount of each draft must be endorsed on the reverse hereof by the Paying Bank. We hereby agree that this Letter of Credit shall be duly honored upon presentation and delivery of the certification.

Upon notice to the undersigned from you accompanied by the original of this letter of credit and amendments, if any, and a completed request for transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, this letter of credit is transferable in its entirety without fee upon submission to us of a certification by Beneficiary that it has transferred Beneficiary’s leasehold interest in the building commonly known as 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”) to a successor of Beneficiary whose name is stated in the certification, whereupon the said successor of Beneficiary shall have a similar right of transfer in the event that it transfers its leasehold interest in the Building.

 

This Letter of Credit shall expire on                     .

 

A-12


COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

LANDLORD:   

G & G Partners. L.P.,

a California limited partnership

TENANT:    MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation
LEASE DATE AND PREMISES:    Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated March 13, 2012, by and between Landlord and Tenant regarding approximately 12,537 rentable square feet of floor area on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building known as The Grant & Geary Center, located at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Premises ”).

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Lease Commencement Date is June 1, 2012, the Rent Commencement Date is September 1, 2012, and the Expiration Date is August 31, 2016. Tenant further acknowledges that it has accepted the Premises on April 2, 2012 and that the Premises are in the condition specified in Section 1.3 of the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant’s possession of the Premises during the period April 2, 2012 until the Lease Commencement Date is subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease except payment of Monthly Base Rent. All capitalized terms used in this paragraph and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

This Commencement Date Memorandum may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Commencement Date Memorandum shall be treated as originals.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON PAGE 2.]

[THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF’, the parties hereto have executed this Commencement Date Memorandum effective as of the 4th day of April 2012.

 

TENANT:       LANDLORD:
MULESOFT, INC.,       G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware corporation       a California limited partnership
         By:   

Grant Geary. Inc.,

a California corporation.

its general partner

By:   

/s/ Greg Schott

        
Name:    Greg Schott         
Its:   

CEO

      By:   

/s/ Robert Mashaal

   (President, CEO or Vice-President)          Robert Mashaal, President
           
By:   

 

        
Name:    Michael DiFilippo         
Its:   

CFO

        
   (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)         


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE (this “First Amendment”), dated March 5, 2013, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between G & G PARTNERS, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MULESOFT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This First Amendment is entered into on the basis of the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease, dated March 13, 2012, with respect to certain Premises at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California, in the building commonly known as The Grant & Geary Center (the “Lease”), which Premises consist of approximately 12,537 rentable square feet on the entire fourth (4th) floor of the Building (the “Original Premises”), and are more fully described in the Lease.

B. Terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the meanings therein defined.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to (i) add to the Original Premises approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of space described as Suite 200 on the second (2nd) floor of the Building in the location shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (the “First Expansion Premises”), (ii) provide Tenant with options to add to the Premises additional expansion spaces on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, and (iii) grant Tenant the right of first offer with respect to each of Suites 201, 203, 205 and 207 on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, on the terms set forth below in this First Amendment. Accordingly, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

1. Amendment of Premises Definition . The Premises definition, as specified under the Premises and Term heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is corrected to change the incorrect reference in line four to read “Suite 400” instead of “Suite 200”.

2. First Expansion Premises . Effective on the full execution and delivery of this First Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (the “First Expansion Effective Date”), the Premises, as defined in the Lease, are increased by the addition of the First Expansion Premises and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this First Amendment, from and after the First Expansion Effective Date, the Original Premises and the First Expansion Premises, shall be deemed the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease.

3. Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the First Expansion   Premises . The Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the First Expansion Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule at the same time and in the same manner as Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent due under the Lease for the Original Premises:


Period

   Annual Base
Rent for First
Expansion
Premises
     Monthly
Base Rent
for First
Expansion
Premises
 

April 1, 2013 - May 31, 2013

     -0-         -0-   

June 1, 2013 - August 31, 2013

   $ 112,187.00       $ 9,348.92   

September 1, 2013 - August 31, 2014

   $ 114,796.00       $ 9,566.33   

September 1, 2014 - August 31, 2015

   $ 117,405.00       $ 9,783.75   

September 1, 2015 - August 31, 2016

   $ 120,014.00       $ 10,001.17   

4. Amendment of Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, all installments of Rent shall be paid to Landlord’s address for payment of Rent, which is:

G & G Partners, L.P.

P. O. Box 51817

Los Angeles, CA 90051-6117

5. Amendment of Landlord’s Address for Notices . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord’s address for Notices is:

c/o Yale Properties USA, Inc.

5580 La Jolla Blvd., #615

La Jolla, CA 92037

with a simultaneous required copy to:

do Yale Properties USA, Inc.

77 Geary Street, Suite 202

San Francisco, CA 94108

6. Condition of First Expansion Premises . On the First Expansion Effective Date, Landlord agrees to deliver the First Expansion Premises to Tenant in their present condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the First Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units and equipment and plumbing equipment) in good order and repair. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the First Expansion Premises are being delivered “as is” and that Tenant has performed preliminary investigations and reviews and has concluded on its own judgment that the First Expansion Premises are suitable for the purposes intended, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) from Landlord or any agent of Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord has not received any notice of violation with respect to failure of the Building or the First Expansion Premises to comply with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 3.1.1 of the Lease). Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or otherwise improve the First Expansion Premises or the Premises.

 

2


7. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Effective April 1, 2013, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “16.79%” (15,146/90,205).

8. Options to Expand .

8.1 Options to Expand . Provided that (i) Landlord receives written notice of Tenant’s exercise of each option to expand granted under this Paragraph 8.1 by no later than October 31, 2014, time being of the essence (each an “Expansion Option”), and (ii) there is no Default by Tenant under the Lease and no event or condition exists which with the giving of notice and/or the expiration of any grace period would constitute a Default under the Lease, both at the time the applicable Expansion Option is exercised, and on the commencement date of the addition of the Applicable Expansion Suite specified below to the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at its option, to expand the Premises in the numerical order specified below, and not otherwise, to include the following Suites (each, an “Applicable Expansion Suite”) on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, in the locations which are shown on Exhibit A-2 attached:

1. Suite 207-Totaling approximately 1,406 rsf, which is contiguous to the First Expansion Premises.

2. Suite 205-Totaling approximately 1,723 rsf, which is contiguous to Suite 207.

3. Suite 203-Totaling approximately 4,240 rsf, which is contiguous to Suite 205.

In order to exercise an Expansion Option, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s exercise of an Expansion Option in the numerical order specified above, and not otherwise, which must be received by Landlord by no later than October 31, 2014, time being of the essence (an “Expansion Notice”). An Expansion Notice in which Tenant purports to exercise an Expansion Option other than in the numerical order specified above shall be void and of no force or effect. Any Expansion Notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be irrevocable. If Tenant timely and validly delivers an Expansion Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall promptly give the tenant of the Applicable Expansion Suite notice terminating the tenant’s lease for the Applicable Expansion Suite and requiring the tenant to vacate the Applicable Expansion Suite so that Landlord should be able to deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant on the sixtieth (60th) day after Landlord’s receipt of an Expansion Notice. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant on the sixtieth (60th) day following Landlord’s receipt of an Expansion Notice, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor such failure affect the validity of the Lease. Landlord shall, however, take commercially reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite and deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant as promptly as reasonably possible. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant within ninety (90) days following Landlord’s receipt of an Expansion Notice, Tenant shall have the right to deliver notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period rescinding the Expansion Notice.

 

3


8.2 Expansion Terms . In the event Tenant timely and validly exercises an Expansion Option, the Premises shall be expanded to include the Applicable Expansion Suite and all terms and conditions of the Lease as modified by this First Amendment shall be applicable to the Applicable Expansion Suite, subject to the following:

(i) Landlord shall deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant in its present condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Applicable Expansion Suite (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, and equipment and plumbing equipment) in good order and repair on the sixtieth (60th) day following Landlord’s receipt of an Expansion Notice. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Applicable Expansion Suite will be delivered “as is”;

(ii) Commencing as of the date Landlord delivers possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant, Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent shall be proportionately increased (it being agreed that Tenant shall pay the same amount of Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Applicable Expansion Suite, on a per square foot basis, as is payable from time to time for the First Expansion Premises, as set forth in Paragraph 3 of this Amendment) and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately adjusted;

(iii) Provided that an Applicable Expansion Suite is added to the Premises under the terms of this Paragraph 8, and Tenant has commenced paying Rent on the Applicable Expansion Suite by no later than January 1, 2015, Landlord shall make available to Tenant up to, but not in excess of Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each rentable square foot of the Applicable Expansion Suite (the “Improvement Allowance”) for Alterations which have been approved by Landlord in writing. If Landlord is not able to deliver possession of an Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant within ninety (90) days after receipt of an Expansion Notice, and Tenant has not timely elected to rescind the Expansion Notice, as provided in Paragraph 8.1 of this First Amendment, then the January 1, 2015 deadline in this subparagraph 8.2(iii) shall be extended by the number of days which have elapsed between the Landlord’s receipt of the particular Expansion Notice and the actual date Landlord delivers possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant. The Improvement Allowance may not be used by Tenant to purchase machines, equipment, furniture, or other movable personal property. From time to time, but not more frequently than once every thirty (30) days, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s written request together with supporting documentation, the cost of approved Alterations which have been completed in the Applicable Expansion Suite, but not to exceed the amount of the Improvement Allowance, provided that Tenant shall have first furnished to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including unconditional mechanics’ lien releases, that all of the Alterations covered by each payment request have been completed and paid for in full by Tenant. The amount paid by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 8.2 (iii) shall constitute a contribution in aid of refurbishing and construction and Tenant shall not be obligated to repay the same to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payment of the Improvement Allowance for so long as any Default of Tenant under the Lease remains uncured. Any request for payment under this paragraph must be made by no later than May 31, 2015. Except as provided in this paragraph, all Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense;

 

4


(iv) Each time an Applicable Expansion Suite is added to the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease which documents the addition of the Applicable Expansion Suite and specifies the increased Annual Base Rent and the Monthly Base Rent and the increased Tenant’s Proportionate Share figure as a result of the addition of the Applicable Expansion Suite; and

(v) Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations in the Applicable Expansion Suite, subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to Alterations.

9. Rights of First Offer .

9.1 Generally . Through and including December 31, 2014, provided that Tenant has not already exercised an Expansion Option for the same Applicable Expansion Suite enumerated in Paragraph 8 of this Amendment as an Offering Space below, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (“Right of First Offer”) on each of the following Suites on the second floor of the Building (each, an “Offering Space”):

 

  (a) Suite 201 totaling approximately 1,530 rsf

 

  (b) Suite 203 totaling approximately 4,240 rsf

 

  (c) Suite 205 totaling approximately 1,723 rsf

 

  (d) Suite 207 totaling approximately 1,406 rsf

The subject Offering Space Suites are in the locations shown on the diagram attached hereto as Exhibit A-3 .

After the date of this Lease, Landlord agrees that Landlord will not extend the term of an Offering Space or lease an Offering Space to a third party without first offering the Offering Space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 9. Within a reasonable time after Landlord has determined the terms and conditions upon which Landlord is willing to lease the Offering Space (but prior to leasing such Offering Space to a third party), Landlord shall advise Tenant (the “Advice”) of the terms, including Base Rent, term (which may be longer than the term of this Lease), etc. under which Landlord is prepared to lease the Offering Space to Tenant. No remeasurement of the Offering Space shall result in any increased or reduced rentable square feet for the Offering Space from that specified above in this Paragraph 9. Tenant may lease the Offering Space in its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord (“Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Advice, except that Tenant shall have no such Right of First Offer and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Advice, if:

(i) Tenant is in Default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(ii) twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is sublet at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

 

5


(iii) Tenant’s interest in this Lease has been assigned as of the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(iv) Tenant is not occupying the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice.

9.2 Term . The term for an Offering Space shall commence upon the later of the’ commencement date stated in the Advice and the date Landlord delivers the Offering Space to Tenant in its present condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Offering Space (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units and equipment and plumbing equipment) in good order and repair. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that an Offering Space will be delivered “as is”, and thereupon such Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice (including the Base Rent rate and term) shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the Offering Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Advice, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the Offering Space.

9.3 Failure to Exercise; Expiration . The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to an Offering Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) Tenant’s failure to exercise its Right of First Offer within the five (5) business day period provided above, and (ii) the date Landlord would have provided Tenant an Advice if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above in Paragraph 9.1.

9.4 Offering Amendment . If Tenant timely exercises a Right of First Offer, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the Offering Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable area of the Premises, Tenant’s Percentage Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offering Amendment shall be (i) sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Notice of Exercise, and (ii) executed by Tenant and returned to Landlord within five (5) business days’ thereafter, subject to any good faith language negotiation and as may otherwise be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

10. Option to Extend Term.

(a) Option and Option Term . Provided that by no later than December 31, 2014 Tenant is leasing from Landlord at least 17,526 rentable square feet in the Building, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option (the “Option”) to extend the Term of the Lease for a period of one year (1) year (the “Option Term”), subject to the conditions described in this Paragraph 10. The Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (the “Option Notice”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than nine (9) months prior to August 31, 2016, and only if Tenant is not then in Default under the Lease. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Option, and provided there is no Default by Tenant under the Lease and no event or condition exists which with the giving of notice and/or the expiration of any grace period would constitute a Default under the Lease, both at the time the Option may be exercised, and on the commencement date of the Option Term, the Term, as it applies to the entire leased Premises then leased by Tenant, shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of

 

6


the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect, except that (i) the Annual Base Rent for the Option Term shall be $47.00 per rentable square foot per year multiplied by the rentable square feet under lease to Tenant at the Commencement of the Option Term and the Monthly Base Rent for the Option Term shall be $3.9167 per rentable square foot per month multiplied by the rentable square feet under lease to Tenant at the Commencement of the Option Term; (ii) Tenant shall continue to occupy the Premises during the Option Term in their “as is” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or otherwise improve the Premises; (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to pay a broker’s commission to any broker on account of the Option Term; and (iv) Tenant shall have no other right to extend the Term beyond the one (1) year Option Term. Once Tenant delivers the Option Notice to Landlord, Tenant’s exercise of the Option shall be irrevocable.

(b) Original Tenant’s Option . This Option shall be personal to the original Tenant (not any subtenant, assignee or transferee) and may not be transferred or assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any other person or entity.

(c) Exercise of Option . The Option to extend must be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only at the time and in the manner provided in this Paragraph 10. If Tenant fails to deliver timely notice of Tenant’s exercise of the Option, Tenant shall be considered to have elected not to exercise the Option, and the Option shall be null and void.

(d) Amendment of Lease . If Tenant has timely and properly exercised the Option, then prior to the commencement of the Option Term Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease which specifies the Annual Base Rent and the Monthly Base Rent due during the Option Term.

11. Brokers . Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this First Amendment. Each party warrants that it knows of no real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. If either party has dealt with any person or real estate broker with respect to this First Amendment, such party shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and that party shall hold the other free and harmless against any liability with respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

12. Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures . This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this First Amendment shall be treated and have the same effect as original signatures.

13. Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all of the terms and provisions of the Lease as modified by paragraphs 1 through 12 above. Except as explicitly amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.]

[THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By:   Grant Geary, Inc.,
  a California corporation,
  its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Robert Mashaal

    Name: Robert Mashaal
    Title: President

 

TENANT:
MULESOFT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Gregory G. Schott

Printed Name:   Gregory G. Schott
Title:  

CEO

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)
By:  

/s/ Bernard K. Huger

Printed Name:   Bernard K. Huger
Title:  

CFO

  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE (this “Second Amendment”), dated January 14, 2014, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between G & G PARTNERS, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MULESOFT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This Second Amendment is entered into on the basis of the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease, dated March 13, 2012, with respect to certain Premises at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California, in the building commonly known as The Grant & Geary Center (the “Lease”), which Premises consist of approximately 12,537 rentable square feet on the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building (the “Original Premises”), and are more fully described in the Lease.

B. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain First Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“First Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated March 5, 2013, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease (i) added to the Original Premises approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of space described as Suite 200 on the second (2nd) floor of the Building in the location shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to the First Amendment (the “First Expansion Premises”), (ii) provided Tenant with options to add to the Premises additional expansion spaces on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building designated as Suites 207, 205 and 203, consisting of approximately 1,406 rsf, 1,723 rsf, and 4,240 rsf, respectively, and (iii) granted Tenant the right of first offer with respect to each of Suites 201, 203, 205 and 207 on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, on the terms set forth in the First Amendment. The Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, is hereafter referred to as the “Lease”.

C. Tenant and Landlord desire to add to the Premises Suites 207, 205 and 203 (collectively, the “Second Expansion Premises” and individually the “Applicable Expansion Suite”), which consist of a total of approximately 7,369 rentable square feet on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to this Second Amendment. Accordingly, when the Second Expansion Premises have been delivered to Tenant in the required condition and added to and become part of the Premises, the Premises leased by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant from Landlord will consist of a total of approximately 22,515 rentable square feet.

D. Terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the meanings therein defined.

E. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to (i) reflect the terms and conditions applicable to the addition of the Second Expansion Premises to the Premises and (ii) otherwise amend the Lease as provided in this Second Amendment. Accordingly, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:


1. Recitals: Capitalized Terms . The recitals set forth above are integral parts of this Second Amendment and shall he deemed to be a part hereof. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms which are used in this Second Amendment shall have the same meanings given to them in the Lease.

2. Delivery of Second Expansion Premises . Within five (5) business days after the full execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall serve the current tenant of each Applicable Expansion Suite (each, an “Existing Tenant”) a thirty (30) day notice terminating that tenant’s month-to-month tenancy for the Applicable Expansion Suite and requiring that tenant to vacate the Applicable Expansion Suite within thirty (30) days after service of the notice on that tenant. Effective on the later of (i) the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the full execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (the “Anticipated Second Expansion Effective Date”)and (ii) the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Second Expansion Premises in the required condition (the “Second Expansion Effective Date”), the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall be increased by the addition of the Second Expansion Premises and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Second Amendment, from and after the Second Expansion Effective Date, the Premises shall be deemed the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. When the Second Expansion Effective Date has been determined, the parties shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form of Exhibit   B attached hereto, provided, however, that failure of Tenant to confirm the same in writing shall not affect any obligation of Tenant hereunder or Landlord’s determination of such matters pursuant to the terms of this Second Amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant occupies any Applicable Expansion Suite for the conduct of business prior to the occurrence of the Second Expansion Effective Date for such Applicable Expansion Suite, then the Second Expansion Effective Date shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Applicable Expansion Suite only, despite any failure to deliver all of the remaining Applicable Expansion Suites. In the event that for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver to Tenant possession of an Applicable Expansion Suite on the Anticipated Second Expansion Effective Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Second Amendment or the Lease, however the Second Expansion Effective Date shall not occur until Landlord has delivered possession of Second Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition, subject to the immediately preceding sentence. Landlord shall, however, take commercially reasonable efforts to obtain possession of each Applicable Expansion Suite and deliver possession of the Applicable Expansion Suite to Tenant as promptly as reasonably possible, which commercially reasonable efforts shall include, without limitation, commencing and pursing unlawful detainer and eviction proceedings if an Existing Tenant fails to so vacate and surrender an Applicable Expansion Suite within the thirty (30) day period prescribed above. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Second Expansion Premises in the required condition within one hundred fifty (150) days after the full execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to deliver notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such one hundred fifty (150) day period terminating this Second Amendment (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”) effective on the 10 th day after Landlord’s receipt of such Tenant’s Termination Notice; provided, however, if, prior to the 10 th day after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Notice, Landlord delivers possession of the Second Expansion Premises in the required condition, then Tenant’s Termination Notice shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

2


3. Early Access . Landlord shall provide Tenant with non-exclusive early access to each Applicable Expansion Suite from the date that the Existing Tenant has vacated the same until the Second Expansion Effective Date as to such Applicable Expansion Suite for the purpose of planning and otherwise preparing the Applicable Expansion Suite for Tenant’s occupancy. Such early access shall be on all of the applicable terms and conditions of the Lease other than the obligation to pay Rent.

4. Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing on the Second Expansion Effective Date . Commencing on the Second Expansion Effective Date, the Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.2.1 of the Lease:

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent
for the Premises
     Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Annual Rate Per
Square Foot
 

Second Expansion
Effective Date** –
August 31, 2014

   $ 990,660.00       $ 82,555.00       $ 44.00   

September 1, 2014 –
August 31, 2015

   $ 1,013,175.00       $ 84,431.25       $ 45.00   

September 1, 2015–
August 31, 2016

   $ 1,035,690.00       $ 86,307.50       $ 46.00   

 

** Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month.

5. Condition of Second Expansion Premises . On the Second Expansion Effective Date, Landlord agrees to deliver the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant in vacant, professionally cleaned condition (such cleaning to be done by the Building’s janitor), with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Second Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, and equipment and plumbing equipment (if any) in good order and repair and otherwise in the condition and configuration existing on the date of this Second Amendment, Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Second Expansion Premises are being delivered “as is” and that Tenant has performed preliminary investigations and reviews and has concluded on its own judgment that the Second Expansion Premises are suitable for the purposes intended, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) from Landlord or any agent of Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord has not received any notice of violation with respect to failure of the Building or the Second Expansion Premises to comply with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 3.1.1 of the Lease). Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or otherwise improve the Second Expansion

 

3


Premises or the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Tenant’s acceptance of an Applicable Expansion Suite nor Tenant’s execution of a Commencement Date Memorandum with respect thereto, shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have defects in the foregoing delivery condition of the Applicable Expansion Suite repaired at no cost to Tenant. Tenant shall give notice to Landlord whenever any such defect becomes reasonably apparent, and Landlord shall repair such defect as soon as practicable at Landlord’s cost and expense and not as an Operating Expense.

6. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Effective on the Second Expansion Effective Date as to the entire Second Expansion Premises, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “24.96%” (22,515/90,205). In the event the Second Expansion Effective Date has not occurred as to an Applicable Expansion Suite, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately reduced to include only the Applicable Expansion Suite(s) as to which the Second Expansion Effective Date has occurred, and shall thereafter be increased from time to time until the Second Expansion Effective Date has occurred as to each Applicable Expansion Suite, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm Tenant’s Proportionate Share on each Commencement Date Memorandum which is executed by the parties.

7. Amendment of Paragraph 9 of the First Amendment . Paragraph 9 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“9. Right of First Offer .

9.1 Generally . Through and including December 31, 2014, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer Might of First Offer”) on Suite 201 totaling approximately 1,530 rsf on the second floor of the Building (the “Offering Space”), as shown on the diagram attached hereto as Exhibit   A-3 .

Landlord agrees that Landlord will not extend the term of the Offering Space or lease the Offering Space to a third party without first offering the Offering Space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 9. Within a reasonable time after Landlord has determined the terms and conditions upon which Landlord is willing to lease the Offering Space (but prior to leasing such Offering Space to a third party), Landlord shall advise Tenant (the “Advice”) of the terms, including Base Rent, term (which may be longer than the term of this Lease), etc. under which Landlord is prepared to lease the Offering Space to Tenant. No remeasurement of the Offering Space shall result in any increased or reduced rentable square feet for the Offering Space from that specified above in this Paragraph 9. Tenant may lease the Offering Space In its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord (“Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Advice, except that Tenant shall have no such Right of First Offer and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Advice, if:

(i) Tenant is in Default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(ii) Twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is sublet at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

 

4


(iii) Tenant’s interest in this Lease has been assigned as of the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(iv) Tenant is not occupying the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice.

9.2 Term . The term for the Offering Space shall commence upon the later of the commencement date stated in the Advice and the date Landlord delivers the Offering Space to Tenant in its then present, “as is”, condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Offering Space (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, and equipment and plumbing equipment (if any)) in good order and repair, and thereupon the Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice (including the Base Rent rate and term) shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the Offering Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Advice, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the Offering Space.

9.3 Failure to Exercise: Expiration . The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the Offering Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) Tenant’s failure to exercise its Right of First Offer within the five (5) business day period provided above, and (ii) the date Landlord would have provided Tenant an Advice if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above in Paragraph 9.1.

9.4 Offering Amendment . If Tenant timely exercises the Right of First Offer, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the Offering Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable area of the Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offering Amendment shall be (i) sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Notice of Exercise, and (ii) executed by Tenant and returned to Landlord within five (5) business days’ thereafter, subject to any good faith language negotiation and as may otherwise be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.”

8. Deletion of Lease Paragraph and Exhibit   of the First Amendment . Paragraph 8 (Option to Expand) of the First Amendment and Exhibit   A-2 to the First Amendment are hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect.

9. Alterations to the Applicable Expansion Suites . Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations in the Applicable Expansion Suites, subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove or restore (i) any alterations and improvements to the Original Premises in existence as of the date of this Lease or (ii) any alterations to the Original Premises or the Second Expansion Premises required to cause the portion of the Premises on the second (2 nd ) floor to be one contiguous suite or to otherwise cause the Second Expansion Premises to be consistent with the overall appearance, function and quality of the Original Premises,

 

5


10. Improvement Allowance for the Applicable Expansion Suites . Provided that the Applicable Expansion Suite is added to the Premises under the terms of this Second Amendment, Landlord shall make available to Tenant up to, but not in excess of Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each rentable square foot of the Applicable Expansion Suite (the “Improvement Allowance”) for Alterations which have first been approved by Landlord in writing. The Improvement Allowance may not be used by Tenant to purchase machines, equipment, furniture, or other movable personal property. From time to time, but not more frequently than once every thirty (30) days, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s written request together with supporting documentation, the cost of approved Alterations which have been completed in the Applicable Expansion Suite, but not to exceed the amount of the Improvement Allowance for the Applicable Suite, provided that Tenant shall have first furnished to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including unconditional mechanics’ lien releases, that all of the Alterations covered by each payment request have been completed and paid for in full by Tenant. The amount paid by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 10 shall constitute a contribution in aid of refurbishing and construction and Tenant shall not be obligated to repay the same to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payment of the Improvement Allowance for so long as any Default of Tenant under the Lease remains uncured. Any request for payment under this paragraph must be made by no later than six (6) months after the Second Expansion Effective Date has occurred as to all of the Second Expansion Premises. Except as provided in this paragraph, all Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for (and the Improvement Allowance shall not be used for) the following: (a) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Second Expansion Premises or the Common Areas; and (b) costs to correct any defect in the delivery condition of the Second Expansion Premises. If Landlord fails to fund any portion of the Improvement Allowance within thirty (30) days after the same is required to be paid in accordance with this Paragraph, then Tenant shall have the right to offset such delinquent amount against the payment of Monthly Base Rent.

11. Brokers . Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment. Each party warrants that it knows of no real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment. If either party has dealt with any person or real estate broker with respect to this Second Amendment, such party shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and that party shall hold the other free and harmless against any liability with respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

12. Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures . This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Second Amendment shall be treated and have the same effect as original signatures.

13. Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all of the terms and provisions of the Lease as modified by paragraphs 1 through 12 above. Except as explicitly amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
G& G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By:   Grant Geary, Inc.,
  a California corporation,
  its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Robert Mashaal

    Name: Robert Mashaal
    Title: President

 

TENANT:
MULESOFT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

Printed Name: Greg Schott

 

Title:  

CEO

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)
By:  

/s/ Bernard K Huger

 

Printed Name: Bernard   K Huger

 

Title:  

CFO

  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)


EXHIBIT A-1

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF SECOND EXPANSION PREMISES


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-3

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF OFFERING SPACE


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM FOR

SECOND EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LANDLORD:    G & G Partners, L.P.,
   a California limited partnership.
TENANT:    MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation
LEASE DATE AND PREMISES:    Lease dated March 13, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated March 5, 2013 and the Second Amendment to Lease dated January, 2014, by and between Landlord and Tenant, regarding approximately 22,215 rentable square feet of floor area on the second (2”) and fourth (4th) floors of the Building known as The Grant & Geary Center, located at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “premises”).

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Second Expansion Effective Date is                 , 2014, and confirm that Tenant’s Proportionate Share is                 . Tenant further acknowledges that Tenant has accepted the Second Expansion Premises on the Second Expansion Effective Date and that the Second Expansion Premises are in the condition specified in Paragraph 4 of the Second Amendment to Lease. Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any requirement of Landlord to repair defects in the delivery condition of the Premises as set forth in the Second Amendment to Lease. All capitalized terms used in this paragraph and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON PAGE 2 OF THIS MEMORANDUM.]

[THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Memorandum effective as of the              day of                  2014.

 

TENANT:       LANDLORD
MULESOFT, INC.       G & G PARTNERS, L.P.
a Delaware corporation       a California limited partnership
By:   

 

      By:   

Grant Geary, Inc.

a California corporation,

its general partner

Name:   

 

        
Its:   

 

         By:   

 

   (President, CEO or Vice-President)             Robert Mashaal, President
By:   

 

           
Name:   

 

           
Its:   

 

           
   (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)            


COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM-SECOND EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LANDLORD:   

G & G Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership.

TENANT:    MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation
LEASE DATE AND PREMISES:    Lease dated March 31, 2012, by and between Landlord and Tenant regarding approximately 12,537 rentable square feet of floor area on the entire fourth (4th) floor of the Building known as The Grant & Geary Center, located at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Premises ”); as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease between Landlord and Tenant, dated March 5, 2013, with regard to the First Expansion Premises, consisting of approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of floor area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “ First Amendment ”), and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease, dated January 14, 2014, with regard to the Second Expansion Premises, consisting of a total of approximately 7,369 rentable square feet of floor area on the second floor of the Building (the “ Second Expansion Premises ”) (the “ Second Amendment ”). The Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”.

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Second Expansion Effective Date is March 15, 2014. Tenant further acknowledges that it has accepted the Second Expansion Premises on the Second Expansion Effective Date in the condition specified in Section 5 of the Second Amendment. All capitalized terms used in this paragraph and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

In accordance with Section 6 of the Second Amendment, Tenant acknowledges that effective on the Second Expansion Effective Date, as to the entire Second Expansion Premises, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 24.96%.

Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Commencement Date Memorandum shall be treated as originals.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE NEXT PAGE.]


TENANT:      LANDLORD:
MULESOFT, INC.,      G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware corporation      a California limited partnership
       By:    Grant Geary. Inc.,
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

        a California corporation.
          its general partner
Name:   Greg Schott        
Its:  

 

       
  (President, CEO or Vice-President)      By:   

/s/ Robert Mashaal

          Robert Mashaal, President
By:  

 

       
Name:  

 

       
Its:  

 

       
  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)        


THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE (this “Third Amendment”), dated May 9, 2014, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between G & G PARTNERS, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MULESOFT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This Third Amendment is entered into on the basis of the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease, dated March 13, 2012, with respect to certain Premises at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California, in the building commonly known as The Grant & Geary Center (the “Lease”), which Premises consist of approximately 12,537 rentable square feet on the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building (the “Original Premises”), and are more fully described in the Lease.

B. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain First Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“First Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated March 5, 2013, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease (i) added to the Original Premises approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of space described as Suite 200 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building in the location shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to the First Amendment (the “First Expansion Premises”), (ii) provided Tenant with options to add to the Premises additional expansion spaces on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building designated as Suites 207, 205 and 203, consisting of approximately 1,406 rsf, 1,723 rsf, and 4,240 rsf, respectively, and (iii) granted Tenant the right of first offer with respect to each of Suites 201, 203, 205 and 207 on the second (2 nd floor of the Building, on the terms set forth in the First Amendment.

C. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain Second Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“Second Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated January 14, 2014, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease because Tenant exercised the Expansion Option in the First Amendment (1) added to the Premises Suites 207, 205 and 203 (collectively, the “Second Expansion Premises”) which consist of approximately 7,369 rentable square feet of space on the second (2 nd floor of the Building in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to the Second Amendment, (ii) amended the terms of the Right of First Offer to apply only to Suite 201, and (iii) amended the Lease to reflect changes required by the addition of the Second Expansion Premises to the Premises. The Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, is hereafter referred to as the “Lease”.

D. Tenant and Landlord desire to add to the Premises Suite 202 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 276 rentable square feet, and Suite 300 on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 3,548 rentable square feet, for a total of approximately 3,824 rentable square feet, in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-1 and Exhibit   A-2 , respectively, attached to this Third Amendment (collectively, the “Third Expansion Premises”). Accordingly, when the Third Expansion Premises have been delivered to Tenant in the required condition and added to and become part of the Premises, the Premises leased by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant from Landlord will consist of a total of approximately 26,339 rentable square feet.


E. Terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the meanings therein defined.

F. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to (i) reflect the terms and conditions applicable to the addition of the Third Expansion Premises to the Premises, (ii) provide for the addition of -Must-Take” Fourth Expansion Premises on January 1, 2015 and “Must- Take” Fifth Expansion Premises on April 1, 2016, and (iii) otherwise amend the Lease as provided in this Third Amendment. Accordingly, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

1. Recitals; Capitalized Terms . The recitals set forth above are integral parts of this Third Amendment and shall be deemed to be a part hereof. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms which are used in this Third Amendment shall have the same meanings given to them in the Lease.

2. Delivery of Third Expansion Premises . Within seven (7) business days after the full execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises in the required condition (the -Third Expansion Effective Date”), the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall be increased by the addition of the Third Expansion Premises and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Third Amendment, from and after the Third Expansion Effective Date, the Premises shall be deemed the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. In the event that for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver to Tenant possession of the Third Expansion Premises within seven (7) business days after full execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Third Amendment or the Lease, however the Third Expansion Effective Date shall not occur until Landlord has delivered possession of the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises in the required condition within ninety (90) days after the full execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to deliver notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period terminating this Third Amendment as to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises and the Fifth Expansion Premises described in this Third Amendment (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”), provided, however, if within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Notice Landlord delivers possession of the Third Expansion Premises in the required condition, then Tenant’s Termination Notice shall he void and of no further force or effect.

3. Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing Sixty (60) Days after the Third Expansion Effective Date . Commencing sixty (60) (lays after the Third Expansion Effective Date, the Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2,1, 2.2 and 2.2.1 of the Lease:

 

2


Period

   Annual Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Monthly
Base Rent
for the
Premises
     Annual Rate Per
Square Foot
     Rentable Square
Feet
 

Commencing sixty (60) days after the
Third Expansion Effective Date**
– August 31, 2014

   $ 1,002,804.00       $ 83,567.00       $ 44.00         22,791 rsf   
   $ 134,824.00 1      $ 11,235.33 1      $ 38.00 1        3,548 rsf   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,137,628.00       $ 94,802.33            26,339 rsf   

September 1, 2014

   $ 1,025,595.00       $ 85,466.25       $ 45.00         22,791 rsf   

– December 31, 2014

   $ 134,824.00 1      $ 11,235.33 1      $ 38.00 1        3,548 rsf   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,160,419.00       $ 96,701.58            26,339 rsf   

 

** Until the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Third Expansion Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises under the Second Amendment for the period immediately preceding the Third Expansion Effective Date shall remain in effect. Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month.
1   This is the rate for Suite 300 only.

4. Condition of Third Expansion Premises . On the Third Expansion Effective Date, Landlord agrees to deliver the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant in vacant, professionally cleaned by the Building janitor condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Third Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, equipment, and plumbing (if any)) in good order and repair and otherwise in the condition and configuration existing on the date of this Third Amendment. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Third Expansion Premises are being delivered “as is” and that Tenant has performed preliminary investigations and reviews and has concluded on its own judgment that the Third Expansion Premises are suitable for the purposes intended, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) from Landlord or any agent of Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord has not received any notice of violation with respect to failure of the Building or the Third Expansion Premises to comply with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 311 of the Lease). Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or otherwise improve the Third Expansion Premises or the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s acceptance of the Third Expansion Premises shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have defects in the foregoing delivery condition of the Third Expansion Premises repaired at no cost to Tenant. Tenant shall give notice to Landlord whenever any such defect becomes reasonably apparent, and Landlord shall repair such defect as soon as practicable at Landlord’s cost and expense and not as an Operating Expense. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any improvement allowance with respect to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises or the Fifth Expansion Premises. The terms and conditions in this Paragraph 4 shall similarly apply to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Fourth Expansion Premises and the Fifth Expansion Premises described in this Third Amendment.

 

3


5. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Third Expansion Effective Date . Effective on the Third Expansion Effective Date, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “29.20%” (26,339/90,205),

6. Delivery of Fourth Expansion Premises . On January 1, 2015 (the “Fourth Expansion Effective Date”), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant possession of the following spaces in the Building (a) approximately 3,457 rentable square of space on the Mezzanine level of the Building which is currently under lease to Britex Fabrics, (b) approximately 2,962 rentable square feet of space also on the Mezzanine level of the Building which is currently under lease to Patricia Sweetow Gallery, and (c) approximately 2,381 rentable square feet of space designated as Suite 301 on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (collectively, the “Fourth Expansion Premises”). The Fourth Expansion Premises consist of a total of approximately 8,800 rentable square feet in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-3 and Exhibit   A-4 attached to this Third Amendment. The Fourth Expansion Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in the required condition and the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall be increased by the addition of the Fourth Expansion Premises, and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Third Amendment, from and after the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, the Premises shall be deemed the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. In the event that for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver to Tenant possession of the Fourth Expansion Premises on the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Third Amendment or the Lease, however the Fourth Expansion Effective Date shall not occur until Landlord has delivered possession of the Fourth Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Fourth Expansion Premises in the required condition within ninety (90) days after the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall have the right to deliver notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period terminating this Third Amendment as to the Fourth Expansion Premises and the Fifth Expansion Premises described in this Third Amendment (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”), provided, however, if within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Notice Landlord delivers possession of the Fourth Expansion Premises in the required condition, then Tenant’s Termination Notice shall he void and of no further force or effect. When the Fourth Expansion Premises have been delivered to Tenant in the required condition and added to and become part of the Premises, the Premises leased by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant from Landlord will consist of a total of approximately 35,139 rentable square feet.

7. Annual   Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing Sixty (60)   Days after the Fourth   Expansion Effective Date . Commencing sixty (60) clays after the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, the Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.2,1 of the Lease:

 

4


Period

   Annual Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Annual
Rate Per
Square Foot
     Rentable
Square Feet
 

Commencing sixty (60) days after the Fourth Expansion Effective Date (January 1, 2015)**
– August 31, 2015

   $ 1,025,595.00       $ 85,466.00       $ 45.00         22,791   
   $ 225,302.00 1      $ 18,775.17       $ 38.00 1        5,929   
   $ 192,570.00 2      $ 16,047.50 1      $ 30.00         6,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,443,467.00       $ 120,288.92            35,139   

September 1, 2015 –

   $ 1,048,386.00       $ 87,365.50       $ 46.00         22,791   

December 31, 2016

   $ 225,302.00 1      $ 18,775.17 1      $ 38.00 1        5,929   
   $ 192,570.00 2      $ 16,047.50 2      $ 30.00 2        6,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,466,258.00       $ 122,188.17            35,139   

 

*** Until the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises under this Third Amendment for the period immediately preceding the Fourth Expansion Effective Date shall remain in effect. Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month.
1   These are the rates for Suites 300 and 301 only.
2   These are the rates for the Mezzanine Premises only.

8. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Fourth Expansion Effective Date . Effective on the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “38.95%” (35,139/90,205).

9. Delivery of Fifth Expansion Premises . On April 1, 2016 (the “Fifth Expansion Effective Date”), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant possession of (a) approximately 1,530 rentable square feet of space designated as Suite 201 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building which is currently under lease to James Adler, and (b) approximately 232 rentable square feet of space designated as Suite 209, which is also on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, which is currently occupied by the Building management office (collectively, the “Fifth Expansion Premises”). The Fifth Expansion Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in the required condition and the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall be increased by the addition of the Fifth Expansion Premises, and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Third Amendment, from and after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the Premises shall be deemed the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. In the event that for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver to Tenant possession of the Fifth Expansion Premises on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Third Amendment or the Lease, however the Fifth Expansion Effective Date shall not occur until Landlord has delivered possession of the Fifth

 

5


Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition. If for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver possession of the Fifth Expansion Premises in the required condition within ninety (90) days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall have the right to deliver notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period terminating this Third Amendment as to the Fifth Expansion Premises (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”), provided, however, if within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Notice Landlord delivers possession of the Fifth Expansion Premises in the required condition, then Tenant’s Termination Notice shall be void and of no further force or effect. When the Fifth Expansion Premises have been delivered to Tenant in the required condition and added to and become part of the Premises, the Premises leased by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant from Landlord will consist of a total of approximately 36,901 rentable square feet.

10. Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing Sixty (60) Days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date . Commencing sixty (60) days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.2.1 of the Lease:

 

Period

   Annual Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
     Annual Rate
Per Square
Foot
     Rentable
Square Feet
 

Commencing sixty

   $ 1,129,438.00       $ 94,119.83       $ 46.00         24,553   

(60) days after the

           

Fifth Expansion

   $ 225,302.00 1      $ 18,775.17       $ 38.00 1        5,929   

Effective Date

           

(April 1, 2016)**

   $ 192,570.00 2      $ 16,047.50 1      $ 30.00         6,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

– August 31, 2016

   $ 1,547,310.00       $ 128,942.50            36,901   

September 1, 2016 –

   $ 1,153,991.00       $ 96,165.92       $ 47.00         24,553   

August 31, 2016

           
   $ 225,302.00 1      $ 18,775.17 1      $ 38.00 1        5,929   
   $ 192,570.00 2      $ 16,047.50 2      $ 30.00 2        6,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,571,863.00       $ 130,988.58            36,901   

September 1, 2017 –

   $ 1,178,544.00       $ 98,212.00       $ 48.00         24,553   

August 31, 2018

           
   $ 225,302.00 1      $ 18,775.17 1      $ 38.00 1        5,929   
   $ 192,570.00 2      $ 16,047.50 2      $ 30.00 2        6,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 1,596,416.00       $ 133,034.67            36,901   

 

**** Until the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises under this Third Amendment for the period immediately preceding the Fifth Expansion Effective Date shall remain in effect. Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month.
1   These are the rates for Suites 300 and 301 only,
2   These are the rates for the Mezzanine Premises only.

 

6


11. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date . Effective on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “40.91%” (36,901/90,205).

12. Extension of Term of Lease . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of two (2) years so that the Expiration Date of the I ,ease shall be August 31, 2018.

13. Right of First Offer .

13.1 Generally . Provided that Tenant has not given Landlord the Lease Termination Notice specified in Paragraph 16 below, then through and including October 31, 2017, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (“Right of First Offer”) on Suite 303 totaling approximately 6,443 rsf on the third floor of the Building (the “Offering Space”), as shown on the diagram attached hereto as Exhibit   A-6 . Tenant acknowledges that the Offering Space is currently under lease to a tenant (the “Existing Tenant”) whose lease is not scheduled to expire until March 31, 2018. Accordingly, unless the Existing Tenant’s lease is terminated for any reason prior to March 31, 2018, the earliest date that Landlord could deliver Tenant possession of the Offering Space would be April 1, 2018.

Landlord agrees that Landlord will not extend the term of the Offering Space or lease the Offering Space to a third party without first offering the Offering Space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 13. Within a reasonable time after Landlord has determined that the Offering Space will become Available for Lease (described below) (but prior to leasing such Offering Space to a third party), Landlord shall advise Tenant of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease the Offering Space to Tenant (the “Advice”), including (a) Monthly Base Rent (which shall be at the same Annual Rate Per Square Foot from time to time for the fourth (4 th ) floor Premises leased to Tenant), (b) Term, which shall be coterminous with the Expiration Date, (c) Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Offering Space, and (d) any other necessary modifications to the Lease rent schedules, or otherwise, to reflect the addition of the Offering Space to the Premises, if Tenant timely delivers the Notice of Exercise of the Right of First Offer. The Offering Space shall he deemed to be “Available for Lease” when Landlord has determined that the existing tenant cannot extend or renew the term of its lease for the Offering Space and that Landlord is ready to market such space for lease to third parties. No remeasurement of the Offering Space shall result in any increased or reduced rentable square feet for the Offering Space from that specified above in this Paragraph 13. Tenant may lease the Offering Space in its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Landlord (“Notice of Exercise”) within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Advice, except that Tenant shall have no such Right of First Offer and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Advice, if:

 

7


(i) Tenant is in Default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(ii) Fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises is sublet for the remainder of the Term at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(iii) Tenant’s interest in this Lease has been assigned as of the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or

(iv) Tenant has abandoned the entire Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice.

13.2 Term . The term for the Offering Space shall commence upon the later of the commencement date stated in the Advice and the date Landlord delivers the Offering Space to Tenant in its then present, “as is”, condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Offering Space (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, equipment, and plumbing (if any)) in good order and repair, and thereupon the Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice (including the Base Rent rate and Term) shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the Offering Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Advice, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the Offering Space.

13.3 Failure to Exercise; Expiration . The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the Offering Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) Tenant’s failure to exercise its Right of First Offer within the ten (10) business day period provided above, and (ii) the date Landlord would have provided Tenant an Advice if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above in Paragraph 13.1.

13.4 Offering Amendment . Notwithstanding anything in this Third Amendment to the contrary, if Tenant timely exercises the Right of First Offer, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the Offering Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable area of the Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offering Amendment shall he (i) sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Notice of Exercise, and (ii) executed by Tenant and returned to Landlord within five (5) business days’ thereafter, subject to any good faith language negotiation and as may otherwise be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

14. Tenant’s Additional Rights Regarding the Offering Space .

14.1 In the event that Tenant is able to arrange with Posit Science Corporation (the current tenant of the Offering Space) to sublet the Offering Space on terms and conditions acceptable to Tenant and Posit Science Corporation, at no cost to Landlord, Landlord agrees that Landlord will consent to such a sublease for a sublease term which expires on March 31, 2018.

14.2 Landlord and Tenant further agree that if Landlord has consented to a sublease with Posit Science Corporation, as described in Paragraph 14.1, that at the same time Landlord’s consent is given, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment of this Lease, in which the

 

8


Offering Space shall be added to and become part of the Premises on the first to occur of (a) April 1, 2018, or (b) such earlier date that the Lease between Landlord and Posit Science Corporation terminates, at the applicable Monthly Base Rent (which shall be at the same Annual Rate Per Square foot from time to time for the fourth (4 th ) floor Premises leased to Tenant, multiplied by the approximately 6,443 rentable square feet in the Offering Space), with an appropriate increase in Tenant’s Proportionate Share to reflect the addition of the Offering Space to the Premises, and any further necessary modifications to the Lease rent schedules, or otherwise, to reflect the addition of the Offering Space to the Premises.

15. Tenant’s Additional Rights Regarding Suite 201 and Suite 209; Relocated Building Management Office .

15.1 Landlord and Tenant agree that if Tenant is able to reach an agreement with James Adler (“Adler”), as the current tenant of Suite 201, to terminate Adler’s lease with Landlord prior to the scheduled expiration date of March 31, 2016, on terms acceptable to Adler and Landlord, that at the same time Landlord and Tenant enter into a lease termination and surrender agreement for Suite 201, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment of this Lease, in which Suite 201 shall be added to and become part of the Premises on the clay after Adler has vacated and surrendered Suite 201, at the applicable per square foot Monthly Base Rent from time to time for the fourth (4 th ) floor Premises leased to Tenant, multiplied by the approximately 1,530 rentable square feet in Suite 201, with an appropriate increase in Tenant’s Proportionate Share to reflect the addition of Suite 201 to the Premises, and any further necessary modifications to the Lease rent schedules, or otherwise, to reflect the addition of Suite 201 to the Premises. In the event that Suite 201 is surrendered to Landlord and subsequently delivered to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 15.1, then Suite 201 shall no longer he a portion of the Fifth Expansion Premises described in Paragraph 9 above.

15.2 If under the terms of Paragraph 15.1 Suite 201 will be added to and become part of the Premises, then at the same time Landlord shall vacate the Building management office in Suite 209 and Suite 209 shall also he added to and become part of the Premises and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment of this Lease reflecting the addition of Suites 201 and 209 to the Premises and incorporating the Rent Schedule for the Fifth Expansion Premises from Paragraph 10 of this Amendment to be effective as of the date that Suites 201 and 209 are added to and become part of the Premises. Landlord shall deliver possession of Suites 201 and 209 to Tenant in the same condition as if Landlord were delivering to Tenant possession of the Fifth Expansion Premises under Paragraph 9 of this Amendment. If the provisions of Paragraphs 15.1 and 15.2 are used by Tenant to add Suites 201 and 209 to the Premises, then Paragraph 9 of this Third Amendment shall thereafter be deemed deleted from this amendment.

15.3 If Landlord is required to vacate possession of the Building management office in Suite 209 either under the provisions of Paragraphs 15.2 or under the provisions of Paragraph 9 of this Third Amendment, then upon written request by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord at no cost, at the same time Landlord is required to vacate Suite 209, with a separately demised office with a lockable door on any floor of Tenant’s Premises in the Building, which office contains approximately 200 rentable square feet and will be used as the Building management office for the duration of the Term of Tenant’s Lease, Upon Tenant’s delivery of such

 

9


new management office space to Landlord, Tenant’s Annual Base Rent, Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be, by an amendment to the Lease, proportionately reduced to reflect the reduction in square footage of the Premises to accommodate such new management office and the space occupied by the new management office shall no longer be deemed to be part of the Premises.

16. Tenant’s Right to Terminate Lease . Provided that Tenant is not in Default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period when Tenant sends Landlord the Expansion Space Notice Request, defined in this Paragraph 16, Tenant may give Landlord written notice no earlier than June 1, 2016 and no later than January 31, 2017 requesting the right to Lease not more than 12,000 additional rentable square feet of’ Expansion Space in the Building through August 31, 2018 (the “Expansion Space Notice Request”). Within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Expansion Space Notice Request, Landlord shall either notify Tenant in writing that subject to reaching agreement on the Base Rent and other terms for the Expansion Space to be added to the Premises by an amendment to the Lease that Landlord can accommodate Tenant’s request for the Expansion Space, or Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that Landlord cannot accommodate Tenant’s request for Expansion Space (“Landlord’s Declination Notice”). If Landlord gives Tenant Landlord’s Declination Notice then, within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Declination Notice, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice terminating the Lease effective on August 31, 2017 (the “Lease Termination Notice”). If Tenant fails to timely deliver the Lease Termination Notice to Landlord, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect through the Expiration Date.

17. Deletion of Replacement Paragraph 9 of the First Amendment-Right of First Offer . Replacement Paragraph 9 of the First Amendment as set forth in Paragraph 7 of the Second Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety

18. Alterations to Third Expansion Premises, Fourth Expansion   Premises and Fifth Expansion Premises . Once the applicable Expansion Premises Effective Dates have occurred with respect to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises and the Fifth Expansion Premises, respectively, Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations in the applicable Expansion Premises, subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove or restore any alterations to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises or the Fifth Expansion Premises required to cause the portions of the Premises on the second (2 nd ) floor or third (3 rd ) floor to be one contiguous suite on their respective floors or to otherwise cause the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises or the Fifth Expansion Premises to be consistent with the overall appearance, function and quality of the Original Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph, Tenant shall not be entitled to install an internal staircase (an “internal Staircase”) between any of the floors on which the Premises are located, without agreeing that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove an Internal Staircase at its own expense prior to the Expiration Date. Landlord may also require that prior to commencing construction of an Internal Staircase that Tenant deposit with Landlord as an additional Security Deposit an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost to remove an Internal Staircase prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything in this Third Amendment or the Lease to the contrary, with regard

 

10


to any initial Alterations Tenant makes to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, or the Fifth Expansion Premises as required in connection with its occupancy of such spaces, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the following: (a) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises or the Fifth Expansion Premises or the Common Areas; (b) costs to bring the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, or the Fifth Expansion Premises or any other portion of the Building into compliance with Legal Requirements, and (c) costs to correct any defect in the delivery condition of the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises or the Fifth Expansion Premises.

19. Tenant’s Right to Restrict Access to any Full Floor Occupied by Tenant . From and after the time Tenant leases and occupies either the entire second (2 nd ) floor of the Building or the entire third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, or both the second (2 nd ) and third (3 rd ) floors the Building (hereinafter each an “Eligible Floor”), Landlord shall be required, upon written request from Tenant, to reprogram the Building elevators so as to restrict access to each Eligible Floor to those persons who have been provided by Tenant with a numerical code for use in the Building elevators which will allow entry to an Eligible Floor. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 19, Building maintenance personnel and janitors shall be permitted to access an Eligible Floor in order to perform maintenance or janitorial services.

20. Brokers . Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent to whom a commission is payable in connection with the negotiation or the consummation of this Third Amendment or any arrangements with respect thereto. Each party warrants that it knows of no real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Third Amendment. If either party has dealt with any person or real estate broker with respect to this Third Amendment, such party shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and that party shall hold the other free and harmless against any liability with respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

21. Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures . This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Third Amendment shall be treated and have the same effect as original signatures.

22. Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all of the terms and provisions of the Lease as modified by Paragraphs 1 through 21 above. Except as explicitly amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE NEXT PAGE.]

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Third Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By:   Grant Geary, Inc.,
  a California corporation
  its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Robert Mashaal

    Name: Robert Mashaal
    Title: President

 

TENANT:
MULESOFT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Greg Schott

Printed Name: Greg Schott
Title:  

CEO

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)
By:  

/s/ Rob Horton

Printed Name: Rob Horton
Title:  

Secretary

  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)


EXHIBIT A-1

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE PORTION OF THE THIRD EXPANSION PREMISES LOCATED ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE PORTION OF THE THIRD EXPANSION PREMISES LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-3

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE PORTIONS OF THE FOURTH EXPANSION PREMISES LOCATED ON THE MEZZANINE LEVEL OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-4

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE PORTION OF THE FOURTH EXPANSION PREMISES LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-5

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE FIFTH EXPANSION PREMISES LOCATED ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-6

ATTACH HERE FLOOR DIAGRAM OF THE SUITE 303 FIRST OFFERING SPACE

LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE BUILDING


LOGO


COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM-FOURTH EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LANDLORD:   

G & G Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership.

TENANT:    MuleSoft, Inc., a Delaware corporation
LEASE DATE AND PREMISES:    Lease dated March 13, 2012, [ Please note: that the date of the Lease incorrectly appears as “March 31, 2012” in that certain Commencement Date Memorandum-Second Expansion Premises between Landlord and Tenant, dated March   11, 2014 .] by and between Landlord and Tenant regarding approximately 12,537 rentable square feet of floor area on the entire fourth (4th) floor of the Building known as The Grant & Geary Center, located at 77 Geary Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Premises ”); as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease between Landlord and Tenant, dated March 5, 2013, with regard to the First Expansion Premises, consisting of approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of floor area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “ First Amendment ”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease, dated January 14, 2014, with regard to the Second Expansion Premises, consisting of a total of approximately 7,369 rentable square feet of floor area on the second floor of the Building (the “Second Expansion Premises”) (the “ Second Amendment ”), and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease, dated May 9, 2014 (the “Third Amendment”), with regard to (a) the Third Expansion Premises, consisting of a total of approximately 3,824 rentable square feet of floor area on the second (2nd) and third (3rd) floors of the Building (the “ Third Expansion Premises ”), (b) the Fourth Expansion Premises, consisting of a total of approximately 8,800 rentable square feet of floor area on the mezzanine and third (3rd) floors of the Building (the “ Fourth Expansion Premises ”), and (c) the Fifth Expansion Premises, consisting of a total of approximately 1,762 rentable square feet of floor area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “ Fifth Expansion Premises ”). The Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment, is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”.


Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Fourth Expansion Effective Date is January 1, 2015. Tenant further acknowledges that it has accepted the Fourth Expansion Premises on the Fourth Expansion Effective Date in the condition specified in Paragraph 6 of the Third Amendment.

In accordance with Paragraph 7 of the Third Amendment, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Monthly Base Rent on the Fourth Expansion Premises will commence on March 1, 2015.

In accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Third Amendment, Tenant acknowledges that effective on the Fourth Expansion Effective Date, as to the entire Premises, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 38.95%.

All capitalized terms used in this Commencement Date Memorandum and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Commencement Date Memorandum shall be treated as originals.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Commencement Date Memorandum effective as of the le day of January 2015.

 

TENANT:       LANDLORD:
MULESOFT, INC.,       G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware corporation       a California limited partnership
      By:   Grant Geary. Inc.,
By:  

/s/ Rob Horton

      a California corporation.
        its general partner
Name:  

Rob Horton

     
Its:  

SVP, General Counsel

    By:  

/s/ Robert Mashaal

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)       Robert Mashaal, President
By:  

/s/ Matthew Langdon

     
Name:   Matthew Langdon      
Its:  

CFO

     
  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)      

 

2


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE GRANT & GEARY CENTER LEASE (this “Fourth Amendment”), dated March 2, 2016, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between G & G PARTNERS, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MULESOFT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This Fourth Amendment is entered into on the basis of the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease, dated March 13, 2012, with respect to certain Premises at 77 Geary Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, California, in the building commonly known as The Grant & Geary Center (the “Lease”), which Premises consist of approximately 12,537 rentable square feet on the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building (the “Original Premises”), and are more fully described in the Lease.

B. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain First Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“First Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated March 5, 2013, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease (i) added to the Original Premises approximately 2,609 rentable square feet of space described as Suite 200 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building in the location shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to the First Amendment (the “First Expansion Premises”), (ii) provided Tenant with options to add to the Premises additional expansion spaces on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building designated as Suites 207, 205 and 203, consisting of approximately 1,406 rsf, 1,723 rsf, and 4,240 rsf, respectively, and (iii) granted Tenant the right of first offer with respect to each of Suites 201, 203, 205 and 207 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, on the terms set forth in the First Amendment.

C. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain Second Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“Second Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated January 14, 2014, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease because Tenant exercised the Expansion Option in the First Amendment (1) added to the Premises Suites 207, 205 and 203 (collectively, the “Second Expansion Premises”) which consist of approximately 7,369 rentable square feet of space on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-1 attached to the Second Amendment, (ii) amended the terms of the Right of First Offer to apply only to Suite 201, and (iii) amended the Lease to reflect changes required by the addition of the Second Expansion Premises to the Premises.

D. The Lease was subsequently amended by that certain Third Amendment to the Grant & Geary Center Lease (“Third Amendment”) between Landlord and Tenant, dated May 9, 2014, pursuant to which the following changes were made to the Lease because Tenant and Landlord desired to add to the Premises Suite 202 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 276 rentable square feet, and Suite 300 on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 3,548 rentable square feet, for a total of approximately 3,824 rentable


square feet, in the locations shown on Exhibit   A-1 and Exhibit   A-2 , respectively, attached to the Third Amendment (collectively, the “Third Expansion Premises”). The Third Amendment also amended the Lease to (1) provide for the addition of “Must-Take” Fourth Expansion Premises on January 1, 2015 and “Must-Take” Fifth Expansion Premises on April 1, 2016, and (ii) otherwise amended the Lease as provided in the Third Amendment. The Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment, is hereafter referred to as the “Lease”. As used in this Fourth Amendment, (1) the term “Second Floor Portion of the Premises” means all of the Premises located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, which as of the date of this Amendment consist of approximately 10,254 rentable square feet, and as of the Fifth Expansion Effective Date will consist of approximately 12,016 rentable square feet, (ii) the term “Mezzanine Level of the Premises” means all of the Premises located on the mezzanine level of the Building, which consist of approximately 6,419 rentable square feet and (iii) the term “Third Floor Portion of the Premises” means all of the Premises located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, which as of the date of this Amendment consist of approximately 5,929 rentable square feet and as of the Sixth Expansion Effective Date will consist of approximately 12,372 rentable square feet.

E. Posit Science Corporation (“Posit Science”) currently leases from Landlord, approximately 6,443 rentable square feet designated as Suite 303 on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, which are in the location shown on Exhibit   A-7 attached hereto (the “Suite 303 Premises”), for a term which is scheduled to end on March 31, 2018. Tenant has been negotiating with Posit Science to reach an agreement by which Posit Science will agree with Landlord, at no expense to Landlord, to vacate and surrender the Suite 303 Premises to Landlord on approximately April 1, 2016, or as soon thereafter as Posit Science can do so (the “Lease Termination and Surrender Agreement”).

F. Provided that Posit Science and Landlord have executed the Lease Termination and Surrender Agreement on terms satisfactory to each, then, on the day after Posit Science has vacated and surrendered to Landlord the Suite 303 Premises, Tenant and Landlord desire to add the Suite 303 Premises (hereafter, the” Sixth Expansion Premises”) to the Premises. Accordingly, when the Sixth Expansion Premises have been delivered to Tenant in the required condition and added to and become part of the Premises, the Premises leased by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant from Landlord will consist of approximately 41,582 rentable square feet.

G. Terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the meanings therein defined.

H. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to document the addition of the Sixth Expansion Premises to the Premises for all purposes and to otherwise amend the Lease as set forth in this Fourth Amendment. Accordingly, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

1. Recitals; Capitalized Terms . The recitals set forth above are integral parts of this Fourth Amendment and shall be deemed to be a part hereof. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms which are used in this Fourth Amendment shall have the same meanings given to them in the Lease.

 

2


2. Delivery of Sixth Expansion Premises . On April 1, 2016, or as soon thereafter as Posit Science and Landlord have executed the Lease Surrender and Termination Agreement and Posit Science has vacated and surrendered the Suite 303 Premises to Landlord, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Sixth Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition (the “Sixth Expansion Effective Date”), the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall be increased by the addition of the Sixth Expansion Premises and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Fourth Amendment, from and after the Sixth Expansion Effective Date, the Sixth Expansion Premises shall be deemed part of the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. In the event that for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver to Tenant possession of the Sixth Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Fourth Amendment or the Lease, however the Sixth Expansion Effective Date shall not occur until Landlord has delivered possession of the Sixth Expansion Premises to Tenant in the required condition.

3. Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing on the Sixth Expansion Effective Date . Commencing on the Sixth Expansion Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.2.1 of the Lease:

 

Period

   Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
 

Commencing on the Sixth Expansion Effective Date** -March 31, 2016

   $ 135,641.09   

April 1, 2016-May 31, 2016

   $ 136,178.00   

 

** In the event that the Sixth Expansion Effective Date does not occur on April 1, 2016, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises for any partial month until the Sixth Expansion Effective Date does occur shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month by reducing the Monthly Base Rent figure above by $733.79 for each day until the Sixth Expansion Effective Date occurs,

4. Condition of Sixth Expansion Premises . On the Sixth Expansion Effective Date, Landlord agrees to deliver the Sixth Expansion Premises to Tenant in vacant, professionally cleaned by the Building janitor condition with all fixtures and all Building systems located in the Sixth Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, electrical panels, HVAC units, if any, equipment, and plumbing (if any)) in good order and repair and otherwise in the condition and configuration existing on the date of this Fourth Amendment. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Sixth Expansion Premises are being delivered “as is” and that Tenant has performed preliminary investigations and reviews and has concluded on its own judgment that the Sixth Expansion Premises are suitable for the purposes intended, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) from Landlord or any agent of Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord has not received any notice of violation with respect to failure of the Building or the Sixth Expansion Premises to comply with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 3.1.1 of the Lease). Except as provided in this Fourth Amendment, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or otherwise improve the Sixth Expansion Premises or the Premises.

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s acceptance of the Sixth Expansion Premises shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have defects in the foregoing delivery condition of the Sixth Expansion Premises repaired at no cost to Tenant. Tenant shall give notice to Landlord whenever any such defect becomes reasonably apparent, and Landlord shall repair such defect as soon as practicable at Landlord’s cost and expense and not as an Operating Expense.

5. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Sixth Expansion Effective Date . Effective on the Sixth Expansion Effective Date, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial Terms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “46.10%” (41,582/90,205).

6. Monthly Base Rent for the Premises Commencing Sixty (60) Days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date . Commencing sixty (60) days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date (which is estimated to be June 1, 2016) , the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.21 of the Lease:

 

Period

   Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
 

Commencing sixty (60) days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date** - August 31, 2016

   $ 142,932.33   

September 1, 2016 - March 31, 2017

   $ 144,978.41   

April 1, 2017 - August 31, 2017

   $ 145,515.33   

September 1, 2017 - March 31, 2018

   $ 147,561.42   

April 1, 2018 - August 31, 2018

   $ 150,782.92   

September 1, 2018 - August 31, 2019

   $ 158,800.83   

September 1, 2019 - August 31, 2020

   $ 161,877.92   

September 1, 2020 - August 31, 2021

   $ 164,955.00   

 

*** Until the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises under this Fourth Amendment for the period immediately preceding the Fifth Expansion Effective Date shall remain in effect. In the event that the that the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date does not occur on June 1, 2016, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month by reducing the first Monthly Base Rent figure above by $225.14 for each day until the Fifth Expansion Effective Date occurs, Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in the partial month.

 

4


7. Amendment of Paragraph 11 of the Third Amendment-Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date . Paragraph 11 of the Third Amendment is amended to read in full as follows:

“11. Amendment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date . Effective on the Fifth Expansion Effective Date, the figure for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as specified under the Financial ‘Perms heading of the Schedule of Incorporated Terms in the Lease, is hereby amended to read “48.05%” (43,344/90,205).”

8. Replacement Monthly Base Rent Schedule . In the event that it is finally determined that Tenant may legally use the Mezzanine Level of the Premises for general business office purposes and any prior restrictions on the use of the Mezzanine Level of the Premises for general business office purposes have been removed, then from and after the date which is sixty (60) days following such determination, the Base Rent Schedule below in this Paragraph 8 shall replace the Base Rent Schedule in Paragraph 6. Base Rent for any partial month in which the office use determination is made shall be appropriately prorated between the two schedules, and, notwithstanding the schedule below, such adjustment shall not be retroactive to any periods prior to the foregoing adjustment date.

 

Period

   Monthly Base
Rent for the
Premises
 

Commencing sixty (60) days after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date** - August 31, 2016

   $ 150,956.08   

September 1, 2016 - March 31, 2017

   $ 153,002.16   

April 1, 2017 - August 31, 2017

   $ 153,539.08   

September 1, 2017 - March 31, 2018

   $ 155,585.17   

April 1, 2018 - August 31, 2018

   $ 158,806.67   

September 1, 2018 - August 31, 2019

   $ 176,988.00   

September 1, 2019 - August 31, 2020

   $ 180,600.00   

September 1, 2020 - August 31, 2021

   $ 184,212.00   

9. Further Extension of Term of Lease . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the Term of the Lease is hereby further extended for a period of three (3) years so that the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be August 31, 2021.

10. Alterations to ‘Third Expansion Premises, Fourth Expansion Premises, Fifth Expansion Premises and Sixth Expansion Premises . Once the applicable Expansion Premises Effective Dates have occurred with respect to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises and the Sixth Expansion Premises, respectively, Tenant shall have the right to make Alterations in the applicable Expansion Premises, subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove or restore any alterations to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises or the Sixth Expansion Premises required to

 

5


cause the portions of the Premises on the second (2 nd ) floor or third (3 rd ) floor to be one contiguous suite on their respective floors or to otherwise cause the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises or the Sixth Expansion Premises to be consistent with the overall appearance, function and quality of the Original Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph, Tenant shall not be entitled to install an internal staircase (an “Internal Staircase”) between any of the floors on which the Premises are located, without agreeing that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove an Internal Staircase at its own expense prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything In this Fourth Amendment or the Lease to the contrary, with regard to any initial Alterations Tenant makes to the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises, or the Sixth Expansion Premises as required in connection with its occupancy of such spaces, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the following: (a) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises, the Sixth Expansion Premises or the Common Areas; (b) costs to bring the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises, or the Sixth Expansion Premises or any other portion of the Building into compliance with Legal Requirements, and (c) costs to correct any defect in the delivery condition of the Third Expansion Premises, the Fourth Expansion Premises, the Fifth Expansion Premises, or the Sixth Expansion Premises.

11. Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance . Provided that the Fifth Expansion Premises have been added to the Premises under the terms of Paragraph 9 of the Third Amendment, Landlord shall make available to Tenant up to, but not in excess of $17,620.00 ($10.00/rsf for each rentable square foot of the Fifth Expansion Premises) (the “Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance”), for Alterations which have first been approved by Landlord in writing. The Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance may not be used by Tenant to purchase machines, equipment, furniture, or other movable personal property. From time to time, but not more frequently than once every thirty (30) days, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s written request together with supporting documentation, the cost of approved Alterations which have been completed in the Fifth Expansion Premises, but not to exceed the amount of the Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance for the Fifth Expansion Premises, provided that Tenant shall have first furnished to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including unconditional mechanics’ lien releases, that all of the Alterations covered by each payment request have been completed and paid for in full by Tenant. The amount paid by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 11 shall constitute a contribution in aid of refurbishing and construction and Tenant shall not be obligated to repay the same to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payment of the Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance for so long as any Default of Tenant under the Lease remains uncured. Any request for payment under this paragraph must be made by no later than six (6) months after the Fifth Expansion Effective Date has occurred. Except as provided in this paragraph, all Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for (and the Fifth Expansion Premises Improvement Allowance shall not be used for) the following: (a) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Fifth Expansion Premises or the Common Areas; and (b) costs to correct any defect in the delivery condition of the Fifth Expansion Premises.

 

6


12. Commencement Date Memorandum . Once the Sixth Expansion Effective Date and the Fifth Expansion Effective Date have each been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum in the form previously used by Landlord and Tenant to document the respective dates, provided, however, that failure of Tenant to confirm the dates in writing shall not affect any obligation of Tenant hereunder or Landlord’s determination of such dates pursuant to this Lease.

13. Deletion of Paragraph 10 of the Second Amendment . Paragraph 10, of the Second Amendment Is hereby deleted in its entirety.

14. Deletion of Paragraphs and Exhibit from the Third Amendment . Paragraphs 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 16 and 18 of the Third Amendment and Exhibit   A-6 to the Third Amendment are hereby deleted in their entirety.

15. Credit Against Base Rent . In consideration for Tenant’s execution of this Fourth Amendment, Tenant shall receive a credit against Base Rent due under the Lease in the amount of $32,095.00 on each of the three following dates: March 1, 2016, April 1, 2016 and May 1, 2016, for a total credit against Base Rent of $96,285.00.

16. Tenant’s Right to Terminate Lease for Second Floor Portion of the Premises . If for any reason Tenant no longer has quiet enjoyment of the Second Floor Portion of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease for the Second Floor Portion of the Premises by written notice delivered to Landlord. If Tenant gives Landlord written notice of Tenant’s election to terminate the Lease for the Second Floor Portion of the Premises, this Lease shall be terminated as to the Second Floor Portion of the Premises as of the date of such notice, and, Landlord and Tenant agree to promptly amend the Lease to (i) delete the Second Floor Portion of the Premises from the Premises, (ii) appropriately amend the Monthly Base Rent Schedules to delete the monthly Base Rent attributable to the Second Floor Portion of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, and (iii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately amended to reflect the deletion of the Second Floor Portion of the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 16 and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be deemed to no longer have quiet enjoyment of the Second Floor Portion of the Premises if any applicable governmental authorities undertake an enforcement action that prevents Tenant from legally using the Second Floor Portion of the Premises for general business office purposes.

17. Subleasing of the Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant may elect to sublease all or a portion of the Premises to a third party, subject to first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In that event Tenant may keep one hundred percent (100%) of the amount by which the monthly rent and other consideration payable by the transferee to Tenant exceeds the sum of Monthly Base Rent and the monthly installments of Additional Rent paid by Tenant hereunder and allocable to the Premises so transferred, after deducting the actual bona fide legal fees and brokers costs incurred by Tenant arising out of such transfer as well as any tenant improvement costs or allowances paid by Tenant in connection with such transfer (the “Sublease Profit”), until Tenant has fully recovered all costs incurred by Tenant for the design and installation of any improvements installed by Tenant in the Third Floor Portion of the Premises and the Mezzanine Level of the Premises (the “Leasehold Improvement Costs”). Thereafter, any Sublease Profit received by Tenant shall be shall be paid fifty percent (50%) to Landlord and fifty percent (50%) to Tenant.

 

7


The Leasehold Improvements Costs shall not include costs to purchase machines, equipment, furniture, or other movable personal property. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable supporting documentation evidencing the Leasehold Improvement Costs, including, without limitation, appropriate unconditional mechanics’ lien releases.

18. Expiration of Letter of Credit . For avoidance of doubt, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm that the Letter of Credit shall remain in effect for a period of at least sixty (60) days following the Term Expiration, which is now set to occur on August 31, 2021.

19. Brokers . Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent to whom a commission is payable in connection with the negotiation or the consummation of this Fourth Amendment or any arrangements with respect thereto. Each party warrants that it knows of no real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Fourth Amendment. If either party has dealt with any person or real estate broker with respect to this Fourth Amendment, such party shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and that party shall hold the other free and harmless against any liability with respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

20. Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures . This Fourth Amendment may he executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed original. Facsimile signatures and PDF signatures via e-mail on this Fourth Amendment shall be treated and have the same effect as original signatures.

21. Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Fourth Amendment and without limiting Tenant’s rights or remedies thereunder, Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant against, and reimburse Tenant for, any fines, penalties, requirements to pay time and materials costs incurred after the date of this Amendment or requirements to pay any other costs (collectively, “Penalties”) incurred by Tenant and imposed by any governmental authority relating to Tenant’s use of the Premises for general business purposes. If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for any such Penalties within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s written notice to Landlord of such Penalties, then Tenant may offset the amount of such Penalties against rent next due and payable under the Lease.

22. Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all of the terms and provisions of the Lease as modified by Paragraphs 1 through 21 above. Except as explicitly amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE NEXT PAGE.]

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
G & G PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By: Grant Geary, Inc.,

        a California corporation

        its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Robert Mashaal

  Name: Robert Mashaal
  Title: President

 

TENANT:
MULESOFT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Rob Horton

Printed Name: Rob Horton
Title:  

SVP, General Counsel

  (President, CEO or Vice-President)
By:  

/s/ Matt Langdon

Printed Name: Matt Langdon
Title:  

CFO

  (Secretary, CFO or Treasurer)


LOGO

Exhibit 10.19

LEASE AGREEMENT

Between Landmark Investor S.R.L . with domicile at Avda. Leandro N. Além 712, Floor 14°, Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, represented in this act by Mr. Pablo Javier Gronda (I.D.                         ), in his capacity as Manager, hereinafter referred as “THE LANDLORD” and Mulesoft Argentina S.R.L ., with domicile at Avda. Del Libertador 498, Floor 12, Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, represented in this act by Mr. Ignacio María Sammartino (I.D.                         ), in his capacity as Manager, hereinafter referred as “ THE TENANT ” (and, jointly with THE LANDLORD will be referred hereinafter as the “ Parties ”). The Parties agree to enter into this LEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter, the “ Agreement ”), subjects to the following terms and conditions:

FIRST: BACKGROUND AND RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.

1.1 The Lease Premises – as defined below- form an integral part of an office building, namely as “ JUANA MANSO 969 ” (hereinafter, the “ Office Building ”), with its building works substantially executed and in termination phase, located in Avenida Juan Manso 969, Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, Block 5H , delimited by Marta Lynch , Carola Lorenzini , Olga Cossettini and Juana Manso Streets; and 5F delimited by Marta Lynch , Carola Lorenzini , Olga Cossettini y Pierina Dealessi Streets , all of them situated in the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires. Cadastral Nomenclature: Circumscription 21, Section  98, Block 5H and 5F, Parcel 1d (the “ Property ”). In line with the “Design Brief” attached as Exhibit A, the Property is compose of (i)  two (2) Towers (Tower “North” and Tower “South” each of them with six (6) levels for commercial offices) and four undergrounds levels assigned for parking lot with an exclusive area for the offices, all areas integrated in the Lease Premises, (ii)  street level basement, underground level (with mezzanine) and, one (1) level bound to shopping center, access, main entrance, services sector and space for parking (hereinafter, the “ Commercial Complex ”), and (iii)  the annex building (at draft stage).

1.2. The Property is submitted to the Horizontal Property Regime according to Law N°13,512, as indicated in the public deed of assignment to said regime that is attached in this Agreement as EXHIBIT C, which include the Condominium Regulations and Management of the Property, the Office Building and the Commercial Complex (hereinafter, the “ Condominium Regulations ”). THE TENANT declares to know and accept the terms and provisions of the Condominium Regulations, accepting to comply with its obligations.

1.3. In relation with the development, construction, execution, organization and operation of the Office Building of which the Lease Premises are subject matter of this Agreement, THE LANDLORD in this act hereby leaves for itself and/or for third parties freely


designated by him, the exercise from now until the term determined by THE LANDLORD , all the rights that arise from the Condominium Regulations (with the exception of those rights that are granted under this Agreement to THE TENANT ) and the followings: (a)  modifications of the spaces in the parking lot, transformations of common parts (including shields, access to corridors and hallways) in unit or private spaces and vice versa, unifications of unit or private spaces and/or subdivision of units or private spaces, and thus the possibility of Agreement ions and incorporations of new units or private spaces, or the reduction of them (always without altering the free circulation and the use of access, Lobby of the Building Office, Corridors and the rest of the units or private spaces, including the Lease Premises), in any moment and for furthers modifications – in accordance to the previously indicated – (and /or in the following sections of this Agreement) - including the percentages (which involves the Lease Premises), permanent or temporary; (b)  Issuance of regulations and/or rules of operation, organization and coexistence that were convenient and/or necessary, including –but not limited to – Condominium Regulations modifications, as well as any other internal regulations, all in terms and conditions freely determined by THE LANDLORD, regulating all aspect, which consider necessary, including without limitation- all matters concerning standard, ordinary and extra ordinary expenses; (c) Total or partial, connection, association, and/or relation of the Property and/or the Office Building with any, and/or all the neighboring buildings and/ or with the edifications or further edifications being erected in such properties and/ or neighbors properties, through the legal figures that THE LANDLORD estimated as necessary and/or convenient under law (including, but not limited to active, passive, and/or reciprocal, perpetual and /or transitory, free and/or onerous easements and profits, etc.) and to define and regulate with the owner or the owners of others close properties and neighbors all the terms and conditions and any aspect for a potential connection, association, and/or relation; (d)  constitution of the easements and/or restriction and/or limitation (to active, passive, and/or reciprocal, perpetual and /or transitory, free and/or onerous easements and profits, etc.) of doing or not doing, of transit, use, views, lights and/or other, between the Property and the Office Building and with any/or some or all of the close or neighboring buildings (and/or with the units and/or edifications that exist in them), and/or between units and/or sectors of the Office Buildings (including the Lease Premises), that were required by the applicable regulations, and/ or constructions plans, and/or by authorities and/or competent companies, and/or for those necessity in the project (including, without limitation, those that are needed and/or convenient for the operations and materialization of what is indicated in the subsection (c) abovementioned), for the proper and best use and materialization of the spaces and/or right’s reservations. All the things established herby, shall not affect, obstruct, or restrict in any way the proper use of the Lease Premises.

1.4. It is expressly stated, that the enumeration previously done in subsection 1.3 is not limited, so THE LANDLORD shall be able without any restriction to make all


modifications and exercise all rights, which as his own discretion consider necessary, even so the exercises of such rights could not imply any disruption in the conferred rights transferred to THE TENANT from THE LANDLORD under this Agreement.

SECOND: PURPOSE.

2.1. The LANDLORD grants in lease to THE TENANT , and THE TENANT accepts the following premises: (i)  a unit assigned to administrative offices, located in the sixth floor of the North Tower with main entrance at Avda. Juan Manson 999, between Carola Lorenzini and Marta Lynch Streets with an approximately area of 2,230 m2 of useful surface (surface which include carpet, bathrooms and private hall for exclusive use), and (ii) 22 designated spaces for Parking, each of them identified in the plane of the fourth underground level as detail in Exhibit B (in this Agreement , the term “ Lease Premises ” also referred to those mention in this subsection 2.1)

THIRD: TRANSFER OF THE LEASED PREMISES. TERM.

3.1 . In this act , THE TENANT takes possession of the Lease Premises. THE TENANT receives the Lease Premises and its amenities, appliances and facilities (hereinafter, the “Accessories”), in the conditions of terminations and equipment resulting from the “Technical Specifications” attached to this Agreement as EXIBIT D , and which are under charge of THE LANDLORD (the “ Technical Specifications Document ”), and with the conditions in which the work corresponding for the development of the different sectors and/or phases of the Commercial Complex are found, THE TENANT accepts such circumstances for the purposes set in the subsection 6.1 of the following Section Sixth . THE TENANT gives its express and irrevocable authorization, in case of need to THE LANDLORD to perform any work during the period of refurbishment work in progress and for the proper adaptation of the Lease Premises.

3.2. The Parties establish the term of the relation emerge from this Agreement for a period of sixty (60)  months , commencing from August 1, 2016, so the expiration term of this Agreement shall operate in full on July 30, 2021.

3.3. Optional Extension Term in favour of THE TENANT : The Parties agree that THE TENANT may exercise the option of extension for the lease provided in this Agreement, for a single time, for a period of (60) additional months, counted from the original expiration term set forth in subsection 3.2.; For the application of the extension option, with a minimum anticipation of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days with regard to the due date of the original term set forth on subsection 3.2, THE TENANT shall notify firmly to THE LANDLORD its decision in that matter. It will be an essential and necessary condition for THE TENANT in order to exercise its option right provided in this subsection, and for the extension term to enter into force and effect, that THE TENANT has fulfilled with all obligations under this Agreement (before the eventual exercise of the


option for the extension, and during the moment of the eventual extension time). For the exercise in duly time by THE TENANT of the extension option conferred previously, the Parties expressly agree that the lease relationship during the eventual extension period shall continue in the same terms and conditions set forth in the initial period, except – naturally- in respect to (i)  the duration of the lease relationship, which in such case it shall be of sixty (60) additional months provided in this subsection 3.3.; ( ii) THE TENANT waives the right of early termination of the Agreement during the extension period, and the termination faculties of THE TENANT shall be governed by the current legislation in force at the time of the terminations; and (iii)  the monthly price for the eventual period of extension, shall be determined according to the following proceedings: 1) Since the receipt of the notification of exercise for the option of extension, THE LANDLORD shall have a term of (10) calendars days to inform firmly to THE TENANT the monthly price and the conditions of determination and/or revision of the monthly price (including the possibility of a single, monthly, fixed price for the whole new period, or of prices monthly installments) applicable to the eventual period of extension of the lease relations. Once the notification has been received, THE TENANT shall respond in writing to THE LANDLORD , his conformity or not, within the following ten (10) calendars days. In event of an agreement of THE TENANT with the prior notice received from THE LANDLORD (which shall also be interpreted as an acceptance in the event of silence by THE TENANT within said period of ten (10) calendars days), the Parties shall implement immediately the modification to this Agreement, indicating the extension and the new price of the lease Agreement during the next term (indicating the guidelines for determinations and/or revisions conditions). 2) For the event that THE TENANT does not agree with the communication received from THE LANDLORD , and this were expressed by a certain communication within the ten (10) calendars day, THE TENANT shall have a period of fifteen (15) calendars days to accompany quotes of the monthly price (in U.S. Dollars) of the lease, according to the market prices currently in force at the moment for the purpose, item, quality, location and other characteristics of the Lease Premises, issued by three (3) of the five (5) real state companies that are include in the “List of Real Estate Companies” attached hereto as EXHIBIT G (Hereinafter, the “ List of Real Estate Companies ”), which shall be chosen for this purpose: one shall be chosen by THE LANDLORD , other by THE TENANT and the third one shall be the real estate company that appears in the first place of order of the List of Real Estate Companies that has not been choose neither for THE LANDORD nor THE TENANT (hereinafter, the “ Third Real Estate Company” ). The cost of the appraisal for those company hire directly by the parties, shall be assume for each party, and in case of the third real estate company, the cost of the appraisal shall be payable in equal halves by both Parties. In the event that for the term of (15) fifteen calendars day any of the real estate company could not or would not be able to perform the appraisal requested, the party that had designated (either THE LANDLORD or THE TENANT ) shall have to designate in the next five (5) calendars day, its replacement ( and in case of the Third Real Estate Company, his replacement shall


be the following real estate company in the order of the List of Real Estate Company that has not been chosen neither for THE LANDLORD nor THE TENANT ), and the new real estate company shall have a new period of fifteen (15) calendar days for the submission of its appraisal with the terms and conditions herein provided; and so on until the exhaustion of the list indicated in EXIBIT G . In this case, the price of the location shall be determined in U.S. Dollars by the average of the quotes issued by the real estate companies. Also in this case, the Parties shall immediately implement the modification related to this Agreement, recording the extension and the new price of the lease during the Agreement (under the terms and conditions previously indicated in this subsection). 3) In the event that THE TENANT notifies the exercise of the option for the extension, and then THE TENANT does not accept the communication from THE LANDLORD indicated in subsection 1) and as a consequence it were not possible to get in time the three (3) appraisals from the real estate companies under the proceedings and time of selections and quotation established in subsection 2), for any reason (even if at least three -3- of the companies did not want or were not able to give an appraisal, or by luck of impulse of the proceedings by THE TENANT – who shall be the responsible of this), or by the decision of THE TENANT to not renew after being informed of the appraisal or the average of the appraisals of the real estate companies, it shall be stated that the price for the lease for the eventual optional extension term is undetermined and as the option has not been exercised, it shall not have any effect or legal value, losing the Parties the possibility to claim a fixed price by judicial proceedings, or to claim any concept by any other means (in such event, and as a consequence, the relationship between the Parties shall terminate at the expiration date set forth in this Agreement).

3.4 At the end of the term of the lease provided in subsection 3.2. (Or, in case of the eventual period of extension indicated in subsection 3.4), the Agreement shall expire automatically, without the need of a judicial or extrajudicial request and for the mere fulfillment of the agreed terms (or, if applicable by the eventual extension term). THE TENANT shall return immediately to THE LANDLORD the Lease Premises. It is expressly agree that if THE TENANT does not return the Lease Premises on the day of termination day agreed by the Parties (or, in case of the eventual period of extension) or the term that may correspond if this Agreement terminates in advance for any other reason, THE TENANT shall pay to THE LANDLORD an amount equivalent to one thirtieth (1/30) of the monthly rent in force at that moment, for each day of delay, as penalty, from the date of the default until the effective day of the restitution of the Lease Premises, and that without prejudice of the obligation of THE TENANT to pay the monthly fee and others charges or cost provide herein that were in force at the moment, which shall continue to accrue.

3.5. The restitution of the Lease Premises has to be done under a writing document issue by THE LANDLORD . If THE TENANT abandons the Lease Premises or judicially consignes the keys without liability of THE LANDLORD , THE TENANT shall pay the monthly fee and fines until all Lease Premises are judicially returned to THE TENANT .


FOURTH: PRICE.

4.1. The price for this lease for the term of the Agreement provided in subsection 3.2 of Section Third, is agreed in the amount of Dollars three millions eight hundred and fifty- seven thousand nine hundred (US$  3,857,900), plus the Value Added Tax (VAT) of which: (i)  Dollars five hundred twenty –six thousand two hundred and eighty (US$ 526,280) shall be paid in eight (8) equal and consecutive monthly installment of Dollars sixty-five thousand seven hundred and eighty-five (US$ 65,785) plus Value Added Tax (VAT) applicable, from the fourth month to the twelve month (both month inclusive) of the term of this lease relationship; (ii)  Dollars eight hundred and two thousand eight hundred (US$ 802,800) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal and consecutive monthly installment of Dollars sixty-six thousand nine hundred (US $ 66,900) plus Value Added Tax (VAT) applicable, from the thirteenth month to the twenty-fourth month (both month inclusive) of the term of this lease relationship; (iii)  Dollars eight hundred twenty nine thousand five hundred and sixty (US $ 829,560) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal and consecutive monthly installments of Dollars sixty-nine thousand one hundred and thirty (US $ 69,130) , plus the corresponding Value Added Tax (VAT), from the twenty-fifth month to the thirty-sixth month ( both month inclusive) of the term of this lease agreement; (iv)  eight hundred forty-two thousand nine hundred and forty (US $ 842,940) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal and consecutive monthly installments of Dollars seventy thousand two hundred forty-five (US $ 70,245), plus the corresponding Value Added Tax (VAT), from the thirty-seventh month to the forty-eighth month (both month inclusive) of the term of this lease agreement; (v)  Dollars eight hundred fifty six thousand three hundred and twenty (US $ 856,320) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal and consecutive monthly installments of Dollars seventy one thousand three hundred and sixty (US$ 71,360) , plus the corresponding Value Added Tax (VAT), during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this lease relationship provided in section 3.2.

4.2. The monthly price shall be paid from THE TENANT to THE LANDLORD per calendar month in advance, from the first to the fifth business day of each calendar month. From the purpose of paying the monthly rent, THE TENANT shall pay THE LANDLORD by transferring to the bank account in US$.                                          located in the City Bank –Sede Catalina - which amount once accredited, shall be automatically charge to the monthly pay.

4.3. It is essential for the execution of this Agreement that THE TENANT makes all the payments in Dollars according to provision set forth in Subsection 4.1. THE TENANT waives expressly and irrevocably to invoke Article 765 of the Civil and Commercial Code


of the Nation. In the exceptional case, where a payment have to be made, and the enactment of a new regulation, or any other reason adjusted to law and unrelated to THE TENANT will, and the free exchange market at the date were modified or cease in its existence, THE TENANT shall have in each opportunity to transfer to THE LANDLORD the amount of Pesos or currency that in the future may replace the exchange seller rate of the Banco de la Nacion Argentina, corresponding to the closing business day prior to the effective payment date. The procedure herein is exceptional, and also the use of it in any opportunity will be merely provisional before the existence of extraordinary circumstances that may apply and shall not imply a novation in the due payment, which shall continue to be in the currency agreed in subsection 4.1 of Section Forth (and in subsection 3.4. in the event of an extension in the Agreement according to Section Third), and such exceptional procedure shall apply, in case of necessity, to any obligation of payment in charge of THE TENANT under this Agreement.

4.4. The monthly price is agree for entire lease months, an even if THE TENANT return the Lease Premises before the end of certain monthly period, THE TENANT must pay to THE LANDLORD the full month period.

4.5. In case of default in the monthly payment of the rent, which shall be produced automatically and in default by law due to the mere expiration of the terms, without the need of any demand for payment, THE TENANT shall pay to THE LANDLORD a daily fine equivalent to zero coma two percent (0.2%) of the total amount of the monthly payment rent in effect from that time until the date of the effective payment. The default interest shall be paid jointly with the due rent; and all without prejudice of THE LANDLORD rights to: (i)  declare this Agreement terminated in the event that THE TENANT own two (2) consecutive monthly periods of the rent, according to the terms of Art. 1219, section c) of the National Civil and Commercial Code, prior notice of compliance for a term of ten (10) days; and (ii)  to submit the corresponding lawsuits in order to obtain the eviction and the mandatory collection of owed concepts plus damages and emerges damages.

4.6. As agreed by the Parties, THE LANDLORD agrees to discount THE TENANT , as an exception and for only one time, the payment corresponding to the first four (4) months of rents at the beginning of this Agreement (no others concepts in charge of THE TENANT shall be discounted, THE TENANT shall pay all the others concepts in charge according to the forms and deadlines). The bonus provided in this section does not excuse THE TENANT for the payment of the expenses and obligation set forth in subsection 7.1 of this Agreement during the term that the basification is valid.


FIFHT: USE – PERMISIONS.

5.1. THE TENANT shall use the Functional Unit describe in subsection (i) of the subsection 2.1 of Section Two exclusively for the operation of administrative offices, without the chance to modify or alternate, totally or partially, the proper use agreed by the Parties. THE TENANT guarantees to THE LANDLORD the normal use of the Lease Basements as administrative offices during the whole term of this Agreement.

5.2. Also, the Parking spaces described in subsection (ii) of the subsection 2.1 of the Second Clause shall be used by THE TENANT exclusively for the parking of cars of its officers and/or employee, without any possibility of further modification or alteration, total or partially of the use already agreed.

5.3. THE TENANT shall be the exclusive, and absolutely responsible for the compliance of all the sanitary, safe and tax norms that could be apply in consequence of the use assigned to the Lease Premises, and it will be at THE TENANT sole expense, cost and risk and liabilities, obtaining and maintaining during all the term of the Agreement, all the permissions and licenses that the activity and/or the agreed destiny require or that were required by any competent authority and/or companies and/or administrative departments, being THE TENANT the exclusive responsible. THE LANDLORD shall deliver to THE TENANT all documentation that were in his charge and were conducive and necessary to fulfill the permissions previously indicated, THE TENANT shall assumed at its exclusively charge, cost and risk any restriction or impediment that the permissions and licenses may have and/or the applicable norms may impose in connection with the activity and/or the intended destination.

SIXTH: OBLIGATIONS OF RUFURBISHMENT WORKS OF THE TENANT. RESTITUTION. VISITATIONS.

6.1. THE TENANT shall be responsible for all the refurbishment works necessary for the interior fitting of the functional units describe in item (i) of the subsection (i) of the Second Clause, having THE TENANT to fulfill all the mandatory disposition of the Condominium Regulations and the “ Internal Regulations ” attached to this Agreement as EXHIBIT E.

6.2. For the purpose stated in subsection 6.1, THE TENANT shall submit the plans and specifications that THE LANDLORD and/or its designated representative require as prior an ineludible step for the beginning of the refurbishment works, having THE TENANT also to submit jointly with the documentation all the licenses, authorizations, registrations and/or habilitations that were necessary, from competent authorities, administrative departments and/or companies. The execution of the works must be done without causing disruption, discomfort or damages to the Office Building, to the Commercial Complex, to the development projects which may be taken part, to the other tenants and or others members of the Office Building and Commercial Complex.


6.3. THE TENANT undertakes from now on to attend at its exclusively sole risk, cost and responsibility, any requirement or demand of any competent authorities and/or administrative departments and companies, especially those concerning to health, hygiene and labor safety in the Lease Premises, that may have relation with the activities, having in all cases THE TENANT to give promptly notice to THE LANDLOR ; as well as any claim from third parties in connections with the refurbishment works in the Lease Premises that were executed by THE TENANT .

6.4. In this act, THE TENANT gives irrevocable authorization in advance to THE LANDLORD and /or those professionals that he has previously designated to enter into the Lease Premises for the inspection of task and works of interior refurbishment to be executed and to check the fulfillment of the constructive guidelines establish in the section above. THE TENANT hereby expresses its conformity for THE LANDLORD and /or the professional previously designated for requesting the suspension of the works in the event that the constructive guidelines were not fulfilled.

6.5. THE TENANT assumes the commitment of hiring an insurance policy that covers the property against fire, third parties, and assets and for the personnel who performed work in the Lease Premises under every risk that could affect them during the execution of the works of refurbishment before mentioned. Terms, conditions, and amount of coverage of the insurance policy and the issuer company have to be approved by THE LANDLORD. Therefore, THE TENANT agrees to deliver to THE LANDLORD a certificate of the insurance policies hire in accordance with the prevision stated in Item 1) of the “Manual of Insurance Requirements” attached to this Agreement as EXHIBIT F (hereinafter, the “ Manual of Insurance Requirements ”) prior to the commencement of works in charge of THE TENANT and/or the entry of Agreement or, suppliers, personnel and/or any other third person. Also THE TENANT has to deliver the payment receipts of all the persons who provide any service. Nonetheless, THE TENANT assumes to deliver to THE LANDLORD , a list with the data of the personnel that enters to the Lease Premises for all the interior works of refurbishment set forth in this Section. THE TENANT shall keep the list updated with the entries and exits that correspond in it case; all this for the purpose that may correspond in connection with the insurance policy against all risks that have been hired by the principal Contractor.

6.6. All the cost, fees, and/or any other expense for the refurbishment works at the Lease Premises shall be exclusively supported by THE TENANT , as well as all the payment related to rights, taxes and or services corresponding to the competent authorities, administrative departments or services concerning the operations that THE TENANT shall make in the Lease Premises or the works that execute in it. Also all the management, administrative procedures, authorizations, obtaining and maintaining of certificates and permissions of work and instalment related to any work or to the refurbishment works shall be at exclusive charge of THE TENANT , assuming the fully and sole responsibility in


relation to THE LANDLORD and/or thirds parties, in the execution of these works, and observing the applicable regulation (including labor, social security, etc.), formalities, approvals, procedures, compliance of Agreement celebrated with the contractors, workers and suppliers, etc. Therefore, THE TENANT accepts to hold harmless THE LANDLORD against any claims, lawsuit and/or sanction that this could suffer for the breach of THE TENANT in any obligation assumed in relation to the aforementioned works and interior refurbishment works.

6.7. At the termination of this lease all the facilities, improvements, works, and/or reforms introduced, that could not be withdrawn without affecting the Lease Premises, shall be kept as a benefit for THE LANDLORD, without THE TENANT the right to claim, withhold or ask for compensation. This waiver made by THE TENANT shall be applicable even in the event of early termination of the Agreement by any other reason. Therefore, THE TENANT expressly and irrevocably waives the right to claim improvements as provided in Art. 1221 of the National Civil and Commercial Code and any other provision by virtue of which it could exercise any claim for such works and/or services.

6.8. THE TENANT accepts to maintain and restore all the Lease Premises, and its Accessories, in good condition of use and conservation, committing itself to repair all the impairments, except those produced by the mere passage of time, and to replace those items with others of similar characteristics. At the time of restitution THE TENANT shall have to prove the total payment of all concepts that were his responsibility under this Agreement.

6.9. In the event that THE TENANT does not comply with all duties of maintenance, conservations, reparation and replacement indicated in subsection 6.8, THE LANDLORD shall be able to : (i) refuse to accept the Lease Premises, in which case the provision set forth in subsection 3.4 of Section Third shall apply for the case of delay in restitution until the effective restitution as agreed by the Parties, or (ii)  receive the Lease Premises in the conditions in which are found and claim the compensation for the damages suffered.

6.10. THE LANDLORD shall have the right to visit the Lease Premises in any moment, since the entry into force and effect of this Agreement, during offices hours and with previous notice of twenty four (24) hours, in order to inspect the conditions of the Lease Premises and its accessories, and to verify the compliance of the obligations assumed by THE TENANT under this Agreement.

6.11. THE TENANT shall allow the access of professionals and contractors during the course of the interior refurbishment works as long as they comply with all the obligations of this Agreement and its exhibits. During the course of the interior refurbishment works THE TENANT shall have to hire the backup services that THE LANDLORD indicate as: additional security services to control the movement of the workforce, operator for the work elevator, personnel of security and hygiene, additional cleaning services and any other


services that THE LANDLORD consider necessary in order to not affect the normal operation of the Office Building and the parking spaces. If the additional maintenance works were carrying out during the night, THE TENANT shall hire not only the services previously mentioned but also a technical supervision service for the event that any inconvenient may arise in the Office Building as consequence of the refurbishment works.

SEVENTH: OBLIGATIONS OF THE TENANT. REGULATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE OFFICE BUILDING.

7.1. Apart from those obligations applicable to THE TENANT as consequence of all the Sections and applicable norms of this Agreement, THE TENANT expressly assumed the following obligations: a) To carry out at its sole expense, cost, risk and responsibilities all the necessary reparations and cost that were necessary to maintain the Lease Premises and their accessories in good condition of use and conservation as set forth in subsection 6.8 of Section Sixth. b) Except for those works provided in subsection 6.1 of Section Sixth, do not carry out any improvement and/or reforms in the Lease Premises or their accessories, without previous and writing consent received from THE LANDLORD . All the improvements and/or reforms done by THE TENANT , even with consent of THE LANDLORD , shall be kept as a benefit for him. THE TENANT will not be able to claim any compensation and/or reparation, or exercise any right of retention. c) THE TENANT has to respect and ensure respect, morality and good manners in the interior of the Lease Premises, faithfully fulfill all the disposition and norms of the Internal Regulations, The Condominium Regulations and Management Regulation and/or any of the others regulations which may came into effect for the North and South Tower, as indicated in the subsection 1.3 of the First Clause above, and/or the normative body that may be issue by THE LANDLORD as provide herein. d) Pay on time all the taxes, fees and contributions that levy or it may levy in the future, the Lease Premises (for instance, - and not exhaustively enumerated: lights, sweeping and cleaning, etc.). THE TENANT have to deliver to THE LANDLORD quarterly a true copy of the respective payment in the first fifteen (15) days of the subsequent month from the last month of the corresponding quarters, expect for those payment done during the last month of the expiration term, that shall be deliver at the moment of restitution of the Lease Premises. It is expressly stated that in relation to taxes and contributions that are settled by an aggregate amount, THE LANDLORD shall pay the proportional part corresponding to the Lease Premises, all of them subjected to the provision of subsection 1.3. of the First Clause (on the possibility and rights of THE LANDLORD to modify and definitively establish the corresponding percentages), and the payment shall be done by THE TENENAT in ten (10) calendars day from the reception of the final liquidation issue by THE LANDLORD . e) Pay promptly the water and sewage services, telephone, electricity and others with regard to the Lease Premises, as well as the ordinary common expenses and deliver quarterly to THE LANDLORD a true copy of the respective payment in the first ten (10) days of the


subsequent month from the last month of the corresponding quarters, expect for those payment done during the last month of the expiration term, that shall be deliver at the moment of restitution of the Lease Premises, making clear that the extraordinary expenses will be in charge of THE LANDLORD . In the case of services and expenses that are settled by aggregate amount, same criteria as in item d) shall apply with the stipulations contained therein on applicable percentages. f) Keep the mentioned services connected, in good conditions, and in perfect working order and pay all cost of reparation, and fines, of services cut, interrupted or cancel for any cause attributable to THE TENANT . g) Pay on time all the taxes, fees and contributions that levy or it may levy in the future the activity that THE TENDANT will develop in the Lease Premises, and to manage and maintains in force all the permits and licenses that were necessary for the agreed destination, assuming sole responsibility for breach of the applicable norms on the matter. h) Hire at its sole cost and charge, the policy insurances that cover, since the entry into force and effect until the effective restitution of the Lease Premises, the following risks: (1) Civil Liability Insurance covering damage to third parties (people and / or things) on the occasion of their activity, for a minimum insured amount of Dollars five hundred thousand (US $ 500,000), which policy must state that THE LANDLORD shall be considered as Additional Insured and as a third beneficiary, and must include the following provisions: (i) “If a third claims to Landmark Investor S.R.L. for any accident generated in any circumstance, Landmark Investor S.R.L. shall be considered as an addition insured under this policy”, and ii) “This policy shall not be canceled without prior notice in writing to Landmark Investors S.R.L, with a term of not less than fifteen (15)  business days”; (2) Coverage of all risk related to the general content of the Leases Assets (improvements in the Lease Premises, furniture, tools, accessories, equipment, etc.) of property of THE TENANT , whose policy must contain the following clause: “The insurance company waives the subrogation rights against Landmark Investors S.R.L.”; (3) Compulsory Life Insurance, as applicable ( Law N°1567/74 or enforceable by specific collective agreement of the activity); and (4)  Work Risks Insurance according to Law 24,557, as applicable, including non-repetition clause; All in the form resulting from Item 2) of the Manual of Insurance Requirements attached to this Agreement as ANNEX F. The insurances indicated in points (1), (2), (3) and (4) of this subsection h) must be hired for a specific amount and in a first class insurance company. THE LANDLORD shall be entitled to request from THE TENANT at any time the certifications proving the validity of the insurance and the full compliance of THE TENANT with the obligations inherent thereto. A certificate of insurance evidencing the provisions herein shall be submitted by THE TENANT to THE LANDLORD within ten (10) days from the date of signing the Agreement, with a copy of the payment receipts corresponding thereto. i) It is strictly forbidden to introduce into the Lease Premises any animal as well as elements of any nature that may cause damage to the Lease Premises or to people; and j) To Pay the lease fee, which shall have included the value added tax (vat), or any other that could replace it, and that may be payable to THE TENANT under this Agreement.


7.2. THE LANDLORD expressly states and THE TENANT declares to know and accept the following: (i) that THE LANDLORD may hire for the North and South Towers of which the Lease Premises are part, and/or for the Commercial Complex, and/or for any part of them, common services, such as reception, security, maintenance and cleaning, etc., without implication – and cannot be interpreted as- an obligation of THE LANDLORD in such sense or the assumption of any kind of responsibility by THE LANDLORD for any disaster and/or damage that may occur in the different floors and/or under floors and/or sectors of the Office Building, an running on the exclusive count, charge, cost and responsibility of the different tenants and/or occupants- including THE TENANT – to arbitrate the security measures, controls, supervisions, surveillance and custody of the goods that were necessary inside the offices, locals, sectors and/or parking spaces use and/or vacant (Therefore it is hereby express and agree that THE TENANT waives from this moment to any claim against THE LANDLORD , except for deceit or gross negligence, for any acts, actions and/or omissions that may be carried out inside the Lease Premises to the personnel who provide services in it; (ii) that the operation of the aforementioned common services shall be subject to the provisions provided by THE LANDLORD and services charges and costs will be disposed by expenses among all tenants and/or occupants of the North and South Towers, and/or The Parking Spaces, according to the type, nature and scope of the respective service; and (iii)  as previously has stated, the eventual services do not diminish or limit, the obligations and the responsibilities assumed by THE TENANT under this agreement (for instance, without limitation, to make necessary reparations, keep the Lease Premises in good conditions, devise means of security, custody and people in the interior of the Lease Premises, etc.).

EIGHTH: DISCLAIMER OF RESPONSIBILITY FROM THE LANDLORD.

8.1. Except from malice or gross negligence, The LANDLORD is exonerated from all liabilities to THE TENANT for damages that THE TENANT may suffered, in his person, properties, produced by the deterioration experienced on the Lease Premises, and/or Accessories, over the course of time, or for anti-functional use of them, floods, seismic movements and, damages produced by third parties, fire, or any type of catastrophe or event or any other event not attributable directly to THE LANDLORD .

8.2. THE TENANT will be responsible for all damages that experienced THE LANDLORD and/or third parties, including personnel and / or customers and/or suppliers and/or contractors of THE TENANT , in their persons or property as a result of the use by THE TENANT of the Lease Premises and/or Accessories, and/or for the purpose agreed, an/or for the refurbishment interior works.

8.3. THE TENANT agrees to hold harmless to THE LANDLORD against any claim and/or demand and/or sanctions that THE LANDLORD could experience from the damages referred in subsection 8.2. In addition, THE TENANT agrees to hold harmless


and to indemnify THE LANDLORD for the damages and/or injuries cause to THE LANDLORD and/or to their shareholders and/or their officers and/or their dependents, for any breach in the obligations assumed by THE TENANT under this Agreement.

NINE: DEFAULT IN TENANT OBLIGATIONS. NONCOMPLIANCES.

9.1. The default of THE TENANT in the performance of any of the obligations assumed under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, its obligation to deliver the insurance provided in sections 6.5 of Clause Six and 7.1.h) of the Seventh Clause, both precedents, and THE TENANT obligation to constitute and grant the guarantee of Clause Eleven will occur automatically, for the mere breach of the agreed terms and without need of prior notice. The delay of THE TENANT in the fulfillment of its obligations provided herein shall authorize THE LANDLORD to consider the termination of this Agreement, without the need of a written demand. However, THE LANDLORD shall have to notify previously THE TENANT for fulfill in a term of ten (10) days all the obligations provided herein. In the case, THE TENANT does not comply with its obligations, THE LANDLORD shall initiate the pertinent actions to obtain the eviction and the collection of all the concepts owed plus damages and injuries.

9.2. In case of default in payment of the lease rent for two (2) consecutive months, and in accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.6. of the Fourth Clause, THE LANDLORD shall have the option to consider this Agreement terminated. However, THE LANDLORD shall have to notify previously THE TENANT for fulfill in a term of ten (10) days all the obligations provided herein. In the case, THE TENANT does not comply with its obligations, THE LANDLORD , without judicial declaration and according to Article 1219, section c) of the National Civil and Commercial Code shall initiate the pertinent judicial actions to obtain the eviction and the collection of all the concepts owed plus damages and injuries.

9.3. All the provision in this Section, are without limiting the others rights that the law or this Agreement grant to THE LANDLORD in case of default or breach of contract by THE TENANT . This subsection provided a mere list of all the possibilities of THE LANDORD to request the full compliance of this Agreement and all the damages and injuries that a non-compliance may produce.

TENTH: PROHIBITION OF ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLOCATION OF AGREEMENT.

10.1. This Agreement is non-transferable for THE TENANT , and THE TENANT shall not assign it, totally or partially, without previous authorization of THE LANDLORD .

10.2. It is also forbidden for THE TENANT to rent the Lease Premises to third parties, or give as gratuitous bailment or allow in any other way the occupation of the Lease Premises to third parties, whether totally or partially, without previous authorization of THE LANDLORD.


ELEVENTH: GUARANTEE DEPOSIT.

11.1. In order to guarantee the full compliance of all obligations assumed under this Agreement by THE TENANT , the Parties agree the sum of Dollars one hundred thirty one thousand five hundred and seventy (US $ 131,570) , as a guarantee deposit. In order to integrate this deposit, THE TENANT hereby delivers to THE LANDLORD the check No.                      released against its account opened before HSBC Bank for the sum of Pesos Two Millions nine thousand one hundred and eighty seven ($ 2,009,187) equivalent to the sum in dollars mentioned above at the selling rate of the Banco Galicia in effect on July 29, 2016. Once this check has been credited to the Landlord’s account, it must within five (5) days of accreditation, convert the amount received into Dollars through one or more exchange operations with Banco Galicia. After the transaction is done and if the sum(s), is/are greater than the sum of Dollars one hundred thirty-one thousand five hundred and seventy (US $ 131,570) , nothing shall reimburse THE LANDLORD to THE TENANT . This sum shall not accrue any interest and shall be freely applicable and /or allocated by THE LANDLORD to the payment of compensation that THE TENANT owns to THE LANDLORD by virtue of this Agreement and/or by the eventual breaches of obligations from THE TENANT – except to monthly rents-, but in any way it shall limit the sum of the such compensations and/or the amounts of non-compliances.

11.2. The Parties agree that upon termination of this Agreement, and once THE TENANT return the Lease Premises and their accessories under the term and conditions stipulated, and THE TENANT demonstrate the fulfillment of all the obligations assumed, THE LANDLORD shall reimburse the guarantee deposit in the quantity and currency indicated of: Dollars one hundred and thirty-one thousand five hundred and seventy (US $ 131,570). In the exceptional event, that at the date of reimbursement of the guarantee deposit, any new enforcement law, or any other reason adjusted to law and out of the will of THE LANDLORD , and also the free exchange market ceased to exist or were modified, THE LANDLORD shall have to pay the equivalent sum of money in Pesos according to the exchange rate seller of the Banco Nacion de la Republica Argentina, corresponding to the closing of the business day prior to the date of restitution, with the deductions that shall correspond according to the agreement in the preceding section.

TWELFTH: PREFERENCE

12.1. During the first six (6) months of this Agreement in force and effect, and if THE TENANT has fulfilled all the obligations of this Agreement, THE LANDLORD hereby grants to THE TENANT a preference for lease half of the fifth floor of the river side in the “North Tower” of the Office Building (hereinafter, the “Additional Area”). To this end,


THE LANDLORD shall notify to THE TENANT by reliable means any offer that it may has- and that can be acceptable – to lease the Additional Area, indicating in the offer the price and principal terms and conditions. THE TENANT shall have seven (7) calendars day, from the receipt of the notification to inform THE LANDLORD whether accepts or not to match the offer with all the terms and conditions previously informed. In case of silence or rejection of the proposal, THE LANDLORD shall have the right to contract with third parties in equal terms to those previously informed to THE TENANT , without generating any right to claim in favor of THE TENANT . In case of acceptance by THE TENANT , the lease for the Additional Area shall enter into force and effect in a period of fifteen (15) days counting from the date of (i) the receipt of such acceptation in the case that the Additional Area were occupied, or (ii) vacancy of the Additional Area in the event that at the moment of receiving the acceptant notice, the Addition Area were occupied by a third party. The lease shall be in the same terms and conditions as those agreed in this Agreement, except for the price and the term that will be included in the offer communication made by THE LANDLORD , in which case an extension of the lease purpose in relation with Additional Surface shall be done but the remaining terms and conditions in this agreement shall remain unchanged, and THE LANDLORD should receive the additional sums to be paid regarding the Additional Surface leased.

THIRTEENTH: EARLY TERMINATION

13.1 THE TENANT may terminate the Agreement after the first six (6) month of the lease relations, in that case THE TENANT shall have to notify its decision to THE TENANT by a promptly writing notice issue sixty (60) days in advance before the restitution of the Lease Premises. In the event of early termination, THE TENANT shall have to pay a sum equivalent to a month and a half (1 and  1 2 ) of rent if the early termination is between the first six months and the first year of the Agreement, and one month of rent if the early termination is requested after the first year from the execution of this Agreement.

13.2. The Parties agree that the early termination provided in the subsection 13.1 shall be repealed and without effect in the event that the optional extension term provided in subsection 3.4 of the Third Clause of this Agreement were exercised by THE TENANT . In such event, all concerns to early termination of this Agreement shall be governed by the norms and regulations in force at that time.

FOURTEENTH: DOMICILES. JURISDICTION.

14.1. For all the judicial and/or extrajudicial effects emerge from this Agreement, the Parties establish its especial domiciles in the following places: (a)  THE LANDLORD , in Av. Leandro N. Além 712, piso 14°, de la Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires; (b)  THE TENANT , in Avda. Del Libertador 498 Piso 12, Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires ,. In these domiciles shall be valid all notifications that the Parties sent to each other. Any


change of domicile only could be done in other place inside the limits of the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires and only will be effective after promptly notice given to the other party.

14.2. In the case of any conflict arising from this Agreement, and for any other purposes, the Parties agrees to submit any controversy or conflict to the jurisdiction of the National Courts in the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, expressly waiving any other jurisdiction or jurisdiction that could correspond.

FIFTEENTH: STAMP DUTY.

15.1. The Stamp duty applicable to this Agreement shall be paid by both parties in equal amount: fifty percent (50%) of the total amount shall be paid by THE TENANT , and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the total amount shall be paid by THE LANDLORD.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed in two (2) originals counterparts and to one effect in the Autonomous city of Buenos Aires, on the 1 st day of August 2016.

 

Landmark Investors S.R.L.     Mulesoft Argentina SRL

/s/ Pablo Javier Gronda

   

/s/ Ignacio Maria Sammartino

Pablo Javier Gronda     Ignacio María Sammartino
Manager     Manager


LIST OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A: Design Brief

EXHIBIT B: Office Building Blueprint and Parking Lot Spaces Detail

EXHIBIT C: Deed and Condominium Regulations

EXHIBIT D: Technical Specifications Document

EXHIBIT E: Internal Regulations

EXHIBIT F: Manual of Insurance Requirements

EXHIBIT G: List of Real Estate Companies


EXHIBIT A

DESIGN BRIEF

1) Complex Of Multiple-Purpose:

The office towers “Juana Manso 909” and “Juan Manso 969” are located in a multi-purpose complex. It has the following spaces.

 

  Common parking spaces located in 4 (four) subfloor distributed by uses and at different levels.

 

  Commercial center developed in 3 (three) levels at a lower level, ground floor and first floor.

 

  2 (two) office buildings above the Shopping Center, developed in 6 (six) floors.

 

  I (one) building for commercial or residential use developed in five (5) levels and commercial shops on the ground floor.

2) Location:

The complex is located in Dique III of Puerto Madero; developed on the 5h, 5f block and surrounding by pedestrian streets.

Block 5 H : It develops the commercial center and the two (2) office towers. The Block is delimited between the streets Juan Manzo, Marta Lynch, Olga Cossetini and Carola Lorenzini.

Block 5F : The building for commercial or residential use of 5 (five) levels and part of the parking of the commercial center and offices will be developed. The Block is delimited between the streets Olga Cossettini, Marta Lycnh, Pierina Dealessi and Carola Lorenzini.

Pedestrians Street: Olga Cossettini, Pierina Dealessi and Carola Lorenzini.

[MAP]

3) Planners:

Offices: Mario Roberto Álvarez y Asoc. (Argentina)

Commercial Center: Pfeifer –Zurdo Arquitectos (Argentina)

Concept Design: Rockwell Group Europe (Spai


LOGO


FOLIO 576.- NOTARY’S PROTOCOL “A”. - FIRST COPY. - PROPERTY AFFECTED TO HORIZONTAL PROPERTY REGIME. “TMF. TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” continuation of “EQUITY TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.”.- DEED NUMBER ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY NINE.- In the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, capital of the Argentine Republic, in the nineteen day of May of the year two thousand and fourteen, witnessed by me, Notary Public. BEFORE ME: Jorge Ignacio SODANO, born in Argentina, of legal age, married, holder of the National ID number             , CUIL (TAX ID)              and Luis Gustavo Vernet, born in Argentina, of legal age, married, holder of the National ID number             , CUIL (TAX ID)             , both with legal domicile at Avenida Leandro N. Alem 518, Floor 2 of this City; who justify their personal identity through the exhibition of their ID previously identified, whose originals I have in view for this act and authenticated reproductions are enclosed to the present document, according to what is established by Section 1002 item c) of the Civil Code (Law 26.140).- INTERVENE on behalf and in their capacity as ATTORNEY-IN-FACT of “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A,” CUIT (TAX ID)             , with domicile in the above indicated, whose previous denomination was “EQUITY TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.”. Capacity of representation which is credited with the following documentation: a) Special Power Attorney in Fact granted by public deed N°1048 on August 18th of 2011, registered in folio 2459 before the Notary Public of this City, Mr. Martín Donovan owner of the Public Register 1296 of this City; Modification of Special Attorney in Fact granted by public deed N°1135 on September 7th of 2011, registered in folio 2742 before the aforementioned notary, expressing the attorneys of the full force of representation invoked for not having been revoked, limited or suspended in any way.- From the Attorney in Fact and its subsequent modifications, its follows that: The bylaws were granted by deed number 43 on April 15, 2003, registered before the Notary of this City, Augusto A. Martinez Martí, in the folio 113 of the National Register 1977 at his charge, which was registered in the General Inspection of Justice, April 28 th of 2003, under the number 5519 of Book 20, Volume of stock corporation; 2) With the Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders number 8, dated July 4 th 2005, written in pages 22 to 24 of the Book of minutes, number 1, registered by the General Inspection of Justice, on May 14 th of 2003 under the number 25445-03, which resolves the amendments of article one and eight of the Bylaws, with the first article now as follows: “Under the denomination of “EQUITY TRUST Company (Argentina) S.A. operates a company originally constituted as “ABN AMRO TRUST Company (Argentina) S.A.” with legal domicile in the City of Buenos Aires, which was indicated in the General Inspection of Justice, on July 21th, 2005 under the number 8374 of book 28 of Stock Companies. c) Minutes of Board number 553 paste in page 104 of the Book Minutes of Board Directors number 6 registered in the General Inspection of Justice on July 27 th , 2010 under the number 57661-10, change of principal place of business, dated on September 22 nd , 2011 under the number 20411 of Book 56 of Stock Companies of that Inspection, wherein the change of the principal place of business including the fiscal domicile were resolved to Leandro N. Alem Street, number 518, Floor 12 of this City; d) Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders number 23, dated March 27 th , 2013, in which the first article of the Bylaws was modified, with the article as now follows: ARTICLE ONE: Under the name of “TMF Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.” continues to operate the company originally constituted under the name of ABN AMRO Trust Company (Argentina) S.A., which was later modified to “Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A”. It


has legal domicile in the City of Buenos Aires, registered in the General Inspection of Justice on December 27 th , 2013 under the number 25.616 of the book 67 in the volume of Stock Companies. From the related record issued by private instrument, it appears that this record was passed to folio 58 and 59 of the book of Shareholder’s Minutes number 1 registered in the General Inspection of Justice under the number 483558-05.- All the related documentation I have in my view for this act, with sufficient powers for the present grant and in photocopies duly certified I enclose them to the present deed, attest. Also, the parties appearing before me, state that: “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” is a continuation of “EQUITY TRUST COMPANY ARGENTINA SA”, for the change of denominations aforementioned, and has the character of FIDUCIARY of the Guarantee Trust celebrated in private instrument on January 18 th , 2005, and Amendment dated on March 13 th , 2007 and serves to this act in fulfillment of the instructions given by the Trustee of the Trust related through the joint directives signed on August 23 rd , 2012, which original I have in my view and in copy duly certified, I enclosed to the present. - AND THEY STATE: I) That prior to all, the parties request the Authorize Notary to plead for the change name of the company holding the fiduciary domain in the Register of Property, prior to the assignment to the Horizontal Property Regime, an act that was accredited with the documentation that is related to the beginning of this public deed. II) “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” with its previous name as EQUITY TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A. is the owner of the fiduciary domain of a property located in the Zone “Antiguo Puerto Madero” of this City, facing street JUANA MANSO number NINETEENTH SIXTY NINE, street corner Carola Lorenzini (and according to title between Martha Lynch and Olga Cossettini Streets) designated by prior title, plan M160/95, as BLOCK 5H, that counts with the following measurements boundaries and surface: in front street to yield, corner street to yield, corner street to yield, corner street to yield and measures: 115 meters 51 centimeters to the West line 147-148, and bordering with street to yield 6 meters in its chamfer to the North West line 148- 147, 43 meters 51 centimeters to the North, line 148-141, bordering with street to yield, 6 meters at its chamfer to the North East, line 141-142 and 115 meters 51 centimeters to the East line 142- 143, bordering street to yield, 6 meters at the South East chamber line 143- 144, 43 meters 51 centimeters to the South, line 145-144, bordering with a street to yield and 6 meters in its chamfer to the South West, line 146-145, with a total area of Six thousand four hundred twelve square meters (6.412m2).- Angular measurements: 141,142,143,144,145, 146, 147 and 148 and measure 135 degrees each of them - And under the PLAN OF PRIVATE MENSURE AND DIVISION FOR THE REGIME OF HORIZONTAL PROPERTY, Law 13.512, done by the engineer Julio A. Contino, Professional Registration 2766, approved by the Autonomous Government of the City of Buenos Aires, Dirección General Fiscalización Obras y Catastro on April 9 th , 2014, under the characteristic M.H. 1245-2012 a copy composed of twelve sheets enclosed to the present, the fraction of demarcated land is designated as BLOCK 5H, it is located in front of JUANA MANSO Street numbers 991, 999, 1029, 1035, 1069, 1085 and 1093 corner street MARTA LYNCH numbers 340, 350, 360, and 380, corner street OLGA COSSETTINI numbers 1002, 1036, 1040, 1050, 1060 and 1080, corner street CAROLA LORENZINI number 343; with the linear measurements, boundaries and surfaces that are described below: To the East with Juana Manso Street, in line AB, 115 meters 51 centimeters; To the Southeast in chamfer line BC measures 6 meters street corner Juana Manso and Marta Lynch: The South Line CD measures 43 meters 51 cm bordering Marta Lynch Street; And to the Southwest in chamfer line DE


measures 6 meters corner streets Marta Lynch and Olga Cossettini; In its other front to the West line EF measures 115 meters 51 cm bordering with Olga Cossettini Street; To the Northwest in chamfer line FG measures 6 meters and borders Olga Cossettini and Carola Lorenzini Streets; To the North line GH measures 43 meters 51 cm bordering Carola Lorenzini Street; And closing the figure, to the Northeast in chamber line HA measures 6 meters and borders with Carola Lorenzini and Juana Manso Streets, which encloses a TOTAL SURFACE: Six thousand four hundred twelve square decimeters.- III) That as a continuation of the company holding the fiduciary domain, and with the faculties granted under this act, they hereby submit that building to the regime OF HORIZONTAL PROPERTY, LAW NUMBER 13.512, Granting the following CONDOMINIUM AND ADMINISTRATION REGULATION that for the purpose of facilitating its reading is divided into the following titles:

TITLE I: Constitution of the Consortium (Articles 1 to 3). TITLE II: Common General Regulations (Articles 4 to 31). TITLE III: Division into Sub-Consortiums (Articles 32 to 35). TITLE IV: Sub-Consortium Offices (articles 36 to 40). TITLE V: Sub-Consortium Shopping Center (Articles 41a to 45). TITLE VI: Reserves and Irrevocable Special Powers (Articles 46 to 47). TITLE VII: Easements (Article 48). TITLE VIII: Internal Regulations (Article 49). TITLE IX: Description of Functional and Complementary Units according to MH-1245-2012 (Article 50). - TITLE I: CONSTITUTION OF THE CONSORTIUM: ARTICLE ONE: CONSTITUTION OF THE CONSORTIUM . It is constituted as follows “CONSORTIUM OF OWNERS of the building enterprise named “CONSORTIUM OF OWNERS JUANA MANSO 991-1093”, in front of JUANA MANSO Street number 1049, between Carola Lorenzini and Marta Lynch Streets, of this City, with legal domicile in the same property, represented by the Administrator who is designated and join by the persons who acquire the domain of the units that integrated the building according to the deeds or public instruments that prove their ownership.- SECOND ARTICLE : CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENTERPRISE. This Consortium jointly with Consortium of Owners of BLOCK 5F of Parcel 1D, called “Consortium of Owners Olga Cossettini 1009-1079, integrates the so-called “COMPLEJO DIQUE III, as constitutes a construction unit, with similar architectural features, forming a general block, and a general and homogenous constructive, urbanistic and economically block. For this reason and for the purposes that will be said in these Regulations, mutual easements shall be constituted between both properties with the limitations and the restrictions to the domain that shall arise from the present deed and from the Regulations that were granted with respect to the neighboring parcel, Block 5F of the 1D parcel.- ARTICLE THIRD ; FUNCTIONAL UNITS INTEGRATING THE BUILDING ; The building is developed in first, second and third subsoil, mezzanine on first Basement, Ground Floor, and first to seventh floor.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT ONE, is located in the Third Subsoil; FUNCTIONAL UNITS TWO to TWENTY FOUR inclusive are located in the First Subsoil and mezzanine on first subsoil (project under construction).- FUNCTIONAL UNITS TWENTY FIVE to FIFTY TWO are located on Ground Floor (project under construction); FUNCTIONAL UNITS FIFTY THREE to EIGHTY are located on the First Floor (project under construction); FUNCTIONAL UNITS EIGHTY ONE and EIGHTY TWO are located on the Second Floor; FUNCTIONAL UNITS EIGHTY THREE and EIGHTY FOUR are located on the Third Floor; FUNCTIONAL UNITS EIGHTY FIVE and EIGHTY SIX are located on the Fourth Floor; FUNCTIONAL UNITS EIGHTY SEVEN and EIGHTY EIGHT are located on the Fifth Floor; FUNCTIONAL UNITS EIGHTY NINE and NINETY are located on the


6th Floor; FUNCTIONAL UNITS NINETY ONE and NINETY TWO are located on the Seventh Floor.- The location, area and fiscal percentage of functional units mentioned above is made in the fifty-ninth article of the present.

TITLE II: COMMON GENERAL REGULATIONS: ARTICLE FOUR: COMMON PROPERTY . Common property of all co-owners of the Property shall be that which is listed in section two of Law N°13.512, and designated in the division plane of horizontal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are expressly considered to be common property: a) The ground, foundations, structure of the building, beams, slabs, columns, master walls, ceilings, fronts, facades, perimeter spaces, partitions or dividing walls of the different units among themselves, or between these and spaces or common places; b) The ornaments on exterior or interior fronts or facades. With the exception of the frames and windows of the units, canopies, access doors, external glass, those that are exclusive of the units that are part of it; c) Common indoor circulation; Pedestrian circulation; places fully accessible; d) The access ramps to the parking sector; Common vehicular ramp; Vehicular circulation; e) men’s dressing rooms, women’s dressing rooms; men, women and handicapped bathrooms; men’s toilets; women’s toilets; f) lifts, room elevator machine, low-lift circulation to elevator, and access to lift circulation and shields; g) module for disabled people; h) cleaning equipment; Cleaning deposit; i) electric meter rooms (office); Electric room (generator set - transformers); boards; electric meters (Mall); Gas meter room (offices); Gas meters (Mall); Tank room, thermos tanks room; j) Telephone room; engine room; thermos mechanical machine room; Ventilation room and ventilation equipment room; Systems room; Engine room pulleys: raks room; k) processing chamber; Access transforming chamber; l) reserve tanks; gray water tanks; m) treasury; dining room; offices in the mezzanine on the first subsoil; meeting room; Hall offices; Nursing; Parking Administration; Office; n) building fire-fighting facilities, fire-fighting tanks, pressurization pumps and fire extinguishers; t) goal area; o) stained-glass window; stained glass windows; pre-stained glass; p) security; q) free space vertical lighting; air and light; r) Common terrace; s) deposit; deposit for waste all the movable assets that compose the equipment of the building and that were incorporated by Inventory made by the Administrator.- The use of common things and services shall be carried out with the meaning and limitations indicated in the Third Article of Law N 13.512 subject to the details that are validly established in the Internal Regulations of the building for the purposes of articles sixth and fifteen of the previous mentioned Law. ARTICLE FIVE : OBLIGATIONS, PROHIBITIONS AND RIGHTS OF CO-OWNERS: I) OBLIGATIONS: All co-owners, their dependents, tenants and users of the different units must: a. Observe the morality and good customs and shall have to respond for all damages and deteriorations that were caused in the property or its common facilities, for acts or damages caused by them, dependents and visitors. In appropriate cases: b. Obtain the authorization, licenses, premises by the legal authorities that were necessary for the commercial exploitation to be carried out in its Unit, before starting it. c. Immediately execute in the Unit of his property, the repairs whose omission may disturb or represent damages to other owners, or to clients and visitors of the building, being responsible for the damages resulting from the breach of this obligation, d. Keep the Unit in perfect conditions, maintenance, safety, hygiene and cleanliness; including entrances, doorways, windows, and walls in general; e. Conservation, maintenance and cleaning of the sidewalks of the building will be in charge of all co-owners in proportion to their owner percentage as it arise from Exhibit A that is added to the present. This obligation covers all the common


sidewalks and the 3 meters from the building line towards the center of it in the pedestrian streets. f. Observe strictly the municipal and national regulations in force that are applicable on: safety and hygiene; Production, proceedings, fractionation, preservation and/or manipulation of food products, perishable and/or flammable; and treatment of liquid, solid and/or gaseous effluents; g. Hire at their own risk and expenses with in a company of acknowledged solvency, the necessary policy or policies against risks arising from liability, loss of profits and/or loss of earnings due to fire, explosion or any other event that could reach damages and/or total or partial destruction of their unit and or properties and/or people and to the normal activities that are carried out in the Complex by the others owners; Therefore the policies must be exhibited to the Administrator whenever it requested. The insured values of each concept must maintain a reasonable relation with the value of each Unit.- Said policies must contain a non-repetition clause against the Consortium, since each owner - for the fact that it is - assumes a formal commitment to keep the Consortium harmless from any and all claims, releasing it and the remaining owners from all liabilities; h. Not sell the Unit or constitute in “rem” rights or transmit or otherwise assign in any way its use, without previously cancelling the total debts related to common expenses or for any other concept kept with the Consortium. In case of disposal of the unit, communicate the decision to the Administrator at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the title deed of domain, indicating names and surnames or legal name of the purchaser(s) and notary public designated, as well as their addresses and telephones; and obtain and deliver to the purchaser and to the notary public designated, a certificate of debt for expenses and common expenses, informing the existence of a policy against fire risk in common parts and the notice of the existence or not of common, and of fund reserves and of trials in which the Consortium is Part. The certificate shall be issued by the Administrator. In the case of acquisition of a Unit, the owner must notify the Administrator within 15 days from the transcript of the domain, the name/s and surname/s or legal name, address and telephone number of the buyer; h. In case of sale or transfer title of the unit, the transferor or transferee shall assign their share/ or participation in the reserve fund; i. In case of lease or gratuitous basement of the units, the owner shall have to inform to the Administrator: name, surname and address of the tenant or Bailee; j. To comply and make comply these Regulations, the internal regulations the building and decisions of the General Assembly and the Internal Assemblies belonging to the Sub-Consortium in which the unit is located, to persons who, in any capacity, occupy the units; k. Make the payments to which it is obliged, at the address of the Administrator or in the latter’s addressed; l. In case of a judicial dispute affecting the units owned by the joint owners, the owners undertakes to request the replacement of any precautionary measures ordered on the functional units and or indivisible parts of the common property by giving a bond security to the extent that its affect the Consortium in general and/or others owners; m. To communicate immediately to the Administrator the commission of any illegal act occurred inside a unit and also in any part of the Building and any other events that could jeopardize the integrity or safety of persons or property.- II) PROHIBITIONS. I) It is prohibited to all owners to perform the following actions: a. Degrading or destroying its Unit; and/or perform acts that may affect the security or aesthetics and good appearance of the same, especially refraining from altering the homogeneity of the whole building, and/or modify the facades or external cladding of walls, and enclosures of any type, and external parts of roofs and terraces, except when authorized by this Regulations; b. Give to the Units the destinations and/or activities other than those established in this Regulation; c. To disturb in any way the order


and/or the coexistence; Carry out activities that compromise the safety of persons and/or property and/or the building as a whole; or cause odors and/or noises that may disturb or inconvenience to owners, customers and/or visitors; Depositing and/or maintaining within the units substances or goods dangerous or harmful to the safety of other units or persons and /or property, or inflammable, or unhealthy, or prohibited by insurance policies; d. Prevent the entry of the administrator to the unit – or to those send for inspection by him; Commissioners - in order to verify the state of conservation in the unit and to eliminate and repair damages that disturb and/or damage common property, other units and/or owners and/or visitors and/or customers of the building; e. Placing, fixing and/or using any type of advertising on facades or wall coverings, walls or enclosures of any kind on external parts of roofs and terrace; Except for the exceptions provided for in the following point; f. Install individual wired for television or radio antenna in public pipes or exterior walls of the building and install or place TV antennas, satellite or radio or outdoor walls of each unit; g. Only functional and/or complementary units and/or a large parking space can be purchased for those who are owners of a functional units at Complejo Dique III, which is integrated to this building (block 5H) or the building erected on the block 5F, plot 10. This circumstance must be transcribed in every deed transferring ownership. II) FACADE: It is forbidden to modify or alter in any shape and color the facades of the building, its exterior walls, or any part thereof; or other external elements that are seen from the outside, awnings and even the curtain wall and/or glass skin, even with precarious or transitory elements. In relation to curtain wall and/or glass skin, it is strictly forbidden to drill and fix any element to the structure that integrates it, both from inside and outside. Notwithstanding its own character of frames and windows of each unit, in case of having to replace a thermo panel, crystals of the same thickness and color must be used and the Consortium can replace it with a charge to the owner of the unit. All co-owners are obliged to maintain the safety specifications related to the panels. The removal of the insulation elements, arranged as an acoustic seal, is forbidden. - The design, size and any other features of the external lighting allocated in each unit, as well as any equipment or work that alter the facade of the building must be approved by the Architecture Committee. The interior curtains to be placed in the windows of the unit when viewed from the outside shall be exclusively screams in white on the exterior face of the building. It is prohibited to place any element on the inner walls of the curtain wall and also placing at the inner side of the window any object. The Architectural Committee may amend, modify or delete technical specifications laid down in this Regulation and/or the Internal Regulation every two (2) years. In relation to the exhibition of posters and signs in front of the building only the owners of the units for offices are authorized to place corporate identifications, with prior authorization issued by the Government of the City of Buenos Aires and owners of the units located at the Commercial Center, could exhibit posters and/or signs that advertise them with those tradenames that identify them.- III) RIGHTS: The owners shall be entitled to: a. In their respective units, each co-owner may introduce improvements and modifications that he deems appropriate, as long as they do not alter the security, stability and aesthetics of the building, the front or the external aspect of the same, and not in any way damage other co-owners, neither affect the normal operation of the common services. The execution by one of the co-owners of prejudicial works to others co-owners, will entitle it to convene to the co-owners, according to the case, an special meeting of co-owners, asking to resolved that things should return to its original state, all at expense of the infringer, without prejudice to the liabilities incurred by the damages and


inconveniences caused; b. Appointed the representatives of the Board of Directors of each sub-consortium in the form and conditions to be established later. - ARTICLE SIX : COMMON EXPENSES OF THE BUILDING IN GENERAL . Common charges of all the co-owners of the whole building must bear in proportion to the percentages established in the ninth article of this Regulation, the following are established, without being limiting, but not conclusive, namely 1) The taxes, rates and pavements tax, contributions and services of any nature that gravitate on the property as a common thing; 2) The costs of conservation, maintenance and repair of the common parts of the building which benefit all sectors, and in general, all spaces or facilities of common use; 3) Fire insurance premiums for the building as a whole; 4) Fees and expenses of the Administrator and remuneration and maintenance of personnel affected to the whole building and that benefits all sectors; 5) New common works authorized by the assembly of co-owners for innovations and improvements in general authorized in regulatory form, which have an advantage in all sectors of the building; 6) Reconstruction costs in cases of partial destruction of less than two thirds of the value of the building or dilapidation, in which case reconstruction been resolved; 7) All other expenses that arise from a valid resolution of all co-owners in Assembly and that is of common interest; 8) The cost of conservation and reparation of the exterior parts of the building and of any other asset, equipment, etc. which a benefit to all co-owners; 9) Expenses for the maintenance and conservation of the perpetual easements that surround the 5H blocks and the Parcel 1B of Block of 5F; 10) The cleaning of the windows of all units, in front, side and interior, will be carried out by a specialized contractor in this service, who must have the respective insurance and comply with any other obligation established by law.- ARTICLE SEVEN : PERCENTAGE: This condominium regulation provides three types of percentage: a. Fiscal Percentage: is the one that arises from the fifty-ninth article of the present; b. Percentage for the payment of expenses: is the one which arises from the Expenses Percentage Worksheet. Expenses attached hereto as Exhibit 3; c. Domain Percentage: is the one that arises from the Domain Percentage form attached hereto as Exhibit 2, and is taken into account for the calculation of voting in Assembly- None of these percentages prevails mainly because each one fulfills different functions. - ARTICLE EIGHT : SETTLEMENTS . The general Administrator shall prepare the settlements taking into account the percentage established in the seventh article, having to record first the expenses corresponding to all the units of the building, secondly those percentages corresponding to the units of the sector offices, and thirdly the percentages corresponding to the Shopping Center. ARTICLE NINE: PERCENTAGE FOR PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The percentage of expenses for the purposes of a fair settlement of common and extraordinary expenses and other items corresponding to each sector is the one that arises from the Expenses Percentage Worksheet that have been compiled on the basis of calculating the surface of each functional unit, discounting in some cases the discovered areas, and the proportional participation of each owner in the common parts of the whole Complex, which is added as Exhibit 3. - ARTICLE TEN : EXPENSES. FORM AND TERM FOR THE PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS . The budgets of common and/or extraordinary expenses shall be estimated periodically by the Administrator and presented monthly in advance and must be paid within the first ten running days from the beginning of each monthly period. These budgets shall be adjusted periodically according to the expenses actually incurred in the previous period and to the forecasts for said period.


Also the contribution that corresponds to form or replenish the Reserve Fund, or those that apply for special or others payment of any other sum for any reason related to co-ownership of the property, must be made within the time limits in each case. ARTICLE ELEVEN : NON-COMPLIANCE : The condominium who does not comply with such payments, whether ordinary or extraordinary expenses or any of the reserve funds will be in full default and will have to pay from the date on which the payment was due until it satisfies its debt, a daily penalty interest at the rate of one per thousand calculated on the amount owed. This interest may be increased or diminished by a resolution of the Assembly and by decision of half plus one of: condominiums with voting rights. ARTICLE TWELVE: ENFORCEMENT . Notwithstanding of the breach, after 10 calendar days from the date when the payment was to be made and after promptly notifying by the administrator in a reliable manner, the defaulting owner may be sued in order to obtain the payment. The Consortium may request the attachment of property and the general inhibition of the delinquent debtor and request the sale in public auction of the unit of his or her property or other assets. For this reason, the respective debtor waives the right to file derogation other than the payment verified in writing with the ratification made by each purchaser of this Regulation. This waive shall be deemed sufficient and effective to all the exceptions including in the proceeding, especially the right to challenge without case the intervene Court. The debt certificate issued by the Administrator for any debt or concept emerging from this Regulation, and in particular from this article, shall be an executive title for collection, in accordance with the powers conferred by article six of Decree Law N. 18.734/49, with copy of debt certificate (which includes the liquid amount due). The extension of terms that the administrator or the consortium grants, as well as the payments that they receive in any form and conditions, will not matter a novation in any case. - ARTICLE THIRTEEN: DAMAGE. REPARATION. Damages caused in common property areas, as well as those produced in the exclusive property parts, shall be compensated by the person responsible for the damage or the owner or any occupant without distinction, whether if it comes from any facts or from negligence from the owners, guests of owners, employee, personal of housekeeping, dependents, tenants or any sort of visitor. Such damages shall be repaired with the least possible loss of time by the Administrator on account of the person who caused the damage, who shall know the sum for the damage before the work has been performed and shall make the payment effective within the ten days, otherwise, it shall be liable with the penalties provided in this article for case of delay.- In relation to damages to third parties, the regime provided in article thirty-fifth of the present shall applied.- ARTICLE FOURTEEN : The consortium’s organs are: the General Administrator; b) The General Assembly of Owners, c) The Council of General Administration. ARTICLE FIFTEEN : ADMINISTRATION. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE GENERAL ADMINISTRATOR : The administrator is the legal representative of all joint owners and proceeds as agent for the purposes of Article ninth, paragraph a) of Law No. 13,512 and may only be removed or replaced by a two-thirds vote. His appointment is made for a period of two years and may be re-elected indefinitely. Competence of the General Manager, in addition to those settled by articles ninth, eleventh and fifteenth of mentioned law, are those competence which especially states below: a) Execute the resolutions of the consortium of general owners and interpret and enforce the Regulation of Co-Ownership and Administration and the internal Regulation of the building, and in case of divergence with any co-owner, immediately call for an extraordinary meeting with due anticipation, b) Provide fundraising and with them,


attend to the common expenses in order to make the indispensable and urgent repairs on the common goods that are not of exclusive use of each sub consortium. c) Initialize the minutes and administration books, d) present the annual expenditure plan and the balance sheets, inventories, accounts and other documentation required by the meeting of co-owners. Annually, within 60 days of the closing of the year, the Administrator must present the balance and investment accounts to each co-owner and call for a Meeting for consideration within a period of not less than 30 days counted from the previous expenditure date, e) To certify the debts for common expenses, in accordance with article six of Decree No. 18,734 issued by the National Executive Power and, if applicable, copies of the corresponding minutes in accordance with article five of the same Decree, f) Carrying the Administration book, guarding the property titles of the original property, plans and other documentation related to the joint property, keep up to date the current accounts of each co-owner, the payroll and the legal domicile of the owner of each unit. In case of non-compliance by the owner of the communication referred to in this subsection, the domicile shall be the property unit of the owner, g) Make the citations for the Ordinary and Extraordinary Assemblies, h) Appoint and dismiss personnel service of the common property, i) To represent the Consortium of Owners before the national, provincial, municipal, administrative and judicial authorities, in all kinds of negotiations and trials with ample powers, j) Submit balance sheets, inventories, accountings and other documentation required by this Regulation or the meeting of co-owners, k) Hire fire insurance required by Law 13,512 and pay the premiums and demand insurance policies that are required by law to each owner and /or occupier of unit according to the activities that they develop.- I) Hire the cleaning company crystal for all units, whether from front, side and interior. The contractor have to be a specialist in the field and shall have to comply with the respective insurance and with any other obligation established by law.- As the cleaning will be done at least once a month, it shall be done a previously designed schedule and shall inform the owners of the units the dates that have been established for the service.- ARTICLE SIXTEEN : FACULTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR : The Administrator as the legal representative of the General Consortium is expressly authorized by this Regulation to: a. In the absence of occupants of a unit in which injury or damage that reparations does not support delays and that seriously affect one or more units or common parts of the building, the Administrator is exceptionally authorized to enter in the unit in the most suitable means, after consider all the proceeding established in the Internal Regulations, in order to carry out urgent repairs to prevent further damage or alter the normal operation of the building; b. Designate a member of the Committee of Architecture and Controller under the conditions resulting from Article 30 of the present document; c. Take representation and action by himself or by a third party for and of behalf of the Consortium, granting SPECIAL POWER to understand judicial and/or administrative matters that could be pending or raised in the future, in any jurisdiction, including the Labor Courts, Administrative Police and Conciliation Commissions, for which purpose it shall be entitled to appear before the judges and other judicial authorities, with writings, documents, witnesses, and all kinds of evidence, and it shall have the power to formulate petitions and complaints; initiate and answer claims and counterclaims; extend and decline jurisdiction and oppose exceptions; to lodge nullity, refuse, appeal, desist from this and another right; submit to arbitration, administer oaths, bonds, appoint all kinds of experts, appraisers and auctioneers, request the sale and auction of the assets of the debtors and guarantors, pre-emptive and definitive liens, inhibitions and their uprisings, collating behind, bankruptcies, evictions and launches,


arranging agreements and transactions, collect and receive payments, grant receipts and letters of payment, request and attend all kinds of hearings, comparisons and verbal judgments, civilly contest their debtors, accept the appointment of an auditor, administrator or trustee, in bankruptcy proceedings in which the Consortium is a party and represent the Consortium, grant waivers and waits; produce information, request the filing of all kinds of documents and minutes of assembly when appropriate by law or by decision of co-owners, make protests, initiate succession proceedings for debtors, criminal actions, corrections and complaints against third parties, to request reparations of damages, confrontations, retractions and declarations investigations, preventive prisons, releases under bail bonds, deduct third parties, waive acquired prescriptions; Accept assignments of goods in payment; to file appeals of unconstitutionality and inapplicability of the Law or legal doctrine, as well as any other that authorize the laws of procedures and to waive what it deems appropriate, being able to substitute in whole or in part, the present mandate; the clauses of which are merely namely and not limiting. In no case the Administrator shall be exempted from due accountability to the Assembly.- ARTICLE SEVENTEEN : INSURANCE: The building must be permanently insured against fire by an insurance company and for the amount set by the assembly, which may not be less than three times the tax valuation. The Administrator is responsible for contracting the insurance. The payment of the premiums will be in charge of the co-owners according to the percentage established for the payment of expenses.- Also owners of each functional unit shall hired a liability and fire insurance and have to include the Consortium as an additional insured. At the same time in the coverage of Civil Liability the additional insured will be considered third party for the purposes of any claim as a result of the activity developed by the principal insured. The minimum amount of each Civil Liability policy will be the one determined by the administrator based on a first appraisal as a reference.- This clause shall be transcribed in all transcripts of domain.- ARTICLE EIGHTEEN : FINANCIAL YEAR: The financial year ends on December 31 of each year.- ARTICLE NINETEEN : ASSEMBLY OF CO-OWNERS: The co-owners for their deliberations and decisions shall hold ordinary and extraordinary assemblies that will take place under the same principles in order to call and constitution. The co-owners for their deliberations and decisions must prove the status of their domain in each of the units, through the presentation at the time of the assembly of the testimony of the respective title of property or document. The co-owners in order to have voice and vote in the Assemblies must be up to date with the payment of the expenses; otherwise they will only be able to participate in them.- For all purposes corresponding to the building, the owner of each unit, shall constitute special domicile, which shall remain valid until thirty days after communicating their change by letter or any irrefutable documentation, but the new domicile with the obligation to fix within the radius of the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires.- The percentage of domain that results from the percentage form of domain, which is added to the present as Annex 2 shall be the one that will be taken into account for the purposes of computation for quorum in the assemblies and issuance of the vote in relation to the enterprise as a whole; and proportionally when it comes to the different sectors in which the enterprise is divided. ARTICLE TWENTY : CALL FOR ASSEMBLY. NOTICE. AG ENDA. The citation to Assemblies, with indication of the nature and matters to be dealt with, shall be sent through the Administrator to the members of the Consortium or their representatives duly appointed in the domicile they have constituted or, failing that, to the unit of its owner, with no less than ten calendar days prior to the Ordinary Assemblies and


no less than five calendar days prior to the Extraordinary Assemblies, in which the main points, place of celebration and time for first call will be indicated. It is forbidden to include in the Agenda items under the heading “several matters”. - The citation shall be considered valid enough after being signed by any occupant of the units. Being validly constituted the Assembly, discussions and resolutions will be adopted subject to the majorities provided for in this Regulation. ARTICLE TWENTY FIRST : PRESIDENCY: The Assemblies shall be preside by the Administrator and in his absence by the person appointed by the Assembly, and in addition, at the time of their constitution, the Assemblies shall precede the designation of two co-owners to draft and sign the minutes together with the Administrator. The president shall be in charge of the direction of the deliberations of the assembly. In case of a tie, the President will have a vote, even though he is not an owner, and seriously, he will have a double vote. In no case and under no circumstances could the Administrator intervene in the votes of the Assembly that deal with issues directly related to its management and specifically in the approval of accounts. ARTICLE TWENTY TWO : REPRESENTATIONS: The owners could be represented at the meetings by agents with sufficient powers to discuss and resolve, with certified signature by a notary, bank or the Administrator. ARTICLE TWENTY THREE : ABSENT: The resolutions of the assemblies shall be final and valid even for owners who have not attended them, who will not be able to make any claim based on their absence.- ARTICLE TWENTY FOUR: ORDINARY GENERAL ASSEMBLIES : The co-owners will meet in Assembly: Ordinary once a year, within 90 days of the end of the financial year. In these assemblies will be considered: a) accountability; b) presentation of the balance sheet, inventory, collection of accounts; c) Management report on the past due year; and d) the renewal of the Board of Directors. The quorum for the celebration shall be the number of owners representing the majority of votes in the Building. If the first call fails due to a lack of quorum, the Assembly will be held half an hour later in the second call. This second call will take place whatever the number of owners present and/or their percentage. In the second call, the accounts presented by the manager shall be approved if the votes against the approval do not reach half plus one of the attendees in the Assembly. In the event that none of the owners attend the second call, the Administrator will record in the Book of Minutes, a transcript of the Agenda, in which case the presentation of accounts presented will be approved.- ARTICLE TWENTY FIFTH : EXTRAORDINARY ASSEMBLIES: Extraordinary Assemblies shall be convened when the Administrator deems it necessary, or when requested by a group of co-owners who represent at least one-third of the number or are celebrated with all the co-owners present. For the purpose of notifications, the unit of each owner shall be considered the special domicile for notification even if the owner does not occupy the unit. All resolutions of the Assembly shall be recorded in the respective Minute Book. Having sufficient quorum, according to the nature of the subject to be treated, the Assembly will consider the respective agenda, which will be released in the previous notifications. In case of not obtaining a sufficient quorum in the first call, for which a simple majority of votes will be required for matters that do not require special majorities, the Assemblies will be held on second call with any number of co-owners present, one hour after the scheduled failed for the first call, considering valid all resolutions adopted even for who may be absent. ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX : QUORUM: The quorum required for the meeting shall be computed by the proportional system, meaning that each co-owner has as many votes as percentage fixed for the unit of which he is the owner of the unit, with the unification of representation that corresponds in case of a


condominium on it. In the event of failure of any Assembly in the first or second call: due to a lack of quorum, any of the co-owners shall request from the competent judge the procedure in “summary and urgent” proceeding referred to in article 10 of Law 13.512.- ARTICLE TWENTY SEVEN : MAJORITIES: Resolutions shall be taken by the majorities of the totality of the co-owners in proportion that in each case are specified below: 1) By simple majority: only for this case will be computed the majority of the votes present, and will be to deal with the following matters: a) Any matter of administration that does not imply expenditures and expenses and does not impose a special majority; b) Determination of opening hours and total closure of access to parking lots; 2) By a majority of half plus one of votes: a) Any matter of mere administration that implies expenditures and expenses whenever not required by these Regulations a Special majority; b) Appoint and remove the members of the Board of Directors of the property and establish their attributions c) Resolve matters of common interest referred to in Article 10 of Law 13.512, fix salaries and wages to the doorman and other staff of the common building, appoint and remove any auxiliary administrative staff from the specific task of the administrator, whose function may be included in the employment contract, at the proposal of the Administrator; and d) modify the Internal Regulations. 3) By a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes: a) Resolve the sale of the land and materials in case of total or partial destruction of the common property, in accordance with the twelfth article of Law 13.512 and resolve the demolition and sale of the land and materials in case of old age of the building, according to the sixteenth article of the same law. b) Appoint the administrator or re-elect him, establish his remuneration and remove it, and modify the Co-ownership and Administration Regulations in which unanimity is not required for which unanimity is not required to resolve, grant special powers, except for the case that for resolution of Co-owners are required unanimity of wills, in which case the special power will be conferred fulfilling this requirement. c) Resolve on the quality or destination of the occupation assigned to the respective parts of the building and about the proportion established for the units of exclusive property in consideration of the whole. 4) By unanimous consent of all co-owners: a) arrange for the realization of any new work or any modification of existing work that affects the common parts of the building and that are not of exclusive use of a sub-consortium; b) constitute mortgage or other real rights over the entire common property. In order to comply with the resolutions of the Assembly, that is a new amendment to the present regulation, the consortium hereby grants SPECIAL POWER to the Administrator and/or his/her designee to grant the pertinent deed of amendment. ARTICLE TWENTY EIGHT: It is an essential condition for the validity of the agreements, which by this Regulation require unanimity to resolve, as well as for those referring to the ends established in articles twelve and sixteen of Law 13.512, that mortgage creditors who had inscribed mortgages for the whole of the general property or on any of the units of exclusive property, are reliably notified of the respective resolution so that they can oppose their rights in advance to the accomplishment of the acts that have been agreed. ARTICLE TWENTY NINE : BOARD OF DIRECTORS . The assembly shall appoint a Board of Directors for the whole building, which shall be composed of a number of co-owners, between three and five, with at least a member for each sub consortium and one appointed by the Administrator, who shall adopt the resolutions by majority and shall exercise their charge for a term of one year, being capable of being for reelected. The same assembly shall establish the attributions, rights and duties of the Board of Directors, which in general will act as supervisor of the tasks of the Administrator and representative of the entire


building for the purely formal purposes of the administration and with the aim of speeding up the decisions on all matters that the Assembly determines. The Board of Directors shall act as an advisory body to the Administrator, lacking executive functions. It must exercise the administrative and accounting control of the Consortium and report to the Ordinary General Assembly. It shall replace the Administrator in the event of temporary absence or vacancy and shall take the necessary exceptional measures, while convening the Assembly and being in charge of accountability. - ARTICLE THIRTY : ARCHITECTURE AND CONTROL COMMITTEE: The Architecture and Control Committee shall have two members designated by each Internal Assembly of each Sub-Consortium and a third member appointed by the Administrator. The Committee shall work as an advisory body with a maximum of three members, experts in the matter, their decisions shall be adopted by absolute majority and their fees shall be fixed by the Administration; The Committee shall be responsible for verifying and controlling the aesthetic, technical and architectural aspects of the building.- The following shall be matters of its competence: a) the authorization of works and/or installation of equipment of any nature that alter the facade of the building; b) any work or repair to be carried out in each of the exclusive units that are part of the building, with the exception of those that constituent the commercial complex; c) The design, size and other characteristics of the external lighting fixtures of each unit destined for office or professional studies, as well as all equipment or work that alter the facade of the building must be approved by the Architecture and Control Committee designated for these purposes. The Architecture and Controller Committee may ratify, modify or vary the technical specifications established in the Internal Regulations every 2 (two) years or at the administrator’s special request. ARTICLE THIRTY ONE : UNIFICATION OF REPRESENTATION. SOLIDARITY. In case of mandatory joint ownership or voluntary joint ownership of the functional units, the condominiums shall unify their representation within thirty (30) days of the event and notify in writing to the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the joint owners assume all the rights and obligations arising from this instrument and the Internal Regulations in a solidarity form, with waiver of the benefits of division and excursion of the debt. ARTICLE THIRTY TWO: JURISDICTION AND COMPETENCE DOMICILE. MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION : (i) LEGAL DOMICILE: the fact of being exclusive owner of each of the functional units of the building and member of the mandatory Consortium of Ownership of the land and common things of the property, matter the importance of knowledge and acceptance of these Regulations, as well as the obligation to submit for any judicial or extrajudicial matter, to the jurisdiction of the competent Courts of the City of Buenos Aires. For all judicial or extrajudicial notifications arising from these Co-Ownership and Administration Regulations and the Internal Regulations, co-owners must establish a legal and special domicile in the City, and must notify the Administrator in reliable manner. Otherwise Owners will have its legal address and special domicile constituted in their respective unit, although they do not occupy it. (II) MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION. In the case of any difference, conflict or controversy arising between the joint owners or between them and the bodies emerging from this Regulation or derived from the interpretation or execution of these Co-Ownership and Administration Regulations, internal regulations or applicable rules, the parties agree to submit to a “MEDIATION” or in case of lack of agreement, to an “ARBITRATION” trough the “Centro institucional de Mediación del Colegio de Escribanos de la Capital Federal” or the Tribunal de Arbitraje General y (Mediación del Colegio de Escribanos de la Capital


Federal, both domicile in Alsina 2260, 2nd floor, of this City. For cases in which the Judicial Courts should intervene, the Ordinary Courts of the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires must be appealed, with waiver of any other jurisdiction or jurisdiction that may correspond. In all cases special domiciles will be considered those constituted in their respective functional unit or those that expressly would have communicated in reliable notice by any owner, always in the radio of this city. For its part, the Administrator must also be domiciled in this City.-

TITLE III: DIVISION IN SUBCONSORTIUM . ARTICLE THIRTY THREE: Due to the characteristics of the building, two SUBCONSORTIUM are formed, which shall be governed by what is regulated in this Regulation, and shall be designated as follows: 1) “SUB CONSORTIUM OF OFFICES” composed of natural or legal persons who acquire the mastery of the units destined to OFFICES, and their respective parking spaces, that compose the building according to the deeds or public instruments that prove their ownership.- It is integrated by the functional units numbers 81 to 92.- This sub-consortium integrates the functional unit number 1, located in the third floor subsoil destined to parking spaces exclusively for the owners of the offices.- 2) “SUB-CONSORTIUM SHOPPING CENTER” Composed of natural or juridical persons who acquire mastery of the units destined to COMMERCIAL SHOPPING CENTER and their respective parking spaces, that compose the building according to the deeds or public instruments that prove their ownership. It comprises the functional units numbers two to twenty-four - In the first subsoil and mezzanine on the first subsoil, and the functional units numbers twenty-five to eighty- ground floor and first floor - The functional units of Ground Floor and first floor shall be destined to Shopping Commercial Center, those located in the mezzanine on the first subsoil shall be destined to Commercial Shopping Center and parking and those located in the first subsoil to parking, together with the common surface of exclusive use of this one sub-consortium located in the second subsoil, first subsoil, and mezzanine on first subsoil, including the areas affected to easement that surround the block. ARTICLE THIRTY FOUR : The division of the complex in the Sub-consortium aforementioned, shall be in order to regulate their relationship between each other, between the different Sub-Consortiums and towards third parties, and for the purposes of their better administration, each Sub-Consortium shall be considered a full political, administrative autonomy unit capable to adopt independently the decisions that exclusively affect the use, investments and expenses of the units that integrate or share each of the Sub Consortium and their common spaces of exclusive use, without requiring in any case not even to compute the quorum and majority in their decisions, the participation, vote, deliberation or approval of the functional units that compose other Sub Consortium, no to participate or contribute in the general expenses, as long as those decisions do not affect or involve in some way other co-owners of another or other Sub-Consortium or common areas.- CRITERIA OF INTERPRETATION. Notwithstanding the criteria set forth in this article, it is established as principle norm that the use, maintenance, and repairmen of equipment, machinery, accessories, and the same common spaces, shall be exclusively for benefits and shall be supported only by the co-owners of the units of the various sub-consortiums to which they belong or have access by their natural location. Such common goods, including salaries and charges of employees, or those that are naturally of exclusive use of the sector or for those being specified in this Regulation or in the Internal Regulation that is issued. All the common parts destined for circulation and access shall be used interchangeably by the


owners of the Sub Consortium described and in general all the spaces and accessories that by their nature correspond to a determined Sub Consortium shall be of exclusive use of the co-owners and / legitimate occupants of the units that integrate this sector. Each Sub-Consortium is composed with the Functional Units described in this article functional and/or complementary that in the future replace them, or are incorporated by division, modification or over-elevation of the existing one. Each Sub-Consortium has autonomy and legal, economic, functional, governmental and administrative independence, in all that does not affect the building in general. ARTICLE THIRTY FIVE : LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES: Notwithstanding the physical and functional independence between the different sectors that constitute the building, since the consortium is a single entity, in the case of occurrence of any harmful event that gives rise to eventual claims from third parties against them, the following is agreed: a) If the cause of the fact is attributable to elements or goods located in the sector corresponding to the Shopping Center, it’s owner or their owners undertake to reimburse to the owners of the remaining units that constitute the remaining subsectors the proportional part that this have to pay in their capacity as members of the consortium; and b) If the cause of the fact is attributable to elements or goods located in the sector corresponding to the Offices, or their owners undertake to reimburse to the owners of the remaining units that constitute the remaining subsectors the proportional part that this have to pay in their capacity as members of the consortium.- ARTICLE THIRTY SIX : BODIES: They are organs of each independent Sub-Consortium: a) Internal Assembly co-owners; and b) Board of Directors of each Sub-Consortium. ARTICLE THIRTY SEVEN : INTERNAL ASSEMBLY OF CO-OWNERS: Each Sub-Consortium holds meetings for its deliberations and adopts resolutions, called Internal Assemblies and may be Extraordinary or Ordinary. The same principles regarding their constitution are applicable as those foreseen for the General Assemblies. All Assembly will be notified with particular indication of the matter to be treated, the day and time of the event and the meeting place must be in the radius of the City of Buenos Aires, with no less anticipation than five days from the date of notification. The Ordinary Assemblies are held at least once a year, and will deal with the Inventory, Accountability and Management Report. The extraordinary ones will treat any matter that is considered of common interest and constitutes the matters of discussion of its call. - Ordinary and Extraordinary Assemblies shall be called by the Administration, or at the request of not less than a number of co-owners representing at least thirty percent of the domain of the members of said consortium. The Assemblies shall be constituted on first call with the presence of a quorum of more than fifty percent of the domain of said consortium, calculated, according to the internal percentage of said consortium, and in second call, one hour after with any number of co-owners of said consortium that attend. In case of failure to achieve most meetings of co-owners required to adopt valid resolutions, the provisions of the last part of Article 10 of Law 13.512 shall governed. The Assemblies shall be held by those who decide the same meeting. If no candidate for president achieves an absolute majority of the present, the Assembly shall be chaired by the owner appointed by the Administrator. All matters submitted for consideration by an Internal Assembly shall be resolved by votes of the consortium members of the respective consortium, as the case may be. ARTICLE THIRTY EIGHT : MAJORITY IN INTERNAL ASSEMBLIES OF SUB-CONSORTIUM The Internal Assemblies of each Sub-Consortium will adopt their resolutions according to the following majorities, which will be formed taking into consideration only and exclusively the units that comprise it. For the purposes of the


quorum necessary to hold such assemblies, the percentage of domain established for each unit that integrates the sub consortium will be computed, with the unification of representation that corresponds in case of a condominium in a unit, taking into account that the units of the sub consortium joint the total of one hundred percent (100%) and on that basis of calculation are computed the majorities. By unanimity of the units that integrate each Sub consortium the following issues will be solved: a) modify and resolve the quality of occupation assigned to the respective parts of the consortium itself, taking into consideration the restriction to the destination indicated in article forty-one and forty-seven of the present; b) suppression, modification, unification, and division of the different units that comprise the independent sub consortium as long as they do not affect the general building; c) provide for the realization of all new developments within each sector, provided they do not affect the general building or the remaining sub-consortium; d) to mortgage globally the Units constituting this consortium. For two-thirds majority, it shall be settled: a) Embodiments of improvements or commons areas for the exclusive use of the sub-consortium. By simple majority: any matter included in the Agenda, which have not been imposed a special majority.- ARTICLE THIRTY NINE : ADMINISTRATION COUNCIL FOR EACH SUB CONSORTIUM : The internal assemblies of each sub-consortium shall appoint a Board of Directors for its sector, which will be composed by a number of co-owners of units of the corresponding sub consortium, between three or five, who will adopt their resolutions by majority and will exercise their mandate for the term of one year, being eligible for re-election. The same assembly shall establish the attributions, rights and duties of the Board of Directors, which in general will act as supervisor of the tasks of the Administrator and representative of all the units that comprise the Sub-consortium, in order to expedite the decisions on all matters that the Internal Assembly of each Sub-Consortium determines exclusively in relation to the units that comprise it. The Board of Directors of Sub-consortium shall act as an advisory body to the Administrator, lacking executive foundations. The Board of Directors shall exercise administrative and accounting control of the Sub-Consortium and report this to the Internal Assembly of each Sub-Consortium annually, within 3 months of the close of the financial year. - In addition, it a faculty of this Board to choose a Service Manager for the purpose of delegating the clearly operative powers as provided in the Internal Regulations. This Service Manager must follow the orders that could be given by the General Manager of the entire complex.- TITLE IV: SUB-CONSORTIUM OFFICES: ARTICLE FORTY : GENERAL FEATURES: The functional units that comprise this sub consortium and carry the odd numbers, form part of the internally denominated Torre Norte, with independent entrance by Juana Manso No. 999, and those which bear the even numbers, correspond to the denominated internally like Torre Sur, with independent entrance by Juana Manso No. 1069. - The spaces destined for parking lots that integrate the functional unit number one are located in the third subsoil, and shall be exclusively for use of the owner of the functional units destined to Offices.- The access to the parking lot shall be performed by Juana Manso 991 and the vehicular exit shall have the equal access. ARTICLE FORTY ONE: DESTINATION OF THE UNITS. The Functional Units numbers eighty one to ninety-two, will be used exclusively for offices, for the exercise of liberal professions of any nature of licit activity with the exception of veterinarians, laboratories, clinics for psychiatric care of dangerous mentally ill people or clinics for infectious diseases that could be dangerous for the rest of the co-owners, inhabitants and/or visitors of the building including any other professions, activities or tasks that may affect others co-owners with


annoying noises or smells, or that congregate such amount of public that hinder the normal functioning of the elevators or produce agglomerations that in any other way affect the rations or in any other way affect the tranquility, decency and/or decorum of the building and/or whose realization or sequel, are annoying to the remaining co-owners and/or contrary to the morality, good name and category of the Complex; The above mentioned is merely illustrative and non-exhaustive. - And the functional unit number 1, located on the third floor subsoil is destined to parking space for the guard and; parking of a vehicle and/or motorcycle, or bicycle, provided that its dimensions do not exceed 2.50 meters wide, 5 meters long and 2.5 meters high and the way of being parked do not exceed the size of the garage, respect the ordinances in force and effect and do not fundamentally impede the free movement and/or maneuver of other vehicles.- The co-owners of the parking spaces located in this sector must provide in writing to the Administrator the data of the cars or vehicles when parking and of the persons who are authorized to use the garages in their respective parking spaces, and the co-owners must keep this information updated in order to: Allow entrance and exit to the parking sector through an access system with reader of approach and monitoring by CCTV, for which they must have a card that will be provided to them according to the Internal Regulations. It is expressly forbidden in the whole area of this sector: 1) The guarding or parking of trucks, trailers, vehicles of exclusively commercial or advertising use or any type of car that is not use for ordinary use. 2) Perform or to perform any repair work, fix, paint or grease of cars in this sector. 3) Possess flammable products, even within its exclusive property. 4) Use the ramps as a means of entry or pedestrian exit. Also co-owners of parking spaces exclusively for the office sector, agree to the following: a) respect the use of common areas for car traffic, parking is forbidden in these sectors, b) Hire an insurance at least against third parties, theft against third parties, and fire of car, having to inform and deliver a copy of the policy and its subsequent updates to the Administration, in case of loss or theft, it shall not be considered as a common burden of the Consortium or sector or in case of possible damage due to force majeure or acts of nature as a flood, resulting the risk on account and exclusive charge of the car owner, even in the case that - this eventuality was caused by causes attributable to personnel dependent on the sector. In the event of a careless collision of a co-owner or a dependent of the owner or of anyone who makes use of the parking lot for any title, the owner and/or the suspect shall be jointly and severally liable for the damage. c) Do not circulate or park within this sector heavy or oversized cars, such as trucks, vans, trailers, trailers or public transport vehicles not exceeding 2.5 tons on all four wheels, d) in case of entering with bicycles, owners or users shall have to ascend or descend via the ramps of access.- ARTICLE FORTY TWO : RULES RELATING TO THIS SUB CONSORTIUM: The owners or tenants of units comprising this sub consortium will not be allowed: 1. to execute modifications of wall or carpentries in the expansion towards the outside of the units, nor to make additions or modifications that alter the exterior or interior facade. 2. Not to alter in any case the colors of walls, ceilings and terraces. The owners or tenants of units that compose this sector are obliged to: 1. Integrate the Reserve Fund equivalent to one expensed in the opportunity provided for in this Regulation. In the event of transferring the unit, the owner may recover from the new acquirer the amount included in said concept. - Installation of air conditioning: The offices come with air conditioners VRV type; if the owner wishes to add more equipment and consequently modify electrical boards, he must request authorization from the Administrator who, if applicable, shall indicate the place where he can install the outdoor unit and the characteristics thereof. Also, special


authorization from the Administrator will also be required for the use of upright post. Violation of this article shall render the offender liable to a daily fine equivalent to the sum of US Dollars Five Hundred (US $ 500) until termination thereof, and shall be executed through the expenses.- ARTICLE FORTY THREE: EXPENSES OF THE SUB CONSORTIUM. The following are common expenses of this sub-consortium that are established below without limitation, but rather as a general principle, adopting as a general principle that the units destined to office take exclusive charge on expenses that originate from services, installations and repairs of the areas and common assets of this sub-consortium that serve exclusively to them: 1) personnel, remunerations, social security: cleaning supplies, clothing; 2) energy consumption of appliances and equipment; 3) maintenance and repair of entrance halls, ladders and elevators; 4) energy consumption, maintenance, repair and replacement of equipment; of propeller pumping; (5) all maintenance and repair costs of the parking space concerned to that sector; 6) costs of disinfection and elimination of rodents; and 7) maintenance and repairment of the generator located in the First Subsoil, which supplies energy to the parking space of this sub-consortium jointly with the Shopping Center and its parking.-

ARTICLE FORTY FOUR : COMMON PROPERTIES OF EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SUB CONSORTIUM: According to the plan that is added to the present as Exhibit 4, the common assets of exclusive use of this Sub-Consortium are the following: Third Subsoil: engine room, changing rooms for men and women, tank, lifts, gray water tank, deposit (under easement) and Office (under easement), moto’s parking spaces; Second Subsoil: electricity meters office room office, elevators bank; First Subsoil: bank of elevators; Mezzanine Floor over First Floor: Elevators machinery room, elevators bank and low-lift common deck; Ground Floor: access to the Torre Norte and Torre Sur; cover common movement of elevators, shield, hall and offices of the Torre Norte, common cover movement of elevators, shield, full access to the hall offices of the Torre Sur, common deck, housing commissioning offices, common staircase projection, and common deck circulation; First Floor: common indoor circulation, elevator’s common indoor circulation and elevator’s common deck;

Second to Seventh Floor: elevator, drive foyer, cover common circulation, bathrooms for men, women and disabled, office, and full accessible common cover and cover common circulation for offices that constitute the Torre Norte and elevator, drive foyer, cover common circulation, bathrooms for men, women and disabled, office, and full accessible common cover and cover common circulation for offices that constitute the Torre Sur, Terrace: common area of thermal machine, machine room elevator, generator area, and thermomechanical machine room (exterior). The Terrace is of exclusive use of the owners of the Offices sector with the exception of the area of thermal machines for which it shall constitute an easement of transit in favor of the remaining co-owners for their maintenance and conservation. ARTICLE FORTY FIVE : On the roof is the generator set that supplies energy to the office building. The fuel load will be made from a socket located in the subsoil and it is pumped to the common fuel tank located on the same roof. TITLE V : SUB-CONSORTIUM SHOPPING CENTER: ARTICLE FORTY SIX: GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: Pedestrian access to the shopping center shall be made via Juana Manso Street numbers 1029 and 1049, and Olga Cossettini Street numbers 1002 and 1060.

The vehicular access of the Shopping Center is located in Juana Manso Street, No. 991 and the vehicular exit in the same access jointly via Marta Lynch Street No. 380. Said parking levels cover the second and first subsoil and first floor mezzanine on subsoil. - ARTICLE


FORTY-SEVEN : DESTINATION OF UNITS. SHOPPING CENTER AND PARKING: The functional units numbers two to twenty four in the first subfloor and mezzanine on the first subfloor, and the functional units numbers twenty five to eighty - ground floor and first floor and/or those that in the future replace it, will be destined to Shopping Center, being understood as those the complex designed for commercial, gastronomic and service activities that are developed under a single, centralized planning, promotion and administration, made up of retail, service, gastronomic and internal circulation areas. The technical characteristics, dimensions, decorative structure and other features of the functional units that constitute the Shopping Center will be regulated in the Internal Regulation that governs the building and which forms a complementary part of the present one. This sector has the capacity for the construction and installation of 80 (eighty) shops, and will have the restrictions mentioned in the previous point. The commercial shops shall not be used for activities that generate noise above 60 decibels during the day, from 7 to 22 hours and 50 hours decibel during night- PARKING: The second and first subsoil and mezzanine floor on the first subsoil, including the areas affected by easement that surround the block, will be for the parking of vehicles entering the Shopping Center, as shall be regulated in the Internal Regulation. Only the storage and parking of a vehicle and/or motorcycle, or bicycle, provided that its dimensions do not exceed 2.50 meters wide, 5 meters long and 2.5 meters high and the way of being parked do not exceed the size of the garage, respect the ordinances in force and effect and do not fundamentally impede the free movement and/or maneuver of other vehicles. It is expressly forbidden in the whole area of this sector: 1) The storage or parking of any truck, vehicle of any commercial use or of any kind that were not use for common use, with the exception in the sector determined as “MANEUVERING AREA” that is in the First Subsoil. 2) Execute or performed any work of repair, painting, or lubrication of automobiles in this sector. 3) Possess flammable products, even within its exclusive property. Vehicles that transfer fuel for the generator are expressly authorized to move through this sector, these vehicles are exempted from the indicated prohibition. Also co-owners of garages exclusively for the office sector, agree to the following: a) to respect the use of common sectors for the circulation of automobiles, being prohibited parking in these sectors, b) Hiring insurance at least against third parties, theft and fire of its car, informing and delivering a copy of the policy to the Administration and its subsequent updates, in case of accident or theft it cannot be considered as a common charge of the Consortium or sector, or for possible damage due to force majeure or acts of nature as a flood, leaving the risk at the sole expense of the owner, even if this eventuality arose due to causes attributable to personnel dependent on the sector. If there is a collision due to negligence of a co-owner or employee of the garage or of anyone who uses the garage for any title, the owner and/or the suspect jointly and severally shall repair the damage. c) It is forbidden to circulate or park in this sector heavy or oversized cars such as trucks, vans, trailers, trailers or public vehicles with more than 2,5 tons distributed in the four wheel. In the case of personnel hired exclusively to the parking area, it must be insured against accident risk, for the amount and term established by the respective regulations, being at exclusive responsibility of the co-owners of parking spaces of the building the corresponding policy. In addition, the owners of the functional units destined to Shopping Center must inform by using posters and corresponding signage, to their users all the regulation of the sector for their use, indicating prohibitions authorizations, exclusive sectors, Emergencies Exits, location of stairs and bathrooms, etc. In the case of outsourcing the parking service, the contracted company shall determine the collection of fees, mode of


entry and exit (parking tickets), schedules and all the regulation for its use with the limitations provided in this Regulation and The Internal Regulations.- ARTICLE: FORTY-EIGHTH: RULES RELATING TO THIS SUB CONSORTIUM: Owners or tenants of units comprising this sector are obliged to: 1. Respect strictly the opening and closing hours of the Shopping Center, attention to the public, loading and unloading of merchandise, cleaning, repair and maintenance tasks, etc. established for the sector in the Internal Rules, or resulting from the resolution of an Extraordinary Meeting; 2. Maintain continuous and uninterrupted service to the public, during the designated times and during those times, ensuring the presence of sufficient staff for this purpose as well as security personnel; 3. In the event, the Internal Assembly decided on the extension of the opening and/or closing of the metal curtain of access to the parking lot, all owners and/or occupants of units of this sub-consortium shall exclusively pay the higher expenses Increase in working hours; 4. Keep the windows and interior of the light units, and the signs and light signs on; 5. obligatorily hire an insurance that covers the specific activities developed by each unit, as well as comply with all safety and maintenance standards in each unit or shop.- ARTICLE FORTY NINE : EXPENDITURE SUB CONSORTIUM : The following are common charges of this sub consortium, which are established below without limitation, but rather as a general principle, adopting as a general principle that the units destined to Shopping Center take to their exclusive charge the expenses that originate in the services, installations and repairs of the areas and common goods of this Sub consortium that give benefits to them: 1) staff, their salaries, social charges; cleaning supplies, clothing; 2) energy appliances and equipment; 3) preservation, maintenance or repair of all gas ducts and exhaust ducts to the outside air, which must be periodically and appropriate maintenance because their destination; 4) maintenance, repair and replacement of pumping equipment; 5) All costs of maintenance and repair of parking area affected the sector; costs of disinfection and elimination of rodents-. ARTICLE FIFTY : COMMON PROPERTIES OF EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SUB CONSORTIUM: According to the plan that is added to the present as Exhibit 4, the common assets of exclusive use of this Sub-Consortium are the following: a the windows and access to the shopping center; B. The common covered surfaces of the Ground Floor and First Floor, plus those that are in the Mezzanine on the First Subsoil, plus those of the First and Second Subsoil, and the double height with a landing in Second Floor; c. the access; d. the maneuvering area located on the First Subsoil; e. The power generator set that is in the First Subsoil. TITLE VI: RESERVES AND IRREVOCABLE SPECIAL POWERS. ARTICLE FIFTY ONE : SPECIAL RESERVATIONS. “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” reserves before those who are awarded with the highest percentage of ownership of the property, an irrevocably and without restriction, with the full acceptance and express agreement of all the successful owners and / or future buyers, who will expressly be obliged to accept this reservations in each public translative domain deed, - the following rights and reservations: For the term of five (5)  years from the date of the granting of the Co-Ownership and Administration Regulation: a The appointment of the administrator and legal representative of the Consortium, being able to remove and / or replace it; As well as the designation of Board of Directors, b. Grant easements of lights and views in favor of neighboring properties and / or receive from these easements in favor of the whole, in order to have interference in the aesthetic definition of future buildings boundaries EXCLUSIVELY for owners of the units that integrate the Shopping Center and its parking. For a period of ten years: a) Make changes to the original project in general


without altering the substance of the building project or the units awarded or sold, including the following acts: subdividing the current units into two or more units, and / or unify them, taking advantage of common spaces that surround them as long as they do not alter the free circulation and use of the other units; modify their surfaces; create new functional units or complement or delete some existing ones. Clarify and correct any errors or omissions in the drafting of this Regulation. The final numbering of the units will be the one that finally arises from the final plan modifying subdivision by the Horizontal Property Regime, with their respective total or partial increases. The present reservation includes express powers to convert and use to, at the sole discretion of the authorized, common spaces that surround the units in order to incorporate them, as the case may be, to almost mentioned functional units of their existing property or to those that are subsequently created as a result of the reserved right. b) Give the partial or total discharge of the units. In the event of construction and incorporation of new units and/or the creation or suppression of units by subdivision or, in addition to the existing ones, as foreseen above, the work plan of the building and the Subdivision plan of the total building shall be modified. As a consequence, and in addition to the possible conversion to common spaces and/or vice versa, the percentage set in this Regulation may be modified in the plane of horizontal property and/or those fixed in the translative deed of domain, circumstances that purchaser knows and irrevocably accepts and irrevocably, understand that future owners shall lend and give their express and irrevocable acceptance with such faculties; c) negotiate and contract in a global way for all the units of the Consortium, the following services: c.1) External telephone line for each and every one of the units that have commercial and/or professional use. c.2) Internet, and any other service created or to be created with the purpose of improving the operation of the building in general. c.3) Hire insurance; d) as long as units are available, it is authorized to use some of the common sectors, as those destined for administration, or some of the functional units owned by them, for the attention of potential buyer and sales promotion, in order to show their units, as well as being able to transit with potential buyer for common sectors and circulation; e) performing equipment, furniture and decoration of the entrance hall, administration and other common parts of the building, all on behalf of consortium.-

For the term of 5 (five) years from the granting of the Co-Ownership and Administration Regulations, LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. irrevocably and in relation to the office units and the parking spaces assigned to them, understanding that potential owners undertakes and give their conformity and acceptance with such powers, with the sole and mere fact of having subscribed the deed transferring domain, and in case of credits wit mortgage, the creditor will also accept and comply with this circumstance in the sole and mere fact of signing the deed of incorporation of mortgage without being required in any way its future consent or conformity of any kind, the following rights are reserved to LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L: a) Make changes to the original project in a general way without altering the substance of the building project or the units awarded or sold; Subdividing the current units into two or more units and/or unifying them, taking advantage of common spaces that surround them as long as they do not alter the free circulation and use of the other units; modify their surfaces; create new functional or complementary units or delete some of the current ones. Clarify and correct any errors or omissions in the wording of this Regulation. The final numbering of the units will finally emerge from the final subdivision plan amendment by the Horizontal Property Regime, with their respective total or partials. The present reservation includes express powers to convert and use, at the sole discretion of the authorized company, common spaces that surround units in order to


incorporate them, if applicable, to functional units at present or to those which are subsequently created as a result of the reserved right; b) Give the partial or total discharge of the units. In the event of construction and incorporation of new units and/or the creation or suppression of units by subdivision or, in addition to the existing ones, as foreseen above, the work plan of the building and the Subdivision plan of the total building shall be modified. As a consequence, and in addition to the possible conversion to common spaces and/or vice versa, the percentage set in this Regulation may be modified in the plane of horizontal property and/or those fixed in the translative deed of domain, circumstances that purchaser knows and irrevocably accepts and irrevocably, understand that future owners shall lend and give their express and irrevocable acceptance with such faculties; c) negotiate and contract in a global way for all the units of the Consortium, the following services: c.1) External telephone line for each and every one of the units that have commercial and / or professional use. c.2) Internet, and any other service created or to be created with the purpose of improving the operation of the building in general. c.3) Hire insurance; d) as long as units are available, it is authorized to use some of the common sectors, as those destined for administration, or some of the functional units owned by them, for the attention of potential buyer and sales promotion, in order to show their units, as well as being able to transit with potential buyer for common sectors and circulation; e) performing equipment, furniture and decoration of the entrance hall, administration and other common parts of the building, all on behalf of consortium.- For a period of ten (years) starting from the granting of Co-Ownership and Administration Regulations LANDMARK ‘INVESTORS S.R.L. reserves exclusively, expressly and irrevocably the right to establish ‘administrative Easements busway according to Law 19,552., being able to subscribe all the public or private instruments that are necessary, and also the faculty to receive the corresponding compensation that could correspond by the use of the space destined to the transforming power chamber, by Edenor or its legal successor or who in the future shall be in charge in of the supply of electricity.- This article must be transcribed in all the translative deeds of the domain.- ARTICLE FIFTY TWO : SPECIAL IRREVOCABLE POWER. For the purposes of the best exercise and fulfillment of the rights and reservations formulated in these Regulations, the present owner, the purchasers of each of the functional units that integrate the building and its successors in universal or particular titles conferred SPECIAL IRREVOCABLE POWER on the terms of article 1980 and subsequent of the Civil Code, for a period of twenty years from today in favor of “EMPRENDIMIENTOS INMOBILLARLOS ARENALES S.A. - LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. - UNION TRANSITORLA DE EMPRESAS” and/or people that this indicated, for and on behalf of the current owner and for each and every one of the future co-owners of the building, and proceeding jointly, separately, either alternative, to perform all acts necessary to execute each of the acts reserved and authorized in the previous article, with the power to obtain from the relevant authority the materialization of the authorization and reservation of said rights and any modification of the subdivision plan, with express power to build fewer or more units or floor and to unify or modify the surfaces and percentages of units, subscribe plans, collect, adapt and modify the work plan, manage and submit before the Government of this City, its offices and dependencies, especially the Direction of Private Works, General Direction of Cadastre and Public Road, Direction of Revenue, Direction of Urban Patrimony, Federal Police, Aysa SA, Gas, telephone and electricity companies and/or their legal continuators, and in any other national, autarchic or private entity, the partial and/or final approval of plans, submitting written submissions,


deeds, declarations and stamens as required, and to request inspections and the discharge of the resulting units, request telephone services, grant and sign the respective deeds of modification of these Regulations of Co-Ownership and Administration, incorporating the new units discharged by the authority to them or to the ultimately holders, complementing and reforming the respective articles as soon as it is appropriate for such incorporations, especially those referring to the designation of the units, being able to modify their current number, areas and percentages, whether fiscal, for expenses or special for each set, which states or enumerates common property or any other that they deem necessary, ratify, clarify, define spaces, terms and conditions of use and exploitation and/ or easements, reform provided for in this Regulation, with or adjoining plots, provide and execute such public and private instruments, subscribe as many public and private instruments as required, and carry out as many years, efforts and diligences as may lead to better compliance with the present mandate, which can be substitute. It is recorded that the mere acceptance of the terms of this Regulation shall imply the express ratification of this article and in particular the granting of the aforementioned irrevocable power. The foregoing clause must be transcribed in all transcript deeds of the domain until the definitive discharge of all the units or the established term expires. TITLE VII: EASEMENT. ARTICLE FIFTY THREE; COOLING EQUIPMENT ; on the roof of the building is the area of thermal machines of exclusive use of the Shopping Center. In order that the maintenance and repair of the same is carried out without problems, the owners of the Offices units grant and assign easement of passage in favor of the consortium of co-owners in a gratuitous and perpetual way so that the personnel hired for maintenance have free access to it. This clause should be transcribed in all transcripts of domain. ARTICLE FIFTY FOUR: CAR PARK EASEMENT : The car spaces located in the functional unit number ONE located on the third subsoil, grant to each other with the real, perpetual, discontinues and free, right of EASEMENT of transit and circulation of vehicles, according to the following guidelines : (I) AFFECTED. The easement is granted in relation to the parking spaces and to the entire surface of the functional unit number ONE, which location, measures and boundaries have been perfectly indicated in the plane that is added to the present and have been previously delineated. 1) DESTINY: The easement is granted solely and exclusively for the transit and / or vehicular access to the parking spaces, in order to allow the entry and exit maneuver of the vehicles. This clause should be transcribed in all transcripts of domain. The above clause shall be transcribed in all title deeds of domain.- ARTICLE FIFTY FIVE : EASMENT OF ELECTRODUCT, AQUEDUCT AND GAS PIPELINE: Bearing in mind that pipelines carrying electric power, weak electric power, drinking water, fire water, sewage and gas currently in the building extend to the subsoil of the building located on parcel 1d of Block 5F and from this one to the property located in block 5H, with the exception of the gas duct that extends only to the ground floor of parcel 1D, Block 5F, which is why the co-owners of the Consortium of Co-owners Juana Manso 991-1093 (Block 5H) and co-owners of the Consortium of Co-owners of Olga Cossettini 1009-1079 (Parcel 1D of block 5F) constitute each other reciprocal and gratuitous EASEMENTS OF ELECTRODUCT, AQUEDUCT AND GAS PIPELINE in favor of the owners of both real estate that can only be used of it, not being able neither to modify nor to suppress them.- The present easement includes the obligation of the co-owners of both funds to cover the expenses and investments that must be made for the purpose of exercising the rights implied in it. For the exercise of these easements, it is established that rainwater, sewage and pressure tank pumps are included within the present easements.-


This clause should be transcribed in all transcripts of the domain.- ARTICLE FIFTY-SIX : EASEMENTS OF SUBSOIL. I) The Company “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” is a continuation of EQUITY TRUSTCOMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A. owner of the fiduciary domain of the property located in the ‘Antiguo Puerto Madero’ zone of this City, in front of PIERINA DEALESSI Street, Number NINE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY Street, limiting with OLGA COSSETTÍNÍ Street without number, between Azucena Villaflor and Carola Lorenzini Streets designated according to antecedent title of property.- M-380-1998, as PARCEL ONE “D” of BLOCK 5F, which has the following measures, boundaries and surface: For its side to the North, between letters F-A measures 15 meters 60 centimeters and borders with part of Block 5F; By its side to the East, between letters J-A measures 144 meters 03 centimeters and borders Olga Cossenttini Street; to south, between the lines G-J measures 15 meters 60 centimeters and borders the Parcel 1c of its same plane; and by the West, between the lines G-F measures 144 meters 03 ‘centimeters and borders with Pierina Dalesi Street and/or Dealessi with a total area of two thousand two hundred forty-six meters eighty seven square decimeter (2.246,87m2).- H) That there are factual circumstances among the demarcated properties identified as BLOCK 5F PARCEL 1d and BLOCK 5H that allow each of them to use the other, and that materializes in a continuous and apparent way, because there is a mutual dependence on the Plants of all subsoils according to the measurement plans of both properties.- II) That under the current circumstances is not legally valid to constitute a real reciprocal easement of use and passage between both properties under the same owner. IV) V) Under this, if the current owner of both properties sales one of them to one or more persons, this service shall continue service as a matter of bondage between the two estates.- V) “TMF TRUST COMPANY (ARGENTINA) S.A.” Expresses that in view of the fact that both properties will be promptly subdivided by the Regime of Law 13.512 of Horizontal Property, the owners of the functional units and/or complementary ones resulting from the subdivision must recognize and accept the irrevocably easement.- For this purpose this clause must be compulsorily linked in the respective writings translative domain once subscribed.- VI) In its capacity as registry owner, the right to exercise the easement will be tacitly constituted by the sale of one of the properties or of any of the units that are part of the properties. Thereof the easement shall be governed by the following clauses, considering that the real estate properties are part of the same real estate enterprise. – Therefore, the use of the different sectors affected to this mutual and reciprocal service is divided in Mezzanine Floor on first subsoil. First, Second and Third Subsoil. The Building constructed in Block 5F Parcel 1d has in the abovementioned plants an area for parking spaces, the owners of the property located in Block 5F Parcel 1d irrevocably authorize the owners and/or legitimate users of the property located in Block 5H to use the passage and exclusive circulation on this sector. - To date this sector exists and is in perfect conditions of use and transit.- In the Second Subsoil is based the service staircase of the property located in Block 5F that extends from the Ground Floor to the second floor subsoil and serves as an emergency exit to the outside. - To date this sector exists and is in perfect conditions of use and transit. - I) Incorporated the easement, by transferring one of the buildings and/or units that comprise them, the future owners of the servient estate shall refrain from acts which in any way impair, diminish or alter the rights recognized today to the future owners of the dominant fund. – ii) The owners of both properties and / or functional units and/or supplement shall refrain from any action that disturbs the exercised of easement which is constitutes.- iii) In the event of any act contrary to the exercise of the rights here recognized, the party affected


in the use shall restore things to the previous state to which it was, also being able to initiate the corresponding legal actions and demand the damages that correspond.- iv) The easement that is constituted may be exercised by the future owners, holders of any legitimate title of the units of the Dominant Fund, and also by their dependents and/or visitors as many times as they deem necessary without limitation in the time, in the form that determines this Regulation and the Internal Regulations.- This clause should be transcribed in all transcripts of the domain.- ARTICLE FIFTY SEVEN: EASEMENT ON LIFTER EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS: Functional units numbers 53, 54 and 68 grant easement of transit in favor of the remaining units of the General Ownership Consortium in order to allow access to the emergency exit doors of commercial office elevators. It is expressly prohibited for owners and/or tenants of such units to obstruct with any element such doors of exit under warning of being sanctioned with the maximum sanction provided for in these Regulations and the Internal Regulation that governs the Complex or those that have the operator of the commercial Shopping Center. - TITLE VIII: INTERNAL REGULATIONS. ARTICLE FIFTY EIGHTH: Within the areas of co-ownership of the building, intended or not for common use, are also included for the condominium all accessories and furniture that are included in the respective inventory that the Administrator makes and is considered to be part of it the present INTERNAL REGULATIONS of the building in general and the various sectors in which it is divided, which basically regulates key aspects that make the conviviality of the co-owners and smooth functioning of the same and it was written by the grantor society. Acceptance of this Co-Ownership and Administration Regulation implies the knowledge and acceptance of the Internal Regulation and their future reforms. The Internal Code in regard to the standards common to the whole building may be amended by the co-owners validly gathered in Assembly, by vote corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of forty-five for the floor and the functional unit of TWO HUNDRED AND NINETY FOUR METERS TWENTY FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of seventy-seven percent (0.77%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY ONE located in GROUND FLOOR that consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SEVENTY-THREE METERS SIXTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of nineteen percent (0.19%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY TWO located on GROUND FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of NINETY ONE METERS THIRTY-NINE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-four percent (0.24%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY-THREE located on the FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of THREE HUNDRED AND SIXTY METERS THIRTY-SIX SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of ninety-four percent (0,94%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY FOUR located on the FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY AND FOUR METERS SEVENTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of ninety-eight percent (0.98%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY FIVE, located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and


total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SIXTY-SIX METERS NINETY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of eighteen hundredths percent (0.18%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- UNIT FUNCTIONAL NUMBER FIFTY SIX, located on FIRST FLOOR, which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SEVEN METERS TWENTY-SIX DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of eighteen percent (0.18%), In relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY SEVEN located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of NINETY THREE METERS FIVE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-four percent (0.24%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY EIGHT located on FIRST FLOOR consists of a total covered area for the floor and the functional unit of SEVENTY ONE METERS FIFTY AND SEVEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of nineteen percent (0.19%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER FIFTY NINE located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of FIFTY-EIGHT METERS SEVENTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of fifteen percent (0.15%) with relation To the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of FIFTY EIGHT METERS EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of fifteen percent (0.15%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.-FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-ONE located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and unit Functional of FIFTY METERS NINETY SIX SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of thirteen percent (0.13%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY TWO located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of FIFTY-EIGHT METERS FIFTY-NINE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of fifteen percent (0.15%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.-FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-THREE, located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SIXTY-THREE METERS SEVENTY-NINE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of seventeen percent (0.17%) in relation to the total value of the building. - Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-FOUR, located on FIRST FLOOR, which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of EIGHTY-EIGHT METERS FIFTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-three percent (0.23 %) In relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-FIVE, located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of ONE HUNDRED AND FIVE METERS FORTY-SEVEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-seven percent (0.27%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-SIX, located on FIRST FLOOR, which consists of a covered area and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of TWO HUNDRED AND EIGHTY


FIVE METERS seventy-five percent (0.75%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-SEVEN located on FIRST FLOOR that consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE METERS EIGHTY-SIX SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of ninety-eight percent (0.98%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY-EIGHT located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SIXTY-FIVE METERS EIGHTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of seventeen percent (0.17%) in relation to the value total of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SIXTY NINE SITUATED ON FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of EIGHTY ONE METERS FORTY FIVE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding a PERCENTAGE of twenty-one percent (0.21%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and unit functional of ONE HUNDRED FORTY-THREE METERS SIXTEEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of thirty-seven percent (0.37%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY ONE located on FIRST FLOOR consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SIXTY-NINE METERS ELEVEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of eighteen percent (0.18%) in relation to the total value of the building. Project In construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY TWO located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of EIGHTY NINE METERS TWENTY ONE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTUAL of twenty-three percent (0,23%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY THREE located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of NINETY SIX METERS NINETY THREE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-five percent (0.25%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY FOUR located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a surface covered and total for the floor and functional unit of ONE HUNDRED THREE METERS SIXTY-EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty-seven (0.27%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- UNIT FUNCTIONAL NUMBER SEVENTY FIVE located on FIRST FLOOR that consists of a covered surface and total for the floor and the functional unit of SEVENTY FOUR METERS EIGHTEEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of nineteen percent (0.19%) with Relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.-

FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY-SIX, located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SEVENTY SEVEN METERS NINE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of twenty percent (0.20%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.-FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY SEVEN located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of SEVENTY TWO METERS THIRTY ONE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to


a PERCENTAGE of nineteen percent (0.19 %) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY-EIGHT located on FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-NINE TWENTY-ONE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of forty-two per cent (0.42%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.-FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER SEVENTY NINE located on FIRST FLOOR consisting of a covered surface and total for the floor and the functional unit of TWO HUNDRED AND SIXTY THREE METERS FIFTY AND FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of sixty-two percent (0.62%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction. – FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY located on the FIRST FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface for the floor and the functional unit of TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY-NINE METERS THIRTY-TWO SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of sixty-three percent (0.63%) in relation to the total value of the building.- Project under construction.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY ONE located in the SECOND FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND AND FORTY METERS FIFTY THREE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of four point sixty-four (4.64%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY TWO, located on the SECOND FLOOR of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY ONE METERS TWENTY-SIX SQUARES DECIMETERS corresponding to a PERCENTUAL of five point forty-one percent (5.41%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY-THREE, located on the THIRD FLOOR, which consists of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND TWENTY-EIGHT METERS EIGHTY THREE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point thirty percent (5.30%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY FOUR, located in the THIRD FLOOR that consists of a covered surface and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONE METERS NINETY EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTUAL of five point ninety-six percent (5.96%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY FIVE, located in the FOURTH FLOOR which consists of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-SEVEN METERS SIX DECEMBER SQUARE, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point forty-one percent (5.41%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY SIX, located in the FOURTH FLOOR that consists of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND EIGHTEEN METERS FORTY-ONE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTUAL of five point ninety-five hundredths percent (5.95%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY SEVEN, located in the FIFTH FLOOR which consists of a covered and total surface per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY METERS SIXTEEN SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point forty-one percent (5.41%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER


EIGHTY EIGHT, located on THE FIFTH FLOOR which consists of a covered area and total per floor And for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND EIGHTEEN AND FORTY-ONE SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point ninety-five percent (5.95%) in relation to the total value of the building, - FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER EIGHTY NINE, located on the SIXTH FLOOR that consists of five hundred and four square decimeters, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of four point fifty-eight hundredths (4.58%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER NINETY, located on the SIXTH FLOOR, which consists of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY METERS FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point seven percent (5.07%) in relation to the value Total of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER NINETY ONE, located on the SEVENTH FLOOR that consists of a covered area and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND AND FIFTEEN METERS EIGHTY FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTUAL of four points fifty-eight percent (4.58%) in relation to the total value of the building.- FUNCTIONAL UNIT NUMBER NINETY TWO, located on the SEVENTH FLOOR that consists of a covered surface and total per floor and for the functional unit of TWO THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY METERS FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS, corresponding to a PERCENTAGE of five point seven per cent (5.07%) in relation to the total value of the building.- TOTALS: Covered area; Forty-three thousand two hundred eighty-five meters ninety-seven square decimeters: Total area per floor: Forty-three thousand two hundred eighty-five meters ninety-seven square decimeters; Total for functional units: Forty-three thousand two hundred eighty-five meters ninety-seven square meters.- Tax Percentage: one hundred.- COMMON SURFACE TEMPLATE: Third Basement: total area covered and total of nine hundred fifty-four meters twenty-six square decimeters (954,26m2); Second Subsoil: covered area and total of six thousand three hundred and seventy-two meters forty-six square decimeters (6,372.46 m2). Observations: it was deducted: 39,54 m2 of spans.- First Basement: covered surface two thousand three hundred and eighty-nine meters twenty-one square decimeters: Overlays outside Stairs to UF 2 six meters eleven square decimeters; Superposed Exteriors Ramps: UF 15 fifteen meters sixty-four square decimeters; Overlays Exterior Walls UF 15, thirty square decimeters; UF 2, fifty-eight square decimeters; Overlapping Exteriors total: twenty-two meters sixty-three square decimeters; Total Area two thousand four hundred eleven meters eighty-four square decimeters (2,411.84 m2). Observations: 13.05 m2 of space was discounted; Mezzanine over First Subsoil: covered and total of two thousand two hundred and sixty meters ten square decimeters (2,260.10 m2). Observations: 132.81 m2 of spans were deducted. 1,456.06 m2 of vacuums were deducted.- Ground floor: covered by three thousand forty-five meters thirty-seven square meters; Half-covered one hundred seventy-nine meters eighty-two square decimeters; Uncovered twenty-one meters eighty-four square decimeters; Overlays exterior stairs to U.F. 27 six meters seventeen square decimeters; Superposed exterior walls to U.F. 27, one square meter; Overlays total exterior: seven meters seventeen decimeters square.- Total surface three thousand two hundred and fifty-four meters twenty square decimeters (3,254.20). Observations: 147.62 m2 of spans were deducted. 458.00 m2 of vacuums were discounted.- First Floor: covered surface of one thousand eight hundred and sixty-seven with five square decimeters: Internal overlays total one hundred eleven meters twenty-four square decimeters; Total area nineteen hundred and seventy-eight


meters twenty-nine square meters (1,978.29 m2).- Observations: 164.50 m2 of spans were discounted. 704.69 m2 of vacuums were discounted.-Second Floor: covered area of seven hundred and eighty meters forty-five square decimeters; Semi-covered twenty-nine meters thirty square decimeters. Uncovered five hundred and seventy-eight meters twenty-five square decimeters; Total: thousand three hundred twenty six square meters (1,326 m2). 386,04 m2 of vacuums.- Third Floor: covered area and total of five hundred forty-eight meters forty-three square meters (548.43 m2).- Fourth Floor: covered area and total of five hundred seventy-five meters eighty and two square decimeters (575.82 m2).- Fifth Floor: covered area and total of five hundred and seventy-five meters eighty-two square decimeters (575.82 m2).- Sixth Floor: covered area and total of five hundred thirty-nine Meters sixty-six square decimeters (539.66 m2).- Seventh Floor: covered and total of five hundred thirty-nine meters sixty-six square decimeters; (539.66 m2).- Roof: covered area and total of six hundred twenty-one meters thirty-six square decimeters (621.36 m2).- TOTALS: Covered area: TWENTY-ONE THOUSAND SEVEN METERS SIXTY-FIVE SQUARE DECIMETERS; Semi-covered: TWO HUNDRED AND NINE METERS TWELVE SQUARE DECIMETERS; Uncovered area: SIX HUNDRED METERS NINE SQUARE DECIMETERS; Overlays interior of mezzanines ELEVEN HUNDRED METERS TWENTY FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS; Total interior overlays: ONE HUNDRED AND ELEVEN METERS TWENTY FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS; Overlays outdoor stairs: TWELVE METERS, TWENTY EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS; Superposed exterior walls: A SQUARE METER; Superposed external ramps: FIFTEEN METERS SIXTY FOUR SQUARE DECIMETERS; Superposed exterior walls: EIGHTY EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS; Total outer overlays; TWENTY-NINE METERS EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS; Total Surfaces: EIGHTY EIGHT SQUARE DECIMETERS.- SURFACE BALANCE; Surface according to measurement Block 5H: S.412,00 m2. Area according to Title: 6.412,00 m2. Difference: 0,00 m2. TRANSITIONAL ARTICLE I ; DESIGNATION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR: The administrator of the enterprise for the period of TWO years from the registration of these Regulations is hereby designated as “Emprendimientos Inmobiliarios Arenales SA” - Landmark Investors SRL - Transitory Union of Companies, CUIT 30-71011540-7, with legal address In the street Alicia Moreau de Justo number 400 1 st Floor, of this city. Without prejudice to the above, the granting company reserves for the period of TWO years the right to accept the resignation or remove and appoint a new Administrator. TRANSITORY ARTICLE II: RESERVE FUND. All the owners of the sub-consortium Office assume the commitment to integrate a reserve fund, equivalent to one at the time of liquidation and to be paid at the moment of payment the first expense to the Consortium Administrator. TRANSITORY ARTICLE III; It is authorized to negotiate and hire globally for all the units of the Consortium in case of obtaining preferential conditions and costs, the following services: a) external telephone line for each and every one of the units that have commercial and / or professional destiny; b) Internet service and any other service created or to be created with the purpose of improving the operation of the building in general; and c) Security service.- TRANSITORY ARTICLE IV: FINAL CERTIFICATES OF WORK; The co-owners may not make modifications of any kind in the unit or units acquired before the final certificates of work are issued by the competent departments. In case of violation of the above, they will be responsible for the damages that the delay in the issuance of such certificates may cause. The violation shall cause the defaulting owner to incur a daily fine as compensation in favor of the Architect Involved in the work at the rate of five hundred US dollars for each day that elapses until the conflict is resolved.


TRANSITIONAL ARTICLE V: It is hereby established that each of the future companies owners of the various functional Units and/or complementary Units and other common spaces, namely LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L and ARENALES EMPLENDIMENTOS S.A. irrevocably reserve their right and power to designate a notary public to intervene in the deeds of adjudication and transfer of ownership of the respective units, corresponding to each of them, in free form and without being subject in any way to authorization by other owner, and independently from the Notary Public intervening in the granting of these Regulations, their modifications or ratifications in their case.- And witnessed before me, the Notary Public, I note that the appearing company by virtue of the following documentations: I) a) By fiduciary transfer of the domain that made Emprendimientos Inmobiliarios Arenales S.A. in favor of Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A., in compliance with those established in the aforementioned Guaranty Trust Agreement, by means of deed No. 389 granted on December 19, 2005, before the Notary of this City, Gustavo G. Martinelli, Registered in Folio 1,385 of Notary Register 1697 to his position, whose first copy, which I have in view for this act, was registered in the Registry of the Property on December 22, 2005 in the registration FRE 21-106; B) By deed No. 104, Registered on March 13, 2007 granted in folio 434 before the Notary Martinelli, cited above, “Landmark Investora S.R.L. ’ of transfer of fiduciary domain in favor of Equity Trust Company (Argentina) SA, whose first copy I have in view for this act, was transcript in the Register of the perpetual on a sector of the aerial part of the pedestrian areas that surround the 5-H blocks and Parcel 1-B of block 5-F. The easement is constituted on the servient estate at a height of 8 m.40 cm from the floor and up to 23 m 55 cm, from the floor in 2 sections, that is to say in the bridge that shall be built in the exercise of the easement described shall have a height of 15 m. 15 cm.: according to deed 404 dated on July 23, 1999 passed before the Notary of this City, Pilar Rodríguez Acquarone to the notarial registry 1683, registered in the Property Registry on August 25, 1999, in the registration number FRE 21-106, iv) Clarification: The acceptance of the easement constituted in favor of Emprendimientos Inmobiliarios Arenales SA, according to deed 562 dated on November 1, 1999 passed before the Notary María T. Acquarone, to the Notary Registry 475 to her charge and registered in the Property Registry on November 5, 1999, in the enrollment FRE. 21-106.- III) ADMINISTRATIVE CERTIFICATES: With those issued by the Directorate of Revenue of the City of Buenos Aires and by the company Aguas y Saneamientos Argentinas S.A. (Aysa), which shall be released and added to the present deed, will result in the non-existence of debt.- IV) NOMENCLATURE; CATASTRAL: Circumscription 21; Section 98; Block 5H, Plot 0.- Real Estate Breakdown: 457,363 (DV 09).- Fiscal Valuation in 2014; $ 133,499,490.- Reference Real Estate Value: $ 396,058,836.94.- V) INSURANCE: That the general property is insured against the risk of fire in the Company “QBE Seguros La Buenos Aires SA according to policy number 569395 issued on May 16, 2014 and effective until June 7, 2014. VI) PLAN NOTES From the comparison of the present plan with the work done by the Professional, it appears that there are no constructions made without permission at the time of measurement. It is recorded that parcel 1d (Block 5F) yields easement of use to block 5H for Functional Units 41 to 74 (2 ° SS); UF 75 to 98 (1 SS); UF 99 to 116 (Mezzanine / 1 “SS); Of the plan MH-1246- 2012. - It is recorded that UF 1 grants easement in favor of the rest of the units: of the building in terms of permanence and access to water tanks, engine rooms, changing


rooms. - CONTINUES INSIDE THE PLANE. CONTINUATION NOTE CARATULA: Block. 5 H (Plan MH 1245-2012) gives easement of access from UF. 1 to UF. 116, in the parcel 1d-Mz. 5H (Plan MH-1246-2012).- Easements enrolled in the Enrollment F.R.E. 21-141: ACTIVE SERVING: Perpetual servitude is constituted over a section of the aerial part of the pedestrian areas surrounding the 5H blocks and the 1F block of the 5F block. The easement is constituted on the flight of the servient state at a height of 8m 40 cm. from floor and up to 23m 55cm from the floor in two sections, that is to say under the bridge that will be built in the exercise of the easement described, will have a height of 15m 15cm.- Enrollment F.R.E. 21-117.-CLARIFICATIONS: This is a complement of deed No. 67 dated 28-09-98, which clarifies that the easement was constituted on an undivided part of the subsoil of the street to be transfer to the Government of the City Of Buenos Aires constituting part of the remnant that arises from the plan M-160-95, forming the servant fund. The remnant referred has surface. Streets to transfer of 155,009 m2. 29 dm2. Sup. S / measurement of the chamfered street corners of 615 m2 15 dm2. The dominant tenement is Parcel 1b - BLOCK 5F- of Mat. F.R.E. 21-117. - ACTIVE EASEMENT: Perpetual real easement as a dominant tenant on the part of the subsoil of the building Matr. FR. 21-57 and the subsoil sector of the sidewalk which integrate the servant funds- Register Nr. F.R.E. 21-117.- RECIPROCAL EASEMENT: Permanent and gratuitous easement of transit and reciprocal parking between the parcel mentioned 1d and parcels 1c, 2, 3, 4a, and 4b and block are created 5i.- PASSIVE EASEMENT: PASSIVE EASEMENT is constituted as inheritance servant: in favor of the bordering that remain like dominants stables.- CLARIFICATIONS: It is hereby recorded that by limitation of easement. The dominant tenement formed on 97.905 m2 14 dm2.- Registered according to N ‘ 4987-DGIUR-07, Report 502-DGIUR-2007 and Provision No. 880-DGIUR / 2009.- An administrative easement for electro-duct shall be constituted under the terms of Law 9,552, by the transforming chambers located in mezzanine floor in favor of EDESUR SA, in the terms of the agreement. These circumstances must be stated in the co-ownership and administration regulations, and must be transcribed in all transcripts of the domain. Background: M-160-1995. It complies with Articles 1 and 2 of Law 13,512. Authorized by Provision No. 01-2014-276- 3GROC, dated March 27, 2014; ‘NOTE: The Fiscal Percentages indicated in this form have been calculated by the Professional and the accuracy of the same is under sole responsibility; “The accuracy and fidelity of the measures and data recorded in this plan, are under the exclusive and total responsibility of the intervening Professional”; Registered as a project under construction for the units that are listed in this plan (functional units 2 to 80). Once completed, a definitive discharge must be requested. (Decree No. 16717-63.) It is a faithful copy, I give faith.- I give the present copy to the appearing, who in conformity grant it and sign before me, I give faith.- Jorge Ignacio SODANO, Luis Gustavo VERNET.- ANTE Ml: CHRISTIAN G. ALVARIÑAS CANTÓN.- THIS IS MY SEAL.- IT IS A FAITHFUL COPY OF THE STATEMENT OF THE DRAWING OF ITS REFERENCE, WHICH WENT OUT OF ME TO FOLIO 576 OF PROTOCOL A, CURRENT IN THE 1776 REGISTRY O CAPITAL FEDERAL, TO MY CHARGE.- FOR THE CONSORTIUM OF OWNERS JUANA MANSO 991-1093 issued a FIRST COPY in thirty-nine stamps of Notarial Action numbers N017650991 to N017650994 inclusive and N017650996 to N017651030 inclusive that stamp and I sign in the City of Buenos Aires, in the three days of the month of June of two thousand fourteen.


EXHIBIT D

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Façade

Curtain Wall will be made with DVH crystals, Guardian brand and SunGuard model, with an overall thickness of 27,8 mm, comprised of external glass: Neutral 61 from Guardian 8 mm, thermally hardened, air chamber 12mm with double waterproof sealing and inner laminated colorless glass with 4+4/PVB 0.76 thickness.

The capstone as well as the corresponding eave and the vertical super mullions will be coated in white Alucobond.

Access Halls

General floor will have absolute black Marmeta of 60cm x 60cm size. In the Front-desk area there will be white Arabecato marble on the floors. The walls will be coated with white Arabecato, matt black glass and plaster on the ceiling.

Elevator area will have white Arabecato marble facing with the corresponding stainless steel elevator doors.

Foyer

It will be comprised of absolute black Marmeta floor 60cm x 60cm size, walls with matt white glass facing and plaster ceiling. Office access will have stainless steel doors with fire retardant glass.

Office Area

Ceiling height will be of 2,70m from raised floor to ceiling.

Shades : Roller shades with white screen fabric will be used.

Raised floor : modulated in 60 x 60 cm and 150 mm high including enough space for electrical and network installation. Raised floor will be delivered with no installation included and will remain in the leased unit.

Suspended ceiling : modulated in 60 x 60 cm boards of Armstrong RH-90 type. Ceiling will be delivered with no installation included and will remain in the leased unit.

Light Fixtures : comprised of 60 x 60 cm fixtures, with fluorescent lamps of 32-watts and electronic ballast of 220 volts. Fixtures will be delivered with no installation included and will remain in the leased unit.

Air Conditioning : VRF (variable refrigerant flow) equipment LG brand. Supply and assembly of ductwork, grids and accessories will be in charge of tenant.

Fire extinguisher system : one installation per office. Sprinklers supply will be in charge of landlord who will deliver it with no installation included. Sprinklers will remain in the leased unit.


Provisions

Management baths : water supply and drainage have been installed for future management baths to be built in the areas surrounding the columns.

Plumbing core and bathroom fixtures

Suspended ceiling will have a combination of perimeter of plaster boards and modulated in boards of 60 x 60 mm Armstrong RH-90 at the center. Floors and walls will have Pamesa Elegance Cement porcelain 60 x 30. Brasil black granite countertop, formica cubicles and full width frameless mirror. The cubicles for men and women in each floor will have a flexible size and configuration for the occupant’s convenience regardless of de division in each floor. Bathroom fixtures will be white ceramic, FERRUM line, pressmatic plumbing, chromium plated valves and fittings FV.

Stairs

The stairs, which will be pressurized, will have smoothed cement steps with metallic edge guards and rails. They will also have fire protection walls of reinforced concrete and latex paint finishing.

Elevators

Lifting functions will be carried out through six elevators with capacity for 20 passengers, Thysser brand. They shall be controlled through computerized operations. The evacuation capacity will be of no less than 12% in 5 minutes and an average interval of 30 seconds. Finishing of the cabins will be consistent with the quality of the finishing of access halls, with stainless steel doors, white Arabecato marble floor and the corresponding mirror.

GENERAL INSTALLATIONS AND SYSTEMS

Fire detection and extinguishing system

The building will have common areas with: fire alarms, fire doors, hydrants, fire extinguishers, heat and fire detectors, sprinklers, emergency lights and power generators according to the regulations of the Fire Department of the Municipality of Buenos Aires and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association).

The building will have central panels connected to thermal detectors, manual controls, with audiovisual signaling which will allow immediate localization of the fire and communication of alarms in all common areas.

Electric installation

The electric installation is designed for a total consumption per M2 of 100w. It will have an emergency power generator that allows supply of main services (Fire detection, elevators, Control Systems (BMS) and emergency lightning). Electric service will be supplied form the board and chamber of the energy supplier company. The chamber shall have in transformers connected to the network usage. Transformers will provide the main service boards of the building with 380/220V, three phase 50Hz of energy.


Board for offices with thermal circuit breaker

Each office floor will have at least 500 lux on the work plane. An emergency generator and a energy distribution system will be provided to automatically transfer energy through switches on the following loads:

 

    Lights on stairs and emergency lights in exits and ground lightning

 

    Fire command station, fire pumps and sanitary distribution.

 

    Fire detection system and smoke extraction system.

 

    Power to all workstations.

 

    Power to all elevators.

Safety and Controls

The building will be equipped with Access controls, CCTV cameras, and lightning controls in public areas, electricity management systems and water consumption. Moreover, it will be equipped with Building Management System, HVAC control systems, electric power energy or water to guarantee the best optimization in comfort and economy. CCTV systems will consist of cameras located strategically in the building, with infrared devices to offer more security to the tenant.

Telephone and communications

A cabinet will contain the telephone entry. A telephone cabinet in each floor will be placed near the center of the building’s services. The building will count with a fiber optic supply to provide telecommunications and computing services.

Air Conditioning

Installation through a system of Variant Refrigerant Flow (VRF)

This Air conditioning system of Variant Refrigerant Flow suggested consists of modules composed of multiple units of treatment of internal air (one per refrigerated area or a bigger equipment with pipes), combined with exterior units heat/cold for heat pump, of highest energy efficiency.

The connection between the units is made of copper pipes where the refrigeration flow travels. The refrigeration flow is completely safe and ecological R410, it is stable chemically and thermally, not explosive, neither corrosive nor toxic.

This system of direct expansion bears a modular concept, with multiple units with internal evaporate machines, with common pipes to all units, with nets of simple refrigeration. Said system is able to separate big differences and important heights, with compressors “Scroll” of variable speed with digital systems of control. It is really modern with first level technology.

The interior evaporator controls the temperature through a motorized valve of proportional action (modulated). Said evaporator takes from the system the necessary quantity of flow to satisfy the current demand. Consequently, an accurate and stable control is obtained. Moreover, when closing the control valves of each unit, the compressor, through the system of digital control connected to the network, reduces its speed to displace only the volume of refrigerant needed.


Fan & Blower Coil Units (FCU) with double sheet wrapping will guarantee the exterior air requested for the building through a network of pipes made of galvanized sheet, properly isolated to the evaporators of the treatment of air of the system VRF installed in every one of the areas and halls of the floors. This equipment will be installed in the Machine room in the terrace.

A VRF independent system will be installed in every functional unit of the offices.

VRF Independent systems for common areas will be installed and it will be electrically supplied from the board of auxiliary services of the building.


EXHIBIT E

LIST OF OBLIGATIONS

Article: 1 – SCOPE

All internal activities shall be developed according to the rules to be described below, those which shall be of mandatory compliance by the staff occupying the building. This document may be modified or corrected occasionally by the Administration, which shall be notified to the parties.

ARTICLE 2: CONTENT

This Regulation includes and complements the law N o 13.512 and the annexes referred to the building-evacuation plan, for individual directives to the security staff described in the same building evacuation plan manual, in the regulations for the floor’s remodeling, recommendations and rules for the execution of the electrical installation.

ARTICLE 3 – NON-SMOKERS BUILDING

Smoking shall not be allowed in garages and indoor common areas.

ARTICLE 4 – CHIEF OF INTERNAL SERVICES

Chief  Of Internal Services : Every tenant shall have one person who fulfills these duties. All matters, even the claims, demands and/or daily tasks of every unit with the corresponding Administration or Service Management , shall be submitted by this person a written note or email. In cases of emergency or urgency, each tenant shall communicate directly with Service Management.

ARTICLE 5 – FLOOR REMODELING WORK

All works of flooring installation, suspended ceilings, central air-conditioning ducts, sprayers, fire detectors and electrical devices as well as set designs before and occupancy of flats, together with all the amendments made anytime, all in charge of the tenant, shall be submitted with drawings to the Manager for its authorization. See attached the Regulations for Floor Remodeling and the Manual of Procedures and Recommendations for Electrical Adjustment attached as an Annex.

ARTICLE 6 – VEHICLE ENTRANCE

The maximum permitted height is 2 meters.

All vehicles entering the Building shall be indicated on the “AUTHORISED VEHICLE LIST” provided by each tenant. This list shall be updated by the tenants, each time there are payrolls modifications and shall be in power of the security company hired by the Administration.

Suppliers entering by vehicles: Tenants shall give advanced notice for the vehicles to be authorized to enter the building by sending an email or a note to the Service Management. Those vehicles which not appear on the list shall not be authorized to enter.


All vehicles shall be superficially or closely revised depending on the warning degree required by the Service Management. If there is any suspicion, personal I.D shall be verified. If the entrance is at night, the driver shall turn off the external lights and turn on the internal lights to identify it. See Separate Directives for Security Staff, included in the Building Security Manual.-

ARTICLE 7 – GARAGES:

Every tenant, according to its least agreement, has their assigned garages on the third underground, which can be occupied with their respective authorized vehicles. The assignment and motoring of the vehicles on each garage, is a responsibility of the company.

IT IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED TO USE OTHER COMPANIES’ GARAGES OR CIRCULATION COMMON AREAS.

Regarding the circulation on the undergrounds, all indications given shall be respected with full respect with the arrows painted on the floor, walking pace speed, lights on, etcetera.

Tenants shall identify their garages with A4 format plastic laminated signs. Once been prepared by the tenants, shall be delivered to Service Management of the building to be placed with high precision by the maintenance staff. Vehicles shall be closed, also its windows. The Administration will not assume any liabilities for the alteration or loss occurring inside the vehicle for breach of this norm. Vehicle owners shall ensure that there are no oil leaks present on the floor.

SPEEDING: they must respect the existing demarcated signs in the parking, if not, the safety staff will do the first wakeup call, after a second wakeup call the Service Manager shall inform the facility management responsible for each floor to proceed with a corresponding warning, after the third wakeup call, the Administration of the building shall suspend the entrance to the garage for a term of five days to the injured party.

BICYCLES AND MOTORCYCLES

 

    Changing rooms for Bikers: lockers are for daily use, the building will not be responsible for any loss of personal belongings. It is not allowed to leave towels on the racks to dry.

 

    Staff entering the garages by bicycle and motorcycle shall swipe their card through the readers.

 

    Everyone who uses the bicycle rack located in the third underground shall put a safety lock and if it leaves the safety helmet, it shall be tied with the same chain.

 

    The entrance for the cyclists to the garages shall be done on foot and respecting the right side while circulating inside demarcation and existing signposting.

 

    Any authorization of the entrance to garages with bicycles shall be sent by e-mail or note to the Service Management.

 

    Any outsource personnel shall not be able to enter to the garages, except previous authorization sent by note or e-mail to the Service Management.


ARTICLE 8 – ELEVATORS .

The office building possesses six (6) elevators in the Tower North and six (6) in the South Tower. - From both accesses to the Offices in Ground floor towards the garages of the third underground there are two elevators in every Tower (four in total)

ARTICLE 9 – ENTRY AND EXIT TO/OF THE BUILDING Personal occupant of the Building : they shall do so within the schedule stated on the article 13.5 passing through the turnstile with his correspondent Approximation Card. These cards will be granted by the Services management of the building, which will receive the cost of reinstatement of the same ones to his stock. Tenants also will be able to acquire the cards for themselves, but in this case, the cards will have to possess the technical characteristics and have the numerical range that specifies the Services Management. For Security reasons, Tenants shall inform this issue by warning the Administration every time there is a loss, minimizing hereby the possibility of being used in incorrect form.

Monthly, Tenants shall report to the Services Management if there were or not changes in the lists. Except cases specially requested by Mr / Mrs. Chief of Internal Services, all the occupants will have only one card. The cards will be granted only if specify the complete Name, Surname and ID number. For Security reasons, cards will not spread without the information mentioned before. Sporadically, the Service Management shall proceed to eliminate the Cards that did not have movements in the last two months, for the purpose of optimizing the behavior of the occupants’ Server. The occupants who forget the card shall be able to issue a valid form for the day from the reception desk, for which the Staff of Security Company before granting this permission shall verify the situation of the applicant. When new staff is hired by the Tenants, the responsible corresponding department shall inform by email to the Services Management with 72 hours of anticipation, attaching the following personal information (name, surname, ID card and the number of card assigned). With everything requested, the new employee shall be able to enter the building, without any type of obstacle.

Whenever DISCHARGES or FALL take place in the lists of employees and users of the garages, they shall communicate it by email to the Services Management and the lists shall be monthly updated.

Visits in general: They shall go to the reception, in the schedule of visits of the corresponding floor, and it shall be required an Identity card and/or passport or Bond of Mercosur’s Identity or Driving License, and later there shall be made an approximation Card and / or a “Form of Visit”. Also there shall be required a photographic capture of his face and the review of the bundles that it will carry. The companies’ occupants, who do not wish his clients to be checked, will have to sign the Certificate of Responsibility that figures in the Annexe No. 3 to the present Regulation. When leaving, it shall present to the Security staff, the form mentioned with stamp of the company visited, signed by the person of the floor to whom it met and to deposit the card in the same reading mailbox used for entry. If the personnel of visit wants to extract of the Building some material that seems to be an element of value to


the eyes of the Security staff, it shall have to present the corresponding authorization signed by the authority of the Tenant that has the registered signature in power of the Security Company of the building.

Important Visits: They shall be announced in advance by the Tenants by email or note to the Services Management. Cards shall be previously made. They shall be received by the Tenants’ personnel or Security Staff or somebody to identify them. They shall not stand in the line or be checked either.

Personnel that enter to work in the floors : The Tenants shall warn to the Services Management about this entrance, and submit the whole labor documentation with an anticipation of 72 Hours. Then the worker shall present himself in the table located inside the hall, where, his ID card shall be required, shall be verified with the information previously checked by the Tenant to whose office the worker goes and it shall note in the corresponding records. In this regard, Tenants shall have to meet the “MINIMAL REQUIREMENTS TO FULFILL WITH THE PROCEDURE AND EXISTING LAWS” that appear in the Aggregate N°1 to the Annexe N°1 to the present Regulation exceptions not being allowed.

IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN TO ENTER OR LET ENTER WORKING PERSONNEL THAT WORK IN THE FLOORS AS VISITORS OR PERMANENT PERSONNEL OF THE TENANT.

All the Movements with card remain registered in the System, and Tenants shall be able to request the service of the daily, weekly and/or monthly clipping.

Undocumented Visitors: it shall not be able to enter the building, except that personnel of the floor to visiting, goes down to ground floor and escort the visitor under his responsibility during the whole stay, up to his exit of the building.

Personnel that want to enter to work undocumented: it shall not be able to enter to the building.

Prohibitions: It is forbidden to enter the building by cars, wagons, etc., that move with two wheels and base of metallic load.

 

    It is prohibited to circulate shirtless along the building

 

    It is prohibited to circulate with rollers, skate and skateboard along the building.

 

    It is prohibited the use of ovens fed to stiff gas.

 

    The use of the wardrobes is prohibited to the outside personnel of the building.

The entrance of Catering Services for all kinds of events: They shall be received and completed in the Hall of ground floor (reception of the building) by the employees of the sector who have requested the service.

 

    All the times that the personnel enter and leave the building, they shall swipe the card of access through the card reader.


    Events: Tenants shall have to present to the Service Management with an anticipation of 72 hours the list of the personnel with their personal information invited to this event, along with the entry and exit cards.

 

    Teachers: They shall be recognized as employees (outsourced) of the Tenants and shall have the entry and exit cards.

 

    Labor Interviews: they shall be entering as visits, if the Tenant decides to include the above mentioned employee to the staff, they shall have to inform by email or note to the Service Management with an anticipation of 24 hours. The note shall include the personal information and card number assigned by the Tenant.

ARTICLE 10 – SURVEILLANCE AND SECURITY

Tenants shall have in the Vigilance Company of the Building, registered 2 or 3 signatures of authorities of the floor that can authorize the exit of value elements. This shall be done by a note directed to the Service Management.

The Administration has CCTV’s service contracted, which controls the entry and exit of the persons, materials, vehicles, also the whole internal movement. In this regard, Tenants wishing to be able to request having access to the records of all the persons’ movements and materials happened in the building, up to one month of happened the filming.

The materials and purses that are moved by the outside persons of the Building shall be checked. The movements of materials of value like Notebook, PC, etc., they shall be seated in the Book of Innovations of the guard. The personal occupant is exempted of these steps. The vigilance and safety of every floor, is an inherent responsibility of each Tenant.-

EXCEPTIONAL SITUATION IN FLOORS THAT DO NOT POSSESS OWN VIGILANCE: In cases of extreme emergency, in which the damages happened inside the floors, shall be repaired in the minor possible time, otherwise it can affect other units or part of the Building, the Administration or the personnel of the Services Management, THEY REMAIN EXCEPTIONALLY AUTHORIZED to enter the affected floor/s by the suitable way, to do the corresponding repairs, with the presence of a Notary or of two responsible Tenants of the Building. Ultimately, in which the circumstances do not allow to wait for the mentioned authorities, the ancient supervisory personnel of the Building accompanied by another security guard, shall proceed to expire. Then there shall be made the correspondent Record, where there shall appear all the details of the occurred events.

In these cases of extreme emergencies, in which the damages occur inside the floor and in a place with degree of reservation, it shall enter by the most suitable way, to rectifying it.

According to the matters set out above, Tenants shall leave in the Service Management the peoples’ telephones and/or proximity card of entrance to the floor, the above mentioned in a sealed envelope.


THE ADMINISTRATION ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY IN CASE OF LOSSES AND DAMAGES.

ART. 11-INTERNAL TELEPHONE NETWORK

Every renting unit possesses a telephone junction box. Tenants shall have to be connected to them, for the purpose of dealing communications with the Reception, obligatory wireless use between this one and the floors.

Telephone in the pallets of high floors : Tenants shall place a telephone in their pallet so they can communicate with the reception or with any other telephone of the common area of the building, for emergency cases, as being cases of evacuation, in which they remain persons in the pallets with the doors of the floors closed and the elevators in ground floor.

ART. 12 - CORRESPONDENCE THAT ENTERS THE BUILDING

In case of receipt being demand for the delivery of correspondence in the building, it shall be extended by the Tenant for two or three persons designated specifically by her; this procedure shall be done in the Reception by someone authorized immediately after they are warned through the internal telephone or in case that they request making rise to the mail, previous identification of it, to the renting unit concerned.

The correspondence that does not require a receipt and, to exclusive criterion of the Administration supposes importance for caducity of period or another circumstance that so warrants, it shall be noted in the book of Income of correspondence, and delivered to the persons who has a designated signature on it. The remaining correspondence only shall be separated by Renting Unit and placed in the individual box existing in the restricted vigilance area behind the reception, wherefrom it shall be able to be withdrawn by the responsible persons without another requirement. No correspondence shall be able to remain in the box more than 24 hours.

ART. 13-SCHEDULES:

13.1. Air conditioning: Every Renting Unit is supplied by a VRV independent System being the electrical consumption in charge of the Tenant.

In addition there is a service of air conditioning for common areas included in the respective expenses available from Monday to Friday, from 6 a.m to 9 p.m and every Saturday from 6 a.m to 12 p.m.

Once received the floor, the Tenant shall have to contract the corresponding maintenance of the air-conditioning. (Sinax).

13.2- Entry and/or Exit of Bundles:

13.2.1- Big Bundles (major of half a cubic meter): From Monday to Friday, the entry and exit shall be carried out before 8 a.m. and after 7 p.m. Every Saturday from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. with notice in advance (72 hours as minimum), the type of material must be specified to entering or extracting from the Building, license plate of the vehicle (always of minor height of 2,10


meters), Surname and name of the driver and occupants, presenting in addition the whole labor pertinent documentation. Bearing in mind that in any movement of big bundle for the interior of the building can provoke accidents, the presentation of the labor corresponding documentation, is indispensable.

Previous authorization with the Service Management shall be able to be in use also some of extra spaces for the General Loading and Unloading of the building in the third underground, without generating any inconveniences to the maneuver of the remaining occupants of the garages.

The Tenant who contracted the service, to which bundles are carried out or extracted shall:

 

  To assign own personnel to supervise all the movements of the bundles until its finalization, and to sign the corresponding invoices

 

  if the work is of the “moving” type, needing to step along the ground floor of the Building, also special openings of doors, it shall coordinate in advance, these aspects with the Service Management, take the pertinent forecasts, including the additional costs of security guards of Elevators and doors, and the installation of the protections for floors and elevators, which provision of materials and installation shall be in charge of the Moving Company.

It is forbidden to effect Changes without authorization of the Services Management of the Building.

13.2.2-Small bundles: They shall be able to be moved inside the schedule not allowed for big bundles, as long as do not bother or trouble the movement of the persons, and be accompanied by personnel of the Tenant that requested the contained material. The personnel that perform the movement shall bear in mind that the passengers have priority for the use of the elevators in this schedule and shall act in consequence.

13.3 Delivery : These suppliers, after being announced in the Reception desk, shall wait in ground floor. They shall be received and dismissed by the occupants who requested the service. Under no concept the traffic of these personnel across the building shall be allowed.

13. 4 Permanency of Bundles in the Reception desk: they shall not be able to deposit bundles in this place.

13.5. Garbage

From Sunday to Friday: During the day they shall be deposited in the place of the underground arranged for it. From 8 to 9 p.m. they shall be removed and deposited in the path of the building.

13.6 Schedules of access to the Building and garages :

The doors providing access to the halls of both Towers open at 7:30 a.m. and close at 9 p.m. from Monday to Friday and Saturday of 8 a.m. to 14 p.m. The access and exit to the garage is between 8 a.m. and thirty minutes after the closing of the mall with whose parking is shared.


Out of these schedules the entrance shall do previous identification with the safety personnel, for those persons authorized by the Tenants in the List that shall submit to the Management.

The exit of the garage out of these schedules shall have to realize previous identification with Security Staff of the Garage located in the first underground.

ART. 14- GENERALITIES ABOUT SOME SYSTEMS:

14.1- SYSTEM OF FIRE DETECTION : The building counts in common areas with: fire alarms, fire doors, hydrants, fire extinguisher, fire detectors, sprinklers, emergency lights and energy generators in accordance with the municipal requirements. These elements shall be connected to central panels with audio signal visual signposting, which allow immediately to locate the place of combustion and to communicate it to the alarms in all the common areas. – See also Annex No. 3 of the present Book of Obligations.

14.2- AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM:

The buildings possess a system of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) that consists of modules composed by multiple units of treatment of interior air combined with exterior units cool/heat through a heat pump, linked by pipelines of copper where circulates the cooling liquid. This system of direct expansion is a modular concept with multiple evaporating interior units, with compressors SCROLL of variable speed and digital systems of control that allow to modify the temperature by means of motorized valves allowing the flow of liquid needed for the existing demand, operating on the speed of the compressor

 

  The exterior needed air shall be provided up to every renting unit and common parties based on air conditioning equipment conducting it from the rooftop to each one of the respective evaporations by isolated metal ducts.

14.3 - SYSTEM OF DRINKABLE WATER;

The drinkable water is pumped to the whole Building, from the Room of Bombs located in the 3rd underground. It is distributed for the kitchens, baths, etc. – There are Valves with manual opening and automatic closing. It is important that these valves are maintained in correct functioning to avoid disadvantages in this service.

The water is provided in direct form by Argentine Waters and half-yearly Cleanliness, Treatment of Tanks and Analysis of corresponding aptitude (physicist, chemical and bacteriological) are carried out.

14.4- SYSTEM OF FIRE EXTINCTION:

The water is pumped towards the whole Building by a set of bombs located in the Third underground, keeping a constant pressure in the whole System. In every floor there are ramifications towards the sprayers or towards the hydrants. The sprayers have fuses that break for high temperature in the place. Within the tasks in charge of the Tenant before the fitting out of their offices there are included the installation of the sprayers and fire detectors provided by the Services Management, in the surfaces located in such a manner that the above mentioned surfaces fulfill the NFPA procedure.-


14.5- FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT:

It shall give fulfillment to what is established by Hygiene and Security. Every Company having taken possession of the floor, receives fire-extinguishers that correspond to the floor (that they shall keep always loaded), the Fire network completed with water pressure, with the fire detectors and manual advisers working. In case of the detectors, these shall submit with the protection placed to avoid deteriorations during the works (yellow lid). Once finished the works of setting or remodeling, the occupant Company shall demand to his contracted Companies to extract the protections of the detectors and that the whole System of Detection works correctly and connected to the Central System of the Building. The occupants companies shall arbitrate all the necessary measures to allow that the building maintenance staff shall keep the detectors in perfect conditions of use and conservation, especially the detectors under technical floor, which shall have easy and direct access in the moment that is necessary.

14.6 - METERS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY:

Every renting unit possesses a Meter located in the second underground, with which the Tenant shall handle by EDESUR SA, obligatory procedure to occupy the floor . Before courts of the Company, the floor will receive energy supplied by the Emergency Groups of the Building located in Roof. The energy consumed by the engines of Air conditioning (Injection, return and of boxes VAVs) is measured by the above mentioned Meter.

15- VARIOUS MATTERS:

The Companies occupants shall fulfill the following general aspects:

1- Safety stairways : It is strictly forbidden to deposit any type of materials on it, to move by them, except in Emergencies and to smoke and/or to meet in these enclosures.

2-. It is strictly forbidden to deposit and/or to retain inside the Building any kind of explosively, inflammable, asphyxiating or toxic material , since and also to produce smells or toxic emanation. It is prohibited to use gas stoves inside the rented units.

3- It is forbidden to produce annoying noises , except those that are necessary for the execution of a previously arranged and authorized work.

4- It is forbidden to climb to the roof except situations of Security that merit that move.

5- For the transport of working materials, it is forbidden to use another elevator that is not the assigned one or prepared as freight elevator. Any damage shall be charged to the occupant Company contractor of the one that produced the damage.

6- It is forbidden to request and/or to involve the maintenance staff, giving them tasks not related to their work, in their work schedules.


7-The appearance of any stains of moisture in the floors, shall be informed immediately to the Intendency for its correction.

8- The whole plumbing fixtures shall be kept in perfect condition, to avoid possible dam and/or filtrations.

9- Vending machines/dispenser: shall be connected through interceptor and regulatory valves of pressure of fast and easy access and with suitable hoses to support the water pressure, in order to avoid flooding.

10- Access to the floors o Services Management staff:

Tenants shall authorize in any schedule the entrance of any personnel of the Building Service Management, for the purpose of realizing the works of maintenance or repairing that are necessary, especially a reinstatement of the lamps of perimeter lighting.

11 - It is finally forbidden to realize such activities of union, trade-union, religious or policies, laboratories of clinical biological Analyses, or of infected - contagious diseases, which could concern the personnel.

12- Evacuations:

Annually there shall be (2) two Fire Drills regarding the established by the City of Buenos Aires Government, in order to law No. 1346/04 BO 28.06.2004. Tenants shall present to the Services Management, as soon as they occupy the Building, their contingency plan adequately shaped according to the guidelines that appear in the Evacuation of the building dedicated to these effects, signed by the corresponding authority (Professional of Hygiene and Security).

13.- Tenants that do not wish to participate of the fire drill, shall sign the Record of Responsibility that appears as Annexe 4 to the present Internal Regulation.

14- Pilaster and Engine Room: It is forbidden to place other elements of any type, which are not destined specifically, in these places.

15- The Emails of the Administration are the following ones:

 

Administration:  

 

Service Management:  

 

Correspondence:  

 

16 It is strictly forbidden to personnel of the offices or to their visits to remain in the entrance of North and South Towers (either on the inside or outside of the building path) and in the ramp of access to the parking because they are evacuation means.


17 - It is strictly forbidden to the tenants of the second floor who have access to the terrace of the second floor to use it for parties. Also it is forbidden to realize any activity that produces noises or annoying situations for the tenants of other floors. Any event that it is realized in the terrace of the second floor shall possess the municipal authorizations and shall fulfill and respect the regulation applicable to the accomplishment and organization of events including the occupation of terraces. The elements that are used to realize an event in the terrace shall be deposited to the Towers respecting the procedure for entrance of bundles mentioned in the clause 13.2 Any event that is realized in the terrace shall possess the approval of the Tenant’s Hygiene and Security chief,

Any additional safety personnel that is necessary to carry out the event shall be provided by the safety company of the Towers which cost shall be charged by THE TENANT. It is strictly forbidden to introduce furniture or permanent elements in the terrace without express authorization of THE TENANT. Likewise, the tenants of the second floor of the North and South Towers shall authorize cleaning and maintenance staff of the TENANT to have daily access to the terrace to perform cleaning and maintenance tasks and caring of plants.

NOTE : All the requirements shall be directed by email or note to the intendancy with copy to the related section. This is to avoid delays in the execution of the order.

18. Complaints or claims:

18.1 Of the occupants: they shall effect through their corresponding Internal Services Chiefs.

18.2 Of the Visits: They shall able to do it before the corresponding company or before the Intendance. For the above mentioned there is a “Book of complaints or claims” in the reception desk of the Tower.

19. Weight per square meter in the floors: The maximum weight authorized for m2 of the floors is 300 Kgs. Tenants, before the contingency of having to install weight bigger than the mentioned above, shall ask for authorization to the Services Management which shall need the corresponding technical advice of the Administration of the Building. Every six months the Services Management shall do a survey of control.

18. Emergencies: In case of emergency for smoke detection or another accident, the personnel of the Plan of Evacuation (Evacuation Director and or Security Chief) shall be able to enter to the floor without any restriction and they shall allow the access up to the sector detected by the Fire head office.

16. OCCURRENCE OF INFRINGEMENTS OF THIS REGULATION:

The breaches to the present Regulation that lead into risk situations shall be informed to the corresponding control authorities.


17.- LIQUIDATION OF EXPENSES

The renting units destined for offices shall participate in the expenses payment of the following:

EXPENSES OF THE BUILDING:

It is applied to the totality of the functional and complementary units of the Building (including all that is constructed on the Block 5H, the Block 5F and the pedestrian streets Olga Cosentini and Carola Lorenzinii) corresponding to each one the domain percentages that appears in the Regulation of Co-ownership and Administration (or until the prehorizontalize regime being subscribed) The above mentioned percentages are in use between the units for prorating the insurances that cover the building, the expenses of repair of the roofs of the 2nd and 8th floor, the costs of the paths’ repair and maintenance, included the pedestrian streets that are in charge of the Building, and eventual repair expenses of the resistant structure of the Building. In case that the Government of the City and/or AYSA does not divide the tax items and/or fees and therefore it charges with taxes and fees, the entire property as a whole, such amounts shall form part of the precedent expenses liquidation.

EXPENSES OF THE NORTH TOWER:

It is applied to the offices located in the North Tower fronting on the streets of Juana Manso, Carola Lorenzini and Olga Cossettini. The percentage to prorate these expenses is calculated for every unit dividing the respective domain percentage by the sum of the domain percentage of all the units of the same Tower. The expenses to prorating are: a) Reserve fund for the expenses liquidation of the above mentioned units. b) Maintenance, repair and costs operation of the central services of the above mentioned Tower like air conditioning of the common areas, provision of cold and warm water, six elevators, service against fire, ventilations, electricity-generating groups, pressurization of stair boxes, all the bombs, boards and branches destined to the central services of this Tower, sewerage and storm drains of sanitary services and roofs, inclusive installation of graywaters -c) Cleaning and maintenance and eventual restocking of elements of the curtain wall fronting the three mentioned streets, d) Cleaning, eventual replacement and maintenance of the entrance hallway (included crystals and access doors), of the stairs from Ground floor to Roof (included lobbies and doors, of common surfaces of pallets in every floor (except the entrance doors to every renting unit), of the common surfaces belonging to this Tower as being meters, maintenance and pumping areas located in the ground floors and e) Costs of cleaning and maintenance staff concerned the north Tower; f) Maintenance costs and safety systems operation of the North Tower included the equipment located in the enclosure back to the receipt of the Ground floor entrance hall g) ABL (Lightning, sweeping and cleaning charge.) h) Expenses Liquidation of the North and South Towers as a whole. In the eventual case that the Government of the City and/or AYSA shall invoice taxes, and/or fees to the North Tower instead of to his units the above mentioned amounts shall form a part of this expenses liquidation.


EXPENSES OF THE SOUTH TOWER:

Exactly the same to the previous referred to the offices units located in the South Tower fronting to Juana Manso, Marta Lynch and Olga Cossettini streets.

EXPENSES OF THE NORTH AND SOUTH TOWERS AS A WHOLE:

North and South expenses Correspond to the totality of the offices units in both Towers. The percentage with which to prorate these charges for every unit results from dividing the domain percentages of every unit by the sum of the domain percentages of the totality of the Units of the North and South Towers,

Once enabled both Towers to prorate the supervisory personnel’s expenses of both Towers, the expenses and fees of Administration, maintenance costs and operation of the perimetral lines of lighting of the Office Towers - In case of a TOWER be enabling before other one it shall be in use for this type of expenses the percentages corresponding to this Tower. - In the eventual case that the Government of the City and/or AYSA shall charge taxes and/or fees to these Towers and these shall form a part of this expenses liquidations.

NOTE : To the tenants of the second floor of the North and South Towers shall be liquidated in the expenses the charges of the terrace cleaning and maintenance of the second floor to which they have access.

EXPENSES OF THE THIRD UNDERGROUND GARAGE: Correspond to the total of the garages located in the third underground reserved for use of the Offices occupants of the South Tower and of the building to be constructed in front of Olga Cossettini and Ribera Este del Dique Tres.

The percentage of every garage results of dividing the domain percentage of every garage by the sum of the domain percentage of the totality of garages in this underground. It is used for prorate between the users of the garages the following expenses: a) Maintenance, repair and cleaning of the surfaces for garages and traffics of this underground and of the ramp that goes down from the first underground to the third one. b) Maintenance, repair and cleaning of four elevators (two for each of the Offices Towers) more the three of the building fronting to La Ribera del Dique Tres (if they were enabled), c) Consumption and maintenance of the lighting system of the third underground; d) The proportional part that is awarded to the third underground (according to the relation of the sum of the domain percentage of the garages of the third underground and the sum of the totality of the garages of the building) of: d 1) Service of common vigilance of the garages, d2) Repair, operation and maintenance of the closing curtain of the common access in Ground floor of the garages;, d3) Maintenance of the ramp from Ground floor to the first underground, d 4) consumption and lighting of common ramps of access; d) expenses and fees of Administration, f) Common charges of the Mall and three consistent undergrounds in: f 1) Operation and maintenance of the water pumping system, f2) Operation and maintenance of the system against fire, sewerage pump station, provision of drinkable water and graywaters and service against fire, f3) Ventilations of garages and sanitary services located in it, f4) Operation and maintenance of generators sets.

The prorate of the above mentioned expenses shall be made first between the qualified surfaces of each one of the respective plants (proportion of his qualified surfaces) and the fraction of expenses awarded to third underground joins to the liquidation of the garages


expenses. In case that any of the consumptions or expenses for its magnitude do not justify differential meters, the Administration shall prorate the amounts depending on the effective consumptions according to technical criteria.

In the unlikely case that the Government of the City and/or AYSA invoice to the garage of the third underground as a whole any tax and/or fees and/or contribution, this amount shall happen to be a part of the liquidated expenses in this item.

In case that the above mentioned invoice involved the three underground of garages it shall proceed in the same way, prorating the amount between the totality of the garages of three undergrounds.

ANNEXES:

 

    N°1 Regulations for Floor Remodeling.

 

    N°2. Manual of Procedures and Recommendations for Electrical Adjustment

 

    N°3 Procedure for the system of Fire detection.

 

    N°4: Record for not inspection of purses.

 

    N°5: Record for not participation in the Fire Drill.


ANNEX 1

Regulations for Floor Remodeling

1- PURPOSE:

The Present regulation has the purpose to detail the procedures and the regulations that shall follow to realize the remodeling of the office floors of every Tower, which are realized by the Tenants of the units.

The different steps shall be detailed to continuing from the presentation of the modification project plane, including the accomplishment of the works, up to the delivery of the documentation in accordance with the remodeling work carried out to date.

2-DEFINITIONS:

 

    Owner: This is understood to be the signature ** proprietary to the date of the totality of the complex ***

 

    Manager: it shall be understood as manager, the firm responsible for the Administration of the Consortium.

 

    Services Management: It is the representative of the Manager with permanent presence in the building. It is responsible for attend the requests of the Tenants as well as transmit them the requests of the Manager with regard to the fulfillment of current regulations.

 

    Tenants: it shall be understood as Tenant to the company that by means of a contract of lease with the Owner rents one or more floors and that takes forward their remodeling in the terms of the present regulation.

 

    Project Manager: Hereinafter, and to effects of a major briefness, there shall be understood as the Remodeling Work Director, contracted by The Tenants to supervise the renovations. It shall be a professional Architect or Engineer, who shall be the one who coordinates the technical communication with the Manager.

 

    Remodeling Project: It is a set of architectural plans, facilities, and sheets of specifications and constructive details that reflect the works of remodeling to be realized. These shall be presented with all the formalities with the signature of the Project Manager.

 

    Contractors: They are the companies contracted by the Tenant and/or his Project Manager, to carry out the remodeling in his floor.


    Security and Hygiene Service of the Consortium: It is the service given by a professional in the field, who has to check the fulfillment of the procedure concerning this matter, in force in the building.

 

    As-Built Drawings: It is the set of architectural plans, facilities, and sheets of specifications and constructive details that reflect the works of remodeling effectively carried out. These shall be presented with all the formalities with the signature of the Project Manager.

 

    Monitoring Service: It is the company or the group of people responsible for the supervision of the building, salesman of the Manager of the Building.

 

    Supervision of the floor: It is the company, person or group of persons that shall have the custody of the remodeling floor during the development of the work.

 

    Building’s facilities Adviser: They are the designers of the diverse specialities of the building, namely: Installation of Air conditioning. Sanitary Installation; electrical installation; Installation of Fire detectors and controls; structural Engineering.

3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION TO SUBMIT PRIOR TO WORKING:

 

    The Owner shall notify to the Manager once produced the lease of the sector, the name of the new Tenant, detailing the name and number ID of the first persons authorized to enter to the building, as well as a telephone number to be contacted.

 

    The Tenant shall notify to the Manager the name, ID and telephone of the person of his organization who shall represent the Tenant in his relation with the Manager during the stage of works to be performed. Likewise, it shall notify the same information of the Project Manager who shall take charge of the works in the floor.

 

    REQUIREMENT IN ADVANCE OF THE BIGGINING OF THE WORKS: the Tenant shall have to present the following documentation in two complete copies in paper and one in magnetic support: architectural plans, electrical installation plans under floor and lighting, air conditioning plans, extinction of fire installation plan, plane of installation of fire detection, installation of accesses control and CCTV, structural check if it was necessary for some punctual overload exceeding the foreseen amount in planes, constructive details and sheets of specifications that it considers suitable to attach or that are needed by the Manager in order to document the work to be carried out. ALL THE INFORMATION TO PRESENT SHALL HAVE THE SIGNATURE OF THE TENANT AND PROJECT MANAGER. Regarding to the facility plans to modify, they shall be elaborated by an excellent professional. In case of not being the facilities Advisers of the building, it shall present two additional copies of the plans of the respective installation, with the same formalities.

 

    Within five working days of presented this documentation the Manager shall approve or reject it, indicating the respective observations. Simultaneously, the manager shall define if with the presented documentation the beginning of the works remains authorized and shall determine the term within which one shall present the corrected completed documentation. Otherwise, the Tenant shall suspend the works up to fulfilling this requirement.


BEGINNING OF THE WORK:

 

    Once approved the technical documentation, the Tenant or her project Manager shall notify to the Manager the name of the companies that shall carry out the works, in forward the Contractors.

 

    Before entering to the building, the Contractors shall present the list of the safety and hygiene documentation of the personnel that is detailed in the Attach N°1. The lists of personnel shall be authorized by the signature of the Project Manager.

 

    Before the beginning of building’s work, the TENANT shall contract directly or through the administration of the building the following services that have as aim that the remodeling works do not harm the rest of the tenants and to the building in general:

 

    Security Staff: it is necessary to contract additional safety personnel that control the traffic through the building of the personnel involved in the construction work of the tenant.

 

    Hygiene and Security: it is necessary to contract a company that controls the entrance of the working staff of the tenant and control the working conditions and the fulfillment of the Hygiene and Security obligations. Approval of the Security Program.

 

    Cleaning of common areas: it is necessary to increase the service of cleanliness in those areas where circulates the working personnel of the tenant.

 

    Maintenance Guards: in the night hours it shall remain personnel with sufficient technical aptitude to solve any disadvantage that the work of the tenant causes to the building.

 

    Elevator Operator: it is necessary to contract an elevator operator for the exclusive working elevator. It shall be operated by Landmark personnel to preserve the functioning.

5. DEVELOPMENT OF WORKS

 

    The personnel of The Tenant, of the Project Manager and the Contractors, shall respect the vigilance and safety procedure of the building, entry and exit schedules, the hours of use of the freight elevator, the schedules to perform noisy tasks and all the rest Manager’s requirements that consist in the Internal Regulation.

 

   

The Manager, the Services Management and members of their staff, the Security and Hygiene Service of the Tower and the vigilance, they shall be able to enter to the floor


 

with no restrictions during the development of the works, to check the technical and safety and hygiene conditions in the development of the tasks. The project manager shall notify to the Manager the name of the professional who shall be in charge of the coordination of the Security and Hygiene tasks in the floor, so him and the project manager, shall be at the disposal of the Manager or his representatives, to attend to any requirement or observation with regard to the development of the works.

 

    During the development of the works, the tenant shall update the hygiene and safety documentation of his contractors in accordance to the established in the AGGREGATE N° 1.

 

    In case that the criterion of the Manager, considers suitable to suspend some task or to some contractor or operative for technical reasons, of conviviality or safety and hygiene, the tenant and his project manager, shall respect immediately a notification about this matter. Only the suspended tasks shall be able to be resumed when the Manager communicates in writing the respective authorization after the observation being corrected.

 

    Electric power costs of the work, additional vigilance, hours of additional maintenance staff, functioning of common facilities out of schedule, or any other cost that the works generate in the floor they shall be at the Tenant’s expense. The orders of additional services shall be formulated the Manager or the Services Management in writing, with a minimum anticipation of 24 hours and with the signature of the representative of the Tenant.

6. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION TO BE SUBMITTED UPON TERMINATION OF WORK.

 

    With 10 working days in advance to the fulfillment of the tasks, The Tenant shall notify the Manager the next ending of the works and the estimated moving date of the occupants of the floor.

 

    Simultaneously The Tenant shall present the following documentation in two complete copies in paper and one in magnetic support: architecture plans in conformity with work, electrical installation plans under floor and lighting in conformity with work, air conditioning plans in conformity with work, plans of installation of fire detectors in conformity with work, installation plans of fire extinction in conformity with work, CCTV and control of accesses plans of the floor in conformity with work, structural modifications plans in conformity with work and other details in conformity with work that it considers suitable to attach or that are needed by the Manager to document the works to be done. The whole documentation to presenting shall possess the representative of the tenant’s signature and Project manager’s as well. All this documentation shall have fundamental importance in the operation of the building for the personnel of maintenance safety, so any disadvantage in the operation of the building that is generated by mistakes or lacking of it shall be of exclusive responsibility of the Tenant, without prejudice of the right of the Manager to check it and to demand its correction or in case of not obtaining any response, to carry it out on behalf and ordered by the Tenant.


    As prerequisite to the occupation of the floor, the Tenant shall introduce in the head offices of control of air conditioning and fire detectors of the building the modifications carried out in the facilities of his floor. For that purpose, it shall entrust the modifications in the head offices and on the screens systems the signature that the Manager indicates, the expenses of which shall be met exclusively by the Tenant. This information shall have fundamental importance on the building’s operation and safety, so any disadvantage in the operation of the building that is generated by mistakes or lacking of it shall be of exclusive responsibility of the Tenant, without prejudice of the right of the Manager to check it and to demand its correction.

AGGREGATE: N o 1 Minimum Requirements to enter to construction works to fulfill with existing regulations and laws.


APPENDIX N°1 TO ANNEX 1 FROM THE BOOK OF OBLIGATIONS FOR FLOOR REMODELING

BUILDING: 909 JUANA MANSO AVE.

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS THAT OCCUPANTS SHALL SUBMIT REGARDING THE CONTRACTORS HIRED TO PERFORM REMODELATIONS OR ANY OTHER IMPROVEMENT OR PREVENTIVE MODIFICATION WORK ON EACH PROPERTY FLOOR, EXISTING IN NORMS AND APPLYING LAWS TO AUTHORIZE ENTRANCE.

THE DOCUMENTS MUST BE SUBMITTED 72 HOURS BEFORE ENTRANCE OF THE HIRED CONTRACTORS, FOR ITS CORRESPONDING APPROVAL BY BUILDING AUTHORITIES

 

  1. Surname, name and Labor Safety and Health license.

 

  2. Copy of the Contract of affiliation to ART (social security system) and an Original up to date list of personnel (compulsory renewal every 30 days) with a non-repetition clause in favor of ***(Tax Identification Number***) valid throughout the contract period or until the work has finished, Safety and Health Program (res. SRT N° 51/97) approved by the Social Security System and Technical File.

 

  3. Independent workers (Titular Heads of the Company or Administrative Personnel), must submit a Personal Accident Insurance in favor of the proprietary, in case of DEATH OR TOTAL DISABILITY, PARTIAL AND/OR PERMANENT OCCUPATIONAL WITH ADDITIONAL IN-ITINERE BY A SUM OF 180000

 

  4. Notice of commencement of the construction work issued to the ART (Social Security System).

 

  5. Updated list of personnel affected to the construction work issued by the Social Security System (update it monthly or every time that it is modified)

 

  6. Telephone numbers in case of emergency.

 

  7. Nearest Health Medical Center to the construction.

 

  8. Certificate to prove that personnel are given adequate personal protection equipment in good conditions.

 

  9. Valid Personnel Training Certification.


  10. Machinery, tools, and equipment certification of Technical Aptitude.

 

  11. Registration of activities issued by the Safety and Health Department.

 

  12. Obligatory Medical Examinations.

 

  13. Poster required by Resolution 70/90.

 

  14. Form DGI 931 (Presentation and payment).

 

  15. IERIC (Institute of Statistics and Registry of Constructions) and photocopy of certification card.

 

  16. Photocopy of Payroll Registration Books.

 

  17. Photocopy of CUIL (employee Tax Identification Number) and Unemployment fund.

 

  18. Payment to UOCRA (Argentinean Construction Workers Union).

 

  19. Obligatory life insurance.

Total: 20 points.


ANNEX 2

Manual of Procedures and Recommendations for Electrical Adjustment attached as an Annex

Index

 

  1. SCOPE AND REGULATION

 

  2. ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

 

  2.1 In Server rooms Energy control rooms?

 

  2.2 In Full Building

 

  2.3 In the areas of the occupants

 

  2.4 In any common area

 

  2.5 Flooring

 

  2.6 In the electric boards.

 

  3. WEAK-CURRENT (LOW VOLTAGE) INSTALLATIONS.

 

  3.1. Generalities.

 

  3.2. Private Telecommunications Circuit.

 

  3.3. Detection and alarm of fire.

 

  4. WORK TO BE DONE WHEN LEAVING THE BUILDING.

 

  5. ADDITIONAL SPACES REQUIRED.

 

  6. GENERATOR SETS.

1. SCOPE AND REGULATIONS

The aim of this specification is safeguarding the integrity of the persons and the building inside, and therefore, each occupant will be required to comply with the implementations herein stated. In terms to be determined as appropriate.

Besides complying with the standards herein stated, electrical installations must comply with the regulations mentioned below, and in accordance with the regulations that might be brought in the future:

 

    Law on Safety and Hygiene at the workplace (Law 19587), Decree 351/79 and 911/96.


    Building Code of the City of Buenos Aires.

 

    Regulation N° 509 – D.G.F.O.G./99 (General Directorate of Registration of Constructions and Cadaster of Buenos Aires) and the actualization of norms of fire protection, chapter 4.12 of the Building Code, section IV

 

    Regime for electrical installation in buildings issued by the Association of Electrical Engineers in Argentina (AEA), issued Sep 2002.

 

    Regulation of Conditions of Supply of Electricity by EDESUR.

 

    Work according to ENRE updated to the day of commencement of work.

 

    Superintendence of ART.

 

    Superintendence of Firefighters.

 

    Regulations of Company Provider of Cable Television.

 

    Regulations of Telecommunication Service by CNC (National Commission of Telecommunications)

 

    Regulation of the companies providers of telecommunication services (Telephony, Data, Internet, etcetera)

2. ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

2.1. Energy Control Rooms

In this room it will be required that each occupant adequately, clearly and unequivocally labels each electrical cabinet with the name of the company and the corresponding floor/floors.

Every general cut-off switch installed in the room must have an emergency opening coil system so that it is possible to open it by a punch in case of fire. For every case, the switch must section the neutral conductor off and it will not be admitted the possibility to place in parallel the neutral of the general connection of the service provider with the one from the power generators. As a rule, the tenant must not install any distribution boards without previous agreement with the Service Management.

This room will be locked at all times and entrance is only permitted accompanied by the building personnel. The buildings count on a power generation system to supply with all the emergency common electrical services as well as emergency electrical services of each occupant, electricity power is not unlimited and will be limited by the regulation of the emergency switch.


For each leased unit its occupants will start installation of power feeder branches from the main cut-off switch going through the automatic transference board first in this room and then, from this room to the floors.

In case that it is requested to install a distribution board, capacitor battery, etcetera, size must be informed for the purposes of determining its feasibility, and if accepted, its position in the room will be defined. In such cases, it can be opted to install it either in the room or in the bussbars with the other boards/switchers

Each lessee must comply with the requirements from the distributor Company and install the boxes, sockets and/or electricity branches indicated, any changes to the distribution net in the room must be documented in the corresponding diagram and attached to the principal to be updated.

2.2 Building.

Every energy cable running in the building, either belonging to the building or belonging to the occupants must be properly labelled in every floor and the label must include floor, sector and name of the company where it belongs. For example 7F-A)- Name of lessee.

In those occasions when the lessee uses the building feeder circuits, the power that is intended to be used from the Normal net shall be informed to the administration to the effect that the sections of those are verified ana approval is provided. Under no circumstances the switches to be installed will be above the intensity admitted by the feeder circuits.

Whenever it is necessary to replace the conductors it is compulsory to comply with the below mentioned requirements.

Every wire to be installed in these sectors must be type AFUMEX by Pirelli or similar.

The Busbar must be used for electric installations exclusively (Branches, boards, UPS, etcetera) No object or material must be stocked specially not inflammable material or objects or anything that must impede entrance of personnel. The lessee can only enter to operate its own boards.

When a lessee needs to install a conductor through the supporting structure or other floors, the work must be done at building working hours, and work will only be admitted when accompanied by building personnel or by someone appointed by the administration.

Every time that the non-inflammable foam that seals the supports the foam must be replaced. No connection will be allowed unless the work herein described is done.


To the effect of keeping the supporting structure as tidy and empty as possible, the principal can cut and will cut any conductor that is not labelled.

There must be a fire extinguisher suitable for electrical installations in each busbar.

An autonomous piece of equipment must be installed per each busbar due to the fact that luck of energy of any lessee does not imply power-generating units to start working.

2.3 In the occupant spaces

Electricity Boards. The main cut off switch of the electricity board in each floor must be connected to the central cut off switcher installed in the main room so that the switcher in each floor always starts first to avoid the necessity of going downstairs to the restart the service from the server room. In those cases when the board provided by the building is not big enough for all the switches to be installed, or in those cases when configuration needs to be modified, the proposal must be provided to the principal for approval. It will only be accepted to change the replacement of the complete board or the addition of all the switches that are needed up to one (1) switchboard more, multiple addition of boxes that would detract from the original concept of the building will not be accepted.

All the electric installations to be developed by the occupants must count on a previous project that must be presented to the principal for evaluation before starting the work, including a calculation sheet.

Maintenance of the electric installation in each floor (emergency lighting, board, et cetera) is the occupant’s responsibility.

2.4. In any common areas.

Energy installations must be placed at a minimum distance of 50 centimeters from any other installations. Should it be impossible to respect said distance, mechanical barriers will be placed to prevent electricity installations from being affected when any other services piping system gets damaged.

In all cases, electrical conduits will run over piping systems for liquids and below gas piping systems.

As the responsible for operation and maintenance of the power distribution branches, it would be convenient to verify its conditions and megger testing at least once a year.

In the case of having feed branches with joints in the whole path and in each floor through which it goes though, it shall be written down in the label “Joint in floor xx”).

2.5. Earth conductors

Each feeder branch must be accompanied by an independent earth conductor for each lessee and connected to the protection system of the building, not accepting to take the earth conductor that goes through the busbar that belongs to the building. Said conductor will be labelled in the same way as the feeder branch.


2.6. In the dashing boards

a) Differential protection . Differential protections complemented with the earth conductors safety system is the way of protecting people from indirect contacts, besides, the detection of leakage currents are the main way of detecting loss of isolation of the conductors, which prevents the starting of fires, as a result, all lighting circuits and power sockets must be protected by differential circuit breakers with 30 mA differential current. They must be tested (user responsibility) at least once per month by the operation of the test button.

b) Internal connections . The main cause of fires originated by electricity is loose connections or poorly made connections. To avoid that, correct execution is required. Due to the fact that the current must circulate on smaller surfaces, raising the temperature of the materials and, in most cases exceeding the admissible temperatures by the isolation materials.

Internal connections between two cables of sections larger than 4mm2 must be made on terminals avoiding the simple twisting of the conductors with each other, since the boards are not pass boxes, when a branch circuit is to be made, it shall be made through bars which shall have at least one hole for each connected conductor, it is not permitted to connect two conductors in the same hole, nor using differential switches, thermomagnetic and other equipment as multiple bypass terminals. It is not sufficient to carry out the work, but it is also necessary and the responsibility of the user, as a result, we suggest that an adjustment of all the connections of the boards be carried out every six months in order to maintain the quality of the work done.

c ) Protection of conductors against overloads and short circuits . The conductors have capacity of carrying currents according to their section and the mode of installation, therefore, in case of circulating more current than the permissible, the thermomagnetic protection must be activated automatically.

For example, a conductor of 1.5 mm2 must be manufactured to accept a current of 13 Amperes, if we place a thermomagnetic protection of 20 Amperes, 18 Amperes can circulate by the conductor with no protection operation damaging it, which might cause serious consequences.

d) Input and output cables to the boards. The cables that enter or leave directly from each board, without pipes, shall not lie directly on the chisels made on the board for entry, in all cases they must be sealed to prevent small sharp parts from damaging the protective cover of the conductors.

e) Degree of IP Protection. The boards must have a minimum protection degree of IP40, according to the regulations in force, so that it is not possible to come into contact with any part under tension by inserting objects on the board.


3. WEAK CURRENT INSTALLATIONS.

3.1 Generalities.

All the guidelines described for energy installations are applicable to these installations. Furthermore, each channeling and/or wiring shall also be labelled with the floor and sector to which it belongs, name of business that makes use of it and the type of signal that it transmits (Data, Telephone, so on)

In most cases, the proprietary will provide the occupant with room to perform its installations within the premises. When it is the case that the occupant transmits confidential information, we suggest that it installs compound wiring systems by enclosed ducts with switchboxes or any other similar system.

All low-voltage wiring systems shall run through adequate paths. The installation of loose/exposed wires will not be admitted, the same regime applicable to the wiring systems of energy shall be applied complying with the requirements of the different service providers.

Installations to detect and extinguish fire in empty premises comply with the requirements stated by norms NFPA. They must be kept when making any changes to adjust it to in accordance with any architectural changes in the premises.

3.2. Internal telephony.

The building has a central office equipped for telecommunication that admits to link it to the ones in the premises/floors so that instead of having an additional telephone to answer the building’s Telephone switch, it can be answered directly from any telephone in the central of the occupants.

3.3 Detection and warning of fire.

The buildings are equipped with basic fire detection systems inside the premises; it will be coordinated with each occupant the possibility of expansion by the detectors provided by the building or the inclusion of an independent central for each occupant.

4. WORK TO BE DONE WHEN LEAVING THE BUILDING.

When an occupant leaves the building, the premises must be left in the same conditions in which they were received, removing any installations that will not be used and do not belong to the building, either in the bussbars or inside the premises not leaving, under any circumstances, powered cables on ceilings and bussbars, under floors, etcetera.


5. ADDITIONAL SPACES REQUIRED.

In those cases when it is required to use additional service spaces for electrical installations, such as for the assemblage of a transformer Sub-station or for an additional request of energy in a situation of emergency, spaces will be assigned that minimize the path of medium voltage wiring inside the building, since any inconvenience caused by them will be the lessee’s responsibility. If any lessee needed to expand its emergency network and install an additional generator set will have to make all the complementary work (refrigeration, soundproofing, fuel supply, vibrations, etcetera) complying with current regulations (regulations in effect).

 

  6. EMERGENCY POWER

As previously reported, the power in emergency situations for each floor is not unlimited, having been provided according to normal standards for this type of buildings, should any lessee overcome said standards as a result of the activity developed, it should manage consumption subject to this situation.

We suggest that lessees connect to their floor general switchboards indicator lights with their corresponding voltage tokens to inform if they are being supplied by company energy or by generator power, as in the server rooms they count on a transfer board from where said information can be taken.

The emergency power standards provided to the building

 

  6.1. Per each semi floor sector ** *kW (*W/m2).

 

  6.2. Per each semi floor sector ** *kW (*W/m2).

That in each case lessees must administrate themselves, should it be exceeded the emergency switch in the room will activate and will disconnect charges and will proceed to their replacement.

Each sector will have an independent transfer set in the automatic transfer board in the Server Rooms, so that when the project internally their installations they should be aware that they cannot be unified.

In accordance with the Project Plan of the Tower **, the automatic transfer contactors were loaded to 100 Ampere per each floor, and therefore they can take up to 55 KW.


APPENDIX 3

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM – OFFICES

 

  1. GENERAL

In order to have an efficient System of Detection and Warning of fire throughout the building that responds effectively to an eventual alarm condition, the Fire Detection Elements in each office must be integrated into the Fire Detection System in the building. For this reason, they shall be of the same trademark and same model as the one provided to the whole building. Independent systems will not be allowed.

Assemblage colocación and activation of systems of fire detection and warning will be at the expense of the lessee.

Services of programming and setting in motion of said elements will be carried out by the company FUEGO RED S.A. that is in charge of providing and installing with the Fire Detection System in the common areas of the building.

 

  2. APPLICABLE NORMS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The design of the system shall comply with the requirements of the Norm NFPA72.

 

  3. APPROVALS

The company FUEGO RED S.A. shall approve the project.

 

  4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INTELLIGENT MULTI-CRITERIA SMOKE DETECTORS:

Smoke detectors shall be photoelectric thermal (dual technology) addressable and intelligent type with calibrated sensitivity and adjusted to comply with norm ULUL268 (nominally 2,6 of darkening). They shall have a microprocessor in its head incorporated from factory. Said microprocessor will have the specific function of analyzing the data of the environment in which it is installed and providing the central panel with a conclusion regarding whether it is on a condition of warning (outbreak of fire). Each detector will be made of solid electronic components fully regulated to provide with long reliable life, insect proof net, a LED light indicating when it is energized, with possibility of exit or contacts of a relay magnetically activated for remote trial and alarm by LED. The electronic elements of the detector will be completely shielded for protection against false alarms originated by external agents. It shall have an exit connection at the base of the detectors on a false roof or a technical roof to connect an external LED of remote alarm. It shall be trademark NOTIFIER, model FAPT-851.


ANALOG THERMAL DETECTOR:

It will be addressable, compatible with intelligent analog centrals. It will sense a prefixed adjustment threshold value by means of the method of fixed temperature and sudden increase. It shall be trademark NOTIFIER, model FST-851-R

UNIVERSAL BASES:

The base will be of non-corrosive material and will allow the replacement of detectors of different type but equal compatibility to facilitate their replacement. It shall be trademark NOTIFIER, model B501.

EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE DETECTOR:

Assembled in an anti-flame and anti-corrosive plastic cabinet equipped with a semi-conductor sensor, suitable to detect between 20% and 40% of the lower limit of explosivity of butane or propane gas. It will be fed with 24 Vcc from the central fire detection unit and will warn the change of state to the same by means of a monitoring module. They will be equipped with luminous indicators (LED) of condition of normal operation and alarm, as well as acoustic signal in alarm condition.

ISOLATION MODULE:

It will be compatible with intelligent analog centrals. It will detect a breakdown voltage in the string and will isolate the affected sector allowing (in in systems with return) to continue the operation of all the elements that are not affected. It shall be trademark NOTIFIER, model ISO-X or similar.

ADDRESSABLE MANUAL FIRE ALARM:

It shall be addressable, compatible with intelligent analog centrals. Suitable for assembly outdoors or semi-inserted non-detachable, dual-action and registry of operation. It shall be trademark NOTIFIER, model NBG-12LX or similar.

AUDIO SPEAKER WITH STROBE LIGHT:

The speakers of auto evacuation shall be listed UL 1480 for the Service of Fire Protection. They shall be designed to operate at 25VRMS. Its intensity shall be programmable with no need to use special tools to provide with exit level of sound of 78 dBA and/or 87 dBA measured 3 meters from the equipment to  1 4 Watt


and 2 Watts respectively, according to the needs of the enclosure. They necessarily shall satisfy application in a range of frequencies from 400 H2 to 4000 Hz.

The strobe lights will be incorporated in the front of the speakers. They shall operate at nominal 24 Vcc. They shall comply with all the requirements from ADA as defined in norm UL1971 and shall comply with the following criteria:

 

    Maximum duration of impulse shall be of 2/10 second.

 

    Stroboscopic intensity shall comply with the requirements of the norm UL 1971.

 

    Pulsation speed shall comply with the requirements of the norm UL1971.

 

    It shall provide with a luminous intensity of 15 cd and 75 in the axis.

AMPLIFIERS:

Audio amplifiers of 120 watts. 25 VRMS with incorporated tone generator. Trademark NOTIFIER model AA-120 E.

INSTALLATION:

The installation of fire warning and detection will be configured complying with the norms NFPA (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION) The type of wire to be used will bear the following characteristics: tinned copper of a twisted pair wire (30mmmpath) of 1mm2 of section each conductor, minimum tension of isolation 300 Volts and outer sheath.


EXHIBIT 4

LIABILITY CERTIFICATE FOR AVOIDING INSPECTION OF PERSONAL BAGS

The undersigned Tenant: floor         , hereby requests the Building Services Management to not perform the inspection of the visitor’s personal bags as established in the Guidelines for the Surveillance and Security Personnel of this Tower (attached to the Emergency Plan of this Tower in possession of the Tenants) due to the following reasons:                     

This Company expressly states that:

1°. The Company is aware of the abovementioned Guidelines.

2°. The Company shall be responsible of any claim in case of any incident in their floor or other Tenant’s floor, once it can be proved that the originator is one of its visitors.

This certificate is issued to the sole purpose of stating on record these decisions in 3 counterparts: one copy for the Company, one copy for the Building Management and another copy for the Building Services Management.

At Buenos Aires, on             , 20    

 

 

SIGNATURE AND PRINTED NAME
COMPANY RESPONSIBLE
CAPITAL FEDERAL


EXHIBIT 5

LIABILITY CERTIFICATE FOR NOT PARTICIPATING IN FIRE DRILL

The undersigned Company                      states to the Building Administration *** that it will not take part in the fire drill scheduled on ** due to the following reasons:                     

The undersigned Company expressly states that:

1°. The Company is aware of the drill procedure through the presence of a representative in the preliminary meeting held to such purpose, e-mail exchanges and documents personally delivered to the Company.

2°. The Company is aware of Act 1346/04 BO 28.06.04 of the Legislature of the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires which states that such exercises are compulsory and that the Regulatory Agency at the local level is the Department of Civil Defense of the Government of the City of Buenos Aires.

3°. The Company is aware that failure to comply with such exercises affects the training of the personnel in their floors.

This certificate is issued to the sole purpose of stating on record these decisions in 3 counterparts: one copy for the Company, one copy for the Building Management and another copy to be delivered to the authorities of Civil Defense if required.

At Buenos Aires, on             , 20    

 

 

SIGNATURE AND PRINTED NAME
REPRESENTATIVE OF  

 

[There appear two illegible signatures].


EXHIBIT F

Insurance Requirement Book

1) Insurance to be hired by Tenant during Indoor Refurbishment Works of the Leased Property (Paragraph 6.7.)

Insurance on the General Content

Full coverage insurance shall be hired for the general content of the Leased Property: updates, furniture, tools, accessories and equipment, etc. owned by THE TENANT .

Liability Insurance

A Liability Insurance shall be hired to cover damage to third parties and/or third parties’ assets due to the indoor refurbishment works to be performed and during the period of work.

LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. shall be included as:

1. Additional insured party within such policy for any claims of third parties.

2. Third party for any damage that may be caused to assets owned by LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L.

Insurance shall be issued under comprehensive texts and must have at least the following additional coverage:

Civil Liability (R.C. in Spanish): constructions, refurbishments and extensions

Cross Civil Liability

Fire, lightning and explosion

Contractors and subcontractors

Damage to surrounding property

Load and unload of assets

Transport of assets


Moreover, contractors and subcontractors hired by THE TENANT for indoor refurbishment works must submit the following mandatory insurances:

Life insurance

Each contractor must hire for their personnel a mandatory life insurance (Decree/Act No. 1567/74) as well as any other compulsory life insurance that must hired according to collective bargaining agreements or any other specific applicable regulation to the concerned union.

[There appear two illegible signatures].

Occupational Risk Insurance

A copy of the Occupational Risk insurance agreement (Act No. 24.557) shall be requested. Such policy must include a Non-Recourse clause as described below.

2) Insurance to be hired by THE TENANT during the commercial operation of the Offices (Section 7.1, sub-section h)

Insurance on the General Content

Full coverage insurance shall be hired for the general content of the Leased Property: updates, furniture, tools, accessories and equipment, etc. owned by THE TENANT .

Liability Insurance

A Liability Insurance must be hired to cover damage to third parties and/or third party assets due to its activity.

LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. shall be included as:

1. Additional insured party within such policy for any claims of third parties.

2. Third party for any damage that may be caused to assets owned by LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L.

Insurance shall be issued under comprehensive texts and must have at least the following additional coverage:

Cross Civil Liability

Contractors and subcontractors

Damage to surrounding property


Load and unload of assets

Transport of assets

Assets under custody or monitoring

Life insurance

TENANT must hire for their personnel a mandatory life insurance (Decree/Act No. 1567/74) as well as any other compulsory life insurance that must hired according to collective bargaining agreements or any other specific applicable regulation to the concerned union.

Occupational Risk Insurance

A copy of the Occupational Risk insurance agreement (Act No. 24.557) shall be requested. Such policy must include a Non-Recourse clause as described below.

NOTE: The Liability Insurances set forth above in items 1) and 2) may be combined under one policy that covers the construction and operational activities.

The policies to be issued, according to the dispositions set forth herein, must take into account the following considerations:

The insurer must have acknowledged solvency.

A copy of the definitive payment slip.

A clause must be included which forbids insurer of claiming void, terminating or modifying the coverage without prior written consent from TENANT .

NON-RECOURSE CLAUSE

A.R.T. expressly waives to bring any recourse or collection action against LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L ., their officers, employees and workers, even if it is grounded on Section 39 of Act No. 24.557 or any other legal regulation regarding benefits in kind or cash benefits that A.R.T. may be obliged to pay to employees or ex-employees of LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. or TENANT covered by this policy on labor accidents or professional diseases suffered or contracted in their workplace due to the performance of their activities or during the time commuting to work, in accordance with Section 112 of Decree 491/97.


A.R.T. pledges to communicate in a reliable way to LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L. and its subsidiaries or partnerships of any breaches to the policy made by insurer specially lack of payment of such policy, within 10 days after verification.

A.R.T. states that these sections cannot be voided, modified or amended without at least 15 calendar days prior notice to LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L.

This specific Section of Agreement No.      is issued on             , 20        

[There appear two illegible signatures].


EXHIBIT G

LIST OF REAL ESTATE COMPANIES:

1. LJ RAMOS

2. Newmark Grubb BACRE

3. CASTRO CRANWELL WEISS

4. CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD

5. To be added

NOTTARIES PUBLIC ASSOCIATION


CERTIFICATION OF SIGNATURES - F012762779

At Buenos Aires, on August 1 st , 2016

In my capacity as Notary registered under Notary’s Record No. 1697, I hereby CERTIFY that the signatures appearing in the document attached hereto, whose request for certification is legalized at the same time by CERTIFICATE NO. 129 of BOOK No. 86, are subscribed before me by the persons whose names, identification numbers and proof of their identity appear below: Pablo Javier GRONDA, National Identity Number             ; Ignacio María SAMMARTINO, National Identity Number             ; both prove their identity in accordance with subsections b) and a) of Section 306 of the Civil and Commercial Code, respectively.

ACTING HEREIN: the first person for and behalf of and in his capacity as MANAGER of “LANDMARK INVESTORS S.R.L.” assuring his capacity without restrictions. The following documents were filed to authenticate the company and his capacity: 1) Incorporation agreement issued by private instrument. The signatures were certified on October 20 th , 2006 and it was registered in the Superintendence of Corporations on October 31 st , 2006 under No. 9783 of Book 125 of Limited Liability Companies; 2) Capital increase and amendment of bylaws resolved by Minutes of Assembly on December 12 th , 20016, recorded in the Superintendence of Corporations on February 20 th , 2007 under No. 1516 of Book 126 of the Limited Liability Companies; and 3) Share transfer issued by private instrument. The signatures were certified on December 29, 2006 and February 20 th , 2007; and the instrument was recorded in the Superintendence of Corporations on March 23 rd , 2007 under No. 2603 of Book 126 of the Limited Liability Companies. The second person for and on behalf of and in his capacity as MANAGER of “MULESOFT ARGENTINA S.R.L.” authenticates his capacity with the following documents: a) Articles of Incorporation dated February 15 th , 2010, folio 133, executed before Notary Public of this City Federico J. Leyria, who is registered under Notary Record No. 19; the company was registered on the Superintendence of Corporations on February 24 th , 2010 under No, 1650, Book 133 of Limited Liability Companies; b) Minutes of Partners of March 27 th , 2013, registered in the Superintendence of Corporations on October 10 th , 2015 under No. 9355, Book No. 147 of Limited Liability Companies.

All original documents have appeared before me and grant sufficient legal capacity to the parties for this act. Executed document: Lease Contract. Certified along with Exhibit F002754151. Be it certified.

[There appears an illegible signature and a stamp that reads: Dr. Gustavo G. Martinelli - Public Notary – Reg. No. 4109].


ADDENDUM TO THE LEASE AGREEMENT

Between Landmark Investor S.R.L. with domicile at Avda. Leandro N. Alem 712, Floor 14°, Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, represented in this act by Mr. Pablo Javier Gronda (I.D.                         ), in his capacity as Manager, hereinafter referred as “ THE LANDLORD ”, on the one hand; and on the other hand, Mulesof Argentina S.R.L., with domicile at Avda. Del Libertador 498, Floor 12, Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, represented in this act by Mr. Ignacio María Sammartino (I.D.                         ), in his capacity as Manager, hereinafter referred as “ THE TENANT ” (and, jointly with THE LANDLORD will be referred hereinafter as the “Parties”). The Parties agree to enter into this ADDENDUM (hereinafter, the “ Addendum ”), subjects to the following terms and conditions:

BACKGROUND:

a) On August 1, 2016, the parties entered into a lease agreement (hereinafter, the “Agreement”), through which THE LANDLORD granted in lease to THE TENANT , and THE TENANT accepted the following premises: (i) a unit assigned to administrative offices, located in the sixth floor of the North Tower with main entrance at Avda. Juan Manso 999, between Carola Lorenzini and Marta Lynch Streets with an approximately area of 2,230 m2 of useful surface (surface which include carpet, bathrooms and private hall for exclusive use), and (ii) 22 designated spaces for Parking, each of them identified in the plane of the fourth underground level as detail in Exhibit B of in this Agreement, all of it located in the Office Building;

b) The unit assigned to administrative offices mentioned above includes both the office unit on the Dyke side and the office on the River side of the sixth floor of the North Tower of the Office Building,

c) That THE TENANT has requested THE LANDLORD to formalize the present Addendum to the Agreement in order to clarify the situation described in the preceding b).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties agree to modify the Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set out below:

ARTICLE ONE: Terms not defined in this Addendum which first letter is capital letter and do not correspond to a proper name or begin a sentence will have the same meaning assigned in the Agreement. All terms defined in the Agreement retain their meaning, unless expressly provided otherwise in this Addendum.

ARTICLE TWO : The Parties agree to amend section 2.1 of the Agreement effective from the date of signature of this Addendum, so that, as of that date, it shall be shall be deemed as follows:

2.1 The LANDLORD grants in lease to THE TENANT , and THE TENANT accepts the following premises: ( i )  the office units on the Dyke side and on the River side located in the sixth floor of the North Tower with main entrance at Avda . Juan Manso 969, between Carola Lorenzini and Marta Lynch Streets with an approximately area of 2,230 m2 of useful surface (surface which include carpet, bathrooms and private hall for exclusive use ), and (ii) 22 designated spaces for Parking, each of them identified in the plane of the fourth underground level as detail in Exhibit B (in this Agreement, the term “Lease Premises” also referred to those mention in this subsection 2.1)”.

ARTICLE THREE : The Parties agree that any reference in the Agreement to the “Functional Unit” granted in lease in the Agreement shall be understood as comprehensible from the office of the sixth floor of said North Tower on the Dike side and on the River side.

ARTICLE FOUR : The Parties agree that all the terms, exhibits, clauses and provisions of the Agreement which were not expressly modified by the present Addendum, remain full effective in the terms originally agreed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed in two (2) originals counterparts and to one effect in the Autonomous city of Buenos Aires, on the 13th day of September 2016.

 

Landmark Investors S.R.L.     Mulesoft Argentina SRL

/s/ Pablo Javier Gronda

   

/s/ Ignacio María Sammartino

Pablo Javier Gronda     Ignacio María Sammartino
Manager     Manager

Exhibit 10.20

MULESOFT, INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Adopted and approved January 18, 2017

MuleSoft, Inc. (the “ Company ”) believes that the granting of equity and cash compensation to its members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ,” and members of the Board, the “ Directors ”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “ Outside Directors ”). This Outside Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity to its Outside Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the equity and cash payments such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

This Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Registration Statement ”).

 

  1. C ASH C OMPENSATION

Annual Cash Retainer

Each Outside Director will be paid an annual cash retainer of $30,000. There are no per-meeting attendance fees for attending Board meetings.

Chairman / Committee Membership Annual Cash Retainer

Each Outside Director who serves as chairman of the Board, lead director or chairman or member of a committee of the Board will be paid additional annual fees as follows:

 

Non-Executive Chairman of the Board or Lead Director:

   $15,000 (in cash and/or equity)

Chairman of Audit Committee:

   $20,000

Member of Audit Committee (other than the Chairman of the Audit Committee):

   $8,000

Chairman of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:

   $7,500

Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee):

   $4,000


Chairman of Compensation Committee:

   $12,000

Member of Compensation Committee (other than the Chairman of the Compensation Committee):

   $5,000

Each annual cash retainer and additional annual fee will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

The Board in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of the cash compensation granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the amount of cash compensation to be paid, on or after the date the Board determines to make any such change or revision.

 

  2. E QUITY C OMPENSATION

Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  a. Initial Award . Each individual who first becomes an Outside Director following the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “ Registration Date ”) and following the first annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “ Annual Meeting ”) following the Registration Date will automatically be granted an Award (the “ Initial Award ”), which grant will be effective on the date on which such individual first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy. The Initial Award will have a Value (as defined below) of $175,000 multiplied by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is (x) 12 minus (y) the number of full months between the date of the last Annual Meeting and the date the Outside Director becomes a member of the Board and (2) the denominator of which is 12 (with the result rounded down to the nearest whole Share). For example, if nine months have lapsed between the last Annual Meeting and the Outside Director’s start date, his or her Initial Award will have a Value of $43,750. The Initial Award will be comprised solely of Restricted Stock Units.

 

  b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director who is an Employee (an “ Inside Director ”) who ceases to be an Inside Director, but who remains a Director, will not receive an Initial Award.

 

  c. Annual Award . Each Outside Director will be automatically granted an Award (an “ Annual Award ”) with a Value of $175,000 (rounded down to the nearest whole Share), which grant will be effective on the date of each Annual Meeting, beginning with the first Annual Meeting following the Registration Date; provided that any Outside Director who is not continuing as a Director following the applicable Annual Meeting will not receive an Annual Award with respect to such Annual Meeting. The Annual Award will be comprised solely of Restricted Stock Units.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Outside Director who holds Company equity awards granted prior to the Registration Date (the “ Pre-IPO Awards ”) that remain unvested on the Annual Meeting date, the Value of the Annual Award granted to such Outside Director with respect to such Annual Meeting will be calculated by subtracting the Pre-IPO Award Value (as defined below) from $175,000. If the Pre-IPO Award Value is equal to or greater than $175,000, the Outside Director will not receive an Annual Award with respect to such Annual Meeting.

The “ Pre-IPO Award Value ” will mean the intrinsic value of shares subject to a Pre-IPO Award that are scheduled to vest during the 12-month period following the date of the Annual Meeting at which the Annual Award is to be granted (the “ Vesting Shares ”), with such intrinsic value equal to the difference between the value of the Vesting Shares less the applicable exercise price of the Vesting Shares, if any. The value of the Vesting Shares will equal the average Fair Market Value of one Share for the twenty (20) consecutive market trading days ending on the fifth (5 th ) market trading day prior to the Annual Meeting date.

For purposes of example only, if the Pre-IPO Award Value held by an Outside Director is $75,000, the Value of the Annual Award with respect to such Annual Meeting will equal $100,000 ($175,000 minus $75,000).

 

  d. Vesting . Subject to Sections 2(g) and 5 below and Section 14 of the Plan, each Initial Award and Annual Award will vest as to 100% of the Shares subject thereto upon the earlier of the one (1) year anniversary of the grant date or the day prior to the Company’s next Annual Meeting occurring after the grant date, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

 

  e. Value . For purposes of this Policy, “ Value ” will equal the product of (i) the average Fair Market Value of one Share for the twenty (20) consecutive market trading days ending on the fifth (5 th ) market trading day prior to the grant date of the Award and (ii) the aggregate number of Shares subject to the Award, as applicable.

 

  f. No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted an Initial Award or Annual Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Initial Award or Annual Awards, as applicable (except as provided in Sections 5 and 8 below).

 

  g. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director will fully vest in his or her Initial Award or Annual Awards provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Director through such date.

 

3


  3. T RAVEL E XPENSES

Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

 

  4. A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS

All provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with this Policy will apply to Awards granted to Outside Directors.

 

  5. A DJUSTMENTS

In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Policy, will adjust the number of Shares issuable pursuant to Awards granted under this Policy.

 

  6. L IMITATIONS

No Outside Director may be issued, in any Fiscal Year, cash payments (including the fees under Section 1 above) with a value greater than $175,000, provided that such limit shall be $250,000 with respect to any Outside Director who serves in the capacity of Non-Executive Chairman of the Board, Lead Director and/or Audit Committee Chair at any time during the Fiscal Year. No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards with a grant date Value greater than $600,000, increased to $900,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director. Any Awards or other compensation granted to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant other than an Outside Director, will be excluded for purposes of the limitations under this Section 6.

 

  7. S ECTION 409A

In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, or (b) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and guidance thereunder, as may be amended from time to time (together, “ Section 409A ”). It is the intent of this Policy that this Policy and all payments hereunder be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company reimburse an Outside Director for any taxes imposed or other costs incurred as a result of Section 409A.

 

4


  8. R EVISIONS

The Board or any Committee designated by the Board may amend, alter, suspend or terminate this Policy at any time and for any reason. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of this Policy will materially impair the rights of an Outside Director with respect to compensation that already has been paid or awarded, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Outside Director and the Company. Termination of this Policy will not affect the Board’s or the Compensation Committee’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it under the Plan with respect to Awards granted under the Plan pursuant to this Policy prior to the date of such termination.

 

5

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF MULESOFT, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

MuleSoft International, Inc.   United States
MuleSoft Argentina S.R.L.   Argentina
MuleSoft Netherlands B.V.   Netherlands
MuleSoft Hong Kong Limited   Hong Kong
MuleSoft Australia Pty Limited   Australia
MuleSoft UK Limited   United Kingdom
MuleSoft Germany GmbH   Germany
MuleSoft Canada Software Inc.   Canada
MuleSoft Singapore Holdco Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
MuleSoft Singapore Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
MuleSoft New Zealand Limited   New Zealand

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

MuleSoft, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated February 17, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of MuleSoft, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

February 17, 2017